From e273d7ee9f2b83778abf9b870b47aa9d75f0f77a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 26 Apr 2022 19:35:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 003/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 61fb4c26f1..aebd0c1c0b 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -378,6 +378,8 @@ ROM 2 20 ose0 figs-metaphor ἔχοντα τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γν ROM 2 20 ua61 figs-possession τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 Paul is using the possessive forms **of knowledge** and **of the truth** to describe the **form** of **the law**. Here, **of knowledge** and **of the truth** could refer to: (1) what represents a true knowledge about God. Alternate translation: “what represents knowledge and truth” or “what forms true knowledge about God” (2) the source of true knowledge about God. Alternate translation: “the source of what we know about God and what is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 20 ergs figs-parallelism τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how the law contains the true knowledge about God. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “of true knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 20 y6i5 figs-abstractnouns τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **knowledge** and ** truth** in another way. Alternate translation: “of what we know is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 2 21 vy0h figs-rquestion 1 Here Paul transitions from his description of Jews in [2:17–20](../02/17.md) to a series of rhetorical questions in [2:21–23](../02/21.md) that emphasize the hypocrisy of the Jewish arrogance towards the Gentiles. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Paul’s words as statements or exclamations and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+ROM 2 21 rftq figs-infostructure οὖν 1 Here, **then** indicates that what follows is a hypothetical response to the “if you name yourself a Jew” in [2:17](../02/17.md) to show that what the Jews believe and how they live are in contrast. Alternate translation: “if all this is really true, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 2 21 uq9y figs-rquestion ὁ…διδάσκων ἕτερον, σεαυτὸν οὐ διδάσκεις? 1 You who teach others, do you not teach yourself? Paul is using a question to scold his listeners. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “you teach others, but you do not teach yourself!” or “you teach others, but you do not do what you teach!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 2 21 hl38 figs-rquestion ὁ κηρύσσων μὴ κλέπτειν, κλέπτεις? 1 You who preach against stealing, do you steal? Paul is using a question to scold his listeners. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You tell people not to steal, but you steal!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 2 22 vb45 figs-rquestion ὁ λέγων μὴ μοιχεύειν, μοιχεύεις? 1 You who say that one must not commit adultery, do you commit adultery? Paul is using a question to scold his listeners. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You tell people not to commit adultery, but you commit adultery!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 2eb87b258cf7671618203cf6f697d85301cb5efc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 26 Apr 2022 19:37:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 004/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index aebd0c1c0b..f075d019fa 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ ROM 2 20 ua61 figs-possession τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως κ ROM 2 20 ergs figs-parallelism τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how the law contains the true knowledge about God. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “of true knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 20 y6i5 figs-abstractnouns τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **knowledge** and ** truth** in another way. Alternate translation: “of what we know is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 21 vy0h figs-rquestion 1 Here Paul transitions from his description of Jews in [2:17–20](../02/17.md) to a series of rhetorical questions in [2:21–23](../02/21.md) that emphasize the hypocrisy of the Jewish arrogance towards the Gentiles. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Paul’s words as statements or exclamations and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-ROM 2 21 rftq figs-infostructure οὖν 1 Here, **then** indicates that what follows is a hypothetical response to the “if you name yourself a Jew” in [2:17](../02/17.md) to show that what the Jews believe and how they live are in contrast. Alternate translation: “if all this is really true, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) +ROM 2 21 rftq figs-infostructure οὖν 1 Here, **then** indicates that what follows is a hypothetical response to the clause “if you name yourself a Jew” in [2:17](../02/17.md). Paul wants to show that what the Jews believe and how they live are in contrast. Alternate translation: “if all this is really true, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 2 21 uq9y figs-rquestion ὁ…διδάσκων ἕτερον, σεαυτὸν οὐ διδάσκεις? 1 You who teach others, do you not teach yourself? Paul is using a question to scold his listeners. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “you teach others, but you do not teach yourself!” or “you teach others, but you do not do what you teach!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 2 21 hl38 figs-rquestion ὁ κηρύσσων μὴ κλέπτειν, κλέπτεις? 1 You who preach against stealing, do you steal? Paul is using a question to scold his listeners. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You tell people not to steal, but you steal!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 2 22 vb45 figs-rquestion ὁ λέγων μὴ μοιχεύειν, μοιχεύεις? 1 You who say that one must not commit adultery, do you commit adultery? Paul is using a question to scold his listeners. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You tell people not to commit adultery, but you commit adultery!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 916afac8c415d16291e047bd2f6e9abd9053229c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 26 Apr 2022 19:41:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 005/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index f075d019fa..30162c17d6 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ ROM 2 20 ergs figs-parallelism τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθ ROM 2 20 y6i5 figs-abstractnouns τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **knowledge** and ** truth** in another way. Alternate translation: “of what we know is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 21 vy0h figs-rquestion 1 Here Paul transitions from his description of Jews in [2:17–20](../02/17.md) to a series of rhetorical questions in [2:21–23](../02/21.md) that emphasize the hypocrisy of the Jewish arrogance towards the Gentiles. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Paul’s words as statements or exclamations and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM 2 21 rftq figs-infostructure οὖν 1 Here, **then** indicates that what follows is a hypothetical response to the clause “if you name yourself a Jew” in [2:17](../02/17.md). Paul wants to show that what the Jews believe and how they live are in contrast. Alternate translation: “if all this is really true, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -ROM 2 21 uq9y figs-rquestion ὁ…διδάσκων ἕτερον, σεαυτὸν οὐ διδάσκεις? 1 You who teach others, do you not teach yourself? Paul is using a question to scold his listeners. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “you teach others, but you do not teach yourself!” or “you teach others, but you do not do what you teach!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 2 21 uq9y grammar-collectivenouns ἕτερον 1 You who teach others, do you not teach yourself? Here, **other** is a singular pronoun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular pronouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 2 21 hl38 figs-rquestion ὁ κηρύσσων μὴ κλέπτειν, κλέπτεις? 1 You who preach against stealing, do you steal? Paul is using a question to scold his listeners. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You tell people not to steal, but you steal!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 2 22 vb45 figs-rquestion ὁ λέγων μὴ μοιχεύειν, μοιχεύεις? 1 You who say that one must not commit adultery, do you commit adultery? Paul is using a question to scold his listeners. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You tell people not to commit adultery, but you commit adultery!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 2 22 qn68 figs-rquestion ὁ βδελυσσόμενος τὰ εἴδωλα, ἱεροσυλεῖς? 1 You who hate idols, do you rob temples? Paul is using a question to scold his listener. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You say you hate idols, but you rob temples!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 8a9deb98186dd30dc58e6105b686ead93590fb17 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 26 Apr 2022 19:55:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 006/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 30162c17d6..16c9776573 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ ROM 2 20 y6i5 figs-abstractnouns τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀλη ROM 2 21 vy0h figs-rquestion 1 Here Paul transitions from his description of Jews in [2:17–20](../02/17.md) to a series of rhetorical questions in [2:21–23](../02/21.md) that emphasize the hypocrisy of the Jewish arrogance towards the Gentiles. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Paul’s words as statements or exclamations and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM 2 21 rftq figs-infostructure οὖν 1 Here, **then** indicates that what follows is a hypothetical response to the clause “if you name yourself a Jew” in [2:17](../02/17.md). Paul wants to show that what the Jews believe and how they live are in contrast. Alternate translation: “if all this is really true, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 2 21 uq9y grammar-collectivenouns ἕτερον 1 You who teach others, do you not teach yourself? Here, **other** is a singular pronoun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular pronouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -ROM 2 21 hl38 figs-rquestion ὁ κηρύσσων μὴ κλέπτειν, κλέπτεις? 1 You who preach against stealing, do you steal? Paul is using a question to scold his listeners. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You tell people not to steal, but you steal!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 2 21 hl38 figs-rpronouns σεαυτὸν 1 You who preach against stealing, do you steal? Paul uses the word **yourself** to emphasize how hypocritical the Jews are. Use a way that is natural in your language to express this emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) ROM 2 22 vb45 figs-rquestion ὁ λέγων μὴ μοιχεύειν, μοιχεύεις? 1 You who say that one must not commit adultery, do you commit adultery? Paul is using a question to scold his listeners. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You tell people not to commit adultery, but you commit adultery!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 2 22 qn68 figs-rquestion ὁ βδελυσσόμενος τὰ εἴδωλα, ἱεροσυλεῖς? 1 You who hate idols, do you rob temples? Paul is using a question to scold his listener. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You say you hate idols, but you rob temples!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 2 22 mv4d ἱεροσυλεῖς 1 Do you rob temples This could mean: (1) they do not send to the Jerusalem temple all the money that is due to God. (2) they steal items from local pagan temples to sell and make a profit. From 93e1720dc2ea0e1b97ed24c39851e5cd6225c803 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 26 Apr 2022 19:58:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 007/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 16c9776573..0782b8eb46 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ ROM 2 20 y6i5 figs-abstractnouns τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀλη ROM 2 21 vy0h figs-rquestion 1 Here Paul transitions from his description of Jews in [2:17–20](../02/17.md) to a series of rhetorical questions in [2:21–23](../02/21.md) that emphasize the hypocrisy of the Jewish arrogance towards the Gentiles. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Paul’s words as statements or exclamations and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM 2 21 rftq figs-infostructure οὖν 1 Here, **then** indicates that what follows is a hypothetical response to the clause “if you name yourself a Jew” in [2:17](../02/17.md). Paul wants to show that what the Jews believe and how they live are in contrast. Alternate translation: “if all this is really true, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 2 21 uq9y grammar-collectivenouns ἕτερον 1 You who teach others, do you not teach yourself? Here, **other** is a singular pronoun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular pronouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -ROM 2 21 hl38 figs-rpronouns σεαυτὸν 1 You who preach against stealing, do you steal? Paul uses the word **yourself** to emphasize how hypocritical the Jews are. Use a way that is natural in your language to express this emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) +ROM 2 21 hl38 figs-rpronouns σεαυτὸν οὐ διδάσκεις 1 You who preach against stealing, do you steal? Paul uses the word **yourself** to emphasize how hypocritical the Jews are. Use a way that is natural in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “shouldn't you do what you to teach others to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) ROM 2 22 vb45 figs-rquestion ὁ λέγων μὴ μοιχεύειν, μοιχεύεις? 1 You who say that one must not commit adultery, do you commit adultery? Paul is using a question to scold his listeners. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You tell people not to commit adultery, but you commit adultery!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 2 22 qn68 figs-rquestion ὁ βδελυσσόμενος τὰ εἴδωλα, ἱεροσυλεῖς? 1 You who hate idols, do you rob temples? Paul is using a question to scold his listener. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You say you hate idols, but you rob temples!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 2 22 mv4d ἱεροσυλεῖς 1 Do you rob temples This could mean: (1) they do not send to the Jerusalem temple all the money that is due to God. (2) they steal items from local pagan temples to sell and make a profit. From c19a49407c2504ea6b021a07749f79ad656b35ee Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 26 Apr 2022 19:59:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 008/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 0782b8eb46..04ddcc0310 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ ROM 2 20 y6i5 figs-abstractnouns τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀλη ROM 2 21 vy0h figs-rquestion 1 Here Paul transitions from his description of Jews in [2:17–20](../02/17.md) to a series of rhetorical questions in [2:21–23](../02/21.md) that emphasize the hypocrisy of the Jewish arrogance towards the Gentiles. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Paul’s words as statements or exclamations and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM 2 21 rftq figs-infostructure οὖν 1 Here, **then** indicates that what follows is a hypothetical response to the clause “if you name yourself a Jew” in [2:17](../02/17.md). Paul wants to show that what the Jews believe and how they live are in contrast. Alternate translation: “if all this is really true, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 2 21 uq9y grammar-collectivenouns ἕτερον 1 You who teach others, do you not teach yourself? Here, **other** is a singular pronoun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular pronouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -ROM 2 21 hl38 figs-rpronouns σεαυτὸν οὐ διδάσκεις 1 You who preach against stealing, do you steal? Paul uses the word **yourself** to emphasize how hypocritical the Jews are. Use a way that is natural in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “shouldn't you do what you to teach others to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) +ROM 2 21 hl38 figs-rpronouns σεαυτὸν οὐ διδάσκεις 1 You who preach against stealing, do you steal? Paul uses the word **yourself** to emphasize how hypocritical the Jews are. Use a way that is natural in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “shouldn't you do what you teach others to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) ROM 2 22 vb45 figs-rquestion ὁ λέγων μὴ μοιχεύειν, μοιχεύεις? 1 You who say that one must not commit adultery, do you commit adultery? Paul is using a question to scold his listeners. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You tell people not to commit adultery, but you commit adultery!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 2 22 qn68 figs-rquestion ὁ βδελυσσόμενος τὰ εἴδωλα, ἱεροσυλεῖς? 1 You who hate idols, do you rob temples? Paul is using a question to scold his listener. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You say you hate idols, but you rob temples!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 2 22 mv4d ἱεροσυλεῖς 1 Do you rob temples This could mean: (1) they do not send to the Jerusalem temple all the money that is due to God. (2) they steal items from local pagan temples to sell and make a profit. From 84a4512c9c1f531059fbc1efe7c763fdf7c63aa6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 26 Apr 2022 20:15:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 009/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 +--- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 04ddcc0310..973a1505ca 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -382,9 +382,6 @@ ROM 2 21 vy0h figs-rquestion 1 Here Paul transitions from his description of J ROM 2 21 rftq figs-infostructure οὖν 1 Here, **then** indicates that what follows is a hypothetical response to the clause “if you name yourself a Jew” in [2:17](../02/17.md). Paul wants to show that what the Jews believe and how they live are in contrast. Alternate translation: “if all this is really true, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 2 21 uq9y grammar-collectivenouns ἕτερον 1 You who teach others, do you not teach yourself? Here, **other** is a singular pronoun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular pronouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 2 21 hl38 figs-rpronouns σεαυτὸν οὐ διδάσκεις 1 You who preach against stealing, do you steal? Paul uses the word **yourself** to emphasize how hypocritical the Jews are. Use a way that is natural in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “shouldn't you do what you teach others to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -ROM 2 22 vb45 figs-rquestion ὁ λέγων μὴ μοιχεύειν, μοιχεύεις? 1 You who say that one must not commit adultery, do you commit adultery? Paul is using a question to scold his listeners. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You tell people not to commit adultery, but you commit adultery!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 2 22 qn68 figs-rquestion ὁ βδελυσσόμενος τὰ εἴδωλα, ἱεροσυλεῖς? 1 You who hate idols, do you rob temples? Paul is using a question to scold his listener. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You say you hate idols, but you rob temples!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 2 22 mv4d ἱεροσυλεῖς 1 Do you rob temples This could mean: (1) they do not send to the Jerusalem temple all the money that is due to God. (2) they steal items from local pagan temples to sell and make a profit. ROM 2 23 grr3 figs-rquestion ὃς ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου, τὸν Θεὸν ἀτιμάζεις? 1 You who boast in the law, do you dishonor God by breaking the law? Paul uses a question to scold his listener. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “It is wicked that you claim to be proud of the law, while at the same time you disobey it and bring shame to God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 2 24 q13d figs-activepassive τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ…βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “many Gentiles blaspheme the name of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 2 24 xq7q figs-metonymy ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 name of God The word **name** is a metonym that refers to the entirety of God, not just his name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -1396,3 +1393,4 @@ ROM 16 26 efyy figs-activepassive φανερωθέντος δὲ νῦν διά ROM 16 26 lc6d figs-abstractnouns εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως 1 to bring about the obedience of faith Here, **obedience** and **faith** are abstract nouns. You can use the verbs “obey” and “trust” in your translation. Alternate translation: “so that all nations will believe and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 16 26 cvi3 figs-explicit εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως 1 You may need to make explicit who will obey and trust. Alternate translation: “so that all nations will obey God because they trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 27 qmj7 figs-explicit μόνῳ σοφῷ Θεῷ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. ἀμήν! 1 To the only wise God … be glory forever. Amen Here, **through Jesus Christ** refers to what Jesus did. To give **glory** means to praise God. Alternate translation: “Because of what Jesus Christ has done for us, we will praise forever the one who alone is God and who alone is wise. Amen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 2 22 vb45 τὰ εἴδωλα 1 You who say that one must not commit adultery, do you commit adultery? Paul is using a question to scold his listeners. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You tell people not to commit adultery, but you commit adultery!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 0788d2ccd2ce581c751e7b70d25a6754d7ee4b21 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 26 Apr 2022 20:23:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 010/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 973a1505ca..ca4c3a73fe 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1393,4 +1393,4 @@ ROM 16 26 efyy figs-activepassive φανερωθέντος δὲ νῦν διά ROM 16 26 lc6d figs-abstractnouns εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως 1 to bring about the obedience of faith Here, **obedience** and **faith** are abstract nouns. You can use the verbs “obey” and “trust” in your translation. Alternate translation: “so that all nations will believe and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 16 26 cvi3 figs-explicit εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως 1 You may need to make explicit who will obey and trust. Alternate translation: “so that all nations will obey God because they trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 27 qmj7 figs-explicit μόνῳ σοφῷ Θεῷ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. ἀμήν! 1 To the only wise God … be glory forever. Amen Here, **through Jesus Christ** refers to what Jesus did. To give **glory** means to praise God. Alternate translation: “Because of what Jesus Christ has done for us, we will praise forever the one who alone is God and who alone is wise. Amen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 2 22 vb45 τὰ εἴδωλα 1 You who say that one must not commit adultery, do you commit adultery? Paul is using a question to scold his listeners. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You tell people not to commit adultery, but you commit adultery!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 2 22 vb45 figs-explicit ἱεροσυλεῖς 1 You who say that one must not commit adultery, do you commit adultery? The implication is that the **temples** the Jews **rob** are where **idols** are kept and worshipped. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do you rob temples where idols are kept” or “should you actually enter an idol temple and rob it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From e9848cedaf7992c0d30ba1df76ee588422bdb3cc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 26 Apr 2022 20:49:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 011/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index ca4c3a73fe..4ef9350faf 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ ROM 2 21 vy0h figs-rquestion 1 Here Paul transitions from his description of J ROM 2 21 rftq figs-infostructure οὖν 1 Here, **then** indicates that what follows is a hypothetical response to the clause “if you name yourself a Jew” in [2:17](../02/17.md). Paul wants to show that what the Jews believe and how they live are in contrast. Alternate translation: “if all this is really true, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 2 21 uq9y grammar-collectivenouns ἕτερον 1 You who teach others, do you not teach yourself? Here, **other** is a singular pronoun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular pronouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 2 21 hl38 figs-rpronouns σεαυτὸν οὐ διδάσκεις 1 You who preach against stealing, do you steal? Paul uses the word **yourself** to emphasize how hypocritical the Jews are. Use a way that is natural in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “shouldn't you do what you teach others to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -ROM 2 23 grr3 figs-rquestion ὃς ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου, τὸν Θεὸν ἀτιμάζεις? 1 You who boast in the law, do you dishonor God by breaking the law? Paul uses a question to scold his listener. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “It is wicked that you claim to be proud of the law, while at the same time you disobey it and bring shame to God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 2 23 grr3 figs-metaphor ὃς ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι 1 You who boast in the law, do you dishonor God by breaking the law? Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they were boasting inside of **the law**. He means that the Jews brag that they are the only nation who has God’s law (See the same verb in [2:17](../02/17.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to **boast in the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “You, who brag that you are the only ones who know God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 24 q13d figs-activepassive τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ…βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “many Gentiles blaspheme the name of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 2 24 xq7q figs-metonymy ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 name of God The word **name** is a metonym that refers to the entirety of God, not just his name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 25 i497 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to show that God, by his law, condemns even the Jews who have God’s law. From 789221fb049d93afbcda58c02662633a80d46ec6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 26 Apr 2022 20:55:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 012/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 4ef9350faf..9b74dab684 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ ROM 2 21 vy0h figs-rquestion 1 Here Paul transitions from his description of J ROM 2 21 rftq figs-infostructure οὖν 1 Here, **then** indicates that what follows is a hypothetical response to the clause “if you name yourself a Jew” in [2:17](../02/17.md). Paul wants to show that what the Jews believe and how they live are in contrast. Alternate translation: “if all this is really true, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 2 21 uq9y grammar-collectivenouns ἕτερον 1 You who teach others, do you not teach yourself? Here, **other** is a singular pronoun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular pronouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 2 21 hl38 figs-rpronouns σεαυτὸν οὐ διδάσκεις 1 You who preach against stealing, do you steal? Paul uses the word **yourself** to emphasize how hypocritical the Jews are. Use a way that is natural in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “shouldn't you do what you teach others to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -ROM 2 23 grr3 figs-metaphor ὃς ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι 1 You who boast in the law, do you dishonor God by breaking the law? Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they were boasting inside of **the law**. He means that the Jews brag that they are the only nation who has God’s law (See the same verb in [2:17](../02/17.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to **boast in the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “You, who brag that you are the only ones who know God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 2 23 grr3 figs-metaphor ὃς ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι 1 You who boast in the law, do you dishonor God by breaking the law? Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they were boasting inside of **the law**. He means that the Jews brag that they are the only nation who knows God’s law (See the same verb in [2:17](../02/17.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to **boast in the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “You, who brag that you are the only ones who know God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 24 q13d figs-activepassive τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ…βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “many Gentiles blaspheme the name of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 2 24 xq7q figs-metonymy ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 name of God The word **name** is a metonym that refers to the entirety of God, not just his name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 25 i497 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to show that God, by his law, condemns even the Jews who have God’s law. From 42b79431cd2f1de22e090afa799c2eb1c203a9f8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 26 Apr 2022 21:02:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 013/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 9b74dab684..b871fbfbeb 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -383,6 +383,7 @@ ROM 2 21 rftq figs-infostructure οὖν 1 Here, **then** indicates that what f ROM 2 21 uq9y grammar-collectivenouns ἕτερον 1 You who teach others, do you not teach yourself? Here, **other** is a singular pronoun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular pronouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 2 21 hl38 figs-rpronouns σεαυτὸν οὐ διδάσκεις 1 You who preach against stealing, do you steal? Paul uses the word **yourself** to emphasize how hypocritical the Jews are. Use a way that is natural in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “shouldn't you do what you teach others to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) ROM 2 23 grr3 figs-metaphor ὃς ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι 1 You who boast in the law, do you dishonor God by breaking the law? Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they were boasting inside of **the law**. He means that the Jews brag that they are the only nation who knows God’s law (See the same verb in [2:17](../02/17.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to **boast in the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “You, who brag that you are the only ones who know God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 2 23 z80m figs-parallelism ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου 1 These two phrases **boast in the law** and **the violation of the law** mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the hypocrisy of the Jews. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 24 q13d figs-activepassive τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ…βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “many Gentiles blaspheme the name of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 2 24 xq7q figs-metonymy ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 name of God The word **name** is a metonym that refers to the entirety of God, not just his name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 25 i497 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to show that God, by his law, condemns even the Jews who have God’s law. From 7f77d7efeb6820bfb6c9846f669690aab1b87a50 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 26 Apr 2022 21:05:40 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 014/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index b871fbfbeb..c9224cc819 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ ROM 2 21 rftq figs-infostructure οὖν 1 Here, **then** indicates that what f ROM 2 21 uq9y grammar-collectivenouns ἕτερον 1 You who teach others, do you not teach yourself? Here, **other** is a singular pronoun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular pronouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 2 21 hl38 figs-rpronouns σεαυτὸν οὐ διδάσκεις 1 You who preach against stealing, do you steal? Paul uses the word **yourself** to emphasize how hypocritical the Jews are. Use a way that is natural in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “shouldn't you do what you teach others to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) ROM 2 23 grr3 figs-metaphor ὃς ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι 1 You who boast in the law, do you dishonor God by breaking the law? Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they were boasting inside of **the law**. He means that the Jews brag that they are the only nation who knows God’s law (See the same verb in [2:17](../02/17.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to **boast in the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “You, who brag that you are the only ones who know God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 2 23 z80m figs-parallelism ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου 1 These two phrases **boast in the law** and **the violation of the law** mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the hypocrisy of the Jews. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 2 23 z80m figs-parallelism ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου 1 These two phrases, **boast in the law** and **the violation of the law**, mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the hypocrisy of the Jews. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 24 q13d figs-activepassive τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ…βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “many Gentiles blaspheme the name of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 2 24 xq7q figs-metonymy ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 name of God The word **name** is a metonym that refers to the entirety of God, not just his name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 25 i497 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to show that God, by his law, condemns even the Jews who have God’s law. From 334667b00a261091d4c7213df9b4fb9fbf20b9c7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 26 Apr 2022 21:19:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 015/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index c9224cc819..4b63eeca5a 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -384,6 +384,7 @@ ROM 2 21 uq9y grammar-collectivenouns ἕτερον 1 You who teach others, do y ROM 2 21 hl38 figs-rpronouns σεαυτὸν οὐ διδάσκεις 1 You who preach against stealing, do you steal? Paul uses the word **yourself** to emphasize how hypocritical the Jews are. Use a way that is natural in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “shouldn't you do what you teach others to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) ROM 2 23 grr3 figs-metaphor ὃς ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι 1 You who boast in the law, do you dishonor God by breaking the law? Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they were boasting inside of **the law**. He means that the Jews brag that they are the only nation who knows God’s law (See the same verb in [2:17](../02/17.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to **boast in the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “You, who brag that you are the only ones who know God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 23 z80m figs-parallelism ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου 1 These two phrases, **boast in the law** and **the violation of the law**, mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the hypocrisy of the Jews. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 2 24 edrf figs-activepassive 1 In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet. If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “according to Isaiah the prophet” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations)
ROM 2 24 q13d figs-activepassive τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ…βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “many Gentiles blaspheme the name of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 2 24 xq7q figs-metonymy ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 name of God The word **name** is a metonym that refers to the entirety of God, not just his name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 25 i497 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to show that God, by his law, condemns even the Jews who have God’s law. From 8d6903a3fcd420c368ace7e686e7b8097cbde34e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 26 Apr 2022 21:20:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 016/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 4b63eeca5a..be8b99301d 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ ROM 1 17 gsl5 figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ 1 If your lan ROM 1 17 ii3m writing-pronouns ἐν αὐτῷ 1 For in it The pronoun **it** refers to “the gospel” (See [1:16](../01/16.md)). Alternate translation: “the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 1 17 jl9i figs-abstractnouns ἐκ πίστεως εἰς πίστιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** in another way (See [1:5](../01/05.md). Here, Paul uses this phrase to emphasize how **the righteousness of God is revealed**. This phrase**from faith to faith** could refer to: (1) the Old Testament faith that leads to the New Testament faith. Alternate translation: “from the prophesied faith in the Messiah to the revealed faith in the Messiah” (2) God’s faithfulness that causes human faithfulness. Alternate translation: “God is trustworthy and causes people to trust in him” (3) human faith that leads to human faithfulness. Alternate translation: “by people who trust in God that leads to faithfulness to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 17 igg9 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it has been written In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Habakkuk the prophet. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as Habakkuk the prophet says in the holy scriptures” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations) -ROM 1 17 bgvh writing-quotations δὲ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to what Habakuk the prophet previously says about the unrighteous person (See [Habakkuk 2:4](hab/02/04.md)). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +ROM 1 17 bgvh writing-quotations δὲ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to what Habakkuk the prophet previously says about the unrighteous person (See [Habakkuk 2:4](hab/02/04.md)). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 1 17 hbv6 figs-nominaladj ὁ…δίκαιος 1 The righteous will live by faith Paul is using the adjective **the righteous** as a noun in order to describe a type of person or group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the … person who is righteous” or “the … people who are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 1 17 a9y7 figs-metaphor ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **faith** as if it was food that could keep **the righteous** alive. He means that **faith** is the means to live right with God or gain eternal life. If your readers would not understand what **will live by faith** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “will stay alive through trusting in God” or “will live eternally by remaining faithful to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 17 ee0i figs-metaphor ἐκ πίστεως 2 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **faith** brings life for **the righteous**. Here, **by faith** could refer to: (1) the human means of *faith**. Alternate translation: “through trusting in God” (2) the divine origin of **faith**. Alternate translation: “from how faithful God is” (3) both the human means and divine origin of **faith**. Alternate translation: “from how faithful God is, by trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) From 073f7f5f08f2988fa25b189c650830d33a8599f9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 26 Apr 2022 21:22:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 017/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index be8b99301d..913445e7b6 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ ROM 2 21 uq9y grammar-collectivenouns ἕτερον 1 You who teach others, do y ROM 2 21 hl38 figs-rpronouns σεαυτὸν οὐ διδάσκεις 1 You who preach against stealing, do you steal? Paul uses the word **yourself** to emphasize how hypocritical the Jews are. Use a way that is natural in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “shouldn't you do what you teach others to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) ROM 2 23 grr3 figs-metaphor ὃς ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι 1 You who boast in the law, do you dishonor God by breaking the law? Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they were boasting inside of **the law**. He means that the Jews brag that they are the only nation who knows God’s law (See the same verb in [2:17](../02/17.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to **boast in the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “You, who brag that you are the only ones who know God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 23 z80m figs-parallelism ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου 1 These two phrases, **boast in the law** and **the violation of the law**, mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the hypocrisy of the Jews. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ROM 2 24 edrf figs-activepassive 1 In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet. If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “according to Isaiah the prophet” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations)
+ROM 2 24 edrf figs-activepassive 1 In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet. If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as Isaiah the prophet says” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations)
ROM 2 24 q13d figs-activepassive τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ…βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “many Gentiles blaspheme the name of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 2 24 xq7q figs-metonymy ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 name of God The word **name** is a metonym that refers to the entirety of God, not just his name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 25 i497 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to show that God, by his law, condemns even the Jews who have God’s law. From c6f163bb14c5a34bcfa3d6823d1cd591e8884735 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 26 Apr 2022 21:25:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 018/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 913445e7b6..b406703e65 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ ROM 2 21 uq9y grammar-collectivenouns ἕτερον 1 You who teach others, do y ROM 2 21 hl38 figs-rpronouns σεαυτὸν οὐ διδάσκεις 1 You who preach against stealing, do you steal? Paul uses the word **yourself** to emphasize how hypocritical the Jews are. Use a way that is natural in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “shouldn't you do what you teach others to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) ROM 2 23 grr3 figs-metaphor ὃς ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι 1 You who boast in the law, do you dishonor God by breaking the law? Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they were boasting inside of **the law**. He means that the Jews brag that they are the only nation who knows God’s law (See the same verb in [2:17](../02/17.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to **boast in the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “You, who brag that you are the only ones who know God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 23 z80m figs-parallelism ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου 1 These two phrases, **boast in the law** and **the violation of the law**, mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the hypocrisy of the Jews. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ROM 2 24 edrf figs-activepassive 1 In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet. If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as Isaiah the prophet says” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations)
+ROM 2 24 edrf figs-activepassive 1 In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet. If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as Isaiah the prophet says in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM 2 24 q13d figs-activepassive τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ…βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “many Gentiles blaspheme the name of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 2 24 xq7q figs-metonymy ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 name of God The word **name** is a metonym that refers to the entirety of God, not just his name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 25 i497 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to show that God, by his law, condemns even the Jews who have God’s law. From 9401cd96b51df5daa386b265aaa6f7d9be988dc6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 26 Apr 2022 21:28:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 019/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index b406703e65..6122b5b95e 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -384,7 +384,8 @@ ROM 2 21 uq9y grammar-collectivenouns ἕτερον 1 You who teach others, do y ROM 2 21 hl38 figs-rpronouns σεαυτὸν οὐ διδάσκεις 1 You who preach against stealing, do you steal? Paul uses the word **yourself** to emphasize how hypocritical the Jews are. Use a way that is natural in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “shouldn't you do what you teach others to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) ROM 2 23 grr3 figs-metaphor ὃς ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι 1 You who boast in the law, do you dishonor God by breaking the law? Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they were boasting inside of **the law**. He means that the Jews brag that they are the only nation who knows God’s law (See the same verb in [2:17](../02/17.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to **boast in the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “You, who brag that you are the only ones who know God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 23 z80m figs-parallelism ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου 1 These two phrases, **boast in the law** and **the violation of the law**, mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the hypocrisy of the Jews. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ROM 2 24 edrf figs-activepassive 1 In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet. If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as Isaiah the prophet says in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+ROM 2 24 end9 1 +ROM 2 24 edrf writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (See [LXX Isaiah 52:5](isa/52/05.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as Isaiah the prophet says in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM 2 24 q13d figs-activepassive τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ…βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “many Gentiles blaspheme the name of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 2 24 xq7q figs-metonymy ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 name of God The word **name** is a metonym that refers to the entirety of God, not just his name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 25 i497 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to show that God, by his law, condemns even the Jews who have God’s law. From 44b26a8a683b568e721317a0a2e5e417169d0dc2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 26 Apr 2022 21:34:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 020/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 6122b5b95e..edc79d6987 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ ROM 2 21 uq9y grammar-collectivenouns ἕτερον 1 You who teach others, do y ROM 2 21 hl38 figs-rpronouns σεαυτὸν οὐ διδάσκεις 1 You who preach against stealing, do you steal? Paul uses the word **yourself** to emphasize how hypocritical the Jews are. Use a way that is natural in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “shouldn't you do what you teach others to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) ROM 2 23 grr3 figs-metaphor ὃς ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι 1 You who boast in the law, do you dishonor God by breaking the law? Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they were boasting inside of **the law**. He means that the Jews brag that they are the only nation who knows God’s law (See the same verb in [2:17](../02/17.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to **boast in the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “You, who brag that you are the only ones who know God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 23 z80m figs-parallelism ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου 1 These two phrases, **boast in the law** and **the violation of the law**, mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the hypocrisy of the Jews. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ROM 2 24 end9 1 +ROM 2 24 end9 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows is a biblical quotation. Alternate translation: “Indeed” or “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 24 edrf writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (See [LXX Isaiah 52:5](isa/52/05.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as Isaiah the prophet says in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM 2 24 q13d figs-activepassive τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ…βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “many Gentiles blaspheme the name of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 2 24 xq7q figs-metonymy ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 name of God The word **name** is a metonym that refers to the entirety of God, not just his name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From d98b3ec92ec09bb81de31a07177e02429072caad Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 26 Apr 2022 21:46:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 021/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index edc79d6987..dfb48b041d 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ ROM 2 21 uq9y grammar-collectivenouns ἕτερον 1 You who teach others, do y ROM 2 21 hl38 figs-rpronouns σεαυτὸν οὐ διδάσκεις 1 You who preach against stealing, do you steal? Paul uses the word **yourself** to emphasize how hypocritical the Jews are. Use a way that is natural in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “shouldn't you do what you teach others to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) ROM 2 23 grr3 figs-metaphor ὃς ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι 1 You who boast in the law, do you dishonor God by breaking the law? Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they were boasting inside of **the law**. He means that the Jews brag that they are the only nation who knows God’s law (See the same verb in [2:17](../02/17.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to **boast in the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “You, who brag that you are the only ones who know God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 23 z80m figs-parallelism ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου 1 These two phrases, **boast in the law** and **the violation of the law**, mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the hypocrisy of the Jews. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ROM 2 24 end9 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows is a biblical quotation. Alternate translation: “Indeed” or “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 2 24 end9 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows is a biblical quotation. Alternate translation: “Indeed” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 24 edrf writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (See [LXX Isaiah 52:5](isa/52/05.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as Isaiah the prophet says in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM 2 24 q13d figs-activepassive τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ…βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “many Gentiles blaspheme the name of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 2 24 xq7q figs-metonymy ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 name of God The word **name** is a metonym that refers to the entirety of God, not just his name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From cecfa23b36e1a042c9efb1c6a1f62e4a01ebadb9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 26 Apr 2022 21:50:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 022/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index dfb48b041d..411a429168 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -385,6 +385,7 @@ ROM 2 21 hl38 figs-rpronouns σεαυτὸν οὐ διδάσκεις 1 You who ROM 2 23 grr3 figs-metaphor ὃς ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι 1 You who boast in the law, do you dishonor God by breaking the law? Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they were boasting inside of **the law**. He means that the Jews brag that they are the only nation who knows God’s law (See the same verb in [2:17](../02/17.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to **boast in the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “You, who brag that you are the only ones who know God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 23 z80m figs-parallelism ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου 1 These two phrases, **boast in the law** and **the violation of the law**, mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the hypocrisy of the Jews. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 24 end9 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows is a biblical quotation. Alternate translation: “Indeed” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 2 24 c4sk figs-possession τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to indicate the **name** that belongs to **God**. Paul does not mean that **God** is a **name**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun “God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 24 edrf writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (See [LXX Isaiah 52:5](isa/52/05.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as Isaiah the prophet says in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM 2 24 q13d figs-activepassive τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ…βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “many Gentiles blaspheme the name of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 2 24 xq7q figs-metonymy ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 name of God The word **name** is a metonym that refers to the entirety of God, not just his name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From f183bbc7887b79f037ca567b37bf39f6aca7f3cd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 26 Apr 2022 21:56:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 023/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 411a429168..9f7388fd61 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -386,6 +386,7 @@ ROM 2 23 grr3 figs-metaphor ὃς ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι 1 You who bo ROM 2 23 z80m figs-parallelism ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου 1 These two phrases, **boast in the law** and **the violation of the law**, mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the hypocrisy of the Jews. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 24 end9 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows is a biblical quotation. Alternate translation: “Indeed” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 24 c4sk figs-possession τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to indicate the **name** that belongs to **God**. Paul does not mean that **God** is a **name**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun “God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 2 24 ccm9 figs-activepassive δι’ ὑμᾶς βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “How you behave causes the Gentiles to blaspheme God’s name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 2 24 edrf writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (See [LXX Isaiah 52:5](isa/52/05.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as Isaiah the prophet says in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM 2 24 q13d figs-activepassive τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ…βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “many Gentiles blaspheme the name of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 2 24 xq7q figs-metonymy ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 name of God The word **name** is a metonym that refers to the entirety of God, not just his name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 41b7175e60353820e642bceb6c7fb88871a3bae3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 26 Apr 2022 22:16:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 024/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 9f7388fd61..1e34a5b6d9 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ ROM 2 23 grr3 figs-metaphor ὃς ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι 1 You who bo ROM 2 23 z80m figs-parallelism ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου 1 These two phrases, **boast in the law** and **the violation of the law**, mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the hypocrisy of the Jews. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 24 end9 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows is a biblical quotation. Alternate translation: “Indeed” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 24 c4sk figs-possession τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to indicate the **name** that belongs to **God**. Paul does not mean that **God** is a **name**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun “God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 2 24 ccm9 figs-activepassive δι’ ὑμᾶς βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “How you behave causes the Gentiles to blaspheme God’s name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 2 24 ccm9 figs-activepassive τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ ὑμᾶς βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Indeed, how you Jews behave causes the Gentiles to blaspheme God’s name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 2 24 edrf writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (See [LXX Isaiah 52:5](isa/52/05.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as Isaiah the prophet says in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM 2 24 q13d figs-activepassive τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ…βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “many Gentiles blaspheme the name of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 2 24 xq7q figs-metonymy ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 name of God The word **name** is a metonym that refers to the entirety of God, not just his name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 57e4445ffa4e0bf24bba6df5f8671a76b788ad28 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 26 Apr 2022 22:19:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 025/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 1e34a5b6d9..a8c7afffb5 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -387,6 +387,7 @@ ROM 2 23 z80m figs-parallelism ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι διὰ τῆς ROM 2 24 end9 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows is a biblical quotation. Alternate translation: “Indeed” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 24 c4sk figs-possession τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to indicate the **name** that belongs to **God**. Paul does not mean that **God** is a **name**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun “God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 24 ccm9 figs-activepassive τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ ὑμᾶς βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Indeed, how you Jews behave causes the Gentiles to blaspheme God’s name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 2 24 m2bq grammar-connect-logic-result τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ ὑμᾶς βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because of you the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 2 24 edrf writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (See [LXX Isaiah 52:5](isa/52/05.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as Isaiah the prophet says in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM 2 24 q13d figs-activepassive τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ…βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “many Gentiles blaspheme the name of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 2 24 xq7q figs-metonymy ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 name of God The word **name** is a metonym that refers to the entirety of God, not just his name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From d6d08c23556dac8c05f48e787bafcc8f4cb72a15 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 26 Apr 2022 22:23:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 026/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index a8c7afffb5..0d60f05d62 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -388,6 +388,7 @@ ROM 2 24 end9 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates t ROM 2 24 c4sk figs-possession τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to indicate the **name** that belongs to **God**. Paul does not mean that **God** is a **name**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun “God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 24 ccm9 figs-activepassive τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ ὑμᾶς βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Indeed, how you Jews behave causes the Gentiles to blaspheme God’s name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 2 24 m2bq grammar-connect-logic-result τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ ὑμᾶς βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because of you the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 2 24 wmfh grammar-connect-logic-result ὑμᾶς 1 Here the pronoun **you** is plural and refers to the Jews. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of you Jews” or “of you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 2 24 edrf writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (See [LXX Isaiah 52:5](isa/52/05.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as Isaiah the prophet says in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM 2 24 q13d figs-activepassive τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ…βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “many Gentiles blaspheme the name of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 2 24 xq7q figs-metonymy ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 name of God The word **name** is a metonym that refers to the entirety of God, not just his name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From db1e12865a69b9402bb509ff0908c82190959b90 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 26 Apr 2022 22:32:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 028/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 0d60f05d62..017b869436 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -386,12 +386,11 @@ ROM 2 23 grr3 figs-metaphor ὃς ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι 1 You who bo ROM 2 23 z80m figs-parallelism ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου 1 These two phrases, **boast in the law** and **the violation of the law**, mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the hypocrisy of the Jews. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 24 end9 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows is a biblical quotation. Alternate translation: “Indeed” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 24 c4sk figs-possession τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to indicate the **name** that belongs to **God**. Paul does not mean that **God** is a **name**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun “God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 2 24 mvwq figs-synecdoche τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul refers figuratively to **the name of God** to mean **God** himself. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “Certainly ‘God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 2 24 ccm9 figs-activepassive τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ ὑμᾶς βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Indeed, how you Jews behave causes the Gentiles to blaspheme God’s name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 2 24 m2bq grammar-connect-logic-result τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ ὑμᾶς βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because of you the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 2 24 wmfh grammar-connect-logic-result ὑμᾶς 1 Here the pronoun **you** is plural and refers to the Jews. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of you Jews” or “of you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 2 24 edrf writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (See [LXX Isaiah 52:5](isa/52/05.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as Isaiah the prophet says in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-ROM 2 24 q13d figs-activepassive τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ…βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “many Gentiles blaspheme the name of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 2 24 xq7q figs-metonymy ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 name of God The word **name** is a metonym that refers to the entirety of God, not just his name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 25 i497 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to show that God, by his law, condemns even the Jews who have God’s law. ROM 2 25 jg8q περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ ὠφελεῖ 1 For circumcision indeed benefits you “I say all of this because being circumcised does benefit you” ROM 2 25 sbm3 ἐὰν…παραβάτης νόμου ᾖς 2 if you break the law “if you do not obey the commandments found in the law” From a58f5c8ea6dc894071ad9c8ab16f265af526e7e7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 26 Apr 2022 22:37:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 029/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 017b869436..9a21385f5c 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -389,6 +389,7 @@ ROM 2 24 c4sk figs-possession τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is u ROM 2 24 mvwq figs-synecdoche τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul refers figuratively to **the name of God** to mean **God** himself. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “Certainly ‘God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 2 24 ccm9 figs-activepassive τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ ὑμᾶς βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Indeed, how you Jews behave causes the Gentiles to blaspheme God’s name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 2 24 m2bq grammar-connect-logic-result τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ ὑμᾶς βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because of you the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 2 24 pg0g figs-explicit δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 The implication is that since the Jews are God’s people, their bad behavior is what causes **the Gentiles** to blaspheme **the name of God**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as a result of how you act” or “because of the way you behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 24 wmfh grammar-connect-logic-result ὑμᾶς 1 Here the pronoun **you** is plural and refers to the Jews. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of you Jews” or “of you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 2 24 edrf writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (See [LXX Isaiah 52:5](isa/52/05.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as Isaiah the prophet says in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM 2 25 i497 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to show that God, by his law, condemns even the Jews who have God’s law. From aa18eb6c0e499615f67633a212c29d892802ba9c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 26 Apr 2022 22:38:40 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 030/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 9a21385f5c..3940e86c5e 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ ROM 2 24 c4sk figs-possession τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is u ROM 2 24 mvwq figs-synecdoche τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul refers figuratively to **the name of God** to mean **God** himself. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “Certainly ‘God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 2 24 ccm9 figs-activepassive τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ ὑμᾶς βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Indeed, how you Jews behave causes the Gentiles to blaspheme God’s name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 2 24 m2bq grammar-connect-logic-result τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ ὑμᾶς βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because of you the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 2 24 pg0g figs-explicit δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 The implication is that since the Jews are God’s people, their bad behavior is what causes **the Gentiles** to blaspheme **the name of God**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as a result of how you act” or “because of the way you behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 2 24 pg0g figs-explicit δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 The implication is that since the Jews are God’s people, and represent him to **among the Gentiles**, their bad behavior is what causes **the Gentiles** to blaspheme **the name of God**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as a result of how you act” or “because of the way you behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 24 wmfh grammar-connect-logic-result ὑμᾶς 1 Here the pronoun **you** is plural and refers to the Jews. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of you Jews” or “of you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 2 24 edrf writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (See [LXX Isaiah 52:5](isa/52/05.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as Isaiah the prophet says in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM 2 25 i497 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to show that God, by his law, condemns even the Jews who have God’s law. From 6f5dc9c598b85be60434958718f335875685abcf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 26 Apr 2022 22:45:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 031/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 3940e86c5e..1650670fac 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ ROM 2 24 m2bq grammar-connect-logic-result τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τοῦ Θ ROM 2 24 pg0g figs-explicit δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 The implication is that since the Jews are God’s people, and represent him to **among the Gentiles**, their bad behavior is what causes **the Gentiles** to blaspheme **the name of God**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as a result of how you act” or “because of the way you behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 24 wmfh grammar-connect-logic-result ὑμᾶς 1 Here the pronoun **you** is plural and refers to the Jews. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of you Jews” or “of you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 2 24 edrf writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (See [LXX Isaiah 52:5](isa/52/05.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as Isaiah the prophet says in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-ROM 2 25 i497 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to show that God, by his law, condemns even the Jews who have God’s law. +ROM 2 25 i497 grammar-connect-words-phrases περιτομὴ…γὰρ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **For … indeed** indicates that what follows is a change in topic that continues through [2:25–29](../02/25.md) about the role of **circumcision** in the life of God’s people. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 25 jg8q περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ ὠφελεῖ 1 For circumcision indeed benefits you “I say all of this because being circumcised does benefit you” ROM 2 25 sbm3 ἐὰν…παραβάτης νόμου ᾖς 2 if you break the law “if you do not obey the commandments found in the law” ROM 2 25 xq62 ἡ περιτομή σου, ἀκροβυστία γέγονεν 1 your circumcision becomes uncircumcision “it is as though you were no longer circumcised” From cc73a07e5d6ad99d860e71c74973551b71ff8d9f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 26 Apr 2022 22:46:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 032/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 1650670fac..0c380deb35 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ ROM 2 24 m2bq grammar-connect-logic-result τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τοῦ Θ ROM 2 24 pg0g figs-explicit δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 The implication is that since the Jews are God’s people, and represent him to **among the Gentiles**, their bad behavior is what causes **the Gentiles** to blaspheme **the name of God**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as a result of how you act” or “because of the way you behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 24 wmfh grammar-connect-logic-result ὑμᾶς 1 Here the pronoun **you** is plural and refers to the Jews. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of you Jews” or “of you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 2 24 edrf writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (See [LXX Isaiah 52:5](isa/52/05.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as Isaiah the prophet says in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-ROM 2 25 i497 grammar-connect-words-phrases περιτομὴ…γὰρ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **For … indeed** indicates that what follows is a change in topic that continues through [2:25–29](../02/25.md) about the role of **circumcision** in the life of God’s people. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 2 25 i497 grammar-connect-words-phrases περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **For circumcision indeed** indicates that what follows is a change in topic that continues through [2:25–29](../02/25.md) about the role of **circumcision** in the life of God’s people. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 25 jg8q περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ ὠφελεῖ 1 For circumcision indeed benefits you “I say all of this because being circumcised does benefit you” ROM 2 25 sbm3 ἐὰν…παραβάτης νόμου ᾖς 2 if you break the law “if you do not obey the commandments found in the law” ROM 2 25 xq62 ἡ περιτομή σου, ἀκροβυστία γέγονεν 1 your circumcision becomes uncircumcision “it is as though you were no longer circumcised” From 3eff8b361189365aa44241de4bd927546ca53fc4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 26 Apr 2022 22:51:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 033/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 0c380deb35..c0af3809b2 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ ROM 2 16 xb7t figs-infostructure κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου, ROM 2 16 e9bp figs-metaphor κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the **gospel** as if it belongs to him. He means that this is the **gospel** with which God entrusted him to preach. If your readers would not understand what **my gospel** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “based on God’s good news that I preach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 17 lc6m grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **But** marks a new section in [2:17–29] where Paul shows why the Jews cannot escape God’s judgment either. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that” or “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 17 cnq7 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 if you call yourself a Jew In [2:17-20](../02/17.md), Paul speaks as if these descriptions of Jews were hypothetical possibilities, but he means that they are actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since” or “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) -ROM 2 17 kfe8 figs-youcrowd σὺ 1 Even though Paul is speaking to the Jewish people, he is hypothetically addressing an individual, so **you** and **your** and **yourself** is singular throughout [2:17–27](../02/17.md). But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** and **yourself** in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) +ROM 2 17 kfe8 figs-youcrowd σὺ 1 Even though Paul is speaking to the Jewish people, he is hypothetically addressing an individual, so **you** and **your** and **yourself** is singular throughout [2:17–27](../02/17.md) unless otherwise noted. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** and **yourself** in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) ROM 2 17 pglg figs-metaphor σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ἐπονομάζῃ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they named themselves. He means that they consider themselves to be God’s people. If your readers would not understand what it means to **name yourself a Jew** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “you call yourself Jewish” or “you regard yourself as truly Jewish” or “you designate yourself as God’s people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 17 gz6j figs-metaphor ἐπαναπαύῃ νόμῳ, 1 rest upon the law Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were resting or leaning on God’s **law**. He means that they consider themselves as God’s people because they are descendants of the Jewish people who received God’s **law** from Moses. If your readers would not understand what it means to **rely upon the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “think that obeying God’s law makes you one of God’s people” or “you consider that knowing God’s law makes you Jewish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 17 dapj figs-metaphor καυχᾶσαι ἐν Θεῷ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they were boasting inside of **God**. He means that the Jews brag that they are the only nation that knows God. If your readers would not understand what it means to **boast in God** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “brag that you are the only ones who know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 594836858e98bc5f13456ff4218a4fb32011f273 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 26 Apr 2022 22:57:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 034/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index c0af3809b2..3a08116668 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -392,6 +392,7 @@ ROM 2 24 m2bq grammar-connect-logic-result τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τοῦ Θ ROM 2 24 pg0g figs-explicit δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 The implication is that since the Jews are God’s people, and represent him to **among the Gentiles**, their bad behavior is what causes **the Gentiles** to blaspheme **the name of God**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as a result of how you act” or “because of the way you behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 24 wmfh grammar-connect-logic-result ὑμᾶς 1 Here the pronoun **you** is plural and refers to the Jews. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of you Jews” or “of you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 2 24 edrf writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (See [LXX Isaiah 52:5](isa/52/05.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as Isaiah the prophet says in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+ROM 2 25 vdu7 grammar-connect-logic-result περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ ὠφελεῖ, ἐὰν νόμον πράσσῃς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “If you obey the law, circumcision indeed benefits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 2 25 i497 grammar-connect-words-phrases περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **For circumcision indeed** indicates that what follows is a change in topic that continues through [2:25–29](../02/25.md) about the role of **circumcision** in the life of God’s people. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 25 jg8q περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ ὠφελεῖ 1 For circumcision indeed benefits you “I say all of this because being circumcised does benefit you” ROM 2 25 sbm3 ἐὰν…παραβάτης νόμου ᾖς 2 if you break the law “if you do not obey the commandments found in the law” From 4829df8e4f2d5be2ddb873dd29d41c0cb0429c0d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 26 Apr 2022 22:59:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 035/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 3a08116668..7dc57ea4d8 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -393,6 +393,7 @@ ROM 2 24 pg0g figs-explicit δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 The implication is that since ROM 2 24 wmfh grammar-connect-logic-result ὑμᾶς 1 Here the pronoun **you** is plural and refers to the Jews. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of you Jews” or “of you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 2 24 edrf writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (See [LXX Isaiah 52:5](isa/52/05.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as Isaiah the prophet says in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM 2 25 vdu7 grammar-connect-logic-result περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ ὠφελεῖ, ἐὰν νόμον πράσσῃς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “If you obey the law, circumcision indeed benefits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 2 25 s2dz grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to practicing what the law says. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “however” or “instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 2 25 i497 grammar-connect-words-phrases περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **For circumcision indeed** indicates that what follows is a change in topic that continues through [2:25–29](../02/25.md) about the role of **circumcision** in the life of God’s people. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 25 jg8q περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ ὠφελεῖ 1 For circumcision indeed benefits you “I say all of this because being circumcised does benefit you” ROM 2 25 sbm3 ἐὰν…παραβάτης νόμου ᾖς 2 if you break the law “if you do not obey the commandments found in the law” From 965db91d171cd0abbe65336dcaf46ca7e71f7971 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 26 Apr 2022 23:20:47 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 036/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 7dc57ea4d8..2e71aa8b93 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -393,8 +393,9 @@ ROM 2 24 pg0g figs-explicit δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 The implication is that since ROM 2 24 wmfh grammar-connect-logic-result ὑμᾶς 1 Here the pronoun **you** is plural and refers to the Jews. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of you Jews” or “of you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 2 24 edrf writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (See [LXX Isaiah 52:5](isa/52/05.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as Isaiah the prophet says in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM 2 25 vdu7 grammar-connect-logic-result περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ ὠφελεῖ, ἐὰν νόμον πράσσῃς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “If you obey the law, circumcision indeed benefits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 2 25 s2dz grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to practicing what the law says. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “however” or “instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 2 25 i497 grammar-connect-words-phrases περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **For circumcision indeed** indicates that what follows is a change in topic that continues through [2:25–29](../02/25.md) about the role of **circumcision** in the life of God’s people. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 2 25 wm24 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ὠφελεῖ 1 The physical act of **circumcision** would not appear to produce something beneficial. Paul actually means that what circumcision represents **benefits**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “can produce something beneficial” or “can represent something profitable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
+ROM 2 25 s2dz grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to practicing what the law says. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “however” or “instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 2 25 jg8q περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ ὠφελεῖ 1 For circumcision indeed benefits you “I say all of this because being circumcised does benefit you” ROM 2 25 sbm3 ἐὰν…παραβάτης νόμου ᾖς 2 if you break the law “if you do not obey the commandments found in the law” ROM 2 25 xq62 ἡ περιτομή σου, ἀκροβυστία γέγονεν 1 your circumcision becomes uncircumcision “it is as though you were no longer circumcised” From 201b842f4f3fe2412b42186d34b37fccbcb1314a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 26 Apr 2022 23:21:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 037/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 2e71aa8b93..0e3b32a09d 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ ROM 2 24 wmfh grammar-connect-logic-result ὑμᾶς 1 Here the pronoun **you* ROM 2 24 edrf writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (See [LXX Isaiah 52:5](isa/52/05.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as Isaiah the prophet says in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM 2 25 vdu7 grammar-connect-logic-result περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ ὠφελεῖ, ἐὰν νόμον πράσσῃς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “If you obey the law, circumcision indeed benefits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 2 25 i497 grammar-connect-words-phrases περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **For circumcision indeed** indicates that what follows is a change in topic that continues through [2:25–29](../02/25.md) about the role of **circumcision** in the life of God’s people. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 2 25 wm24 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ὠφελεῖ 1 The physical act of **circumcision** would not appear to produce something beneficial. Paul actually means that what circumcision represents **benefits**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “can produce something beneficial” or “can represent something profitable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
+ROM 2 25 wm24 figs-irony ὠφελεῖ 1 The physical act of **circumcision** would not appear to produce something beneficial. Paul actually means that what circumcision represents **benefits**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “can produce something beneficial” or “can represent something profitable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
ROM 2 25 s2dz grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to practicing what the law says. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “however” or “instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 2 25 jg8q περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ ὠφελεῖ 1 For circumcision indeed benefits you “I say all of this because being circumcised does benefit you” ROM 2 25 sbm3 ἐὰν…παραβάτης νόμου ᾖς 2 if you break the law “if you do not obey the commandments found in the law” From 37fbe5bda01e6ebe9fd1ee35071b32db51b3eb8e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 26 Apr 2022 23:21:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 038/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 0e3b32a09d..0f23c13981 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ ROM 2 24 wmfh grammar-connect-logic-result ὑμᾶς 1 Here the pronoun **you* ROM 2 24 edrf writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (See [LXX Isaiah 52:5](isa/52/05.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as Isaiah the prophet says in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM 2 25 vdu7 grammar-connect-logic-result περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ ὠφελεῖ, ἐὰν νόμον πράσσῃς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “If you obey the law, circumcision indeed benefits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 2 25 i497 grammar-connect-words-phrases περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **For circumcision indeed** indicates that what follows is a change in topic that continues through [2:25–29](../02/25.md) about the role of **circumcision** in the life of God’s people. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 2 25 wm24 figs-irony ὠφελεῖ 1 The physical act of **circumcision** would not appear to produce something beneficial. Paul actually means that what circumcision represents **benefits**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “can produce something beneficial” or “can represent something profitable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
+ROM 2 25 wm24 figs-irony ὠφελεῖ 1 The physical act of **circumcision** would not appear to produce something beneficial. Paul actually means that what circumcision represents **benefits** those who **practice the law**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “can produce something beneficial” or “can represent something profitable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
ROM 2 25 s2dz grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to practicing what the law says. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “however” or “instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 2 25 jg8q περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ ὠφελεῖ 1 For circumcision indeed benefits you “I say all of this because being circumcised does benefit you” ROM 2 25 sbm3 ἐὰν…παραβάτης νόμου ᾖς 2 if you break the law “if you do not obey the commandments found in the law” From 1c29a5b8dcd58d8ba27a5ddf48173ba09d019648 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 26 Apr 2022 23:25:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 039/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 0f23c13981..7e95df2591 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -392,6 +392,7 @@ ROM 2 24 m2bq grammar-connect-logic-result τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τοῦ Θ ROM 2 24 pg0g figs-explicit δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 The implication is that since the Jews are God’s people, and represent him to **among the Gentiles**, their bad behavior is what causes **the Gentiles** to blaspheme **the name of God**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as a result of how you act” or “because of the way you behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 24 wmfh grammar-connect-logic-result ὑμᾶς 1 Here the pronoun **you** is plural and refers to the Jews. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of you Jews” or “of you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 2 24 edrf writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (See [LXX Isaiah 52:5](isa/52/05.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as Isaiah the prophet says in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+ROM 2 25 j4ao figs-parallelism 1 These two clauses mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the how **circumcision** is only beneficial if it is accompanied by practicing **the law**. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 25 vdu7 grammar-connect-logic-result περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ ὠφελεῖ, ἐὰν νόμον πράσσῃς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “If you obey the law, circumcision indeed benefits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 2 25 i497 grammar-connect-words-phrases περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **For circumcision indeed** indicates that what follows is a change in topic that continues through [2:25–29](../02/25.md) about the role of **circumcision** in the life of God’s people. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 25 wm24 figs-irony ὠφελεῖ 1 The physical act of **circumcision** would not appear to produce something beneficial. Paul actually means that what circumcision represents **benefits** those who **practice the law**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “can produce something beneficial” or “can represent something profitable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
From 5e8f32bb9f86ecf840ead4a17b1c8ab68960b8a8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 26 Apr 2022 23:28:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 040/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 7e95df2591..caf1a98ca7 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ ROM 2 24 m2bq grammar-connect-logic-result τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τοῦ Θ ROM 2 24 pg0g figs-explicit δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 The implication is that since the Jews are God’s people, and represent him to **among the Gentiles**, their bad behavior is what causes **the Gentiles** to blaspheme **the name of God**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as a result of how you act” or “because of the way you behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 24 wmfh grammar-connect-logic-result ὑμᾶς 1 Here the pronoun **you** is plural and refers to the Jews. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of you Jews” or “of you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 2 24 edrf writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (See [LXX Isaiah 52:5](isa/52/05.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as Isaiah the prophet says in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-ROM 2 25 j4ao figs-parallelism 1 These two clauses mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the how **circumcision** is only beneficial if it is accompanied by practicing **the law**. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 2 25 j4ao figs-parallelism 1 These two clauses, **For circumcision indeed benefits if you obey the law** and **but if you are violators of the law, your circumcision has become uncircumcision** mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the how **circumcision** is only beneficial if it is accompanied by practicing **the law**. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 25 vdu7 grammar-connect-logic-result περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ ὠφελεῖ, ἐὰν νόμον πράσσῃς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “If you obey the law, circumcision indeed benefits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 2 25 i497 grammar-connect-words-phrases περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **For circumcision indeed** indicates that what follows is a change in topic that continues through [2:25–29](../02/25.md) about the role of **circumcision** in the life of God’s people. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 25 wm24 figs-irony ὠφελεῖ 1 The physical act of **circumcision** would not appear to produce something beneficial. Paul actually means that what circumcision represents **benefits** those who **practice the law**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “can produce something beneficial” or “can represent something profitable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
From bf527ecb189de8b836064b277a35558f2bcf30ed Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 26 Apr 2022 23:28:34 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 041/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index caf1a98ca7..f4fc4803db 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ ROM 2 24 m2bq grammar-connect-logic-result τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τοῦ Θ ROM 2 24 pg0g figs-explicit δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 The implication is that since the Jews are God’s people, and represent him to **among the Gentiles**, their bad behavior is what causes **the Gentiles** to blaspheme **the name of God**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as a result of how you act” or “because of the way you behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 24 wmfh grammar-connect-logic-result ὑμᾶς 1 Here the pronoun **you** is plural and refers to the Jews. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of you Jews” or “of you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 2 24 edrf writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (See [LXX Isaiah 52:5](isa/52/05.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as Isaiah the prophet says in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-ROM 2 25 j4ao figs-parallelism 1 These two clauses, **For circumcision indeed benefits if you obey the law** and **but if you are violators of the law, your circumcision has become uncircumcision** mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the how **circumcision** is only beneficial if it is accompanied by practicing **the law**. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 2 25 j4ao figs-parallelism 1 These two clauses, **For circumcision indeed benefits if you obey the law** and **but if you are violators of the law, your circumcision has become uncircumcision**, mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the how **circumcision** is only beneficial if it is accompanied by practicing **the law**. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 25 vdu7 grammar-connect-logic-result περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ ὠφελεῖ, ἐὰν νόμον πράσσῃς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “If you obey the law, circumcision indeed benefits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 2 25 i497 grammar-connect-words-phrases περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **For circumcision indeed** indicates that what follows is a change in topic that continues through [2:25–29](../02/25.md) about the role of **circumcision** in the life of God’s people. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 25 wm24 figs-irony ὠφελεῖ 1 The physical act of **circumcision** would not appear to produce something beneficial. Paul actually means that what circumcision represents **benefits** those who **practice the law**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “can produce something beneficial” or “can represent something profitable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
From d2e2b8979e7b9a53310f211434860a9ca96c713b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 26 Apr 2022 23:36:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 042/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 +--- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index f4fc4803db..a69f36c8e5 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -397,9 +397,7 @@ ROM 2 25 vdu7 grammar-connect-logic-result περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ ὠ ROM 2 25 i497 grammar-connect-words-phrases περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **For circumcision indeed** indicates that what follows is a change in topic that continues through [2:25–29](../02/25.md) about the role of **circumcision** in the life of God’s people. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 25 wm24 figs-irony ὠφελεῖ 1 The physical act of **circumcision** would not appear to produce something beneficial. Paul actually means that what circumcision represents **benefits** those who **practice the law**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “can produce something beneficial” or “can represent something profitable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
ROM 2 25 s2dz grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to practicing what the law says. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “however” or “instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -ROM 2 25 jg8q περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ ὠφελεῖ 1 For circumcision indeed benefits you “I say all of this because being circumcised does benefit you” -ROM 2 25 sbm3 ἐὰν…παραβάτης νόμου ᾖς 2 if you break the law “if you do not obey the commandments found in the law” -ROM 2 25 xq62 ἡ περιτομή σου, ἀκροβυστία γέγονεν 1 your circumcision becomes uncircumcision “it is as though you were no longer circumcised” +ROM 2 25 xq62 figs-hyperbole ἡ περιτομή σου, ἀκροβυστία γέγονεν 1 your circumcision becomes uncircumcision Here, **your circumcision becomes uncircumcision** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show how important it is for God’s people to **practice the law**. Paul does not mean that when someone violates God’s **law** he is no longer physically circumcised. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses this idea. Alternate translation: “it is as if you are no longer circumcised” or “it is the same as if you never received circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 2 26 vt7f ἡ ἀκροβυστία 1 the uncircumcised person “the person who is not circumcised” ROM 2 26 nf3j τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ νόμου φυλάσσῃ 1 keeps the requirements of the law “obeys what God commands in the law” ROM 2 26 be71 figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται? 1 will not his uncircumcision be considered as circumcision? Paul asks this question to emphasize that **circumcision** is not what makes one right before God. Alternate translation: “he will be considered as circumcised.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From ad4729e36c5543b3abbab5685b940bb61915e554 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 26 Apr 2022 23:44:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 043/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index a69f36c8e5..136fce30cf 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ ROM 2 25 i497 grammar-connect-words-phrases περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ 1 ROM 2 25 wm24 figs-irony ὠφελεῖ 1 The physical act of **circumcision** would not appear to produce something beneficial. Paul actually means that what circumcision represents **benefits** those who **practice the law**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “can produce something beneficial” or “can represent something profitable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
ROM 2 25 s2dz grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to practicing what the law says. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “however” or “instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 2 25 xq62 figs-hyperbole ἡ περιτομή σου, ἀκροβυστία γέγονεν 1 your circumcision becomes uncircumcision Here, **your circumcision becomes uncircumcision** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show how important it is for God’s people to **practice the law**. Paul does not mean that when someone violates God’s **law** he is no longer physically circumcised. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses this idea. Alternate translation: “it is as if you are no longer circumcised” or “it is the same as if you never received circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ROM 2 26 vt7f ἡ ἀκροβυστία 1 the uncircumcised person “the person who is not circumcised” +ROM 2 26 vt7f figs-hypo ἐὰν οὖν 1 the uncircumcised person Paul is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the benefits for **the uncircumcised one** who **keeps the requirements of the law**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Let’s say then that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) ROM 2 26 nf3j τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ νόμου φυλάσσῃ 1 keeps the requirements of the law “obeys what God commands in the law” ROM 2 26 be71 figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται? 1 will not his uncircumcision be considered as circumcision? Paul asks this question to emphasize that **circumcision** is not what makes one right before God. Alternate translation: “he will be considered as circumcised.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 2 26 nd8o figs-activepassive οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται? 1 You can translate this question as a statement in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will consider him as circumcised.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From b5e2f40c1dc39aaea8a3c6d41d384777296566e0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 26 Apr 2022 23:47:46 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 044/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 136fce30cf..1ae6e583d4 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ ROM 2 25 wm24 figs-irony ὠφελεῖ 1 The physical act of **circumcision** ROM 2 25 s2dz grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to practicing what the law says. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “however” or “instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 2 25 xq62 figs-hyperbole ἡ περιτομή σου, ἀκροβυστία γέγονεν 1 your circumcision becomes uncircumcision Here, **your circumcision becomes uncircumcision** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show how important it is for God’s people to **practice the law**. Paul does not mean that when someone violates God’s **law** he is no longer physically circumcised. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses this idea. Alternate translation: “it is as if you are no longer circumcised” or “it is the same as if you never received circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 2 26 vt7f figs-hypo ἐὰν οὖν 1 the uncircumcised person Paul is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the benefits for **the uncircumcised one** who **keeps the requirements of the law**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Let’s say then that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) -ROM 2 26 nf3j τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ νόμου φυλάσσῃ 1 keeps the requirements of the law “obeys what God commands in the law” +ROM 2 26 nf3j figs-idiom φυλάσσῃ 1 keeps the requirements of the law Here, the term **keeps** is an idiom meaning “obeys” or “guards.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “obeys” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 2 26 be71 figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται? 1 will not his uncircumcision be considered as circumcision? Paul asks this question to emphasize that **circumcision** is not what makes one right before God. Alternate translation: “he will be considered as circumcised.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 2 26 nd8o figs-activepassive οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται? 1 You can translate this question as a statement in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will consider him as circumcised.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 2 27 lqz2 figs-activepassive καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα 1 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law? You can translate this statement in an active form. Alternate translation: “And the one who obeys the law, even though people have not physically circumcised him, will condemn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From f9ec8b51538388566957146bc5d3bc7c40c6c66d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 26 Apr 2022 23:48:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 045/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 1ae6e583d4..d21aa6f76f 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ ROM 2 25 wm24 figs-irony ὠφελεῖ 1 The physical act of **circumcision** ROM 2 25 s2dz grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to practicing what the law says. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “however” or “instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 2 25 xq62 figs-hyperbole ἡ περιτομή σου, ἀκροβυστία γέγονεν 1 your circumcision becomes uncircumcision Here, **your circumcision becomes uncircumcision** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show how important it is for God’s people to **practice the law**. Paul does not mean that when someone violates God’s **law** he is no longer physically circumcised. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses this idea. Alternate translation: “it is as if you are no longer circumcised” or “it is the same as if you never received circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 2 26 vt7f figs-hypo ἐὰν οὖν 1 the uncircumcised person Paul is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the benefits for **the uncircumcised one** who **keeps the requirements of the law**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Let’s say then that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) -ROM 2 26 nf3j figs-idiom φυλάσσῃ 1 keeps the requirements of the law Here, the term **keeps** is an idiom meaning “obeys” or “guards.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “obeys” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 2 26 nf3j figs-idiom φυλάσσῃ 1 keeps the requirements of the law Here, the term **keeps** is an idiom meaning “obeys” or “guards.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “is obedient to” or “guards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 2 26 be71 figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται? 1 will not his uncircumcision be considered as circumcision? Paul asks this question to emphasize that **circumcision** is not what makes one right before God. Alternate translation: “he will be considered as circumcised.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 2 26 nd8o figs-activepassive οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται? 1 You can translate this question as a statement in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will consider him as circumcised.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 2 27 lqz2 figs-activepassive καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα 1 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law? You can translate this statement in an active form. Alternate translation: “And the one who obeys the law, even though people have not physically circumcised him, will condemn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 574cd6609174554aa8f0a7663edf6ada6d249bb2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 26 Apr 2022 23:49:40 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 046/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index d21aa6f76f..104d0d146f 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -400,8 +400,8 @@ ROM 2 25 s2dz grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **bu ROM 2 25 xq62 figs-hyperbole ἡ περιτομή σου, ἀκροβυστία γέγονεν 1 your circumcision becomes uncircumcision Here, **your circumcision becomes uncircumcision** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show how important it is for God’s people to **practice the law**. Paul does not mean that when someone violates God’s **law** he is no longer physically circumcised. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses this idea. Alternate translation: “it is as if you are no longer circumcised” or “it is the same as if you never received circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 2 26 vt7f figs-hypo ἐὰν οὖν 1 the uncircumcised person Paul is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the benefits for **the uncircumcised one** who **keeps the requirements of the law**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Let’s say then that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) ROM 2 26 nf3j figs-idiom φυλάσσῃ 1 keeps the requirements of the law Here, the term **keeps** is an idiom meaning “obeys” or “guards.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “is obedient to” or “guards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 2 26 be71 figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται? 1 will not his uncircumcision be considered as circumcision? Paul asks this question to emphasize that **circumcision** is not what makes one right before God. Alternate translation: “he will be considered as circumcised.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 2 26 nd8o figs-activepassive οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται? 1 You can translate this question as a statement in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will consider him as circumcised.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 2 26 mkhr τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ νόμου 1 James is using the possessive form to describe a word that is characterized by truth. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “true” instead of the noun “truth.” Alternate translation: “by the true word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 2 26 be71 figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 will not his uncircumcision be considered as circumcision? (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 2 27 lqz2 figs-activepassive καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα 1 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law? You can translate this statement in an active form. Alternate translation: “And the one who obeys the law, even though people have not physically circumcised him, will condemn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 2 28 g2vh ἐν τῷ φανερῷ 1 outwardly This refers to Jewish rituals, such as circumcision, which people can see. ROM 2 28 bl6h ἐν τῷ φανερῷ ἐν σαρκὶ 1 merely outward in the flesh This refers to the physical change to a man’s body when someone circumcises him. From b155110ad8f7dbf045950cf385254d078d0983e8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 00:02:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 047/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 104d0d146f..e68bb02718 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ ROM 2 25 s2dz grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **bu ROM 2 25 xq62 figs-hyperbole ἡ περιτομή σου, ἀκροβυστία γέγονεν 1 your circumcision becomes uncircumcision Here, **your circumcision becomes uncircumcision** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show how important it is for God’s people to **practice the law**. Paul does not mean that when someone violates God’s **law** he is no longer physically circumcised. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses this idea. Alternate translation: “it is as if you are no longer circumcised” or “it is the same as if you never received circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 2 26 vt7f figs-hypo ἐὰν οὖν 1 the uncircumcised person Paul is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the benefits for **the uncircumcised one** who **keeps the requirements of the law**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Let’s say then that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) ROM 2 26 nf3j figs-idiom φυλάσσῃ 1 keeps the requirements of the law Here, the term **keeps** is an idiom meaning “obeys” or “guards.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “is obedient to” or “guards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 2 26 mkhr τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ νόμου 1 James is using the possessive form to describe a word that is characterized by truth. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “true” instead of the noun “truth.” Alternate translation: “by the true word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 2 26 mkhr figs-possession τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ νόμου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **requirements** found in **the law**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “law’s” instead of the noun “law.” Alternate translation: “what the law requires” or “the law’s requirements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 26 be71 figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 will not his uncircumcision be considered as circumcision? (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 2 27 lqz2 figs-activepassive καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα 1 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law? You can translate this statement in an active form. Alternate translation: “And the one who obeys the law, even though people have not physically circumcised him, will condemn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 2 28 g2vh ἐν τῷ φανερῷ 1 outwardly This refers to Jewish rituals, such as circumcision, which people can see. From 6f1d98e4cbefc5f25ec05071425895b511824f7c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 00:08:20 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 048/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index e68bb02718..957914da8c 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -401,7 +401,8 @@ ROM 2 25 xq62 figs-hyperbole ἡ περιτομή σου, ἀκροβυστία ROM 2 26 vt7f figs-hypo ἐὰν οὖν 1 the uncircumcised person Paul is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the benefits for **the uncircumcised one** who **keeps the requirements of the law**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Let’s say then that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) ROM 2 26 nf3j figs-idiom φυλάσσῃ 1 keeps the requirements of the law Here, the term **keeps** is an idiom meaning “obeys” or “guards.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “is obedient to” or “guards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 2 26 mkhr figs-possession τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ νόμου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **requirements** found in **the law**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “law’s” instead of the noun “law.” Alternate translation: “what the law requires” or “the law’s requirements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 2 26 be71 figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 will not his uncircumcision be considered as circumcision? (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 2 26 be71 figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 will not his uncircumcision be considered as circumcision? Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize how important it is do what **the law** requires. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “certainly God will reckon him as circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 2 26 rjb5 figs-activepassive οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “won’t his uncircumcision count as circumcision” or “God will consider him circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 2 27 lqz2 figs-activepassive καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα 1 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law? You can translate this statement in an active form. Alternate translation: “And the one who obeys the law, even though people have not physically circumcised him, will condemn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 2 28 g2vh ἐν τῷ φανερῷ 1 outwardly This refers to Jewish rituals, such as circumcision, which people can see. ROM 2 28 bl6h ἐν τῷ φανερῷ ἐν σαρκὶ 1 merely outward in the flesh This refers to the physical change to a man’s body when someone circumcises him. From dd381bb4a87138c5c5d07d39a0dc753546df3775 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Richard Mahn Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 06:16:47 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 049/503] Update 'manifest.yaml' --- manifest.yaml | 1013 +++++++++++++++++++++++-------------------------- 1 file changed, 473 insertions(+), 540 deletions(-) diff --git a/manifest.yaml b/manifest.yaml index a66960455a..252011b29e 100644 --- a/manifest.yaml +++ b/manifest.yaml @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +--- dublin_core: conformsto: 'rc0.2' contributor: @@ -368,561 +369,493 @@ dublin_core: description: "Open-licensed exegetical notes that provide historical, cultural, and linguistic information for translators. It provides translators and checkers with pertinent, just-in-time information to help them make the best possible translation decisions." format: 'text/tsv' identifier: 'tn' - issued: '2022-03-31' + issued: '2022-04-27' language: direction: 'ltr' identifier: 'en' title: 'English' - modified: '2022-03-31' + modified: '2022-04-27' publisher: 'unfoldingWord' relation: - - 'en/ult?v=34' - - 'en/ust?v=33' - - 'hbo/uhb?v=2.1.23' - - 'el-x-koine/ugnt?v=0.23' - - 'en/ta?v=26' - - 'en/tq?v=31' - - 'en/tw?v=29' + - 'en/ult?v=35' + - 'en/ust?v=34' + - 'hbo/uhb?v=2.1.24' + - 'el-x-koine/ugnt?v=0.24' + - 'en/ta?v=27' + - 'en/tq?v=32' + - 'en/tw?v=30' rights: 'CC BY-SA 4.0' source: - identifier: 'tn' language: 'en' - version: '58' + version: '59' subject: 'TSV Translation Notes' title: 'unfoldingWord® Translation Notes' type: 'help' - version: '59' - + version: '60' checking: checking_entity: - 'unfoldingWord' checking_level: '3' - projects: - - - title: 'Genesis' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: 'gen' - sort: 1 - path: './en_tn_01-GEN.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-ot' ] - - - - title: 'Exodus' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: 'exo' - sort: 2 - path: './en_tn_02-EXO.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-ot' ] - - - - title: 'Leviticus' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: 'lev' - sort: 3 - path: './en_tn_03-LEV.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-ot' ] - - - - title: 'Numbers' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: 'num' - sort: 4 - path: './en_tn_04-NUM.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-ot' ] - - - - title: 'Deuteronomy' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: 'deu' - sort: 5 - path: './en_tn_05-DEU.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-ot' ] - - - - title: 'Joshua' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: 'jos' - sort: 6 - path: './en_tn_06-JOS.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-ot' ] - - - - title: 'Judges' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: 'jdg' - sort: 7 - path: './en_tn_07-JDG.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-ot' ] - - - - title: 'Ruth' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: 'rut' - sort: 8 - path: './en_tn_08-RUT.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-ot' ] - - - - title: '1 Samuel' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: '1sa' - sort: 9 - path: './en_tn_09-1SA.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-ot' ] - - - - title: '2 Samuel' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: '2sa' - sort: 10 - path: './en_tn_10-2SA.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-ot' ] - - - - title: '1 Kings' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: '1ki' - sort: 11 - path: './en_tn_11-1KI.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-ot' ] - - - - title: '2 Kings' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: '2ki' - sort: 12 - path: './en_tn_12-2KI.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-ot' ] - - - - title: '1 Chronicles' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: '1ch' - sort: 13 - path: './en_tn_13-1CH.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-ot' ] - - - - title: '2 Chronicles' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: '2ch' - sort: 14 - path: './en_tn_14-2CH.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-ot' ] - - - - title: 'Ezra' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: 'ezr' - sort: 15 - path: './en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-ot' ] - - - - title: 'Nehemiah' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: 'neh' - sort: 16 - path: './en_tn_16-NEH.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-ot' ] - - - - title: 'Esther' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: 'est' - sort: 17 - path: './en_tn_17-EST.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-ot' ] - - - - title: 'Job' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: 'job' - sort: 18 - path: './en_tn_18-JOB.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-ot' ] - - - - title: 'Psalms' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: 'psa' - sort: 19 - path: './en_tn_19-PSA.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-ot' ] - - - - title: 'Proverbs' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: 'pro' - sort: 20 - path: './en_tn_20-PRO.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-ot' ] - - - - title: 'Ecclesiastes' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: 'ecc' - sort: 21 - path: './en_tn_21-ECC.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-ot' ] - - - - title: 'Song of Solomon' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: 'sng' - sort: 22 - path: './en_tn_22-SNG.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-ot' ] - - - - title: 'Isaiah' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: 'isa' - sort: 23 - path: './en_tn_23-ISA.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-ot' ] - - - - title: 'Jeremiah' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: 'jer' - sort: 24 - path: './en_tn_24-JER.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-ot' ] - - - - title: 'Lamentations' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: 'lam' - sort: 25 - path: './en_tn_25-LAM.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-ot' ] - - - - title: 'Ezekiel' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: 'ezk' - sort: 26 - path: './en_tn_26-EZK.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-ot' ] - - - - title: 'Daniel' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: 'dan' - sort: 27 - path: './en_tn_27-DAN.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-ot' ] - - - - title: 'Hosea' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: 'hos' - sort: 28 - path: './en_tn_28-HOS.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-ot' ] - - - - title: 'Joel' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: 'jol' - sort: 29 - path: './en_tn_29-JOL.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-ot' ] - - - - title: 'Amos' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: 'amo' - sort: 30 - path: './en_tn_30-AMO.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-ot' ] - - - - title: 'Obadiah' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: 'oba' - sort: 31 - path: './en_tn_31-OBA.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-ot' ] - - - - title: 'Jonah' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: 'jon' - sort: 32 - path: './en_tn_32-JON.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-ot' ] - - - - title: 'Micah' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: 'mic' - sort: 33 - path: './en_tn_33-MIC.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-ot' ] - - - - title: 'Nahum' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: 'nam' - sort: 34 - path: './en_tn_34-NAM.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-ot' ] - - - - title: 'Habakkuk' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: 'hab' - sort: 35 - path: './en_tn_35-HAB.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-ot' ] - - - - title: 'Zephaniah' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: 'zep' - sort: 36 - path: './en_tn_36-ZEP.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-ot' ] - - - - title: 'Haggai' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: 'hag' - sort: 37 - path: './en_tn_37-HAG.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-ot' ] - - - - title: 'Zechariah' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: 'zec' - sort: 38 - path: './en_tn_38-ZEC.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-ot' ] - - - - title: 'Malachi' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: 'mal' - sort: 39 - path: './en_tn_39-MAL.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-ot' ] - - - - title: 'Matthew' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: 'mat' - sort: 40 - path: './en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-nt' ] - - - - title: 'Mark' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: 'mrk' - sort: 41 - path: './en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-nt' ] - - - - title: 'Luke' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: 'luk' - sort: 42 - path: './en_tn_43-LUK.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-nt' ] - - - - title: 'John' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: 'jhn' - sort: 43 - path: './en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-nt' ] - - - - title: 'Acts' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: 'act' - sort: 44 - path: './en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-nt' ] - - - - title: 'Romans' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: 'rom' - sort: 45 - path: './en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-nt' ] - - - - title: '1 Corinthians' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: '1co' - sort: 46 - path: './en_tn_47-1CO.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-nt' ] - - - - title: '2 Corinthians' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: '2co' - sort: 47 - path: './en_tn_48-2CO.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-nt' ] - - - - title: 'Galatians' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: 'gal' - sort: 48 - path: './en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-nt' ] - - - - title: 'Ephesians' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: 'eph' - sort: 49 - path: './en_tn_50-EPH.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-nt' ] - - - - title: 'Philippians' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: 'php' - sort: 50 - path: './en_tn_51-PHP.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-nt' ] - - - - title: 'Colossians' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: 'col' - sort: 51 - path: './en_tn_52-COL.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-nt' ] - - - - title: '1 Thessalonians' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: '1th' - sort: 52 - path: './en_tn_53-1TH.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-nt' ] - - - - title: '2 Thessalonians' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: '2th' - sort: 53 - path: './en_tn_54-2TH.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-nt' ] - - - - title: '1 Timothy' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: '1ti' - sort: 54 - path: './en_tn_55-1TI.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-nt' ] - - - - title: '2 Timothy' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: '2ti' - sort: 55 - path: './en_tn_56-2TI.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-nt' ] - - - - title: 'Titus' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: 'tit' - sort: 56 - path: './en_tn_57-TIT.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-nt' ] - - - - title: 'Philemon' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: 'phm' - sort: 57 - path: './en_tn_58-PHM.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-nt' ] - - - - title: 'Hebrews' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: 'heb' - sort: 58 - path: './en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-nt' ] - - - - title: 'James' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: 'jas' - sort: 59 - path: './en_tn_60-JAS.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-nt' ] - - - - title: '1 Peter' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: '1pe' - sort: 60 - path: './en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-nt' ] - - - - title: '2 Peter' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: '2pe' - sort: 61 - path: './en_tn_62-2PE.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-nt' ] - - - - title: '1 John' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: '1jn' - sort: 62 - path: './en_tn_63-1JN.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-nt' ] - - - - title: '2 John' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: '2jn' - sort: 63 - path: './en_tn_64-2JN.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-nt' ] - - - - title: '3 John' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: '3jn' - sort: 64 - path: './en_tn_65-3JN.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-nt' ] - - - - title: 'Jude' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: 'jud' - sort: 65 - path: './en_tn_66-JUD.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-nt' ] - - - - title: 'Revelation' - versification: 'ufw' - identifier: 'rev' - sort: 66 - path: './en_tn_67-REV.tsv' - categories: [ 'bible-nt' ] +- title: 'Genesis' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: 'gen' + sort: 1 + path: './en_tn_01-GEN.tsv' + categories: ['bible-ot'] + +- title: 'Exodus' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: 'exo' + sort: 2 + path: './en_tn_02-EXO.tsv' + categories: ['bible-ot'] + +- title: 'Leviticus' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: 'lev' + sort: 3 + path: './en_tn_03-LEV.tsv' + categories: ['bible-ot'] + +- title: 'Numbers' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: 'num' + sort: 4 + path: './en_tn_04-NUM.tsv' + categories: ['bible-ot'] + +- title: 'Deuteronomy' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: 'deu' + sort: 5 + path: './en_tn_05-DEU.tsv' + categories: ['bible-ot'] + +- title: 'Joshua' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: 'jos' + sort: 6 + path: './en_tn_06-JOS.tsv' + categories: ['bible-ot'] + +- title: 'Judges' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: 'jdg' + sort: 7 + path: './en_tn_07-JDG.tsv' + categories: ['bible-ot'] + +- title: 'Ruth' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: 'rut' + sort: 8 + path: './en_tn_08-RUT.tsv' + categories: ['bible-ot'] + +- title: '1 Samuel' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: '1sa' + sort: 9 + path: './en_tn_09-1SA.tsv' + categories: ['bible-ot'] + +- title: '2 Samuel' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: '2sa' + sort: 10 + path: './en_tn_10-2SA.tsv' + categories: ['bible-ot'] + +- title: '1 Kings' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: '1ki' + sort: 11 + path: './en_tn_11-1KI.tsv' + categories: ['bible-ot'] + +- title: '2 Kings' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: '2ki' + sort: 12 + path: './en_tn_12-2KI.tsv' + categories: ['bible-ot'] + +- title: '1 Chronicles' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: '1ch' + sort: 13 + path: './en_tn_13-1CH.tsv' + categories: ['bible-ot'] + +- title: '2 Chronicles' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: '2ch' + sort: 14 + path: './en_tn_14-2CH.tsv' + categories: ['bible-ot'] + +- title: 'Ezra' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: 'ezr' + sort: 15 + path: './en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' + categories: ['bible-ot'] + +- title: 'Nehemiah' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: 'neh' + sort: 16 + path: './en_tn_16-NEH.tsv' + categories: ['bible-ot'] + +- title: 'Esther' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: 'est' + sort: 17 + path: './en_tn_17-EST.tsv' + categories: ['bible-ot'] + +- title: 'Job' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: 'job' + sort: 18 + path: './en_tn_18-JOB.tsv' + categories: ['bible-ot'] + +- title: 'Psalms' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: 'psa' + sort: 19 + path: './en_tn_19-PSA.tsv' + categories: ['bible-ot'] + +- title: 'Proverbs' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: 'pro' + sort: 20 + path: './en_tn_20-PRO.tsv' + categories: ['bible-ot'] + +- title: 'Ecclesiastes' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: 'ecc' + sort: 21 + path: './en_tn_21-ECC.tsv' + categories: ['bible-ot'] + +- title: 'Song of Solomon' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: 'sng' + sort: 22 + path: './en_tn_22-SNG.tsv' + categories: ['bible-ot'] + +- title: 'Isaiah' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: 'isa' + sort: 23 + path: './en_tn_23-ISA.tsv' + categories: ['bible-ot'] + +- title: 'Jeremiah' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: 'jer' + sort: 24 + path: './en_tn_24-JER.tsv' + categories: ['bible-ot'] + +- title: 'Lamentations' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: 'lam' + sort: 25 + path: './en_tn_25-LAM.tsv' + categories: ['bible-ot'] + +- title: 'Ezekiel' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: 'ezk' + sort: 26 + path: './en_tn_26-EZK.tsv' + categories: ['bible-ot'] + +- title: 'Daniel' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: 'dan' + sort: 27 + path: './en_tn_27-DAN.tsv' + categories: ['bible-ot'] + +- title: 'Hosea' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: 'hos' + sort: 28 + path: './en_tn_28-HOS.tsv' + categories: ['bible-ot'] + +- title: 'Joel' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: 'jol' + sort: 29 + path: './en_tn_29-JOL.tsv' + categories: ['bible-ot'] + +- title: 'Amos' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: 'amo' + sort: 30 + path: './en_tn_30-AMO.tsv' + categories: ['bible-ot'] + +- title: 'Obadiah' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: 'oba' + sort: 31 + path: './en_tn_31-OBA.tsv' + categories: ['bible-ot'] + +- title: 'Jonah' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: 'jon' + sort: 32 + path: './en_tn_32-JON.tsv' + categories: ['bible-ot'] + +- title: 'Micah' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: 'mic' + sort: 33 + path: './en_tn_33-MIC.tsv' + categories: ['bible-ot'] + +- title: 'Nahum' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: 'nam' + sort: 34 + path: './en_tn_34-NAM.tsv' + categories: ['bible-ot'] + +- title: 'Habakkuk' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: 'hab' + sort: 35 + path: './en_tn_35-HAB.tsv' + categories: ['bible-ot'] + +- title: 'Zephaniah' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: 'zep' + sort: 36 + path: './en_tn_36-ZEP.tsv' + categories: ['bible-ot'] + +- title: 'Haggai' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: 'hag' + sort: 37 + path: './en_tn_37-HAG.tsv' + categories: ['bible-ot'] + +- title: 'Zechariah' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: 'zec' + sort: 38 + path: './en_tn_38-ZEC.tsv' + categories: ['bible-ot'] + +- title: 'Malachi' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: 'mal' + sort: 39 + path: './en_tn_39-MAL.tsv' + categories: ['bible-ot'] + +- title: 'Matthew' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: 'mat' + sort: 40 + path: './en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' + categories: ['bible-nt'] + +- title: 'Mark' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: 'mrk' + sort: 41 + path: './en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' + categories: ['bible-nt'] + +- title: 'Luke' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: 'luk' + sort: 42 + path: './en_tn_43-LUK.tsv' + categories: ['bible-nt'] + +- title: 'John' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: 'jhn' + sort: 43 + path: './en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' + categories: ['bible-nt'] + +- title: 'Acts' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: 'act' + sort: 44 + path: './en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' + categories: ['bible-nt'] + +- title: 'Romans' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: 'rom' + sort: 45 + path: './en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' + categories: ['bible-nt'] + +- title: '1 Corinthians' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: '1co' + sort: 46 + path: './en_tn_47-1CO.tsv' + categories: ['bible-nt'] + +- title: '2 Corinthians' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: '2co' + sort: 47 + path: './en_tn_48-2CO.tsv' + categories: ['bible-nt'] + +- title: 'Galatians' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: 'gal' + sort: 48 + path: './en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' + categories: ['bible-nt'] + +- title: 'Ephesians' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: 'eph' + sort: 49 + path: './en_tn_50-EPH.tsv' + categories: ['bible-nt'] + +- title: 'Philippians' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: 'php' + sort: 50 + path: './en_tn_51-PHP.tsv' + categories: ['bible-nt'] + +- title: 'Colossians' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: 'col' + sort: 51 + path: './en_tn_52-COL.tsv' + categories: ['bible-nt'] + +- title: '1 Thessalonians' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: '1th' + sort: 52 + path: './en_tn_53-1TH.tsv' + categories: ['bible-nt'] + +- title: '2 Thessalonians' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: '2th' + sort: 53 + path: './en_tn_54-2TH.tsv' + categories: ['bible-nt'] + +- title: '1 Timothy' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: '1ti' + sort: 54 + path: './en_tn_55-1TI.tsv' + categories: ['bible-nt'] + +- title: '2 Timothy' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: '2ti' + sort: 55 + path: './en_tn_56-2TI.tsv' + categories: ['bible-nt'] + +- title: 'Titus' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: 'tit' + sort: 56 + path: './en_tn_57-TIT.tsv' + categories: ['bible-nt'] + +- title: 'Philemon' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: 'phm' + sort: 57 + path: './en_tn_58-PHM.tsv' + categories: ['bible-nt'] + +- title: 'Hebrews' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: 'heb' + sort: 58 + path: './en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' + categories: ['bible-nt'] + +- title: 'James' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: 'jas' + sort: 59 + path: './en_tn_60-JAS.tsv' + categories: ['bible-nt'] + +- title: '1 Peter' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: '1pe' + sort: 60 + path: './en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' + categories: ['bible-nt'] + +- title: '2 Peter' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: '2pe' + sort: 61 + path: './en_tn_62-2PE.tsv' + categories: ['bible-nt'] + +- title: '1 John' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: '1jn' + sort: 62 + path: './en_tn_63-1JN.tsv' + categories: ['bible-nt'] + +- title: '2 John' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: '2jn' + sort: 63 + path: './en_tn_64-2JN.tsv' + categories: ['bible-nt'] + +- title: '3 John' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: '3jn' + sort: 64 + path: './en_tn_65-3JN.tsv' + categories: ['bible-nt'] + +- title: 'Jude' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: 'jud' + sort: 65 + path: './en_tn_66-JUD.tsv' + categories: ['bible-nt'] + +- title: 'Revelation' + versification: 'ufw' + identifier: 'rev' + sort: 66 + path: './en_tn_67-REV.tsv' + categories: ['bible-nt'] From 7c0b60e180d1649440467740fdd046ce513c1200 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 14:55:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 050/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 957914da8c..2cdee2da26 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ ROM 2 21 rftq figs-infostructure οὖν 1 Here, **then** indicates that what f ROM 2 21 uq9y grammar-collectivenouns ἕτερον 1 You who teach others, do you not teach yourself? Here, **other** is a singular pronoun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular pronouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 2 21 hl38 figs-rpronouns σεαυτὸν οὐ διδάσκεις 1 You who preach against stealing, do you steal? Paul uses the word **yourself** to emphasize how hypocritical the Jews are. Use a way that is natural in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “shouldn't you do what you teach others to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) ROM 2 23 grr3 figs-metaphor ὃς ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι 1 You who boast in the law, do you dishonor God by breaking the law? Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they were boasting inside of **the law**. He means that the Jews brag that they are the only nation who knows God’s law (See the same verb in [2:17](../02/17.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to **boast in the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “You, who brag that you are the only ones who know God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 2 23 z80m figs-parallelism ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου 1 These two phrases, **boast in the law** and **the violation of the law**, mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the hypocrisy of the Jews. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 2 23 z80m figs-parallelism ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου 1 These two phrases, **boast in the law** and **the transgression of the law**, mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the hypocrisy of the Jews. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 24 end9 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows is a biblical quotation. Alternate translation: “Indeed” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 24 c4sk figs-possession τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to indicate the **name** that belongs to **God**. Paul does not mean that **God** is a **name**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun “God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 24 mvwq figs-synecdoche τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul refers figuratively to **the name of God** to mean **God** himself. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “Certainly ‘God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From 4d35e8b9788413fc6e640b2b1edad91843d19f84 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 14:58:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 051/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 2cdee2da26..6dfae530e1 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -384,6 +384,7 @@ ROM 2 21 uq9y grammar-collectivenouns ἕτερον 1 You who teach others, do y ROM 2 21 hl38 figs-rpronouns σεαυτὸν οὐ διδάσκεις 1 You who preach against stealing, do you steal? Paul uses the word **yourself** to emphasize how hypocritical the Jews are. Use a way that is natural in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “shouldn't you do what you teach others to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) ROM 2 23 grr3 figs-metaphor ὃς ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι 1 You who boast in the law, do you dishonor God by breaking the law? Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they were boasting inside of **the law**. He means that the Jews brag that they are the only nation who knows God’s law (See the same verb in [2:17](../02/17.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to **boast in the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “You, who brag that you are the only ones who know God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 23 z80m figs-parallelism ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου 1 These two phrases, **boast in the law** and **the transgression of the law**, mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the hypocrisy of the Jews. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 2 23 ob98 figs-abstractnouns διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **transgression** with a verbal from or another way. Alternate translation: “by breaking the law” or “by transgressing God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 24 end9 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows is a biblical quotation. Alternate translation: “Indeed” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 24 c4sk figs-possession τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to indicate the **name** that belongs to **God**. Paul does not mean that **God** is a **name**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun “God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 24 mvwq figs-synecdoche τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul refers figuratively to **the name of God** to mean **God** himself. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “Certainly ‘God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From a28f36130ba79f2edce006a602f977967d8eaebe Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 15:00:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 052/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 6dfae530e1..cd120d4376 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ ROM 2 25 vdu7 grammar-connect-logic-result περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ ὠ ROM 2 25 i497 grammar-connect-words-phrases περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **For circumcision indeed** indicates that what follows is a change in topic that continues through [2:25–29](../02/25.md) about the role of **circumcision** in the life of God’s people. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 25 wm24 figs-irony ὠφελεῖ 1 The physical act of **circumcision** would not appear to produce something beneficial. Paul actually means that what circumcision represents **benefits** those who **practice the law**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “can produce something beneficial” or “can represent something profitable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
ROM 2 25 s2dz grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to practicing what the law says. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “however” or “instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -ROM 2 25 xq62 figs-hyperbole ἡ περιτομή σου, ἀκροβυστία γέγονεν 1 your circumcision becomes uncircumcision Here, **your circumcision becomes uncircumcision** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show how important it is for God’s people to **practice the law**. Paul does not mean that when someone violates God’s **law** he is no longer physically circumcised. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses this idea. Alternate translation: “it is as if you are no longer circumcised” or “it is the same as if you never received circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ROM 2 25 xq62 figs-hyperbole ἡ περιτομή σου, ἀκροβυστία γέγονεν 1 your circumcision becomes uncircumcision Here, **your circumcision becomes uncircumcision** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show how important it is for God’s people to **practice the law**. Paul does not mean that when someone transgresses God’s **law** he is no longer physically circumcised. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses this idea. Alternate translation: “it is as if you are no longer circumcised” or “it is the same as if you never received circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 2 26 vt7f figs-hypo ἐὰν οὖν 1 the uncircumcised person Paul is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the benefits for **the uncircumcised one** who **keeps the requirements of the law**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Let’s say then that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) ROM 2 26 nf3j figs-idiom φυλάσσῃ 1 keeps the requirements of the law Here, the term **keeps** is an idiom meaning “obeys” or “guards.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “is obedient to” or “guards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 2 26 mkhr figs-possession τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ νόμου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **requirements** found in **the law**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “law’s” instead of the noun “law.” Alternate translation: “what the law requires” or “the law’s requirements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) From b5c728fa5a98436ade18b0e2f3b01a3fd8b3019d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 15:01:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 053/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index cd120d4376..18ec137f18 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ ROM 2 24 m2bq grammar-connect-logic-result τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τοῦ Θ ROM 2 24 pg0g figs-explicit δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 The implication is that since the Jews are God’s people, and represent him to **among the Gentiles**, their bad behavior is what causes **the Gentiles** to blaspheme **the name of God**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as a result of how you act” or “because of the way you behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 24 wmfh grammar-connect-logic-result ὑμᾶς 1 Here the pronoun **you** is plural and refers to the Jews. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of you Jews” or “of you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 2 24 edrf writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (See [LXX Isaiah 52:5](isa/52/05.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as Isaiah the prophet says in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-ROM 2 25 j4ao figs-parallelism 1 These two clauses, **For circumcision indeed benefits if you obey the law** and **but if you are violators of the law, your circumcision has become uncircumcision**, mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the how **circumcision** is only beneficial if it is accompanied by practicing **the law**. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 2 25 j4ao figs-parallelism 1 These two clauses, **For circumcision indeed benefits if you obey the law** and **but if you are transgressors of the law, your circumcision has become uncircumcision**, mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the how **circumcision** is only beneficial if it is accompanied by practicing **the law**. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 25 vdu7 grammar-connect-logic-result περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ ὠφελεῖ, ἐὰν νόμον πράσσῃς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “If you obey the law, circumcision indeed benefits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 2 25 i497 grammar-connect-words-phrases περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **For circumcision indeed** indicates that what follows is a change in topic that continues through [2:25–29](../02/25.md) about the role of **circumcision** in the life of God’s people. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 25 wm24 figs-irony ὠφελεῖ 1 The physical act of **circumcision** would not appear to produce something beneficial. Paul actually means that what circumcision represents **benefits** those who **practice the law**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “can produce something beneficial” or “can represent something profitable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
From ce32567cca0ee5c78fc41934d2df79164fa94adb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 16:14:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 054/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 18ec137f18..eb9def2be8 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ ROM 2 26 nf3j figs-idiom φυλάσσῃ 1 keeps the requirements of the law Her ROM 2 26 mkhr figs-possession τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ νόμου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **requirements** found in **the law**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “law’s” instead of the noun “law.” Alternate translation: “what the law requires” or “the law’s requirements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 26 be71 figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 will not his uncircumcision be considered as circumcision? Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize how important it is do what **the law** requires. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “certainly God will reckon him as circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 2 26 rjb5 figs-activepassive οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “won’t his uncircumcision count as circumcision” or “God will consider him circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ROM 2 27 lqz2 figs-activepassive καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα 1 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law? You can translate this statement in an active form. Alternate translation: “And the one who obeys the law, even though people have not physically circumcised him, will condemn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 2 27 lqz2 1 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law? ROM 2 28 g2vh ἐν τῷ φανερῷ 1 outwardly This refers to Jewish rituals, such as circumcision, which people can see. ROM 2 28 bl6h ἐν τῷ φανερῷ ἐν σαρκὶ 1 merely outward in the flesh This refers to the physical change to a man’s body when someone circumcises him. ROM 2 28 s44m figs-synecdoche σαρκὶ 1 flesh Here, **the flesh** is a synecdoche for the whole body. Alternate translation: “the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From ee4fcde2875d70b2e8bcfc8d58c2cf7d62633699 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 16:23:40 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 055/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index eb9def2be8..b3a5608bad 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ ROM 2 26 nf3j figs-idiom φυλάσσῃ 1 keeps the requirements of the law Her ROM 2 26 mkhr figs-possession τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ νόμου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **requirements** found in **the law**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “law’s” instead of the noun “law.” Alternate translation: “what the law requires” or “the law’s requirements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 26 be71 figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 will not his uncircumcision be considered as circumcision? Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize how important it is do what **the law** requires. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “certainly God will reckon him as circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 2 26 rjb5 figs-activepassive οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “won’t his uncircumcision count as circumcision” or “God will consider him circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ROM 2 27 lqz2 1 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law? +ROM 2 27 lqz2 figs-distinguish καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα 1 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law? Here, **who, by nature uncircumcised, fulfills the law** gives us further information about the person who **will condemn** the Jews who do not fulfill **the law**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “even the physically uncircumcised Gentile who does what the law requires, will judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 2 28 g2vh ἐν τῷ φανερῷ 1 outwardly This refers to Jewish rituals, such as circumcision, which people can see. ROM 2 28 bl6h ἐν τῷ φανερῷ ἐν σαρκὶ 1 merely outward in the flesh This refers to the physical change to a man’s body when someone circumcises him. ROM 2 28 s44m figs-synecdoche σαρκὶ 1 flesh Here, **the flesh** is a synecdoche for the whole body. Alternate translation: “the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From 168beadd4020e2550ebfa929f2d17e8940e6ecd8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 16:26:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 056/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index b3a5608bad..4648777720 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ ROM 2 26 nf3j figs-idiom φυλάσσῃ 1 keeps the requirements of the law Her ROM 2 26 mkhr figs-possession τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ νόμου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **requirements** found in **the law**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “law’s” instead of the noun “law.” Alternate translation: “what the law requires” or “the law’s requirements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 26 be71 figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 will not his uncircumcision be considered as circumcision? Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize how important it is do what **the law** requires. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “certainly God will reckon him as circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 2 26 rjb5 figs-activepassive οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “won’t his uncircumcision count as circumcision” or “God will consider him circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ROM 2 27 lqz2 figs-distinguish καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα 1 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law? Here, **who, by nature uncircumcised, fulfills the law** gives us further information about the person who **will condemn** the Jews who do not fulfill **the law**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “even the physically uncircumcised Gentile who does what the law requires, will judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) +ROM 2 27 lqz2 figs-distinguish καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα 1 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law? Here, **who, by nature uncircumcised, fulfills the law** gives us further information about the person who **will condemn** the **transgressor of the law**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “Even if a Gentile is physically uncircumcised, but does what the law requires, he will judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 2 28 g2vh ἐν τῷ φανερῷ 1 outwardly This refers to Jewish rituals, such as circumcision, which people can see. ROM 2 28 bl6h ἐν τῷ φανερῷ ἐν σαρκὶ 1 merely outward in the flesh This refers to the physical change to a man’s body when someone circumcises him. ROM 2 28 s44m figs-synecdoche σαρκὶ 1 flesh Here, **the flesh** is a synecdoche for the whole body. Alternate translation: “the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From 663441b482eb6255886ebc0cb6eaa2366eae6739 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 16:26:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 057/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 4648777720..06dfe307d5 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ ROM 2 26 nf3j figs-idiom φυλάσσῃ 1 keeps the requirements of the law Her ROM 2 26 mkhr figs-possession τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ νόμου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **requirements** found in **the law**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “law’s” instead of the noun “law.” Alternate translation: “what the law requires” or “the law’s requirements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 26 be71 figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 will not his uncircumcision be considered as circumcision? Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize how important it is do what **the law** requires. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “certainly God will reckon him as circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 2 26 rjb5 figs-activepassive οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “won’t his uncircumcision count as circumcision” or “God will consider him circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ROM 2 27 lqz2 figs-distinguish καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα 1 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law? Here, **who, by nature uncircumcised, fulfills the law** gives us further information about the person who **will condemn** the **transgressor of the law**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “Even if a Gentile is physically uncircumcised, but does what the law requires, he will judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) +ROM 2 27 lqz2 figs-distinguish καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα 1 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law? Here, **who, by nature uncircumcised, fulfills the law** gives us further information about the person who **will condemn** the **transgressor of the law**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “Even if a Gentile is physically uncircumcised, but does what the law requires, he will judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 2 28 g2vh ἐν τῷ φανερῷ 1 outwardly This refers to Jewish rituals, such as circumcision, which people can see. ROM 2 28 bl6h ἐν τῷ φανερῷ ἐν σαρκὶ 1 merely outward in the flesh This refers to the physical change to a man’s body when someone circumcises him. ROM 2 28 s44m figs-synecdoche σαρκὶ 1 flesh Here, **the flesh** is a synecdoche for the whole body. Alternate translation: “the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From 285e7b3a9b2adf83ab087ca8437306de2f879774 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 16:27:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 058/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 06dfe307d5..2772f46b4f 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -404,7 +404,8 @@ ROM 2 26 nf3j figs-idiom φυλάσσῃ 1 keeps the requirements of the law Her ROM 2 26 mkhr figs-possession τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ νόμου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **requirements** found in **the law**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “law’s” instead of the noun “law.” Alternate translation: “what the law requires” or “the law’s requirements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 26 be71 figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 will not his uncircumcision be considered as circumcision? Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize how important it is do what **the law** requires. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “certainly God will reckon him as circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 2 26 rjb5 figs-activepassive οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “won’t his uncircumcision count as circumcision” or “God will consider him circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ROM 2 27 lqz2 figs-distinguish καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα 1 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law? Here, **who, by nature uncircumcised, fulfills the law** gives us further information about the person who **will condemn** the **transgressor of the law**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “Even if a Gentile is physically uncircumcised, but does what the law requires, he will judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) +ROM 2 27 lqz2 figs-distinguish καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα 1 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law? Here, **who, by nature uncircumcised, fulfills the law** gives us further information about the person who **will condemn** the **transgressor of the law**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “Even if a Gentile is physically uncircumcised, but does what the law requires, that person will judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) +ROM 2 27 m8gf figs-distinguish 1 ROM 2 28 g2vh ἐν τῷ φανερῷ 1 outwardly This refers to Jewish rituals, such as circumcision, which people can see. ROM 2 28 bl6h ἐν τῷ φανερῷ ἐν σαρκὶ 1 merely outward in the flesh This refers to the physical change to a man’s body when someone circumcises him. ROM 2 28 s44m figs-synecdoche σαρκὶ 1 flesh Here, **the flesh** is a synecdoche for the whole body. Alternate translation: “the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From 96408059835c376817252f264c002c06c3e26f33 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 16:28:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 059/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 2772f46b4f..004494a9f6 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ ROM 2 26 nf3j figs-idiom φυλάσσῃ 1 keeps the requirements of the law Her ROM 2 26 mkhr figs-possession τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ νόμου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **requirements** found in **the law**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “law’s” instead of the noun “law.” Alternate translation: “what the law requires” or “the law’s requirements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 26 be71 figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 will not his uncircumcision be considered as circumcision? Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize how important it is do what **the law** requires. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “certainly God will reckon him as circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 2 26 rjb5 figs-activepassive οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “won’t his uncircumcision count as circumcision” or “God will consider him circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ROM 2 27 lqz2 figs-distinguish καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα 1 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law? Here, **who, by nature uncircumcised, fulfills the law** gives us further information about the person who **will condemn** the **transgressor of the law**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “Even if a Gentile is physically uncircumcised, but does what the law requires, that person will judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) +ROM 2 27 lqz2 figs-distinguish καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα 1 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law? Here, **who, by nature uncircumcised, fulfills the law** gives us further information about the person who **will condemn** the **transgressor of the law**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “Even if a Gentile is physically uncircumcised, but performs what the law requires, that person will judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 2 27 m8gf figs-distinguish 1 ROM 2 28 g2vh ἐν τῷ φανερῷ 1 outwardly This refers to Jewish rituals, such as circumcision, which people can see. ROM 2 28 bl6h ἐν τῷ φανερῷ ἐν σαρκὶ 1 merely outward in the flesh This refers to the physical change to a man’s body when someone circumcises him. From 531e30c96ee6c3ae6ef125a32917b5eae61b5293 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 16:32:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 060/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 004494a9f6..7007a9690a 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ ROM 2 26 mkhr figs-possession τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ νόμου 1 P ROM 2 26 be71 figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 will not his uncircumcision be considered as circumcision? Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize how important it is do what **the law** requires. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “certainly God will reckon him as circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 2 26 rjb5 figs-activepassive οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “won’t his uncircumcision count as circumcision” or “God will consider him circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 2 27 lqz2 figs-distinguish καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα 1 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law? Here, **who, by nature uncircumcised, fulfills the law** gives us further information about the person who **will condemn** the **transgressor of the law**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “Even if a Gentile is physically uncircumcised, but performs what the law requires, that person will judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) -ROM 2 27 m8gf figs-distinguish 1 +ROM 2 27 m8gf figs-distinguish 1 This verse communicates opposite things in slightly different ways, to emphasize the how **circumcision** is only beneficial if it is accompanied by practicing **the law** (See [2:25](../02/25.md)). Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 28 g2vh ἐν τῷ φανερῷ 1 outwardly This refers to Jewish rituals, such as circumcision, which people can see. ROM 2 28 bl6h ἐν τῷ φανερῷ ἐν σαρκὶ 1 merely outward in the flesh This refers to the physical change to a man’s body when someone circumcises him. ROM 2 28 s44m figs-synecdoche σαρκὶ 1 flesh Here, **the flesh** is a synecdoche for the whole body. Alternate translation: “the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From b8e390736e783070f8c7954d36d0d0ad2806d839 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 16:32:34 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 061/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 7007a9690a..08f85ac7f0 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ ROM 2 26 mkhr figs-possession τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ νόμου 1 P ROM 2 26 be71 figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 will not his uncircumcision be considered as circumcision? Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize how important it is do what **the law** requires. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “certainly God will reckon him as circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 2 26 rjb5 figs-activepassive οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “won’t his uncircumcision count as circumcision” or “God will consider him circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 2 27 lqz2 figs-distinguish καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα 1 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law? Here, **who, by nature uncircumcised, fulfills the law** gives us further information about the person who **will condemn** the **transgressor of the law**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “Even if a Gentile is physically uncircumcised, but performs what the law requires, that person will judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) -ROM 2 27 m8gf figs-distinguish 1 This verse communicates opposite things in slightly different ways, to emphasize the how **circumcision** is only beneficial if it is accompanied by practicing **the law** (See [2:25](../02/25.md)). Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 2 27 m8gf figs-distinguish 1 This verse communicates opposite things in similar ways, to emphasize the how **circumcision** is only beneficial if it is accompanied by practicing **the law** (See [2:25](../02/25.md)). Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 28 g2vh ἐν τῷ φανερῷ 1 outwardly This refers to Jewish rituals, such as circumcision, which people can see. ROM 2 28 bl6h ἐν τῷ φανερῷ ἐν σαρκὶ 1 merely outward in the flesh This refers to the physical change to a man’s body when someone circumcises him. ROM 2 28 s44m figs-synecdoche σαρκὶ 1 flesh Here, **the flesh** is a synecdoche for the whole body. Alternate translation: “the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From fcfa6ba7647e042d0647cb75770df7a4140f0ed6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 16:32:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 062/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 08f85ac7f0..ef3b8e824e 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ ROM 2 26 mkhr figs-possession τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ νόμου 1 P ROM 2 26 be71 figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 will not his uncircumcision be considered as circumcision? Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize how important it is do what **the law** requires. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “certainly God will reckon him as circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 2 26 rjb5 figs-activepassive οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “won’t his uncircumcision count as circumcision” or “God will consider him circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 2 27 lqz2 figs-distinguish καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα 1 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law? Here, **who, by nature uncircumcised, fulfills the law** gives us further information about the person who **will condemn** the **transgressor of the law**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “Even if a Gentile is physically uncircumcised, but performs what the law requires, that person will judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) -ROM 2 27 m8gf figs-distinguish 1 This verse communicates opposite things in similar ways, to emphasize the how **circumcision** is only beneficial if it is accompanied by practicing **the law** (See [2:25](../02/25.md)). Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 2 27 m8gf figs-parallelism 1 This verse communicates opposite things in similar ways, to emphasize the how **circumcision** is only beneficial if it is accompanied by practicing **the law** (See [2:25](../02/25.md)). Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 28 g2vh ἐν τῷ φανερῷ 1 outwardly This refers to Jewish rituals, such as circumcision, which people can see. ROM 2 28 bl6h ἐν τῷ φανερῷ ἐν σαρκὶ 1 merely outward in the flesh This refers to the physical change to a man’s body when someone circumcises him. ROM 2 28 s44m figs-synecdoche σαρκὶ 1 flesh Here, **the flesh** is a synecdoche for the whole body. Alternate translation: “the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From c96ea0dbb0997eb5c6f322b0399b0c7c29c221fa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 16:34:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 063/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index ef3b8e824e..25955aecee 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -404,8 +404,8 @@ ROM 2 26 nf3j figs-idiom φυλάσσῃ 1 keeps the requirements of the law Her ROM 2 26 mkhr figs-possession τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ νόμου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **requirements** found in **the law**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “law’s” instead of the noun “law.” Alternate translation: “what the law requires” or “the law’s requirements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 26 be71 figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 will not his uncircumcision be considered as circumcision? Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize how important it is do what **the law** requires. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “certainly God will reckon him as circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 2 26 rjb5 figs-activepassive οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “won’t his uncircumcision count as circumcision” or “God will consider him circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ROM 2 27 m8gf figs-parallelism 1 This verse communicates opposite things with similar phrases, to emphasize the how **circumcision** is only beneficial if it is accompanied by fulfilling **the law** (See [2:25](../02/25.md)). Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 27 lqz2 figs-distinguish καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα 1 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law? Here, **who, by nature uncircumcised, fulfills the law** gives us further information about the person who **will condemn** the **transgressor of the law**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “Even if a Gentile is physically uncircumcised, but performs what the law requires, that person will judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) -ROM 2 27 m8gf figs-parallelism 1 This verse communicates opposite things in similar ways, to emphasize the how **circumcision** is only beneficial if it is accompanied by practicing **the law** (See [2:25](../02/25.md)). Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 28 g2vh ἐν τῷ φανερῷ 1 outwardly This refers to Jewish rituals, such as circumcision, which people can see. ROM 2 28 bl6h ἐν τῷ φανερῷ ἐν σαρκὶ 1 merely outward in the flesh This refers to the physical change to a man’s body when someone circumcises him. ROM 2 28 s44m figs-synecdoche σαρκὶ 1 flesh Here, **the flesh** is a synecdoche for the whole body. Alternate translation: “the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From 28fc5574fc5fdf067dfad02f4bf406272430a26a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 16:39:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 064/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 25955aecee..6eeb20cafd 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -406,6 +406,7 @@ ROM 2 26 be71 figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ ε ROM 2 26 rjb5 figs-activepassive οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “won’t his uncircumcision count as circumcision” or “God will consider him circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 2 27 m8gf figs-parallelism 1 This verse communicates opposite things with similar phrases, to emphasize the how **circumcision** is only beneficial if it is accompanied by fulfilling **the law** (See [2:25](../02/25.md)). Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 27 lqz2 figs-distinguish καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα 1 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law? Here, **who, by nature uncircumcised, fulfills the law** gives us further information about the person who **will condemn** the **transgressor of the law**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “Even if a Gentile is physically uncircumcised, but performs what the law requires, that person will judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) +ROM 2 27 pree figs-distinguish σὲ τὸν διὰ γράμματος καὶ περιτομῆς παραβάτην νόμου 1 Here, **though having the letter and circumcision** gives us further information about the **transgressor of the law**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “although you are circumcised and know God’s written law, since you transgress God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 2 28 g2vh ἐν τῷ φανερῷ 1 outwardly This refers to Jewish rituals, such as circumcision, which people can see. ROM 2 28 bl6h ἐν τῷ φανερῷ ἐν σαρκὶ 1 merely outward in the flesh This refers to the physical change to a man’s body when someone circumcises him. ROM 2 28 s44m figs-synecdoche σαρκὶ 1 flesh Here, **the flesh** is a synecdoche for the whole body. Alternate translation: “the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From 76bdae3d5c4df2bc06337cf5b45fc2e9d954879e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 16:42:57 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 065/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 6eeb20cafd..2fedffef6d 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -336,6 +336,7 @@ ROM 2 14 tktb figs-parallelism ὅταν γὰρ ἔθνη τὰ μὴ νόμο ROM 2 14 q2id grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 they do not have the law Here, **For** indicates that what follows in [2:14–16](../02/14.md) is describing who the “doers of the law” are (See [2:13](../02/13.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 14 piuw figs-merism ἔθνη 1 Here Paul speaks figuratively, using the term **Gentiles** as a synonym for “the Greek,” and to refer to the part of humanity that is non-Jewish (See [2:9–10](../02/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the nations” or “the non-Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) ROM 2 14 vlum figs-metaphor τὰ μὴ νόμον ἔχοντα…νόμον μὴ ἔχοντες 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they own or possess **the law**. He means that they are unaware of the law that God gave to the Jewish people (See “without the law” in [2:12](../02/12.md)). If your readers would not understand what **who do not have the law** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “who are unaware of God’s law … who are unaware of God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 2 14 h53h figs-abstractnouns φύσει…ποιῶσιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **nature** in another way. Alternate translation: “naturally do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 14 xped figs-metaphor φύσει 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **nature** as if it were a source of power for the **Gentiles** to **do** what the **law** says. He means that the **Gentiles** naturally or instinctually understand what it means to obey God’s **law**. If your readers would not understand what **by nature** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “instinctually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 14 symg figs-personification ἑαυτοῖς εἰσιν νόμος 1 Here, the **Gentiles** are spoken of figuratively as though they were **a law**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “are actually obeying God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 2 15 xl6v figs-metaphor οἵτινες ἐνδείκνυνται τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου, γραπτὸν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 By this they show Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they actually have the **deeds of the law** written on the surface of their **hearts** that people could see. He means that even though they are unaware of God’s law, they demonstrate that they naturally understand what God’s law requires by obeying it. If your readers would not understand what it means to **show the deeds of the law**, and what **written on their hearts** means in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “By obeying God’s law, these Gentiles exhibit that they instinctually understand how God requires people to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From e7d65cefb594c917a7cf24590a4b9d66f8b5c3d1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 16:44:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 066/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 2fedffef6d..ba32bad817 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -407,6 +407,7 @@ ROM 2 26 be71 figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ ε ROM 2 26 rjb5 figs-activepassive οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “won’t his uncircumcision count as circumcision” or “God will consider him circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 2 27 m8gf figs-parallelism 1 This verse communicates opposite things with similar phrases, to emphasize the how **circumcision** is only beneficial if it is accompanied by fulfilling **the law** (See [2:25](../02/25.md)). Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 27 lqz2 figs-distinguish καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα 1 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law? Here, **who, by nature uncircumcised, fulfills the law** gives us further information about the person who **will condemn** the **transgressor of the law**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “Even if a Gentile is physically uncircumcised, but performs what the law requires, that person will judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) +ROM 2 27 h2lj figs-abstractnouns ἐκ φύσεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **nature** in another way. Alternate translation: “although physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 27 pree figs-distinguish σὲ τὸν διὰ γράμματος καὶ περιτομῆς παραβάτην νόμου 1 Here, **though having the letter and circumcision** gives us further information about the **transgressor of the law**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “although you are circumcised and know God’s written law, since you transgress God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 2 28 g2vh ἐν τῷ φανερῷ 1 outwardly This refers to Jewish rituals, such as circumcision, which people can see. ROM 2 28 bl6h ἐν τῷ φανερῷ ἐν σαρκὶ 1 merely outward in the flesh This refers to the physical change to a man’s body when someone circumcises him. From 8fa4bf880807a38d8418269554ae54c91ab0376d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 16:45:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 067/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index ba32bad817..b85f02c530 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ ROM 2 26 be71 figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ ε ROM 2 26 rjb5 figs-activepassive οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “won’t his uncircumcision count as circumcision” or “God will consider him circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 2 27 m8gf figs-parallelism 1 This verse communicates opposite things with similar phrases, to emphasize the how **circumcision** is only beneficial if it is accompanied by fulfilling **the law** (See [2:25](../02/25.md)). Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 27 lqz2 figs-distinguish καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα 1 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law? Here, **who, by nature uncircumcised, fulfills the law** gives us further information about the person who **will condemn** the **transgressor of the law**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “Even if a Gentile is physically uncircumcised, but performs what the law requires, that person will judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) -ROM 2 27 h2lj figs-abstractnouns ἐκ φύσεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **nature** in another way. Alternate translation: “although physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 2 27 h2lj figs-abstractnouns ἐκ φύσεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **nature** in another way. Alternate translation: “even though he is physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 27 pree figs-distinguish σὲ τὸν διὰ γράμματος καὶ περιτομῆς παραβάτην νόμου 1 Here, **though having the letter and circumcision** gives us further information about the **transgressor of the law**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “although you are circumcised and know God’s written law, since you transgress God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 2 28 g2vh ἐν τῷ φανερῷ 1 outwardly This refers to Jewish rituals, such as circumcision, which people can see. ROM 2 28 bl6h ἐν τῷ φανερῷ ἐν σαρκὶ 1 merely outward in the flesh This refers to the physical change to a man’s body when someone circumcises him. From 15f4674bac05404d9ffd90888921e57035399e7a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 16:46:25 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 068/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index b85f02c530..81ee32bdf2 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ ROM 2 26 be71 figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ ε ROM 2 26 rjb5 figs-activepassive οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “won’t his uncircumcision count as circumcision” or “God will consider him circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 2 27 m8gf figs-parallelism 1 This verse communicates opposite things with similar phrases, to emphasize the how **circumcision** is only beneficial if it is accompanied by fulfilling **the law** (See [2:25](../02/25.md)). Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 27 lqz2 figs-distinguish καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα 1 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law? Here, **who, by nature uncircumcised, fulfills the law** gives us further information about the person who **will condemn** the **transgressor of the law**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “Even if a Gentile is physically uncircumcised, but performs what the law requires, that person will judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) -ROM 2 27 h2lj figs-abstractnouns ἐκ φύσεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **nature** in another way. Alternate translation: “even though he is physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 2 27 h2lj figs-abstractnouns ἐκ φύσεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **nature** in another way (See [2:14](../02/14.md)). Alternate translation: “even though he is physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 27 pree figs-distinguish σὲ τὸν διὰ γράμματος καὶ περιτομῆς παραβάτην νόμου 1 Here, **though having the letter and circumcision** gives us further information about the **transgressor of the law**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “although you are circumcised and know God’s written law, since you transgress God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 2 28 g2vh ἐν τῷ φανερῷ 1 outwardly This refers to Jewish rituals, such as circumcision, which people can see. ROM 2 28 bl6h ἐν τῷ φανερῷ ἐν σαρκὶ 1 merely outward in the flesh This refers to the physical change to a man’s body when someone circumcises him. From dc7a5f6143fe3b5918baa3c89989e1ca13375567 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 16:46:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 069/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 81ee32bdf2..0c3f1d4b10 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ ROM 2 26 mkhr figs-possession τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ νόμου 1 P ROM 2 26 be71 figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 will not his uncircumcision be considered as circumcision? Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize how important it is do what **the law** requires. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “certainly God will reckon him as circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 2 26 rjb5 figs-activepassive οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “won’t his uncircumcision count as circumcision” or “God will consider him circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 2 27 m8gf figs-parallelism 1 This verse communicates opposite things with similar phrases, to emphasize the how **circumcision** is only beneficial if it is accompanied by fulfilling **the law** (See [2:25](../02/25.md)). Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ROM 2 27 lqz2 figs-distinguish καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα 1 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law? Here, **who, by nature uncircumcised, fulfills the law** gives us further information about the person who **will condemn** the **transgressor of the law**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “Even if a Gentile is physically uncircumcised, but performs what the law requires, that person will judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) +ROM 2 27 lqz2 figs-distinguish καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα 1 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law? Here, **who, by nature uncircumcised, fulfills the law** gives us further information about the person who **will condemn** the **transgressor of the law**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “Even if a Gentile is physically uncircumcised, but performs what the law requires, he will judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 2 27 h2lj figs-abstractnouns ἐκ φύσεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **nature** in another way (See [2:14](../02/14.md)). Alternate translation: “even though he is physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 27 pree figs-distinguish σὲ τὸν διὰ γράμματος καὶ περιτομῆς παραβάτην νόμου 1 Here, **though having the letter and circumcision** gives us further information about the **transgressor of the law**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “although you are circumcised and know God’s written law, since you transgress God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 2 28 g2vh ἐν τῷ φανερῷ 1 outwardly This refers to Jewish rituals, such as circumcision, which people can see. From 02fb4e3c97d1b18770362da2d1ef3f8a7ccf3d1e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 17:02:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 070/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 0c3f1d4b10..320f832810 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -409,6 +409,7 @@ ROM 2 27 m8gf figs-parallelism 1 This verse communicates opposite things with ROM 2 27 lqz2 figs-distinguish καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα 1 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law? Here, **who, by nature uncircumcised, fulfills the law** gives us further information about the person who **will condemn** the **transgressor of the law**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “Even if a Gentile is physically uncircumcised, but performs what the law requires, he will judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 2 27 h2lj figs-abstractnouns ἐκ φύσεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **nature** in another way (See [2:14](../02/14.md)). Alternate translation: “even though he is physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 27 pree figs-distinguish σὲ τὸν διὰ γράμματος καὶ περιτομῆς παραβάτην νόμου 1 Here, **though having the letter and circumcision** gives us further information about the **transgressor of the law**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “although you are circumcised and know God’s written law, since you transgress God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) +ROM 2 27 q795 figs-abstractnouns παραβάτην νόμου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **nature** with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “as someone who transgresses the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 28 g2vh ἐν τῷ φανερῷ 1 outwardly This refers to Jewish rituals, such as circumcision, which people can see. ROM 2 28 bl6h ἐν τῷ φανερῷ ἐν σαρκὶ 1 merely outward in the flesh This refers to the physical change to a man’s body when someone circumcises him. ROM 2 28 s44m figs-synecdoche σαρκὶ 1 flesh Here, **the flesh** is a synecdoche for the whole body. Alternate translation: “the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From 00f44acb96ef5d3a41cc32708ab525eb9837649b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 17:04:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 071/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 320f832810..78bb596534 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ ROM 2 27 m8gf figs-parallelism 1 This verse communicates opposite things with ROM 2 27 lqz2 figs-distinguish καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα 1 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law? Here, **who, by nature uncircumcised, fulfills the law** gives us further information about the person who **will condemn** the **transgressor of the law**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “Even if a Gentile is physically uncircumcised, but performs what the law requires, he will judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 2 27 h2lj figs-abstractnouns ἐκ φύσεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **nature** in another way (See [2:14](../02/14.md)). Alternate translation: “even though he is physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 27 pree figs-distinguish σὲ τὸν διὰ γράμματος καὶ περιτομῆς παραβάτην νόμου 1 Here, **though having the letter and circumcision** gives us further information about the **transgressor of the law**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “although you are circumcised and know God’s written law, since you transgress God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) -ROM 2 27 q795 figs-abstractnouns παραβάτην νόμου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **nature** with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “as someone who transgresses the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 2 27 q795 figs-abstractnouns παραβάτην νόμου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **transgressor** with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “as someone who transgresses the law” or “for breaking God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 28 g2vh ἐν τῷ φανερῷ 1 outwardly This refers to Jewish rituals, such as circumcision, which people can see. ROM 2 28 bl6h ἐν τῷ φανερῷ ἐν σαρκὶ 1 merely outward in the flesh This refers to the physical change to a man’s body when someone circumcises him. ROM 2 28 s44m figs-synecdoche σαρκὶ 1 flesh Here, **the flesh** is a synecdoche for the whole body. Alternate translation: “the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From 8491562e642b089f3d43eff8bd60860f50faa901 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 17:14:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 072/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 78bb596534..1fc0e1eec1 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -410,6 +410,7 @@ ROM 2 27 lqz2 figs-distinguish καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀ ROM 2 27 h2lj figs-abstractnouns ἐκ φύσεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **nature** in another way (See [2:14](../02/14.md)). Alternate translation: “even though he is physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 27 pree figs-distinguish σὲ τὸν διὰ γράμματος καὶ περιτομῆς παραβάτην νόμου 1 Here, **though having the letter and circumcision** gives us further information about the **transgressor of the law**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “although you are circumcised and know God’s written law, since you transgress God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 2 27 q795 figs-abstractnouns παραβάτην νόμου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **transgressor** with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “as someone who transgresses the law” or “for breaking God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 2 27 nxa1 figs-metonymy γράμματος

1 Paul is figuratively describing **the law** by association with the letters that make up **the law**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the written code” or “God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 28 g2vh ἐν τῷ φανερῷ 1 outwardly This refers to Jewish rituals, such as circumcision, which people can see. ROM 2 28 bl6h ἐν τῷ φανερῷ ἐν σαρκὶ 1 merely outward in the flesh This refers to the physical change to a man’s body when someone circumcises him. ROM 2 28 s44m figs-synecdoche σαρκὶ 1 flesh Here, **the flesh** is a synecdoche for the whole body. Alternate translation: “the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From 67fc00045d10e292cc10558841ef38800fd4ab6e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 17:15:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 073/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 1fc0e1eec1..118278819c 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ ROM 2 27 lqz2 figs-distinguish καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀ ROM 2 27 h2lj figs-abstractnouns ἐκ φύσεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **nature** in another way (See [2:14](../02/14.md)). Alternate translation: “even though he is physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 27 pree figs-distinguish σὲ τὸν διὰ γράμματος καὶ περιτομῆς παραβάτην νόμου 1 Here, **though having the letter and circumcision** gives us further information about the **transgressor of the law**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “although you are circumcised and know God’s written law, since you transgress God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 2 27 q795 figs-abstractnouns παραβάτην νόμου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **transgressor** with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “as someone who transgresses the law” or “for breaking God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 2 27 nxa1 figs-metonymy γράμματος

1 Paul is figuratively describing **the law** by association with the letters that make up **the law**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the written code” or “God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 2 27 nxa1 figs-metonymy γράμματος

1 Paul is figuratively describing **the law** by association with the letters that make up **the law**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the written law code” or “God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 28 g2vh ἐν τῷ φανερῷ 1 outwardly This refers to Jewish rituals, such as circumcision, which people can see. ROM 2 28 bl6h ἐν τῷ φανερῷ ἐν σαρκὶ 1 merely outward in the flesh This refers to the physical change to a man’s body when someone circumcises him. ROM 2 28 s44m figs-synecdoche σαρκὶ 1 flesh Here, **the flesh** is a synecdoche for the whole body. Alternate translation: “the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From 5290aa9a6adf0bd28a32a0fbbd1f0ac683806052 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 17:32:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 074/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 118278819c..bab0bc9660 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ ROM 2 27 h2lj figs-abstractnouns ἐκ φύσεως 1 If your language does not ROM 2 27 pree figs-distinguish σὲ τὸν διὰ γράμματος καὶ περιτομῆς παραβάτην νόμου 1 Here, **though having the letter and circumcision** gives us further information about the **transgressor of the law**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “although you are circumcised and know God’s written law, since you transgress God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 2 27 q795 figs-abstractnouns παραβάτην νόμου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **transgressor** with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “as someone who transgresses the law” or “for breaking God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 27 nxa1 figs-metonymy γράμματος

1 Paul is figuratively describing **the law** by association with the letters that make up **the law**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the written law code” or “God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 2 28 g2vh ἐν τῷ φανερῷ 1 outwardly This refers to Jewish rituals, such as circumcision, which people can see. +ROM 2 28 g2vh grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 outwardly Here, **For** indicates that what follows is the answer to the rhetorical questions in [2:26-27](../02/27.md). Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Truly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 28 bl6h ἐν τῷ φανερῷ ἐν σαρκὶ 1 merely outward in the flesh This refers to the physical change to a man’s body when someone circumcises him. ROM 2 28 s44m figs-synecdoche σαρκὶ 1 flesh Here, **the flesh** is a synecdoche for the whole body. Alternate translation: “the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 2 29 hkk4 figs-parallelism ὁ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος; καὶ περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 he is a Jew who is one inwardly, and circumcision is that of the heart These two phrases have similar meanings. The first phrase, **the one who is inwardly a Jew**, explains the second phrase, **circumcision of the heart**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) From 280814c55208dffbf7ae2ce718029834f4e1a431 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 17:32:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 075/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index bab0bc9660..7b92deb3b8 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ ROM 2 27 h2lj figs-abstractnouns ἐκ φύσεως 1 If your language does not ROM 2 27 pree figs-distinguish σὲ τὸν διὰ γράμματος καὶ περιτομῆς παραβάτην νόμου 1 Here, **though having the letter and circumcision** gives us further information about the **transgressor of the law**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “although you are circumcised and know God’s written law, since you transgress God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 2 27 q795 figs-abstractnouns παραβάτην νόμου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **transgressor** with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “as someone who transgresses the law” or “for breaking God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 27 nxa1 figs-metonymy γράμματος

1 Paul is figuratively describing **the law** by association with the letters that make up **the law**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the written law code” or “God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 2 28 g2vh grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 outwardly Here, **For** indicates that what follows is the answer to the rhetorical questions in [2:26-27](../02/27.md). Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Truly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 2 28 g2vh grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 outwardly Here, **For** indicates that what follows is Paul’s answer to the rhetorical questions in [2:26-27](../02/27.md). Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Truly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 28 bl6h ἐν τῷ φανερῷ ἐν σαρκὶ 1 merely outward in the flesh This refers to the physical change to a man’s body when someone circumcises him. ROM 2 28 s44m figs-synecdoche σαρκὶ 1 flesh Here, **the flesh** is a synecdoche for the whole body. Alternate translation: “the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 2 29 hkk4 figs-parallelism ὁ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος; καὶ περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 he is a Jew who is one inwardly, and circumcision is that of the heart These two phrases have similar meanings. The first phrase, **the one who is inwardly a Jew**, explains the second phrase, **circumcision of the heart**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) From 0f5ffe78d95183a46bd01d8d26ec3dbc14ac6f1b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 17:38:54 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 076/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 7b92deb3b8..8bf0192679 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -407,6 +407,7 @@ ROM 2 26 be71 figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ ε ROM 2 26 rjb5 figs-activepassive οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “won’t his uncircumcision count as circumcision” or “God will consider him circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 2 27 m8gf figs-parallelism 1 This verse communicates opposite things with similar phrases, to emphasize the how **circumcision** is only beneficial if it is accompanied by fulfilling **the law** (See [2:25](../02/25.md)). Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 27 lqz2 figs-distinguish καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα 1 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law? Here, **who, by nature uncircumcised, fulfills the law** gives us further information about the person who **will condemn** the **transgressor of the law**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “Even if a Gentile is physically uncircumcised, but performs what the law requires, he will judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) +ROM 2 27 rkxz grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ κρινεῖ 1 Here, **And** could indicate that what follows is continuing the rhetorical question in [2:26](../02/26.md). Alternate translation (replace ending exclamation point with a question mark): “And will not … judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 27 h2lj figs-abstractnouns ἐκ φύσεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **nature** in another way (See [2:14](../02/14.md)). Alternate translation: “even though he is physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 27 pree figs-distinguish σὲ τὸν διὰ γράμματος καὶ περιτομῆς παραβάτην νόμου 1 Here, **though having the letter and circumcision** gives us further information about the **transgressor of the law**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “although you are circumcised and know God’s written law, since you transgress God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 2 27 q795 figs-abstractnouns παραβάτην νόμου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **transgressor** with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “as someone who transgresses the law” or “for breaking God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From b574fc74752e6f4582c42ae8258b4faa3be733b1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 17:39:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 077/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 8bf0192679..7b5e119e75 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ ROM 2 27 h2lj figs-abstractnouns ἐκ φύσεως 1 If your language does not ROM 2 27 pree figs-distinguish σὲ τὸν διὰ γράμματος καὶ περιτομῆς παραβάτην νόμου 1 Here, **though having the letter and circumcision** gives us further information about the **transgressor of the law**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “although you are circumcised and know God’s written law, since you transgress God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 2 27 q795 figs-abstractnouns παραβάτην νόμου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **transgressor** with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “as someone who transgresses the law” or “for breaking God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 27 nxa1 figs-metonymy γράμματος

1 Paul is figuratively describing **the law** by association with the letters that make up **the law**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the written law code” or “God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 2 28 g2vh grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 outwardly Here, **For** indicates that what follows is Paul’s answer to the rhetorical questions in [2:26-27](../02/27.md). Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Truly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 2 28 g2vh grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 outwardly Here, **For** indicates that what follows is Paul’s answer to the rhetorical question in [2:26](../02/26.md). Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Truly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 28 bl6h ἐν τῷ φανερῷ ἐν σαρκὶ 1 merely outward in the flesh This refers to the physical change to a man’s body when someone circumcises him. ROM 2 28 s44m figs-synecdoche σαρκὶ 1 flesh Here, **the flesh** is a synecdoche for the whole body. Alternate translation: “the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 2 29 hkk4 figs-parallelism ὁ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος; καὶ περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 he is a Jew who is one inwardly, and circumcision is that of the heart These two phrases have similar meanings. The first phrase, **the one who is inwardly a Jew**, explains the second phrase, **circumcision of the heart**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) From df56486ad60ef0c1d03228b11feb129d8b222562 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 17:44:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 078/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 7b5e119e75..1337789f56 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ ROM 2 27 h2lj figs-abstractnouns ἐκ φύσεως 1 If your language does not ROM 2 27 pree figs-distinguish σὲ τὸν διὰ γράμματος καὶ περιτομῆς παραβάτην νόμου 1 Here, **though having the letter and circumcision** gives us further information about the **transgressor of the law**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “although you are circumcised and know God’s written law, since you transgress God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 2 27 q795 figs-abstractnouns παραβάτην νόμου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **transgressor** with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “as someone who transgresses the law” or “for breaking God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 27 nxa1 figs-metonymy γράμματος

1 Paul is figuratively describing **the law** by association with the letters that make up **the law**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the written law code” or “God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 2 28 g2vh grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 outwardly Here, **For** indicates that what follows is Paul’s answer to the rhetorical question in [2:26](../02/26.md). Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Truly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 2 28 g2vh grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 outwardly Here, **For** indicates that what follows is Paul’s conclusion to his arguments in [2:25-27](../02/25.md). Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Truly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 28 bl6h ἐν τῷ φανερῷ ἐν σαρκὶ 1 merely outward in the flesh This refers to the physical change to a man’s body when someone circumcises him. ROM 2 28 s44m figs-synecdoche σαρκὶ 1 flesh Here, **the flesh** is a synecdoche for the whole body. Alternate translation: “the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 2 29 hkk4 figs-parallelism ὁ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος; καὶ περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 he is a Jew who is one inwardly, and circumcision is that of the heart These two phrases have similar meanings. The first phrase, **the one who is inwardly a Jew**, explains the second phrase, **circumcision of the heart**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) From a9bc941bdff7d47ef8167b3c64276ae8e0d4ee1f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 17:44:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 079/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 1337789f56..20c963c328 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ ROM 2 27 h2lj figs-abstractnouns ἐκ φύσεως 1 If your language does not ROM 2 27 pree figs-distinguish σὲ τὸν διὰ γράμματος καὶ περιτομῆς παραβάτην νόμου 1 Here, **though having the letter and circumcision** gives us further information about the **transgressor of the law**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “although you are circumcised and know God’s written law, since you transgress God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 2 27 q795 figs-abstractnouns παραβάτην νόμου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **transgressor** with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “as someone who transgresses the law” or “for breaking God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 27 nxa1 figs-metonymy γράμματος

1 Paul is figuratively describing **the law** by association with the letters that make up **the law**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the written law code” or “God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 2 28 g2vh grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 outwardly Here, **For** indicates that what follows is Paul’s conclusion to his arguments in [2:25-27](../02/25.md). Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Truly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 2 28 g2vh grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 outwardly Here, **For** indicates that what follows is Paul’s conclusion to his arguments in [2:25-27](../02/25.md). Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Truly” or “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 28 bl6h ἐν τῷ φανερῷ ἐν σαρκὶ 1 merely outward in the flesh This refers to the physical change to a man’s body when someone circumcises him. ROM 2 28 s44m figs-synecdoche σαρκὶ 1 flesh Here, **the flesh** is a synecdoche for the whole body. Alternate translation: “the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 2 29 hkk4 figs-parallelism ὁ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος; καὶ περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 he is a Jew who is one inwardly, and circumcision is that of the heart These two phrases have similar meanings. The first phrase, **the one who is inwardly a Jew**, explains the second phrase, **circumcision of the heart**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) From eade3935fe7160040f5e8d801059d5bf61790303 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 17:50:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 080/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 20c963c328..c7768feb6e 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -412,8 +412,8 @@ ROM 2 27 h2lj figs-abstractnouns ἐκ φύσεως 1 If your language does not ROM 2 27 pree figs-distinguish σὲ τὸν διὰ γράμματος καὶ περιτομῆς παραβάτην νόμου 1 Here, **though having the letter and circumcision** gives us further information about the **transgressor of the law**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “although you are circumcised and know God’s written law, since you transgress God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 2 27 q795 figs-abstractnouns παραβάτην νόμου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **transgressor** with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “as someone who transgresses the law” or “for breaking God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 27 nxa1 figs-metonymy γράμματος

1 Paul is figuratively describing **the law** by association with the letters that make up **the law**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the written law code” or “God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 2 28 bl6h figs-parallelism 1 merely outward in the flesh These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show what truly identifies who is part of God’s people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Certainly the outward marks of circumcision on the body do not reveal who is a true Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 28 g2vh grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 outwardly Here, **For** indicates that what follows is Paul’s conclusion to his arguments in [2:25-27](../02/25.md). Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Truly” or “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 2 28 bl6h ἐν τῷ φανερῷ ἐν σαρκὶ 1 merely outward in the flesh This refers to the physical change to a man’s body when someone circumcises him. ROM 2 28 s44m figs-synecdoche σαρκὶ 1 flesh Here, **the flesh** is a synecdoche for the whole body. Alternate translation: “the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 2 29 hkk4 figs-parallelism ὁ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος; καὶ περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 he is a Jew who is one inwardly, and circumcision is that of the heart These two phrases have similar meanings. The first phrase, **the one who is inwardly a Jew**, explains the second phrase, **circumcision of the heart**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 29 v149 ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ 1 inwardly This refers to the values and motivations of the person whom God has transformed. From 90e32fede89ae47ef38a6027fa70a2a5e9be47f3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 17:51:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 081/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index c7768feb6e..ddc060d802 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ ROM 2 27 h2lj figs-abstractnouns ἐκ φύσεως 1 If your language does not ROM 2 27 pree figs-distinguish σὲ τὸν διὰ γράμματος καὶ περιτομῆς παραβάτην νόμου 1 Here, **though having the letter and circumcision** gives us further information about the **transgressor of the law**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “although you are circumcised and know God’s written law, since you transgress God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 2 27 q795 figs-abstractnouns παραβάτην νόμου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **transgressor** with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “as someone who transgresses the law” or “for breaking God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 27 nxa1 figs-metonymy γράμματος

1 Paul is figuratively describing **the law** by association with the letters that make up **the law**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the written law code” or “God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 2 28 bl6h figs-parallelism 1 merely outward in the flesh These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show what truly identifies who is part of God’s people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Certainly the outward marks of circumcision on the body do not reveal who is a true Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 2 28 bl6h figs-parallelism 1 merely outward in the flesh These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show what truly identifies who is a member of God’s people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Certainly the outward marks of circumcision on the body do not reveal who is a true Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 28 g2vh grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 outwardly Here, **For** indicates that what follows is Paul’s conclusion to his arguments in [2:25-27](../02/25.md). Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Truly” or “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 28 s44m figs-synecdoche σαρκὶ 1 flesh Here, **the flesh** is a synecdoche for the whole body. Alternate translation: “the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 2 29 hkk4 figs-parallelism ὁ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος; καὶ περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 he is a Jew who is one inwardly, and circumcision is that of the heart These two phrases have similar meanings. The first phrase, **the one who is inwardly a Jew**, explains the second phrase, **circumcision of the heart**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) From fe7b39c7c1a3030e5f78a063009c2fdb17d48b83 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 17:55:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 082/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index ddc060d802..f04903e1d1 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ ROM 2 27 q795 figs-abstractnouns παραβάτην νόμου 1 If your langua ROM 2 27 nxa1 figs-metonymy γράμματος

1 Paul is figuratively describing **the law** by association with the letters that make up **the law**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the written law code” or “God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 28 bl6h figs-parallelism 1 merely outward in the flesh These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show what truly identifies who is a member of God’s people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Certainly the outward marks of circumcision on the body do not reveal who is a true Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 28 g2vh grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 outwardly Here, **For** indicates that what follows is Paul’s conclusion to his arguments in [2:25-27](../02/25.md). Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Truly” or “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 2 28 s44m figs-synecdoche σαρκὶ 1 flesh Here, **the flesh** is a synecdoche for the whole body. Alternate translation: “the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ROM 2 28 s44m figs-synecdoche ἐν σαρκὶ 1 flesh Paul refers figuratively to **the flesh** to mean “the whole body.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “on the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 2 29 hkk4 figs-parallelism ὁ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος; καὶ περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 he is a Jew who is one inwardly, and circumcision is that of the heart These two phrases have similar meanings. The first phrase, **the one who is inwardly a Jew**, explains the second phrase, **circumcision of the heart**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 29 v149 ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ 1 inwardly This refers to the values and motivations of the person whom God has transformed. ROM 2 29 dk8q figs-metonymy καρδίας 1 of the heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for the inner person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From c835393188d8279f92ede349aeebe951fbbf475e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 17:56:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 083/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index f04903e1d1..3a5e248a69 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -415,6 +415,7 @@ ROM 2 27 nxa1 figs-metonymy γράμματος

1 Paul is figuratively d ROM 2 28 bl6h figs-parallelism 1 merely outward in the flesh These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show what truly identifies who is a member of God’s people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Certainly the outward marks of circumcision on the body do not reveal who is a true Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 28 g2vh grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 outwardly Here, **For** indicates that what follows is Paul’s conclusion to his arguments in [2:25-27](../02/25.md). Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Truly” or “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 28 s44m figs-synecdoche ἐν σαρκὶ 1 flesh Paul refers figuratively to **the flesh** to mean “the whole body.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “on the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ROM 2 28 mkxi figs-ellipsis ὁ… ἡ 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 2 29 hkk4 figs-parallelism ὁ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος; καὶ περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 he is a Jew who is one inwardly, and circumcision is that of the heart These two phrases have similar meanings. The first phrase, **the one who is inwardly a Jew**, explains the second phrase, **circumcision of the heart**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 29 v149 ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ 1 inwardly This refers to the values and motivations of the person whom God has transformed. ROM 2 29 dk8q figs-metonymy καρδίας 1 of the heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for the inner person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 5c5c5738b7c9097262bf2b2ce1996da5a0c5dffd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 17:57:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 084/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 3a5e248a69..473584403d 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ ROM 2 27 nxa1 figs-metonymy γράμματος

1 Paul is figuratively d ROM 2 28 bl6h figs-parallelism 1 merely outward in the flesh These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show what truly identifies who is a member of God’s people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Certainly the outward marks of circumcision on the body do not reveal who is a true Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 28 g2vh grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 outwardly Here, **For** indicates that what follows is Paul’s conclusion to his arguments in [2:25-27](../02/25.md). Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Truly” or “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 28 s44m figs-synecdoche ἐν σαρκὶ 1 flesh Paul refers figuratively to **the flesh** to mean “the whole body.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “on the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ROM 2 28 mkxi figs-ellipsis ὁ… ἡ 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 2 28 mkxi figs-ellipsis ὁ… ἡ 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who is one … which is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 2 29 hkk4 figs-parallelism ὁ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος; καὶ περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 he is a Jew who is one inwardly, and circumcision is that of the heart These two phrases have similar meanings. The first phrase, **the one who is inwardly a Jew**, explains the second phrase, **circumcision of the heart**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 29 v149 ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ 1 inwardly This refers to the values and motivations of the person whom God has transformed. ROM 2 29 dk8q figs-metonymy καρδίας 1 of the heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for the inner person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 68d6deb2d21e34fe0075a91aa792d0e9a912ded2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 17:57:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 085/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 473584403d..c0d8199613 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ ROM 2 27 nxa1 figs-metonymy γράμματος

1 Paul is figuratively d ROM 2 28 bl6h figs-parallelism 1 merely outward in the flesh These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show what truly identifies who is a member of God’s people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Certainly the outward marks of circumcision on the body do not reveal who is a true Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 28 g2vh grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 outwardly Here, **For** indicates that what follows is Paul’s conclusion to his arguments in [2:25-27](../02/25.md). Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Truly” or “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 28 s44m figs-synecdoche ἐν σαρκὶ 1 flesh Paul refers figuratively to **the flesh** to mean “the whole body.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “on the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ROM 2 28 mkxi figs-ellipsis ὁ… ἡ 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who is one … which is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 2 28 mkxi figs-ellipsis ὁ… ἡ 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who is one … which is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 2 29 hkk4 figs-parallelism ὁ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος; καὶ περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 he is a Jew who is one inwardly, and circumcision is that of the heart These two phrases have similar meanings. The first phrase, **the one who is inwardly a Jew**, explains the second phrase, **circumcision of the heart**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 29 v149 ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ 1 inwardly This refers to the values and motivations of the person whom God has transformed. ROM 2 29 dk8q figs-metonymy καρδίας 1 of the heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for the inner person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 4caeb54200c12eab995da327ef2138076b202771 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 18:20:40 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 086/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index c0d8199613..75b4064eb2 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -417,6 +417,7 @@ ROM 2 28 g2vh grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 outwardly Here, **For** in ROM 2 28 s44m figs-synecdoche ἐν σαρκὶ 1 flesh Paul refers figuratively to **the flesh** to mean “the whole body.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “on the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 2 28 mkxi figs-ellipsis ὁ… ἡ 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who is one … which is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 2 29 hkk4 figs-parallelism ὁ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος; καὶ περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 he is a Jew who is one inwardly, and circumcision is that of the heart These two phrases have similar meanings. The first phrase, **the one who is inwardly a Jew**, explains the second phrase, **circumcision of the heart**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 2 29 dbp2 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to an “outward” **circumcision** or **Jew**. Instead, a true **Jew** is **inwardly** circumcised. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 2 29 v149 ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ 1 inwardly This refers to the values and motivations of the person whom God has transformed. ROM 2 29 dk8q figs-metonymy καρδίας 1 of the heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for the inner person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 29 dd3p figs-synecdoche ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 in the Spirit, not in the letter Here, **letter** is a synecdoche that refers to written scripture. Alternate translation: “through the work of the Holy Spirit, not because you know the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From d2193af685324488ab5803e00858afc97bd7e05d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 18:21:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 087/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 75b4064eb2..4537542f0f 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ ROM 2 28 g2vh grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 outwardly Here, **For** in ROM 2 28 s44m figs-synecdoche ἐν σαρκὶ 1 flesh Paul refers figuratively to **the flesh** to mean “the whole body.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “on the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 2 28 mkxi figs-ellipsis ὁ… ἡ 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who is one … which is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 2 29 hkk4 figs-parallelism ὁ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος; καὶ περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 he is a Jew who is one inwardly, and circumcision is that of the heart These two phrases have similar meanings. The first phrase, **the one who is inwardly a Jew**, explains the second phrase, **circumcision of the heart**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ROM 2 29 dbp2 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to an “outward” **circumcision** or **Jew**. Instead, a true **Jew** is **inwardly** circumcised. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +ROM 2 29 dbp2 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to an “outward” **circumcision** or **Jew**. Instead, a true **Jew** is **inwardly** circumcised **in the Spirit**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 2 29 v149 ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ 1 inwardly This refers to the values and motivations of the person whom God has transformed. ROM 2 29 dk8q figs-metonymy καρδίας 1 of the heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for the inner person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 29 dd3p figs-synecdoche ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 in the Spirit, not in the letter Here, **letter** is a synecdoche that refers to written scripture. Alternate translation: “through the work of the Holy Spirit, not because you know the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From 87215e3dda2213fadcaa109d9c55fa2f9f6f396a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 18:25:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 088/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 4537542f0f..281794c88c 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ ROM 2 28 s44m figs-synecdoche ἐν σαρκὶ 1 flesh Paul refers figuratively ROM 2 28 mkxi figs-ellipsis ὁ… ἡ 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who is one … which is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 2 29 hkk4 figs-parallelism ὁ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος; καὶ περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 he is a Jew who is one inwardly, and circumcision is that of the heart These two phrases have similar meanings. The first phrase, **the one who is inwardly a Jew**, explains the second phrase, **circumcision of the heart**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 29 dbp2 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to an “outward” **circumcision** or **Jew**. Instead, a true **Jew** is **inwardly** circumcised **in the Spirit**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -ROM 2 29 v149 ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ 1 inwardly This refers to the values and motivations of the person whom God has transformed. +ROM 2 29 v149 ὁ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος; καὶ περιτομὴ καρδίας, ἐν Πνεύματι 1 inwardly ROM 2 29 dk8q figs-metonymy καρδίας 1 of the heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for the inner person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 29 dd3p figs-synecdoche ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 in the Spirit, not in the letter Here, **letter** is a synecdoche that refers to written scripture. Alternate translation: “through the work of the Holy Spirit, not because you know the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 2 29 qa6b ἐν Πνεύματι 1 in the Spirit The term **the Spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit. (2) the spiritual part of the person that God changes. From f4de1146737604b5b3dd3ae7c4d4fb3532c53437 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 18:29:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 089/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 281794c88c..a993e8409c 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ ROM 2 28 s44m figs-synecdoche ἐν σαρκὶ 1 flesh Paul refers figuratively ROM 2 28 mkxi figs-ellipsis ὁ… ἡ 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who is one … which is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 2 29 hkk4 figs-parallelism ὁ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος; καὶ περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 he is a Jew who is one inwardly, and circumcision is that of the heart These two phrases have similar meanings. The first phrase, **the one who is inwardly a Jew**, explains the second phrase, **circumcision of the heart**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 29 dbp2 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to an “outward” **circumcision** or **Jew**. Instead, a true **Jew** is **inwardly** circumcised **in the Spirit**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -ROM 2 29 v149 ὁ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος; καὶ περιτομὴ καρδίας, ἐν Πνεύματι 1 inwardly +ROM 2 29 v149 ὁ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος; καὶ περιτομὴ καρδίας, ἐν Πνεύματι 1 inwardly These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show who a true Jew is. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “How long would you be away?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 29 dk8q figs-metonymy καρδίας 1 of the heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for the inner person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 29 dd3p figs-synecdoche ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 in the Spirit, not in the letter Here, **letter** is a synecdoche that refers to written scripture. Alternate translation: “through the work of the Holy Spirit, not because you know the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 2 29 qa6b ἐν Πνεύματι 1 in the Spirit The term **the Spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit. (2) the spiritual part of the person that God changes. From 54167ea5dd2c71b15dbd35d77b5f85767c0c454e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 18:29:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 090/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index a993e8409c..da7c71d400 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ ROM 2 27 h2lj figs-abstractnouns ἐκ φύσεως 1 If your language does not ROM 2 27 pree figs-distinguish σὲ τὸν διὰ γράμματος καὶ περιτομῆς παραβάτην νόμου 1 Here, **though having the letter and circumcision** gives us further information about the **transgressor of the law**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “although you are circumcised and know God’s written law, since you transgress God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 2 27 q795 figs-abstractnouns παραβάτην νόμου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **transgressor** with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “as someone who transgresses the law” or “for breaking God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 27 nxa1 figs-metonymy γράμματος

1 Paul is figuratively describing **the law** by association with the letters that make up **the law**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the written law code” or “God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 2 28 bl6h figs-parallelism 1 merely outward in the flesh These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show what truly identifies who is a member of God’s people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Certainly the outward marks of circumcision on the body do not reveal who is a true Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 2 28 bl6h figs-parallelism 1 merely outward in the flesh These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to clarify who is not a true member of God’s people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Certainly the outward marks of circumcision on the body do not reveal who is a true Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 28 g2vh grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 outwardly Here, **For** indicates that what follows is Paul’s conclusion to his arguments in [2:25-27](../02/25.md). Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Truly” or “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 28 s44m figs-synecdoche ἐν σαρκὶ 1 flesh Paul refers figuratively to **the flesh** to mean “the whole body.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “on the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 2 28 mkxi figs-ellipsis ὁ… ἡ 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who is one … which is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) From 635fcfce762149d070e0f81683c724c42b5c6010 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 18:39:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 091/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index da7c71d400..e5cbe321f8 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -416,9 +416,9 @@ ROM 2 28 bl6h figs-parallelism 1 merely outward in the flesh These two clauses ROM 2 28 g2vh grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 outwardly Here, **For** indicates that what follows is Paul’s conclusion to his arguments in [2:25-27](../02/25.md). Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Truly” or “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 28 s44m figs-synecdoche ἐν σαρκὶ 1 flesh Paul refers figuratively to **the flesh** to mean “the whole body.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “on the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 2 28 mkxi figs-ellipsis ὁ… ἡ 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who is one … which is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 2 29 hkk4 figs-parallelism ὁ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος; καὶ περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 he is a Jew who is one inwardly, and circumcision is that of the heart These two phrases have similar meanings. The first phrase, **the one who is inwardly a Jew**, explains the second phrase, **circumcision of the heart**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 29 dbp2 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to an “outward” **circumcision** or **Jew**. Instead, a true **Jew** is **inwardly** circumcised **in the Spirit**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -ROM 2 29 v149 ὁ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος; καὶ περιτομὴ καρδίας, ἐν Πνεύματι 1 inwardly These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show who a true Jew is. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “How long would you be away?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 2 29 hkk4 figs-parallelism ὁ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος; καὶ περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 he is a Jew who is one inwardly, and circumcision is that of the heart These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to clarify who is a true member of God’s people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “an inward circumcision of the heart reveals who is a true Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 2 29 v149 figs-parallelism οὐ γράμματι 1 inwardly These two phrases mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in a similar way, to indicate that the circumcision God accepts is not a matter of keeping specific rules, but is a work done by the Holy Spirit. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ROM 2 29 dk8q figs-metonymy καρδίας 1 of the heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for the inner person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 29 dd3p figs-synecdoche ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 in the Spirit, not in the letter Here, **letter** is a synecdoche that refers to written scripture. Alternate translation: “through the work of the Holy Spirit, not because you know the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 2 29 qa6b ἐν Πνεύματι 1 in the Spirit The term **the Spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit. (2) the spiritual part of the person that God changes. From 6e6a344c9832e26571451a4623d37c4ee6bcc07f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 18:42:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 092/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index e5cbe321f8..8ec4035a8a 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -419,6 +419,7 @@ ROM 2 28 mkxi figs-ellipsis ὁ… ἡ 1 Words are left out here in the origina ROM 2 29 dbp2 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to an “outward” **circumcision** or **Jew**. Instead, a true **Jew** is **inwardly** circumcised **in the Spirit**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 2 29 hkk4 figs-parallelism ὁ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος; καὶ περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 he is a Jew who is one inwardly, and circumcision is that of the heart These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to clarify who is a true member of God’s people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “an inward circumcision of the heart reveals who is a true Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 29 v149 figs-parallelism οὐ γράμματι 1 inwardly These two phrases mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in a similar way, to indicate that the circumcision God accepts is not a matter of keeping specific rules, but is a work done by the Holy Spirit. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+ROM 2 29 gcoq figs-metonymy γράμματι 1 Paul is figuratively describing what the **the law** prescribes for circumcision by association with the letters that make up **the law** (See [2:27](../02/27.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by the written law code” or “in God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 29 dk8q figs-metonymy καρδίας 1 of the heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for the inner person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 29 dd3p figs-synecdoche ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 in the Spirit, not in the letter Here, **letter** is a synecdoche that refers to written scripture. Alternate translation: “through the work of the Holy Spirit, not because you know the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 2 29 qa6b ἐν Πνεύματι 1 in the Spirit The term **the Spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit. (2) the spiritual part of the person that God changes. From 3deaf89c112e369d1345f1fe3346964b4947f2ff Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 18:48:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 093/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 8ec4035a8a..f117f59548 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -418,7 +418,8 @@ ROM 2 28 s44m figs-synecdoche ἐν σαρκὶ 1 flesh Paul refers figuratively ROM 2 28 mkxi figs-ellipsis ὁ… ἡ 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who is one … which is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 2 29 dbp2 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to an “outward” **circumcision** or **Jew**. Instead, a true **Jew** is **inwardly** circumcised **in the Spirit**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 2 29 hkk4 figs-parallelism ὁ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος; καὶ περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 he is a Jew who is one inwardly, and circumcision is that of the heart These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to clarify who is a true member of God’s people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “an inward circumcision of the heart reveals who is a true Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ROM 2 29 v149 figs-parallelism οὐ γράμματι 1 inwardly These two phrases mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in a similar way, to indicate that the circumcision God accepts is not a matter of keeping specific rules, but is a work done by the Holy Spirit. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+ROM 2 29 v149 figs-parallelism ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 inwardly These two phrases mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in a similar way, to indicate that the circumcision God accepts is not a matter of keeping specific rules, but is a work done by the Holy Spirit. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+ROM 2 29 ffa3 figs-metaphor ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **circumcision of the heart** as if it were located inside **the Spirit**, and not located inside **the letter**. He means that true **circumcision** is an act through the Holy **Spirit**, not through following a set of prescribed rules. If your readers would not understand what **in the Spirit** or **in the letter** means to be shipwrecked in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “no longer belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 29 gcoq figs-metonymy γράμματι 1 Paul is figuratively describing what the **the law** prescribes for circumcision by association with the letters that make up **the law** (See [2:27](../02/27.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by the written law code” or “in God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 29 dk8q figs-metonymy καρδίας 1 of the heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for the inner person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 29 dd3p figs-synecdoche ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 in the Spirit, not in the letter Here, **letter** is a synecdoche that refers to written scripture. Alternate translation: “through the work of the Holy Spirit, not because you know the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From c0a12524a71e7851f0db0a30809189c2ca541c64 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 18:48:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 094/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index f117f59548..a9c968e428 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ ROM 2 28 mkxi figs-ellipsis ὁ… ἡ 1 Words are left out here in the origina ROM 2 29 dbp2 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to an “outward” **circumcision** or **Jew**. Instead, a true **Jew** is **inwardly** circumcised **in the Spirit**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 2 29 hkk4 figs-parallelism ὁ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος; καὶ περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 he is a Jew who is one inwardly, and circumcision is that of the heart These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to clarify who is a true member of God’s people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “an inward circumcision of the heart reveals who is a true Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 29 v149 figs-parallelism ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 inwardly These two phrases mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in a similar way, to indicate that the circumcision God accepts is not a matter of keeping specific rules, but is a work done by the Holy Spirit. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-ROM 2 29 ffa3 figs-metaphor ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **circumcision of the heart** as if it were located inside **the Spirit**, and not located inside **the letter**. He means that true **circumcision** is an act through the Holy **Spirit**, not through following a set of prescribed rules. If your readers would not understand what **in the Spirit** or **in the letter** means to be shipwrecked in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “no longer belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 2 29 ffa3 figs-metaphor ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **circumcision of the heart** as if it were located inside **the Spirit**, and not located inside **the letter**. He means that true **circumcision** is an inward act through the Holy **Spirit**, not through following a set of prescribed rules. If your readers would not understand what **in the Spirit** or **in the letter** means to be shipwrecked in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “no longer belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 29 gcoq figs-metonymy γράμματι 1 Paul is figuratively describing what the **the law** prescribes for circumcision by association with the letters that make up **the law** (See [2:27](../02/27.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by the written law code” or “in God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 29 dk8q figs-metonymy καρδίας 1 of the heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for the inner person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 29 dd3p figs-synecdoche ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 in the Spirit, not in the letter Here, **letter** is a synecdoche that refers to written scripture. Alternate translation: “through the work of the Holy Spirit, not because you know the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From 125c64c5d8c33c375adf85de524f6022c55ade3c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 18:48:57 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 095/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index a9c968e428..e26b252c6a 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ ROM 2 28 mkxi figs-ellipsis ὁ… ἡ 1 Words are left out here in the origina ROM 2 29 dbp2 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to an “outward” **circumcision** or **Jew**. Instead, a true **Jew** is **inwardly** circumcised **in the Spirit**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 2 29 hkk4 figs-parallelism ὁ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος; καὶ περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 he is a Jew who is one inwardly, and circumcision is that of the heart These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to clarify who is a true member of God’s people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “an inward circumcision of the heart reveals who is a true Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 29 v149 figs-parallelism ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 inwardly These two phrases mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in a similar way, to indicate that the circumcision God accepts is not a matter of keeping specific rules, but is a work done by the Holy Spirit. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-ROM 2 29 ffa3 figs-metaphor ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **circumcision of the heart** as if it were located inside **the Spirit**, and not located inside **the letter**. He means that true **circumcision** is an inward act through the Holy **Spirit**, not through following a set of prescribed rules. If your readers would not understand what **in the Spirit** or **in the letter** means to be shipwrecked in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “no longer belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 2 29 ffa3 figs-metaphor ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **circumcision of the heart** as if it were located inside **the Spirit**, and not located inside **the letter**. He means that true **circumcision** is an inward act of the Holy **Spirit**, not through following a set of prescribed rules. If your readers would not understand what **in the Spirit** or **in the letter** means to be shipwrecked in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “no longer belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 29 gcoq figs-metonymy γράμματι 1 Paul is figuratively describing what the **the law** prescribes for circumcision by association with the letters that make up **the law** (See [2:27](../02/27.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by the written law code” or “in God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 29 dk8q figs-metonymy καρδίας 1 of the heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for the inner person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 29 dd3p figs-synecdoche ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 in the Spirit, not in the letter Here, **letter** is a synecdoche that refers to written scripture. Alternate translation: “through the work of the Holy Spirit, not because you know the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From acd3f8e252d6885906b44d763e42d8a89f28e739 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 18:49:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 096/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index e26b252c6a..27fdfd880e 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ ROM 2 28 mkxi figs-ellipsis ὁ… ἡ 1 Words are left out here in the origina ROM 2 29 dbp2 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to an “outward” **circumcision** or **Jew**. Instead, a true **Jew** is **inwardly** circumcised **in the Spirit**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 2 29 hkk4 figs-parallelism ὁ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος; καὶ περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 he is a Jew who is one inwardly, and circumcision is that of the heart These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to clarify who is a true member of God’s people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “an inward circumcision of the heart reveals who is a true Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 29 v149 figs-parallelism ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 inwardly These two phrases mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in a similar way, to indicate that the circumcision God accepts is not a matter of keeping specific rules, but is a work done by the Holy Spirit. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-ROM 2 29 ffa3 figs-metaphor ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **circumcision of the heart** as if it were located inside **the Spirit**, and not located inside **the letter**. He means that true **circumcision** is an inward act of the Holy **Spirit**, not through following a set of prescribed rules. If your readers would not understand what **in the Spirit** or **in the letter** means to be shipwrecked in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “no longer belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 2 29 ffa3 figs-metaphor ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **circumcision of the heart** as if it were located inside **the Spirit**, and not located inside **the letter**. He means that true **circumcision** is an inward act by the Holy **Spirit**, not through following a set of prescribed rules. If your readers would not understand what **in the Spirit** or **in the letter** means to be shipwrecked in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “no longer belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 29 gcoq figs-metonymy γράμματι 1 Paul is figuratively describing what the **the law** prescribes for circumcision by association with the letters that make up **the law** (See [2:27](../02/27.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by the written law code” or “in God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 29 dk8q figs-metonymy καρδίας 1 of the heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for the inner person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 29 dd3p figs-synecdoche ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 in the Spirit, not in the letter Here, **letter** is a synecdoche that refers to written scripture. Alternate translation: “through the work of the Holy Spirit, not because you know the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From e97a5452793442abeb6c077e4173637c26fa5077 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 18:49:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 098/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 27fdfd880e..c1883f35cf 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ ROM 2 28 mkxi figs-ellipsis ὁ… ἡ 1 Words are left out here in the origina ROM 2 29 dbp2 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to an “outward” **circumcision** or **Jew**. Instead, a true **Jew** is **inwardly** circumcised **in the Spirit**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 2 29 hkk4 figs-parallelism ὁ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος; καὶ περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 he is a Jew who is one inwardly, and circumcision is that of the heart These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to clarify who is a true member of God’s people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “an inward circumcision of the heart reveals who is a true Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 29 v149 figs-parallelism ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 inwardly These two phrases mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in a similar way, to indicate that the circumcision God accepts is not a matter of keeping specific rules, but is a work done by the Holy Spirit. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-ROM 2 29 ffa3 figs-metaphor ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **circumcision of the heart** as if it were located inside **the Spirit**, and not located inside **the letter**. He means that true **circumcision** is an inward act by the Holy **Spirit**, not through following a set of prescribed rules. If your readers would not understand what **in the Spirit** or **in the letter** means to be shipwrecked in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “no longer belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 2 29 ffa3 figs-metaphor ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **circumcision of the heart** as if it were located inside **the Spirit**, and not located inside **the letter**. He means that true **circumcision** is an inwardly accomplished by the Holy **Spirit**, not through following a set of prescribed rules. If your readers would not understand what **in the Spirit** or **in the letter** means to be shipwrecked in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “no longer belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 29 gcoq figs-metonymy γράμματι 1 Paul is figuratively describing what the **the law** prescribes for circumcision by association with the letters that make up **the law** (See [2:27](../02/27.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by the written law code” or “in God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 29 dk8q figs-metonymy καρδίας 1 of the heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for the inner person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 29 dd3p figs-synecdoche ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 in the Spirit, not in the letter Here, **letter** is a synecdoche that refers to written scripture. Alternate translation: “through the work of the Holy Spirit, not because you know the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From caf74cd9545a08d1f4500208a322f0918473220b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 18:50:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 099/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index c1883f35cf..8a05e8c8da 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ ROM 2 28 mkxi figs-ellipsis ὁ… ἡ 1 Words are left out here in the origina ROM 2 29 dbp2 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to an “outward” **circumcision** or **Jew**. Instead, a true **Jew** is **inwardly** circumcised **in the Spirit**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 2 29 hkk4 figs-parallelism ὁ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος; καὶ περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 he is a Jew who is one inwardly, and circumcision is that of the heart These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to clarify who is a true member of God’s people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “an inward circumcision of the heart reveals who is a true Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 29 v149 figs-parallelism ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 inwardly These two phrases mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in a similar way, to indicate that the circumcision God accepts is not a matter of keeping specific rules, but is a work done by the Holy Spirit. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-ROM 2 29 ffa3 figs-metaphor ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **circumcision of the heart** as if it were located inside **the Spirit**, and not located inside **the letter**. He means that true **circumcision** is an inwardly accomplished by the Holy **Spirit**, not through following a set of prescribed rules. If your readers would not understand what **in the Spirit** or **in the letter** means to be shipwrecked in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “no longer belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 2 29 ffa3 figs-metaphor ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **circumcision of the heart** as if it were located inside **the Spirit**, and not located inside **the letter**. He means that true **circumcision** is an inwardly accomplished by the Holy **Spirit**, not through following a set of prescribed rules. If your readers would not understand what **in the Spirit** or **in the letter** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “no longer belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 29 gcoq figs-metonymy γράμματι 1 Paul is figuratively describing what the **the law** prescribes for circumcision by association with the letters that make up **the law** (See [2:27](../02/27.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by the written law code” or “in God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 29 dk8q figs-metonymy καρδίας 1 of the heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for the inner person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 29 dd3p figs-synecdoche ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 in the Spirit, not in the letter Here, **letter** is a synecdoche that refers to written scripture. Alternate translation: “through the work of the Holy Spirit, not because you know the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From 0cc312d622aa17f4cfcee256422d9e6fe99c3060 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 18:52:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 100/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 8a05e8c8da..ee8cbbe50a 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ ROM 2 28 mkxi figs-ellipsis ὁ… ἡ 1 Words are left out here in the origina ROM 2 29 dbp2 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to an “outward” **circumcision** or **Jew**. Instead, a true **Jew** is **inwardly** circumcised **in the Spirit**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 2 29 hkk4 figs-parallelism ὁ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος; καὶ περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 he is a Jew who is one inwardly, and circumcision is that of the heart These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to clarify who is a true member of God’s people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “an inward circumcision of the heart reveals who is a true Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 29 v149 figs-parallelism ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 inwardly These two phrases mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in a similar way, to indicate that the circumcision God accepts is not a matter of keeping specific rules, but is a work done by the Holy Spirit. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-ROM 2 29 ffa3 figs-metaphor ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **circumcision of the heart** as if it were located inside **the Spirit**, and not located inside **the letter**. He means that true **circumcision** is an inwardly accomplished by the Holy **Spirit**, not through following a set of prescribed rules. If your readers would not understand what **in the Spirit** or **in the letter** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “no longer belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 2 29 ffa3 figs-metaphor ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **circumcision of the heart** as if it were located inside **the Spirit**, and not located inside **the letter**. He means that true **circumcision** is an inwardly accomplished by the Holy **Spirit**, not through following a set of prescribed rules. If your readers would not understand what **in the Spirit** or **in the letter** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “is accomplished by the Holy Spirit instead of following the rules written in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 29 gcoq figs-metonymy γράμματι 1 Paul is figuratively describing what the **the law** prescribes for circumcision by association with the letters that make up **the law** (See [2:27](../02/27.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by the written law code” or “in God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 29 dk8q figs-metonymy καρδίας 1 of the heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for the inner person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 29 dd3p figs-synecdoche ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 in the Spirit, not in the letter Here, **letter** is a synecdoche that refers to written scripture. Alternate translation: “through the work of the Holy Spirit, not because you know the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From 7bde68d6f155056e25e364211643f71912f35324 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 18:56:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 101/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index ee8cbbe50a..8e26b9bc3b 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -418,6 +418,7 @@ ROM 2 28 s44m figs-synecdoche ἐν σαρκὶ 1 flesh Paul refers figuratively ROM 2 28 mkxi figs-ellipsis ὁ… ἡ 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who is one … which is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 2 29 dbp2 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to an “outward” **circumcision** or **Jew**. Instead, a true **Jew** is **inwardly** circumcised **in the Spirit**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 2 29 hkk4 figs-parallelism ὁ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος; καὶ περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 he is a Jew who is one inwardly, and circumcision is that of the heart These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to clarify who is a true member of God’s people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “an inward circumcision of the heart reveals who is a true Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 2 29 d1go figs-possession περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **circumcision** that is performed in **the heart**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a verbal phrase or another way to express this idea. Alternate translation: “circumcision is performed in the heart” or “circumcision is an inward change” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 29 v149 figs-parallelism ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 inwardly These two phrases mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in a similar way, to indicate that the circumcision God accepts is not a matter of keeping specific rules, but is a work done by the Holy Spirit. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ROM 2 29 ffa3 figs-metaphor ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **circumcision of the heart** as if it were located inside **the Spirit**, and not located inside **the letter**. He means that true **circumcision** is an inwardly accomplished by the Holy **Spirit**, not through following a set of prescribed rules. If your readers would not understand what **in the Spirit** or **in the letter** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “is accomplished by the Holy Spirit instead of following the rules written in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 29 gcoq figs-metonymy γράμματι 1 Paul is figuratively describing what the **the law** prescribes for circumcision by association with the letters that make up **the law** (See [2:27](../02/27.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by the written law code” or “in God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 3c2e2adde34a40a1277da6033888d81a6e5d7a0f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 19:03:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 102/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 8e26b9bc3b..c80e71a6b1 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -419,6 +419,7 @@ ROM 2 28 mkxi figs-ellipsis ὁ… ἡ 1 Words are left out here in the origina ROM 2 29 dbp2 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to an “outward” **circumcision** or **Jew**. Instead, a true **Jew** is **inwardly** circumcised **in the Spirit**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 2 29 hkk4 figs-parallelism ὁ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος; καὶ περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 he is a Jew who is one inwardly, and circumcision is that of the heart These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to clarify who is a true member of God’s people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “an inward circumcision of the heart reveals who is a true Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 29 d1go figs-possession περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **circumcision** that is performed in **the heart**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a verbal phrase or another way to express this idea. Alternate translation: “circumcision is performed in the heart” or “circumcision is an inward change” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 2 29 hbiv figs-idiom περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 Here, the term **circumcision of the heart** is an idiom meaning “a removal of sin from a person” or “an inward mark of belonging to God’s people.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “truly belonging to God’s people is by removal of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 2 29 v149 figs-parallelism ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 inwardly These two phrases mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in a similar way, to indicate that the circumcision God accepts is not a matter of keeping specific rules, but is a work done by the Holy Spirit. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ROM 2 29 ffa3 figs-metaphor ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **circumcision of the heart** as if it were located inside **the Spirit**, and not located inside **the letter**. He means that true **circumcision** is an inwardly accomplished by the Holy **Spirit**, not through following a set of prescribed rules. If your readers would not understand what **in the Spirit** or **in the letter** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “is accomplished by the Holy Spirit instead of following the rules written in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 29 gcoq figs-metonymy γράμματι 1 Paul is figuratively describing what the **the law** prescribes for circumcision by association with the letters that make up **the law** (See [2:27](../02/27.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by the written law code” or “in God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 15db9ee4baff25705ea323187c57b4b73d5f71c8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 19:36:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 103/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 5 ++--- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index c80e71a6b1..6b11c3b1d0 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -423,9 +423,8 @@ ROM 2 29 hbiv figs-idiom περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 Here, the term **ci ROM 2 29 v149 figs-parallelism ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 inwardly These two phrases mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in a similar way, to indicate that the circumcision God accepts is not a matter of keeping specific rules, but is a work done by the Holy Spirit. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ROM 2 29 ffa3 figs-metaphor ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **circumcision of the heart** as if it were located inside **the Spirit**, and not located inside **the letter**. He means that true **circumcision** is an inwardly accomplished by the Holy **Spirit**, not through following a set of prescribed rules. If your readers would not understand what **in the Spirit** or **in the letter** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “is accomplished by the Holy Spirit instead of following the rules written in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 29 gcoq figs-metonymy γράμματι 1 Paul is figuratively describing what the **the law** prescribes for circumcision by association with the letters that make up **the law** (See [2:27](../02/27.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by the written law code” or “in God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 2 29 dk8q figs-metonymy καρδίας 1 of the heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for the inner person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 2 29 dd3p figs-synecdoche ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 in the Spirit, not in the letter Here, **letter** is a synecdoche that refers to written scripture. Alternate translation: “through the work of the Holy Spirit, not because you know the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ROM 2 29 qa6b ἐν Πνεύματι 1 in the Spirit The term **the Spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit. (2) the spiritual part of the person that God changes. +ROM 2 29 dd3p figs-synecdoche γράμματι 1 in the Spirit, not in the letter Paul is figuratively describing **the law** by association with the letters that make up **the law**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the written law code” or “God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 2 29 qa6b figs-possession οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος οὐκ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 in the Spirit Paul is using the possessive form **of him** to describe from whom **the one who is inwardly a Jew** receives **praise**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “his” instead of the noun “him” or express this idea as a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “his praise is not from people but from God” or “God is who praises him not human beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 intro y2kb 0 # Romans 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 4 and 10-18 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

Chapter 3 answers the question, “What advantage does being a Jew have over being a Gentile?” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])

### “For all have sinned and come short of the glory of God”

Because God is holy, anyone with him in heaven must be perfect. Any sin at all will condemn a person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]])

### The purpose of the law of Moses

Obeying the law cannot make a person right with God. Obeying God’s law is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

Paul frequently uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]]) ROM 3 1 v788 0 Connecting Statement: Paul proclaims the advantage that Jews have because God gave them his law. ROM 3 1 gcd6 figs-explicit τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς? 1 Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision? Paul presents ideas that people might have after they hear what he wrote in chapter 2. He does this in order to respond to them in verse 2. Alternate translation: “Some people might say, ‘Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision?’” or “Some people might say, ‘If that is true, then the Jews do not have any advantage, and there is no benefit in being circumcised.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 7481b94e53f5150faf53aa254b0a874f54780fe5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 19:44:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 104/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 6b11c3b1d0..5595b9c8df 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -425,6 +425,7 @@ ROM 2 29 ffa3 figs-metaphor ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 Pa ROM 2 29 gcoq figs-metonymy γράμματι 1 Paul is figuratively describing what the **the law** prescribes for circumcision by association with the letters that make up **the law** (See [2:27](../02/27.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by the written law code” or “in God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 29 dd3p figs-synecdoche γράμματι 1 in the Spirit, not in the letter Paul is figuratively describing **the law** by association with the letters that make up **the law**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the written law code” or “God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 29 qa6b figs-possession οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος οὐκ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 in the Spirit Paul is using the possessive form **of him** to describe from whom **the one who is inwardly a Jew** receives **praise**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “his” instead of the noun “him” or express this idea as a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “his praise is not from people but from God” or “God is who praises him not human beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 2 29 cumm figs-parallelism περιτομὴ καρδίας, ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι; οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος οὐκ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 These two contrasting phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show that it is **the Spirit** of **God** who makes a person a true **Jew**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit of God inwardly circumcises and praises that person, not written rules or people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 intro y2kb 0 # Romans 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 4 and 10-18 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

Chapter 3 answers the question, “What advantage does being a Jew have over being a Gentile?” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])

### “For all have sinned and come short of the glory of God”

Because God is holy, anyone with him in heaven must be perfect. Any sin at all will condemn a person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]])

### The purpose of the law of Moses

Obeying the law cannot make a person right with God. Obeying God’s law is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

Paul frequently uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]]) ROM 3 1 v788 0 Connecting Statement: Paul proclaims the advantage that Jews have because God gave them his law. ROM 3 1 gcd6 figs-explicit τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς? 1 Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision? Paul presents ideas that people might have after they hear what he wrote in chapter 2. He does this in order to respond to them in verse 2. Alternate translation: “Some people might say, ‘Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision?’” or “Some people might say, ‘If that is true, then the Jews do not have any advantage, and there is no benefit in being circumcised.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From e7b0c7ecef3f3d9b390c93f7e06b894e9ba383aa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 19:46:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 105/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 5595b9c8df..1b6757c1f6 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -418,6 +418,7 @@ ROM 2 28 s44m figs-synecdoche ἐν σαρκὶ 1 flesh Paul refers figuratively ROM 2 28 mkxi figs-ellipsis ὁ… ἡ 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who is one … which is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 2 29 dbp2 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to an “outward” **circumcision** or **Jew**. Instead, a true **Jew** is **inwardly** circumcised **in the Spirit**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 2 29 hkk4 figs-parallelism ὁ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος; καὶ περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 he is a Jew who is one inwardly, and circumcision is that of the heart These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to clarify who is a true member of God’s people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “an inward circumcision of the heart reveals who is a true Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 2 29 cumm figs-parallelism περιτομὴ καρδίας, ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι; οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος οὐκ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 These two contrasting clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show that it is **the Spirit** of **God** who makes a person a true **Jew**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit of God inwardly circumcises and praises that person, not written rules or people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 29 d1go figs-possession περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **circumcision** that is performed in **the heart**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a verbal phrase or another way to express this idea. Alternate translation: “circumcision is performed in the heart” or “circumcision is an inward change” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 29 hbiv figs-idiom περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 Here, the term **circumcision of the heart** is an idiom meaning “a removal of sin from a person” or “an inward mark of belonging to God’s people.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “truly belonging to God’s people is by removal of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 2 29 v149 figs-parallelism ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 inwardly These two phrases mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in a similar way, to indicate that the circumcision God accepts is not a matter of keeping specific rules, but is a work done by the Holy Spirit. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@@ -425,7 +426,6 @@ ROM 2 29 ffa3 figs-metaphor ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 Pa ROM 2 29 gcoq figs-metonymy γράμματι 1 Paul is figuratively describing what the **the law** prescribes for circumcision by association with the letters that make up **the law** (See [2:27](../02/27.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by the written law code” or “in God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 29 dd3p figs-synecdoche γράμματι 1 in the Spirit, not in the letter Paul is figuratively describing **the law** by association with the letters that make up **the law**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the written law code” or “God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 29 qa6b figs-possession οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος οὐκ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 in the Spirit Paul is using the possessive form **of him** to describe from whom **the one who is inwardly a Jew** receives **praise**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “his” instead of the noun “him” or express this idea as a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “his praise is not from people but from God” or “God is who praises him not human beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 2 29 cumm figs-parallelism περιτομὴ καρδίας, ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι; οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος οὐκ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 These two contrasting phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show that it is **the Spirit** of **God** who makes a person a true **Jew**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit of God inwardly circumcises and praises that person, not written rules or people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 intro y2kb 0 # Romans 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 4 and 10-18 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

Chapter 3 answers the question, “What advantage does being a Jew have over being a Gentile?” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])

### “For all have sinned and come short of the glory of God”

Because God is holy, anyone with him in heaven must be perfect. Any sin at all will condemn a person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]])

### The purpose of the law of Moses

Obeying the law cannot make a person right with God. Obeying God’s law is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

Paul frequently uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]]) ROM 3 1 v788 0 Connecting Statement: Paul proclaims the advantage that Jews have because God gave them his law. ROM 3 1 gcd6 figs-explicit τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς? 1 Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision? Paul presents ideas that people might have after they hear what he wrote in chapter 2. He does this in order to respond to them in verse 2. Alternate translation: “Some people might say, ‘Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision?’” or “Some people might say, ‘If that is true, then the Jews do not have any advantage, and there is no benefit in being circumcised.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 4510e0e01c1b4d921994e66fbc7e33fd58b081ed Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 20:00:57 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 106/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 1b6757c1f6..6c3f4eb791 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ ROM 2 29 gcoq figs-metonymy γράμματι 1 Paul is figuratively describing ROM 2 29 dd3p figs-synecdoche γράμματι 1 in the Spirit, not in the letter Paul is figuratively describing **the law** by association with the letters that make up **the law**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the written law code” or “God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 29 qa6b figs-possession οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος οὐκ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 in the Spirit Paul is using the possessive form **of him** to describe from whom **the one who is inwardly a Jew** receives **praise**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “his” instead of the noun “him” or express this idea as a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “his praise is not from people but from God” or “God is who praises him not human beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 intro y2kb 0 # Romans 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 4 and 10-18 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

Chapter 3 answers the question, “What advantage does being a Jew have over being a Gentile?” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])

### “For all have sinned and come short of the glory of God”

Because God is holy, anyone with him in heaven must be perfect. Any sin at all will condemn a person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]])

### The purpose of the law of Moses

Obeying the law cannot make a person right with God. Obeying God’s law is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

Paul frequently uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]]) -ROM 3 1 v788 0 Connecting Statement: Paul proclaims the advantage that Jews have because God gave them his law. +ROM 3 1 v788 figs-rquestion τί οὖν 1 Connecting Statement: Paul is using a series rhetorical questions in [3:1–9](../03/01.md) to emphasize “Jews and Greeks” are “under sin.” If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Anyone who denies that Jesus is the Messiah is certainly a liar!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM 3 1 gcd6 figs-explicit τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς? 1 Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision? Paul presents ideas that people might have after they hear what he wrote in chapter 2. He does this in order to respond to them in verse 2. Alternate translation: “Some people might say, ‘Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision?’” or “Some people might say, ‘If that is true, then the Jews do not have any advantage, and there is no benefit in being circumcised.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 1 dvke figs-rquestion τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς? 1 Paul used a rhetorical question to cause the listeners to think about the answer. He will answer clearly in the following verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 2 rri9 figs-explicit πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον 1 It is great in every way Paul now responds to the concerns brought up in verse 1. Here, **Great in every way!** is an emphatic answer to that question. Alternate translation: “But there is great advantage to being a Jew!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 2cf7c0880d82e0a8f3c823b2460badcb96b23579 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 20:51:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 107/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 6c3f4eb791..7fc9b4f2bc 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ ROM 2 29 gcoq figs-metonymy γράμματι 1 Paul is figuratively describing ROM 2 29 dd3p figs-synecdoche γράμματι 1 in the Spirit, not in the letter Paul is figuratively describing **the law** by association with the letters that make up **the law**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the written law code” or “God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 29 qa6b figs-possession οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος οὐκ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 in the Spirit Paul is using the possessive form **of him** to describe from whom **the one who is inwardly a Jew** receives **praise**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “his” instead of the noun “him” or express this idea as a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “his praise is not from people but from God” or “God is who praises him not human beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 intro y2kb 0 # Romans 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 4 and 10-18 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

Chapter 3 answers the question, “What advantage does being a Jew have over being a Gentile?” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])

### “For all have sinned and come short of the glory of God”

Because God is holy, anyone with him in heaven must be perfect. Any sin at all will condemn a person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]])

### The purpose of the law of Moses

Obeying the law cannot make a person right with God. Obeying God’s law is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

Paul frequently uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]]) -ROM 3 1 v788 figs-rquestion τί οὖν 1 Connecting Statement: Paul is using a series rhetorical questions in [3:1–9](../03/01.md) to emphasize “Jews and Greeks” are “under sin.” If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Anyone who denies that Jesus is the Messiah is certainly a liar!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+ROM 3 1 v788 figs-rquestion τί οὖν 1 Connecting Statement: Paul is using a series rhetorical questions in [3:1–9](../03/01.md) to emphasize that “Jews and Greeks” are “under sin.” If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation as in the UST or communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM 3 1 gcd6 figs-explicit τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς? 1 Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision? Paul presents ideas that people might have after they hear what he wrote in chapter 2. He does this in order to respond to them in verse 2. Alternate translation: “Some people might say, ‘Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision?’” or “Some people might say, ‘If that is true, then the Jews do not have any advantage, and there is no benefit in being circumcised.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 1 dvke figs-rquestion τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς? 1 Paul used a rhetorical question to cause the listeners to think about the answer. He will answer clearly in the following verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 2 rri9 figs-explicit πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον 1 It is great in every way Paul now responds to the concerns brought up in verse 1. Here, **Great in every way!** is an emphatic answer to that question. Alternate translation: “But there is great advantage to being a Jew!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From bfa87140460d714f60e076a31ee41b0a5f45105d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 20:54:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 108/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 7fc9b4f2bc..de2545d1ad 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ ROM 2 29 dd3p figs-synecdoche γράμματι 1 in the Spirit, not in the lette ROM 2 29 qa6b figs-possession οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος οὐκ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 in the Spirit Paul is using the possessive form **of him** to describe from whom **the one who is inwardly a Jew** receives **praise**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “his” instead of the noun “him” or express this idea as a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “his praise is not from people but from God” or “God is who praises him not human beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 intro y2kb 0 # Romans 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 4 and 10-18 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

Chapter 3 answers the question, “What advantage does being a Jew have over being a Gentile?” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])

### “For all have sinned and come short of the glory of God”

Because God is holy, anyone with him in heaven must be perfect. Any sin at all will condemn a person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]])

### The purpose of the law of Moses

Obeying the law cannot make a person right with God. Obeying God’s law is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

Paul frequently uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]]) ROM 3 1 v788 figs-rquestion τί οὖν 1 Connecting Statement: Paul is using a series rhetorical questions in [3:1–9](../03/01.md) to emphasize that “Jews and Greeks” are “under sin.” If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation as in the UST or communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-ROM 3 1 gcd6 figs-explicit τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς? 1 Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision? Paul presents ideas that people might have after they hear what he wrote in chapter 2. He does this in order to respond to them in verse 2. Alternate translation: “Some people might say, ‘Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision?’” or “Some people might say, ‘If that is true, then the Jews do not have any advantage, and there is no benefit in being circumcised.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 3 1 gcd6 figs-ellipsis τί…τίς 1 Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision? Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 1 dvke figs-rquestion τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς? 1 Paul used a rhetorical question to cause the listeners to think about the answer. He will answer clearly in the following verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 2 rri9 figs-explicit πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον 1 It is great in every way Paul now responds to the concerns brought up in verse 1. Here, **Great in every way!** is an emphatic answer to that question. Alternate translation: “But there is great advantage to being a Jew!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 2 q2dh πρῶτον μὲν 1 First of all This could mean: (1) “first in order of time.” (2) “most certainly.” (3) This could mean “most importantly.” From 870e9eead4686b3958fbe29e2a9e215c17acf1e0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 21:04:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 109/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index de2545d1ad..28729af27b 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -428,8 +428,8 @@ ROM 2 29 dd3p figs-synecdoche γράμματι 1 in the Spirit, not in the lette ROM 2 29 qa6b figs-possession οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος οὐκ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 in the Spirit Paul is using the possessive form **of him** to describe from whom **the one who is inwardly a Jew** receives **praise**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “his” instead of the noun “him” or express this idea as a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “his praise is not from people but from God” or “God is who praises him not human beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 intro y2kb 0 # Romans 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 4 and 10-18 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

Chapter 3 answers the question, “What advantage does being a Jew have over being a Gentile?” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])

### “For all have sinned and come short of the glory of God”

Because God is holy, anyone with him in heaven must be perfect. Any sin at all will condemn a person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]])

### The purpose of the law of Moses

Obeying the law cannot make a person right with God. Obeying God’s law is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

Paul frequently uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]]) ROM 3 1 v788 figs-rquestion τί οὖν 1 Connecting Statement: Paul is using a series rhetorical questions in [3:1–9](../03/01.md) to emphasize that “Jews and Greeks” are “under sin.” If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation as in the UST or communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+ROM 3 1 bjfo figs-abstractnouns τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **advantage** or **benefit**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “How then does the Jew gain anything, or how does being circumcised profit anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 1 gcd6 figs-ellipsis τί…τίς 1 Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision? Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 3 1 dvke figs-rquestion τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς? 1 Paul used a rhetorical question to cause the listeners to think about the answer. He will answer clearly in the following verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 2 rri9 figs-explicit πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον 1 It is great in every way Paul now responds to the concerns brought up in verse 1. Here, **Great in every way!** is an emphatic answer to that question. Alternate translation: “But there is great advantage to being a Jew!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 2 q2dh πρῶτον μὲν 1 First of all This could mean: (1) “first in order of time.” (2) “most certainly.” (3) This could mean “most importantly.” ROM 3 2 r62g figs-explicit ἐπιστεύθησαν τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 they were entrusted with revelation from God Here, **the sayings of God** refers to God’s words and promises. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God gave his words that contain his promises to the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 35d12c7542a382079c284540988b71aa0835ef1e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 21:13:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 110/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 28729af27b..1584dd4b7e 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -430,6 +430,7 @@ ROM 3 intro y2kb 0 # Romans 3 General Notes

## Structure and formattin ROM 3 1 v788 figs-rquestion τί οὖν 1 Connecting Statement: Paul is using a series rhetorical questions in [3:1–9](../03/01.md) to emphasize that “Jews and Greeks” are “under sin.” If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation as in the UST or communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM 3 1 bjfo figs-abstractnouns τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **advantage** or **benefit**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “How then does the Jew gain anything, or how does being circumcised profit anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 1 gcd6 figs-ellipsis τί…τίς 1 Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision? Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 3 1 l79f figs-possession ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς 1 These possessive forms describe from where **the benefit** comes. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the phrase “ Alternate translation: “by the true word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 2 rri9 figs-explicit πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον 1 It is great in every way Paul now responds to the concerns brought up in verse 1. Here, **Great in every way!** is an emphatic answer to that question. Alternate translation: “But there is great advantage to being a Jew!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 2 q2dh πρῶτον μὲν 1 First of all This could mean: (1) “first in order of time.” (2) “most certainly.” (3) This could mean “most importantly.” ROM 3 2 r62g figs-explicit ἐπιστεύθησαν τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 they were entrusted with revelation from God Here, **the sayings of God** refers to God’s words and promises. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God gave his words that contain his promises to the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 67f8cc098d6377c13022932134778bd0ebbbec0a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 21:19:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 111/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 1584dd4b7e..669641d190 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -430,7 +430,8 @@ ROM 3 intro y2kb 0 # Romans 3 General Notes

## Structure and formattin ROM 3 1 v788 figs-rquestion τί οὖν 1 Connecting Statement: Paul is using a series rhetorical questions in [3:1–9](../03/01.md) to emphasize that “Jews and Greeks” are “under sin.” If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation as in the UST or communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM 3 1 bjfo figs-abstractnouns τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **advantage** or **benefit**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “How then does the Jew gain anything, or how does being circumcised profit anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 1 gcd6 figs-ellipsis τί…τίς 1 Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision? Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 3 1 l79f figs-possession ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς 1 These possessive forms describe from where **the benefit** comes. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the phrase “ Alternate translation: “by the true word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 3 1 h4h3 figs-possession τοῦ Ἰουδαίου 1 Paul is using the possessive form **of the Jew** to describe for whom **the advantage** is. If this is not clear in your language, you could replace **of** with the word “for.” Alternate translation: “for the Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 3 1 l79f figs-possession τῆς περιτομῆς 1 Paul is using the possessive form **of the circumcision** to describe from where **the benefit** comes. If this is not clear in your language, you could replace **of the** with the phrase “that comes from.” Alternate translation: “that comes from circumcision” or “from being circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 2 rri9 figs-explicit πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον 1 It is great in every way Paul now responds to the concerns brought up in verse 1. Here, **Great in every way!** is an emphatic answer to that question. Alternate translation: “But there is great advantage to being a Jew!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 2 q2dh πρῶτον μὲν 1 First of all This could mean: (1) “first in order of time.” (2) “most certainly.” (3) This could mean “most importantly.” ROM 3 2 r62g figs-explicit ἐπιστεύθησαν τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 they were entrusted with revelation from God Here, **the sayings of God** refers to God’s words and promises. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God gave his words that contain his promises to the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 51744a600126856e9d2a59fb8d3282a4866693a2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 21:24:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 112/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 669641d190..1320b885f3 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ ROM 2 26 nf3j figs-idiom φυλάσσῃ 1 keeps the requirements of the law Her ROM 2 26 mkhr figs-possession τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ νόμου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **requirements** found in **the law**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “law’s” instead of the noun “law.” Alternate translation: “what the law requires” or “the law’s requirements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 26 be71 figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 will not his uncircumcision be considered as circumcision? Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize how important it is do what **the law** requires. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “certainly God will reckon him as circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 2 26 rjb5 figs-activepassive οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “won’t his uncircumcision count as circumcision” or “God will consider him circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ROM 2 27 m8gf figs-parallelism 1 This verse communicates opposite things with similar phrases, to emphasize the how **circumcision** is only beneficial if it is accompanied by fulfilling **the law** (See [2:25](../02/25.md)). Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 2 27 m8gf figs-parallelism 1 This verse communicates opposite things with similar phrases, to emphasize how **circumcision** is only beneficial if it is accompanied by fulfilling **the law** (See [2:25](../02/25.md)). Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 27 lqz2 figs-distinguish καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα 1 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law? Here, **who, by nature uncircumcised, fulfills the law** gives us further information about the person who **will condemn** the **transgressor of the law**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “Even if a Gentile is physically uncircumcised, but performs what the law requires, he will judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 2 27 rkxz grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ κρινεῖ 1 Here, **And** could indicate that what follows is continuing the rhetorical question in [2:26](../02/26.md). Alternate translation (replace ending exclamation point with a question mark): “And will not … judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 27 h2lj figs-abstractnouns ἐκ φύσεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **nature** in another way (See [2:14](../02/14.md)). Alternate translation: “even though he is physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 177141bbf27ab179811b41ef9cc9efb96771669a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 21:25:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 113/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 1320b885f3..25284f600e 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ ROM 2 26 mkhr figs-possession τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ νόμου 1 P ROM 2 26 be71 figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 will not his uncircumcision be considered as circumcision? Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize how important it is do what **the law** requires. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “certainly God will reckon him as circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 2 26 rjb5 figs-activepassive οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “won’t his uncircumcision count as circumcision” or “God will consider him circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 2 27 m8gf figs-parallelism 1 This verse communicates opposite things with similar phrases, to emphasize how **circumcision** is only beneficial if it is accompanied by fulfilling **the law** (See [2:25](../02/25.md)). Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ROM 2 27 lqz2 figs-distinguish καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα 1 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law? Here, **who, by nature uncircumcised, fulfills the law** gives us further information about the person who **will condemn** the **transgressor of the law**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “Even if a Gentile is physically uncircumcised, but performs what the law requires, he will judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) +ROM 2 27 lqz2 figs-distinguish καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα 1 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law? Here, **the uncircumcised by nature, fulfilling the law** gives us further information about the person who **will judge** the **transgressor of the law**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “Even if a Gentile is physically uncircumcised, but performs what the law requires, he will judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 2 27 rkxz grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ κρινεῖ 1 Here, **And** could indicate that what follows is continuing the rhetorical question in [2:26](../02/26.md). Alternate translation (replace ending exclamation point with a question mark): “And will not … judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 27 h2lj figs-abstractnouns ἐκ φύσεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **nature** in another way (See [2:14](../02/14.md)). Alternate translation: “even though he is physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 27 pree figs-distinguish σὲ τὸν διὰ γράμματος καὶ περιτομῆς παραβάτην νόμου 1 Here, **though having the letter and circumcision** gives us further information about the **transgressor of the law**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “although you are circumcised and know God’s written law, since you transgress God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) From fdbe56f758ec09c3b87ca53c54b03578b5f42404 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 21:50:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 114/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 25284f600e..c94e2acccc 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ ROM 2 27 m8gf figs-parallelism 1 This verse communicates opposite things with ROM 2 27 lqz2 figs-distinguish καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα 1 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law? Here, **the uncircumcised by nature, fulfilling the law** gives us further information about the person who **will judge** the **transgressor of the law**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “Even if a Gentile is physically uncircumcised, but performs what the law requires, he will judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 2 27 rkxz grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ κρινεῖ 1 Here, **And** could indicate that what follows is continuing the rhetorical question in [2:26](../02/26.md). Alternate translation (replace ending exclamation point with a question mark): “And will not … judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 27 h2lj figs-abstractnouns ἐκ φύσεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **nature** in another way (See [2:14](../02/14.md)). Alternate translation: “even though he is physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 2 27 pree figs-distinguish σὲ τὸν διὰ γράμματος καὶ περιτομῆς παραβάτην νόμου 1 Here, **though having the letter and circumcision** gives us further information about the **transgressor of the law**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “although you are circumcised and know God’s written law, since you transgress God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) +ROM 2 27 pree figs-metaphor σὲ τὸν διὰ γράμματος καὶ περιτομῆς παραβάτην νόμου 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the uncircumcised person as if he were a judge that condemns the Jew who transgresses **the law**, using evidence from their own law against them. Paul means that the uncircumcised Gentile who obeys the law is actually better off than a circumcised Jew who violates the law. If your readers would not understand what **through letter and circumcision** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “since you transgress the law, even though your circumcision obligates you to know and obey the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 2 27 q795 figs-abstractnouns παραβάτην νόμου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **transgressor** with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “as someone who transgresses the law” or “for breaking God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 27 nxa1 figs-metonymy γράμματος

1 Paul is figuratively describing **the law** by association with the letters that make up **the law**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the written law code” or “God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 28 bl6h figs-parallelism 1 merely outward in the flesh These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to clarify who is not a true member of God’s people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Certainly the outward marks of circumcision on the body do not reveal who is a true Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) From 506a5b59fe2e686a82569d788c14f498a6234135 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 21:58:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 115/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index c94e2acccc..2ae8da668e 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -406,10 +406,10 @@ ROM 2 26 mkhr figs-possession τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ νόμου 1 P ROM 2 26 be71 figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 will not his uncircumcision be considered as circumcision? Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize how important it is do what **the law** requires. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “certainly God will reckon him as circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 2 26 rjb5 figs-activepassive οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “won’t his uncircumcision count as circumcision” or “God will consider him circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 2 27 m8gf figs-parallelism 1 This verse communicates opposite things with similar phrases, to emphasize how **circumcision** is only beneficial if it is accompanied by fulfilling **the law** (See [2:25](../02/25.md)). Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ROM 2 27 lqz2 figs-distinguish καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα 1 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law? Here, **the uncircumcised by nature, fulfilling the law** gives us further information about the person who **will judge** the **transgressor of the law**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “Even if a Gentile is physically uncircumcised, but performs what the law requires, he will judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) +ROM 2 27 lqz2 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα 1 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law? If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since he is fulfilling the law, the uncircumcised by nature will judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM 2 27 rkxz grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ κρινεῖ 1 Here, **And** could indicate that what follows is continuing the rhetorical question in [2:26](../02/26.md). Alternate translation (replace ending exclamation point with a question mark): “And will not … judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 27 h2lj figs-abstractnouns ἐκ φύσεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **nature** in another way (See [2:14](../02/14.md)). Alternate translation: “even though he is physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 2 27 pree figs-metaphor σὲ τὸν διὰ γράμματος καὶ περιτομῆς παραβάτην νόμου 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the uncircumcised person as if he were a judge that condemns the Jew who transgresses **the law**, using evidence from their own law against them. Paul means that the uncircumcised Gentile who obeys the law is actually better off than a circumcised Jew who violates the law. If your readers would not understand what **through letter and circumcision** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “since you transgress the law, even though your circumcision obligates you to know and obey the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM 2 27 pree figs-metaphor σὲ τὸν διὰ γράμματος καὶ περιτομῆς παραβάτην νόμου 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the uncircumcised person as if he were a judge that condemns the Jew who transgresses **the law**, by using evidence from their own law against them. Paul means that the uncircumcised Gentile who obeys the law is actually better off than a circumcised Jew who violates the law. If your readers would not understand what **through letter and circumcision** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “since you transgress the law, even though your circumcision obligates you to know and obey the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 2 27 q795 figs-abstractnouns παραβάτην νόμου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **transgressor** with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “as someone who transgresses the law” or “for breaking God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 27 nxa1 figs-metonymy γράμματος

1 Paul is figuratively describing **the law** by association with the letters that make up **the law**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the written law code” or “God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 28 bl6h figs-parallelism 1 merely outward in the flesh These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to clarify who is not a true member of God’s people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Certainly the outward marks of circumcision on the body do not reveal who is a true Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) From f6147a65fc544f0375496749d42cbeb0430b063d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 22:01:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 116/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 2ae8da668e..acd37620f4 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -407,9 +407,10 @@ ROM 2 26 be71 figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ ε ROM 2 26 rjb5 figs-activepassive οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “won’t his uncircumcision count as circumcision” or “God will consider him circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 2 27 m8gf figs-parallelism 1 This verse communicates opposite things with similar phrases, to emphasize how **circumcision** is only beneficial if it is accompanied by fulfilling **the law** (See [2:25](../02/25.md)). Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 27 lqz2 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα 1 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law? If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since he is fulfilling the law, the uncircumcised by nature will judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-ROM 2 27 rkxz grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ κρινεῖ 1 Here, **And** could indicate that what follows is continuing the rhetorical question in [2:26](../02/26.md). Alternate translation (replace ending exclamation point with a question mark): “And will not … judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 2 27 rkxz grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 Here, **And** could indicate that what follows is continuing the rhetorical question in [2:26](../02/26.md). Alternate translation (replace ending exclamation point with a question mark): “And will not … judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 27 h2lj figs-abstractnouns ἐκ φύσεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **nature** in another way (See [2:14](../02/14.md)). Alternate translation: “even though he is physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 27 pree figs-metaphor σὲ τὸν διὰ γράμματος καὶ περιτομῆς παραβάτην νόμου 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the uncircumcised person as if he were a judge that condemns the Jew who transgresses **the law**, by using evidence from their own law against them. Paul means that the uncircumcised Gentile who obeys the law is actually better off than a circumcised Jew who violates the law. If your readers would not understand what **through letter and circumcision** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “since you transgress the law, even though your circumcision obligates you to know and obey the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM 2 27 zwh8 figs-metaphor 1 ROM 2 27 q795 figs-abstractnouns παραβάτην νόμου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **transgressor** with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “as someone who transgresses the law” or “for breaking God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 27 nxa1 figs-metonymy γράμματος

1 Paul is figuratively describing **the law** by association with the letters that make up **the law**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the written law code” or “God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 28 bl6h figs-parallelism 1 merely outward in the flesh These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to clarify who is not a true member of God’s people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Certainly the outward marks of circumcision on the body do not reveal who is a true Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) From 41b1f3a644a3b200485d90d19aadb34c659041ec Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 22:02:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 117/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index acd37620f4..b8544e7be7 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -409,6 +409,7 @@ ROM 2 27 m8gf figs-parallelism 1 This verse communicates opposite things with ROM 2 27 lqz2 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα 1 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law? If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since he is fulfilling the law, the uncircumcised by nature will judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM 2 27 rkxz grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 Here, **And** could indicate that what follows is continuing the rhetorical question in [2:26](../02/26.md). Alternate translation (replace ending exclamation point with a question mark): “And will not … judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 27 h2lj figs-abstractnouns ἐκ φύσεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **nature** in another way (See [2:14](../02/14.md)). Alternate translation: “even though he is physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 2 27 w7u3 figs-ellipsis σὲ τὸν 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 2 27 pree figs-metaphor σὲ τὸν διὰ γράμματος καὶ περιτομῆς παραβάτην νόμου 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the uncircumcised person as if he were a judge that condemns the Jew who transgresses **the law**, by using evidence from their own law against them. Paul means that the uncircumcised Gentile who obeys the law is actually better off than a circumcised Jew who violates the law. If your readers would not understand what **through letter and circumcision** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “since you transgress the law, even though your circumcision obligates you to know and obey the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 2 27 zwh8 figs-metaphor 1 ROM 2 27 q795 figs-abstractnouns παραβάτην νόμου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **transgressor** with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “as someone who transgresses the law” or “for breaking God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 6acc6fd67acb1dc265db7eee15e6d05efcbb8bd4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 22:06:40 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 118/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index b8544e7be7..065b1a16da 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ ROM 2 27 lqz2 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύ ROM 2 27 rkxz grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 Here, **And** could indicate that what follows is continuing the rhetorical question in [2:26](../02/26.md). Alternate translation (replace ending exclamation point with a question mark): “And will not … judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 27 h2lj figs-abstractnouns ἐκ φύσεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **nature** in another way (See [2:14](../02/14.md)). Alternate translation: “even though he is physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 27 w7u3 figs-ellipsis σὲ τὸν 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 2 27 pree figs-metaphor σὲ τὸν διὰ γράμματος καὶ περιτομῆς παραβάτην νόμου 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the uncircumcised person as if he were a judge that condemns the Jew who transgresses **the law**, by using evidence from their own law against them. Paul means that the uncircumcised Gentile who obeys the law is actually better off than a circumcised Jew who violates the law. If your readers would not understand what **through letter and circumcision** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “since you transgress the law, even though your circumcision obligates you to know and obey the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM 2 27 pree figs-metaphor σὲ τὸν διὰ γράμματος καὶ περιτομῆς παραβάτην νόμου 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the uncircumcised person as if he were a judge that condemns the Jew who transgresses **the law**, by using evidence from their own law against them. Paul means that the uncircumcised Gentile who obeys the law is actually better off than a circumcised Jew who violates the law. If your readers would not understand what **through letter and circumcision** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “transgress the law, even though you know what the law requires for the circumcised person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 2 27 zwh8 figs-metaphor 1 ROM 2 27 q795 figs-abstractnouns παραβάτην νόμου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **transgressor** with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “as someone who transgresses the law” or “for breaking God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 27 nxa1 figs-metonymy γράμματος

1 Paul is figuratively describing **the law** by association with the letters that make up **the law**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the written law code” or “God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 4750176c7dec19c964f8bf0a830515ceb2b8515f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 22:08:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 119/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 065b1a16da..5601686c50 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ ROM 2 27 h2lj figs-abstractnouns ἐκ φύσεως 1 If your language does not ROM 2 27 w7u3 figs-ellipsis σὲ τὸν 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 2 27 pree figs-metaphor σὲ τὸν διὰ γράμματος καὶ περιτομῆς παραβάτην νόμου 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the uncircumcised person as if he were a judge that condemns the Jew who transgresses **the law**, by using evidence from their own law against them. Paul means that the uncircumcised Gentile who obeys the law is actually better off than a circumcised Jew who violates the law. If your readers would not understand what **through letter and circumcision** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “transgress the law, even though you know what the law requires for the circumcised person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 2 27 zwh8 figs-metaphor 1 -ROM 2 27 q795 figs-abstractnouns παραβάτην νόμου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **transgressor** with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “as someone who transgresses the law” or “for breaking God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 2 27 q795 figs-abstractnouns παραβάτην νόμου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **transgressor** with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “someone who transgresses the law” or “someone who breaks God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 27 nxa1 figs-metonymy γράμματος

1 Paul is figuratively describing **the law** by association with the letters that make up **the law**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the written law code” or “God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 28 bl6h figs-parallelism 1 merely outward in the flesh These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to clarify who is not a true member of God’s people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Certainly the outward marks of circumcision on the body do not reveal who is a true Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 28 g2vh grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 outwardly Here, **For** indicates that what follows is Paul’s conclusion to his arguments in [2:25-27](../02/25.md). Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Truly” or “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) From 8cf882e228d03bcd507e67c866c3d7585b331b06 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 22:13:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 120/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 5601686c50..dbe7f94dfa 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -430,6 +430,7 @@ ROM 2 29 dd3p figs-synecdoche γράμματι 1 in the Spirit, not in the lette ROM 2 29 qa6b figs-possession οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος οὐκ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 in the Spirit Paul is using the possessive form **of him** to describe from whom **the one who is inwardly a Jew** receives **praise**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “his” instead of the noun “him” or express this idea as a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “his praise is not from people but from God” or “God is who praises him not human beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 intro y2kb 0 # Romans 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 4 and 10-18 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

Chapter 3 answers the question, “What advantage does being a Jew have over being a Gentile?” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])

### “For all have sinned and come short of the glory of God”

Because God is holy, anyone with him in heaven must be perfect. Any sin at all will condemn a person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]])

### The purpose of the law of Moses

Obeying the law cannot make a person right with God. Obeying God’s law is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

Paul frequently uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]]) ROM 3 1 v788 figs-rquestion τί οὖν 1 Connecting Statement: Paul is using a series rhetorical questions in [3:1–9](../03/01.md) to emphasize that “Jews and Greeks” are “under sin.” If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation as in the UST or communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+ROM 3 1 vrm4 figs-parallelism τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show the similarity between **the Jew** and **the circumcision**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “How long would you be away?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 1 bjfo figs-abstractnouns τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **advantage** or **benefit**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “How then does the Jew gain anything, or how does being circumcised profit anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 1 gcd6 figs-ellipsis τί…τίς 1 Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision? Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 1 h4h3 figs-possession τοῦ Ἰουδαίου 1 Paul is using the possessive form **of the Jew** to describe for whom **the advantage** is. If this is not clear in your language, you could replace **of** with the word “for.” Alternate translation: “for the Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) From 34ca9dbf4dbd1bb16e86df52ccd2cb8863d84a52 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 22:14:28 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 121/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index dbe7f94dfa..8480502313 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ ROM 2 29 dd3p figs-synecdoche γράμματι 1 in the Spirit, not in the lette ROM 2 29 qa6b figs-possession οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος οὐκ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 in the Spirit Paul is using the possessive form **of him** to describe from whom **the one who is inwardly a Jew** receives **praise**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “his” instead of the noun “him” or express this idea as a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “his praise is not from people but from God” or “God is who praises him not human beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 intro y2kb 0 # Romans 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 4 and 10-18 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

Chapter 3 answers the question, “What advantage does being a Jew have over being a Gentile?” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])

### “For all have sinned and come short of the glory of God”

Because God is holy, anyone with him in heaven must be perfect. Any sin at all will condemn a person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]])

### The purpose of the law of Moses

Obeying the law cannot make a person right with God. Obeying God’s law is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

Paul frequently uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]]) ROM 3 1 v788 figs-rquestion τί οὖν 1 Connecting Statement: Paul is using a series rhetorical questions in [3:1–9](../03/01.md) to emphasize that “Jews and Greeks” are “under sin.” If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation as in the UST or communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-ROM 3 1 vrm4 figs-parallelism τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show the similarity between **the Jew** and **the circumcision**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “How long would you be away?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 3 1 vrm4 figs-parallelism τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show the similarity between **the Jew** and **the circumcision**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “How then is being a Jew or being circumcised beneficial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 1 bjfo figs-abstractnouns τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **advantage** or **benefit**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “How then does the Jew gain anything, or how does being circumcised profit anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 1 gcd6 figs-ellipsis τί…τίς 1 Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision? Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 1 h4h3 figs-possession τοῦ Ἰουδαίου 1 Paul is using the possessive form **of the Jew** to describe for whom **the advantage** is. If this is not clear in your language, you could replace **of** with the word “for.” Alternate translation: “for the Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) From 4ff2d45896942384332274949d98978068159cdd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 22:44:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 122/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 5 ++--- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 8480502313..1f248cdf71 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -435,9 +435,8 @@ ROM 3 1 bjfo figs-abstractnouns τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰ ROM 3 1 gcd6 figs-ellipsis τί…τίς 1 Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision? Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 1 h4h3 figs-possession τοῦ Ἰουδαίου 1 Paul is using the possessive form **of the Jew** to describe for whom **the advantage** is. If this is not clear in your language, you could replace **of** with the word “for.” Alternate translation: “for the Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 1 l79f figs-possession τῆς περιτομῆς 1 Paul is using the possessive form **of the circumcision** to describe from where **the benefit** comes. If this is not clear in your language, you could replace **of the** with the phrase “that comes from.” Alternate translation: “that comes from circumcision” or “from being circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 3 2 rri9 figs-explicit πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον 1 It is great in every way Paul now responds to the concerns brought up in verse 1. Here, **Great in every way!** is an emphatic answer to that question. Alternate translation: “But there is great advantage to being a Jew!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 3 2 q2dh πρῶτον μὲν 1 First of all This could mean: (1) “first in order of time.” (2) “most certainly.” (3) This could mean “most importantly.” -ROM 3 2 r62g figs-explicit ἐπιστεύθησαν τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 they were entrusted with revelation from God Here, **the sayings of God** refers to God’s words and promises. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God gave his words that contain his promises to the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 3 2 rri9 figs-ellipsis πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον 1 It is great in every way Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “The advantage of the Jew and the benefit of the circumcision is great is every way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 3 2 kzlh figs-hyperbole πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον 1 Here, **Great in every way** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show his enthusiasm for “the Jew” and “the circumcision.” Paul does not mean that there are no disadvantages for Jews or non-beneficial aspects of circumcision. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows enthusiasm. Alternate translation: “There are many ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ROM 3 3 d9k3 figs-rquestion τί γάρ εἰ ἠπίστησάν τινες? μὴ ἡ ἀπιστία αὐτῶν, τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταργήσει? 1 For what if some Jews were without faith? Will their unbelief abolish God’s faithfulness? Paul uses these questions to make people think. Alternate translation: “Some Jews have not been faithful to God. Should we conclude from this that God will not fulfill his promise?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 4 z465 μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have an expression in your language that you could use here. “That is not possible!” or “Certainly not!” ROM 3 4 kz4j γινέσθω δὲ ὁ Θεὸς 1 Instead, let be found “We should say this instead, let God be” From b7026c38a6fad66227f06aa22bf3ef02fac093a0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 22:56:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 123/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 1f248cdf71..1b9279b510 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -436,7 +436,8 @@ ROM 3 1 gcd6 figs-ellipsis τί…τίς 1 Then what advantage does the Jew have ROM 3 1 h4h3 figs-possession τοῦ Ἰουδαίου 1 Paul is using the possessive form **of the Jew** to describe for whom **the advantage** is. If this is not clear in your language, you could replace **of** with the word “for.” Alternate translation: “for the Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 1 l79f figs-possession τῆς περιτομῆς 1 Paul is using the possessive form **of the circumcision** to describe from where **the benefit** comes. If this is not clear in your language, you could replace **of the** with the phrase “that comes from.” Alternate translation: “that comes from circumcision” or “from being circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 2 rri9 figs-ellipsis πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον 1 It is great in every way Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “The advantage of the Jew and the benefit of the circumcision is great is every way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 3 2 kzlh figs-hyperbole πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον 1 Here, **Great in every way** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show his enthusiasm for “the Jew” and “the circumcision.” Paul does not mean that there are no disadvantages for Jews or non-beneficial aspects of circumcision. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows enthusiasm. Alternate translation: “There are many ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+ROM 3 2 kzlh figs-hyperbole πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον 1 Here, **Great in every way** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show his enthusiasm for “the Jew” and “the circumcision” (See [3:1](../03/01.md)). Paul does not mean that there are no disadvantages for Jews or non-beneficial aspects of circumcision. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows enthusiasm. Alternate translation: “There are many ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+ROM 3 2 f2fa πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ 1 Here, **First of all** indicates that what follows is the primary reason why being a Jew is beneficial. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 3 d9k3 figs-rquestion τί γάρ εἰ ἠπίστησάν τινες? μὴ ἡ ἀπιστία αὐτῶν, τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταργήσει? 1 For what if some Jews were without faith? Will their unbelief abolish God’s faithfulness? Paul uses these questions to make people think. Alternate translation: “Some Jews have not been faithful to God. Should we conclude from this that God will not fulfill his promise?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 4 z465 μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have an expression in your language that you could use here. “That is not possible!” or “Certainly not!” ROM 3 4 kz4j γινέσθω δὲ ὁ Θεὸς 1 Instead, let be found “We should say this instead, let God be” From 10fc4a076bdbfd6abe7f22491effab495384050f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 22:58:47 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 124/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 1b9279b510..34458e7d56 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ ROM 3 1 h4h3 figs-possession τοῦ Ἰουδαίου 1 Paul is using the poss ROM 3 1 l79f figs-possession τῆς περιτομῆς 1 Paul is using the possessive form **of the circumcision** to describe from where **the benefit** comes. If this is not clear in your language, you could replace **of the** with the phrase “that comes from.” Alternate translation: “that comes from circumcision” or “from being circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 2 rri9 figs-ellipsis πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον 1 It is great in every way Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “The advantage of the Jew and the benefit of the circumcision is great is every way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 2 kzlh figs-hyperbole πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον 1 Here, **Great in every way** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show his enthusiasm for “the Jew” and “the circumcision” (See [3:1](../03/01.md)). Paul does not mean that there are no disadvantages for Jews or non-beneficial aspects of circumcision. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows enthusiasm. Alternate translation: “There are many ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-ROM 3 2 f2fa πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ 1 Here, **First of all** indicates that what follows is the primary reason why being a Jew is beneficial. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 3 2 f2fa grammar-connect-words-phrases πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ ὅτι 1 Here, **First of all, that** indicates that what follows is the primary reason why being a Jew is beneficial. Alternate translation (remove comma after **all**): “Certainly, the primary benefit is that” or “Indeed, the most important thing is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 3 d9k3 figs-rquestion τί γάρ εἰ ἠπίστησάν τινες? μὴ ἡ ἀπιστία αὐτῶν, τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταργήσει? 1 For what if some Jews were without faith? Will their unbelief abolish God’s faithfulness? Paul uses these questions to make people think. Alternate translation: “Some Jews have not been faithful to God. Should we conclude from this that God will not fulfill his promise?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 4 z465 μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have an expression in your language that you could use here. “That is not possible!” or “Certainly not!” ROM 3 4 kz4j γινέσθω δὲ ὁ Θεὸς 1 Instead, let be found “We should say this instead, let God be” From 7e188ba2f1a0d4940b47a73d9f9769342a81e920 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 22:59:25 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 125/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 34458e7d56..6868e96c20 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ ROM 3 1 h4h3 figs-possession τοῦ Ἰουδαίου 1 Paul is using the poss ROM 3 1 l79f figs-possession τῆς περιτομῆς 1 Paul is using the possessive form **of the circumcision** to describe from where **the benefit** comes. If this is not clear in your language, you could replace **of the** with the phrase “that comes from.” Alternate translation: “that comes from circumcision” or “from being circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 2 rri9 figs-ellipsis πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον 1 It is great in every way Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “The advantage of the Jew and the benefit of the circumcision is great is every way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 2 kzlh figs-hyperbole πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον 1 Here, **Great in every way** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show his enthusiasm for “the Jew” and “the circumcision” (See [3:1](../03/01.md)). Paul does not mean that there are no disadvantages for Jews or non-beneficial aspects of circumcision. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows enthusiasm. Alternate translation: “There are many ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-ROM 3 2 f2fa grammar-connect-words-phrases πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ ὅτι 1 Here, **First of all, that** indicates that what follows is the primary reason why being a Jew is beneficial. Alternate translation (remove comma after **all**): “Certainly, the primary benefit is that” or “Indeed, the most important thing is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 3 2 f2fa grammar-connect-words-phrases πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ ὅτι 1 Here, **First of all, that** emphasizes that what follows is the primary reason why being a Jew is beneficial. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation (remove comma after **all**): “Certainly, the primary benefit is that” or “Indeed, the most important thing is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 3 d9k3 figs-rquestion τί γάρ εἰ ἠπίστησάν τινες? μὴ ἡ ἀπιστία αὐτῶν, τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταργήσει? 1 For what if some Jews were without faith? Will their unbelief abolish God’s faithfulness? Paul uses these questions to make people think. Alternate translation: “Some Jews have not been faithful to God. Should we conclude from this that God will not fulfill his promise?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 4 z465 μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have an expression in your language that you could use here. “That is not possible!” or “Certainly not!” ROM 3 4 kz4j γινέσθω δὲ ὁ Θεὸς 1 Instead, let be found “We should say this instead, let God be” From 9328461d91bbd61824396f7682a9861bb9bfb7a0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 23:01:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 126/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 6868e96c20..c4b15450c9 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -438,6 +438,7 @@ ROM 3 1 l79f figs-possession τῆς περιτομῆς 1 Paul is using the po ROM 3 2 rri9 figs-ellipsis πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον 1 It is great in every way Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “The advantage of the Jew and the benefit of the circumcision is great is every way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 2 kzlh figs-hyperbole πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον 1 Here, **Great in every way** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show his enthusiasm for “the Jew” and “the circumcision” (See [3:1](../03/01.md)). Paul does not mean that there are no disadvantages for Jews or non-beneficial aspects of circumcision. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows enthusiasm. Alternate translation: “There are many ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ROM 3 2 f2fa grammar-connect-words-phrases πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ ὅτι 1 Here, **First of all, that** emphasizes that what follows is the primary reason why being a Jew is beneficial. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation (remove comma after **all**): “Certainly, the primary benefit is that” or “Indeed, the most important thing is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 3 2 mrej figs-activepassive ἐπιστεύθησαν τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God entrusted them with his sayings” or “God trusted them to preserve the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 3 d9k3 figs-rquestion τί γάρ εἰ ἠπίστησάν τινες? μὴ ἡ ἀπιστία αὐτῶν, τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταργήσει? 1 For what if some Jews were without faith? Will their unbelief abolish God’s faithfulness? Paul uses these questions to make people think. Alternate translation: “Some Jews have not been faithful to God. Should we conclude from this that God will not fulfill his promise?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 4 z465 μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have an expression in your language that you could use here. “That is not possible!” or “Certainly not!” ROM 3 4 kz4j γινέσθω δὲ ὁ Θεὸς 1 Instead, let be found “We should say this instead, let God be” From c1455f03e0b02c0b1371a879fca42e1ecf5a8b19 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 23:05:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 127/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index c4b15450c9..47b25c1656 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -439,6 +439,7 @@ ROM 3 2 rri9 figs-ellipsis πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον 1 It is g ROM 3 2 kzlh figs-hyperbole πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον 1 Here, **Great in every way** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show his enthusiasm for “the Jew” and “the circumcision” (See [3:1](../03/01.md)). Paul does not mean that there are no disadvantages for Jews or non-beneficial aspects of circumcision. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows enthusiasm. Alternate translation: “There are many ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ROM 3 2 f2fa grammar-connect-words-phrases πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ ὅτι 1 Here, **First of all, that** emphasizes that what follows is the primary reason why being a Jew is beneficial. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation (remove comma after **all**): “Certainly, the primary benefit is that” or “Indeed, the most important thing is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 2 mrej figs-activepassive ἐπιστεύθησαν τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God entrusted them with his sayings” or “God trusted them to preserve the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 3 2 jkgk figs-idiom τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the term **the sayings of God** is an idiom meaning “divine messages” or “prophetic announcements.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “with ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 3 d9k3 figs-rquestion τί γάρ εἰ ἠπίστησάν τινες? μὴ ἡ ἀπιστία αὐτῶν, τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταργήσει? 1 For what if some Jews were without faith? Will their unbelief abolish God’s faithfulness? Paul uses these questions to make people think. Alternate translation: “Some Jews have not been faithful to God. Should we conclude from this that God will not fulfill his promise?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 4 z465 μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have an expression in your language that you could use here. “That is not possible!” or “Certainly not!” ROM 3 4 kz4j γινέσθω δὲ ὁ Θεὸς 1 Instead, let be found “We should say this instead, let God be” From 857aabd3e1246a9fb7bb3b4ddf6bec3aa2dbebd5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 23:08:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 128/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 47b25c1656..2cafd57271 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ ROM 3 2 rri9 figs-ellipsis πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον 1 It is g ROM 3 2 kzlh figs-hyperbole πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον 1 Here, **Great in every way** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show his enthusiasm for “the Jew” and “the circumcision” (See [3:1](../03/01.md)). Paul does not mean that there are no disadvantages for Jews or non-beneficial aspects of circumcision. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows enthusiasm. Alternate translation: “There are many ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ROM 3 2 f2fa grammar-connect-words-phrases πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ ὅτι 1 Here, **First of all, that** emphasizes that what follows is the primary reason why being a Jew is beneficial. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation (remove comma after **all**): “Certainly, the primary benefit is that” or “Indeed, the most important thing is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 2 mrej figs-activepassive ἐπιστεύθησαν τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God entrusted them with his sayings” or “God trusted them to preserve the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 3 2 jkgk figs-idiom τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the term **the sayings of God** is an idiom meaning “divine messages” or “prophetic announcements.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “with ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 3 2 jkgk figs-idiom τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the term **the sayings of God** is an idiom meaning “divine messages” or “prophetic announcements.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “with messages that God announced to them through his prophets” or “with the divine messages written in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 3 d9k3 figs-rquestion τί γάρ εἰ ἠπίστησάν τινες? μὴ ἡ ἀπιστία αὐτῶν, τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταργήσει? 1 For what if some Jews were without faith? Will their unbelief abolish God’s faithfulness? Paul uses these questions to make people think. Alternate translation: “Some Jews have not been faithful to God. Should we conclude from this that God will not fulfill his promise?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 4 z465 μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have an expression in your language that you could use here. “That is not possible!” or “Certainly not!” ROM 3 4 kz4j γινέσθω δὲ ὁ Θεὸς 1 Instead, let be found “We should say this instead, let God be” From bbad19193d6fd5c5488eadd5cfdee3494c071e14 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 23:09:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 129/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 2cafd57271..7fa053a615 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ ROM 3 2 rri9 figs-ellipsis πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον 1 It is g ROM 3 2 kzlh figs-hyperbole πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον 1 Here, **Great in every way** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show his enthusiasm for “the Jew” and “the circumcision” (See [3:1](../03/01.md)). Paul does not mean that there are no disadvantages for Jews or non-beneficial aspects of circumcision. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows enthusiasm. Alternate translation: “There are many ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ROM 3 2 f2fa grammar-connect-words-phrases πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ ὅτι 1 Here, **First of all, that** emphasizes that what follows is the primary reason why being a Jew is beneficial. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation (remove comma after **all**): “Certainly, the primary benefit is that” or “Indeed, the most important thing is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 2 mrej figs-activepassive ἐπιστεύθησαν τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God entrusted them with his sayings” or “God trusted them to preserve the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 3 2 jkgk figs-idiom τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the term **the sayings of God** is an idiom meaning “divine messages” or “prophetic announcements.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “with messages that God announced to them through his prophets” or “with the divine messages written in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 3 2 jkgk figs-idiom τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the term **the sayings of God** is an idiom meaning “divine messages” or “prophetic announcements from God.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “with messages that God announced to them through his prophets” or “with the divine messages written in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 3 d9k3 figs-rquestion τί γάρ εἰ ἠπίστησάν τινες? μὴ ἡ ἀπιστία αὐτῶν, τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταργήσει? 1 For what if some Jews were without faith? Will their unbelief abolish God’s faithfulness? Paul uses these questions to make people think. Alternate translation: “Some Jews have not been faithful to God. Should we conclude from this that God will not fulfill his promise?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 4 z465 μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have an expression in your language that you could use here. “That is not possible!” or “Certainly not!” ROM 3 4 kz4j γινέσθω δὲ ὁ Θεὸς 1 Instead, let be found “We should say this instead, let God be” From fb833921ffcbd86410865347831ad25c24633e6e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 23:20:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 130/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 7fa053a615..80f4dca11c 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ ROM 3 2 kzlh figs-hyperbole πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον 1 Here, ROM 3 2 f2fa grammar-connect-words-phrases πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ ὅτι 1 Here, **First of all, that** emphasizes that what follows is the primary reason why being a Jew is beneficial. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation (remove comma after **all**): “Certainly, the primary benefit is that” or “Indeed, the most important thing is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 2 mrej figs-activepassive ἐπιστεύθησαν τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God entrusted them with his sayings” or “God trusted them to preserve the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 2 jkgk figs-idiom τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the term **the sayings of God** is an idiom meaning “divine messages” or “prophetic announcements from God.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “with messages that God announced to them through his prophets” or “with the divine messages written in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 3 3 d9k3 figs-rquestion τί γάρ εἰ ἠπίστησάν τινες? μὴ ἡ ἀπιστία αὐτῶν, τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταργήσει? 1 For what if some Jews were without faith? Will their unbelief abolish God’s faithfulness? Paul uses these questions to make people think. Alternate translation: “Some Jews have not been faithful to God. Should we conclude from this that God will not fulfill his promise?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 3 3 d9k3 grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 For what if some Jews were without faith? Will their unbelief abolish God’s faithfulness? Here, **For** introduces Paul’s next rhetorical question. Use a natural way to introduce a rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “Yet,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 4 z465 μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have an expression in your language that you could use here. “That is not possible!” or “Certainly not!” ROM 3 4 kz4j γινέσθω δὲ ὁ Θεὸς 1 Instead, let be found “We should say this instead, let God be” ROM 3 4 ld9h figs-explicit γινέσθω…ὁ Θεὸς ἀληθής 1 let God be found to be true God will always be true and will keep his promises. Alternate translation: “God always does what he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 751ad0e896209f477ec7fcbce4c67c17cc3a8319 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 23:37:06 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 131/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 80f4dca11c..15f36d9477 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -441,6 +441,7 @@ ROM 3 2 f2fa grammar-connect-words-phrases πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ ὅτι ROM 3 2 mrej figs-activepassive ἐπιστεύθησαν τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God entrusted them with his sayings” or “God trusted them to preserve the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 2 jkgk figs-idiom τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the term **the sayings of God** is an idiom meaning “divine messages” or “prophetic announcements from God.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “with messages that God announced to them through his prophets” or “with the divine messages written in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 3 d9k3 grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 For what if some Jews were without faith? Will their unbelief abolish God’s faithfulness? Here, **For** introduces Paul’s next rhetorical question. Use a natural way to introduce a rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “Yet,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 3 3 i36p writing-pronouns τινες 1 The pronoun **some** refers to the Jews. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “some of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 3 4 z465 μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have an expression in your language that you could use here. “That is not possible!” or “Certainly not!” ROM 3 4 kz4j γινέσθω δὲ ὁ Θεὸς 1 Instead, let be found “We should say this instead, let God be” ROM 3 4 ld9h figs-explicit γινέσθω…ὁ Θεὸς ἀληθής 1 let God be found to be true God will always be true and will keep his promises. Alternate translation: “God always does what he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From e970a5d6e8192c7bf093908ee7eb8d4dcb7f64a4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 23:47:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 132/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 15f36d9477..5863e07cbd 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -442,6 +442,7 @@ ROM 3 2 mrej figs-activepassive ἐπιστεύθησαν τὰ λόγια το ROM 3 2 jkgk figs-idiom τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the term **the sayings of God** is an idiom meaning “divine messages” or “prophetic announcements from God.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “with messages that God announced to them through his prophets” or “with the divine messages written in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 3 d9k3 grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 For what if some Jews were without faith? Will their unbelief abolish God’s faithfulness? Here, **For** introduces Paul’s next rhetorical question. Use a natural way to introduce a rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “Yet,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 3 i36p writing-pronouns τινες 1 The pronoun **some** refers to the Jews. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “some of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 3 3 pkae figs-abstractnouns μὴ ἡ ἀπιστία αὐτῶν, τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταργήσει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **unfaithfulness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation (replace question mark with an exclamation point): “How faithless they are cannot nullify how faithful God is, can it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns) ROM 3 4 z465 μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have an expression in your language that you could use here. “That is not possible!” or “Certainly not!” ROM 3 4 kz4j γινέσθω δὲ ὁ Θεὸς 1 Instead, let be found “We should say this instead, let God be” ROM 3 4 ld9h figs-explicit γινέσθω…ὁ Θεὸς ἀληθής 1 let God be found to be true God will always be true and will keep his promises. Alternate translation: “God always does what he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 28c1cdc97ee759dfb7df54c2d0ef941c9858a7bb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 23:47:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 133/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 5863e07cbd..7bca162a5f 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ ROM 3 2 mrej figs-activepassive ἐπιστεύθησαν τὰ λόγια το ROM 3 2 jkgk figs-idiom τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the term **the sayings of God** is an idiom meaning “divine messages” or “prophetic announcements from God.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “with messages that God announced to them through his prophets” or “with the divine messages written in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 3 d9k3 grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 For what if some Jews were without faith? Will their unbelief abolish God’s faithfulness? Here, **For** introduces Paul’s next rhetorical question. Use a natural way to introduce a rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “Yet,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 3 i36p writing-pronouns τινες 1 The pronoun **some** refers to the Jews. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “some of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 3 3 pkae figs-abstractnouns μὴ ἡ ἀπιστία αὐτῶν, τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταργήσει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **unfaithfulness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation (replace question mark with an exclamation point): “How faithless they are cannot nullify how faithful God is, can it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns) +ROM 3 3 pkae figs-abstractnouns μὴ ἡ ἀπιστία αὐτῶν, τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταργήσει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **unfaithfulness**, you could express the same idea in another way or as an exclamation like the UST. Alternate translation (replace question mark with an exclamation point): “How faithless they are cannot nullify how faithful God is, can it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns) ROM 3 4 z465 μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have an expression in your language that you could use here. “That is not possible!” or “Certainly not!” ROM 3 4 kz4j γινέσθω δὲ ὁ Θεὸς 1 Instead, let be found “We should say this instead, let God be” ROM 3 4 ld9h figs-explicit γινέσθω…ὁ Θεὸς ἀληθής 1 let God be found to be true God will always be true and will keep his promises. Alternate translation: “God always does what he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 3b8ef05886765f74b5823c5e0196cacf43c43697 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 23:49:28 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 134/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 7bca162a5f..3dce98d93c 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ ROM 3 2 mrej figs-activepassive ἐπιστεύθησαν τὰ λόγια το ROM 3 2 jkgk figs-idiom τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the term **the sayings of God** is an idiom meaning “divine messages” or “prophetic announcements from God.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “with messages that God announced to them through his prophets” or “with the divine messages written in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 3 d9k3 grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 For what if some Jews were without faith? Will their unbelief abolish God’s faithfulness? Here, **For** introduces Paul’s next rhetorical question. Use a natural way to introduce a rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “Yet,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 3 i36p writing-pronouns τινες 1 The pronoun **some** refers to the Jews. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “some of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 3 3 pkae figs-abstractnouns μὴ ἡ ἀπιστία αὐτῶν, τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταργήσει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **unfaithfulness**, you could express the same idea in another way or as an exclamation like the UST. Alternate translation (replace question mark with an exclamation point): “How faithless they are cannot nullify how faithful God is, can it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns) +ROM 3 3 pkae figs-abstractnouns μὴ ἡ ἀπιστία αὐτῶν, τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταργήσει 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **unfaithfulness** or **faithfulness**, you could express the same ideas in another way or as an exclamation like the UST. Alternate translation (replace question mark with an exclamation point): “How faithless they are cannot nullify how faithful God is, can it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns) ROM 3 4 z465 μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have an expression in your language that you could use here. “That is not possible!” or “Certainly not!” ROM 3 4 kz4j γινέσθω δὲ ὁ Θεὸς 1 Instead, let be found “We should say this instead, let God be” ROM 3 4 ld9h figs-explicit γινέσθω…ὁ Θεὸς ἀληθής 1 let God be found to be true God will always be true and will keep his promises. Alternate translation: “God always does what he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From bafbdc837b25dc559370a056bf28a9245f28af91 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 23:52:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 135/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 3dce98d93c..8d6f990af4 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -443,6 +443,7 @@ ROM 3 2 jkgk figs-idiom τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the term **t ROM 3 3 d9k3 grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 For what if some Jews were without faith? Will their unbelief abolish God’s faithfulness? Here, **For** introduces Paul’s next rhetorical question. Use a natural way to introduce a rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “Yet,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 3 i36p writing-pronouns τινες 1 The pronoun **some** refers to the Jews. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “some of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 3 3 pkae figs-abstractnouns μὴ ἡ ἀπιστία αὐτῶν, τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταργήσει 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **unfaithfulness** or **faithfulness**, you could express the same ideas in another way or as an exclamation like the UST. Alternate translation (replace question mark with an exclamation point): “How faithless they are cannot nullify how faithful God is, can it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns) +ROM 3 3 moq7 figs-abstractnouns τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the faithfulness** that characterizes **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun “God” or with a verbal phrase like the UST. Alternate translation: “God’s faithfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 4 z465 μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have an expression in your language that you could use here. “That is not possible!” or “Certainly not!” ROM 3 4 kz4j γινέσθω δὲ ὁ Θεὸς 1 Instead, let be found “We should say this instead, let God be” ROM 3 4 ld9h figs-explicit γινέσθω…ὁ Θεὸς ἀληθής 1 let God be found to be true God will always be true and will keep his promises. Alternate translation: “God always does what he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 7dc27c64816be9dca14353495420057793cb34a9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 00:02:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 136/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 8d6f990af4..19774f7f7a 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ ROM 3 3 d9k3 grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 For what if some Jews were w ROM 3 3 i36p writing-pronouns τινες 1 The pronoun **some** refers to the Jews. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “some of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 3 3 pkae figs-abstractnouns μὴ ἡ ἀπιστία αὐτῶν, τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταργήσει 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **unfaithfulness** or **faithfulness**, you could express the same ideas in another way or as an exclamation like the UST. Alternate translation (replace question mark with an exclamation point): “How faithless they are cannot nullify how faithful God is, can it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns) ROM 3 3 moq7 figs-abstractnouns τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the faithfulness** that characterizes **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun “God” or with a verbal phrase like the UST. Alternate translation: “God’s faithfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 3 4 z465 μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have an expression in your language that you could use here. “That is not possible!” or “Certainly not!” +ROM 3 4 z465 figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be **May it never be** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong prohibition. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating a strong prohibition. Alternate translation: “Absolutely not” or “Certainly not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 4 kz4j γινέσθω δὲ ὁ Θεὸς 1 Instead, let be found “We should say this instead, let God be” ROM 3 4 ld9h figs-explicit γινέσθω…ὁ Θεὸς ἀληθής 1 let God be found to be true God will always be true and will keep his promises. Alternate translation: “God always does what he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 4 nud9 figs-hyperbole πᾶς δὲ ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης 1 even though every man is a liar The words **every** and **liar** are exaggerations here to add emphasis that God alone is always true to his promises. Alternate translation: “even if every man were a liar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) From 8a6d182e4cdc61009e8bc469d757e1ac6bfc4e74 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 13:39:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 137/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 19774f7f7a..a9c513363b 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ ROM 3 3 i36p writing-pronouns τινες 1 The pronoun **some** refers to the J ROM 3 3 pkae figs-abstractnouns μὴ ἡ ἀπιστία αὐτῶν, τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταργήσει 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **unfaithfulness** or **faithfulness**, you could express the same ideas in another way or as an exclamation like the UST. Alternate translation (replace question mark with an exclamation point): “How faithless they are cannot nullify how faithful God is, can it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns) ROM 3 3 moq7 figs-abstractnouns τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the faithfulness** that characterizes **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun “God” or with a verbal phrase like the UST. Alternate translation: “God’s faithfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 4 z465 figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be **May it never be** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong prohibition. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating a strong prohibition. Alternate translation: “Absolutely not” or “Certainly not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) -ROM 3 4 kz4j γινέσθω δὲ ὁ Θεὸς 1 Instead, let be found “We should say this instead, let God be” +ROM 3 4 kz4j grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Instead, let be found What follows the word **Instead** here is in contrast to the idea in [3:3](..03/03/.md) that “unfaithful” Jews could “abolish” “the faithfulness of God.” Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But” or “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 3 4 ld9h figs-explicit γινέσθω…ὁ Θεὸς ἀληθής 1 let God be found to be true God will always be true and will keep his promises. Alternate translation: “God always does what he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 4 nud9 figs-hyperbole πᾶς δὲ ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης 1 even though every man is a liar The words **every** and **liar** are exaggerations here to add emphasis that God alone is always true to his promises. Alternate translation: “even if every man were a liar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 3 4 te39 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it has been written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Just as the scriptures themselves agree with what I am saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From b6e19964c260cdfb243de54975fbb575656a70c8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 13:47:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 138/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index a9c513363b..539130a1b5 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ ROM 3 3 pkae figs-abstractnouns μὴ ἡ ἀπιστία αὐτῶν, τὴν ROM 3 3 moq7 figs-abstractnouns τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the faithfulness** that characterizes **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun “God” or with a verbal phrase like the UST. Alternate translation: “God’s faithfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 4 z465 figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be **May it never be** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong prohibition. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating a strong prohibition. Alternate translation: “Absolutely not” or “Certainly not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 4 kz4j grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Instead, let be found What follows the word **Instead** here is in contrast to the idea in [3:3](..03/03/.md) that “unfaithful” Jews could “abolish” “the faithfulness of God.” Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But” or “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -ROM 3 4 ld9h figs-explicit γινέσθω…ὁ Θεὸς ἀληθής 1 let God be found to be true God will always be true and will keep his promises. Alternate translation: “God always does what he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 3 4 ld9h figs-explicit γινέσθω…ὁ Θεὸς ἀληθής 1 let God be found to be true This is an imperative, but this was not a command that people are capable of obeying. Instead, Paul is exclaiming that people must consider that God is always trustworthy despite human perception. Use a form in your language that would be used in this type of situation. Alternate translation: “may God always proved trustworthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) ROM 3 4 nud9 figs-hyperbole πᾶς δὲ ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης 1 even though every man is a liar The words **every** and **liar** are exaggerations here to add emphasis that God alone is always true to his promises. Alternate translation: “even if every man were a liar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 3 4 te39 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it has been written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Just as the scriptures themselves agree with what I am saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 4 x6ax figs-parallelism ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε 1 That you might be shown to be righteous in your words, and that you might prevail when you come into judgment These two phrases have very similar meanings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) From 8eac2123afb08fa89a010c9bf8a6a37f816c5678 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 13:51:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 139/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 539130a1b5..122698d64e 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ ROM 3 3 pkae figs-abstractnouns μὴ ἡ ἀπιστία αὐτῶν, τὴν ROM 3 3 moq7 figs-abstractnouns τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the faithfulness** that characterizes **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun “God” or with a verbal phrase like the UST. Alternate translation: “God’s faithfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 4 z465 figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be **May it never be** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong prohibition. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating a strong prohibition. Alternate translation: “Absolutely not” or “Certainly not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 4 kz4j grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Instead, let be found What follows the word **Instead** here is in contrast to the idea in [3:3](..03/03/.md) that “unfaithful” Jews could “abolish” “the faithfulness of God.” Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But” or “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -ROM 3 4 ld9h figs-explicit γινέσθω…ὁ Θεὸς ἀληθής 1 let God be found to be true This is an imperative, but this was not a command that people are capable of obeying. Instead, Paul is exclaiming that people must consider that God is always trustworthy despite human perception. Use a form in your language that would be used in this type of situation. Alternate translation: “may God always proved trustworthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) +ROM 3 4 ld9h figs-imperative γινέσθω…ὁ Θεὸς ἀληθής 1 let God be found to be true Here, **let God be true** is an imperative phrase, but this is not a command that people are capable of obeying. Instead, Paul is exclaiming that people must consider that God is always trustworthy despite human perception. Use a form in your language that would be used in this type of situation. Alternate translation: “let people always know that God is trustworthy” or “may people always declare that God is trustworthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) ROM 3 4 nud9 figs-hyperbole πᾶς δὲ ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης 1 even though every man is a liar The words **every** and **liar** are exaggerations here to add emphasis that God alone is always true to his promises. Alternate translation: “even if every man were a liar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 3 4 te39 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it has been written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Just as the scriptures themselves agree with what I am saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 4 x6ax figs-parallelism ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε 1 That you might be shown to be righteous in your words, and that you might prevail when you come into judgment These two phrases have very similar meanings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) From 303e12a956f9e604f874467be9c4df5dfd25ec3c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 13:57:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 140/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 122698d64e..c37fabb162 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ ROM 3 3 moq7 figs-abstractnouns τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul i ROM 3 4 z465 figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be **May it never be** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong prohibition. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating a strong prohibition. Alternate translation: “Absolutely not” or “Certainly not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 4 kz4j grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Instead, let be found What follows the word **Instead** here is in contrast to the idea in [3:3](..03/03/.md) that “unfaithful” Jews could “abolish” “the faithfulness of God.” Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But” or “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 3 4 ld9h figs-imperative γινέσθω…ὁ Θεὸς ἀληθής 1 let God be found to be true Here, **let God be true** is an imperative phrase, but this is not a command that people are capable of obeying. Instead, Paul is exclaiming that people must consider that God is always trustworthy despite human perception. Use a form in your language that would be used in this type of situation. Alternate translation: “let people always know that God is trustworthy” or “may people always declare that God is trustworthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) -ROM 3 4 nud9 figs-hyperbole πᾶς δὲ ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης 1 even though every man is a liar The words **every** and **liar** are exaggerations here to add emphasis that God alone is always true to his promises. Alternate translation: “even if every man were a liar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ROM 3 4 nud9 figs-hyperbole πᾶς…ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης 1 even though every man is a liar Here, **every man a liar** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show that in comparison to God, human beings are not trustworthy. Paul knows that every individual person is not **a liar**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows honor. Alternate translation: “but every person shown untrustworthy” or “and human beings exposed as false” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 3 4 te39 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it has been written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Just as the scriptures themselves agree with what I am saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 4 x6ax figs-parallelism ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε 1 That you might be shown to be righteous in your words, and that you might prevail when you come into judgment These two phrases have very similar meanings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 4 lnnr figs-activepassive ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Everyone must acknowledge that what you say is true, and you will always win your case when anyone accuses you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 5575e711183cabd405a361362319c1920c696e8b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 14:01:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 141/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index c37fabb162..e3c5a61b51 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -448,6 +448,7 @@ ROM 3 4 z465 figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be **May it n ROM 3 4 kz4j grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Instead, let be found What follows the word **Instead** here is in contrast to the idea in [3:3](..03/03/.md) that “unfaithful” Jews could “abolish” “the faithfulness of God.” Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But” or “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 3 4 ld9h figs-imperative γινέσθω…ὁ Θεὸς ἀληθής 1 let God be found to be true Here, **let God be true** is an imperative phrase, but this is not a command that people are capable of obeying. Instead, Paul is exclaiming that people must consider that God is always trustworthy despite human perception. Use a form in your language that would be used in this type of situation. Alternate translation: “let people always know that God is trustworthy” or “may people always declare that God is trustworthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) ROM 3 4 nud9 figs-hyperbole πᾶς…ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης 1 even though every man is a liar Here, **every man a liar** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show that in comparison to God, human beings are not trustworthy. Paul knows that every individual person is not **a liar**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows honor. Alternate translation: “but every person shown untrustworthy” or “and human beings exposed as false” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ROM 3 4 vkcf grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 2 Here, **but** emphasizes that what follows is a strong contrast to how trustworthy God is in comparison to human beings. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 3 4 te39 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it has been written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Just as the scriptures themselves agree with what I am saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 4 x6ax figs-parallelism ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε 1 That you might be shown to be righteous in your words, and that you might prevail when you come into judgment These two phrases have very similar meanings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 4 lnnr figs-activepassive ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Everyone must acknowledge that what you say is true, and you will always win your case when anyone accuses you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 621d240d9bc48bf75745399eda90c04c22ee322b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 14:05:28 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 142/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index e3c5a61b51..b80efb4397 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -448,6 +448,7 @@ ROM 3 4 z465 figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be **May it n ROM 3 4 kz4j grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Instead, let be found What follows the word **Instead** here is in contrast to the idea in [3:3](..03/03/.md) that “unfaithful” Jews could “abolish” “the faithfulness of God.” Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But” or “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 3 4 ld9h figs-imperative γινέσθω…ὁ Θεὸς ἀληθής 1 let God be found to be true Here, **let God be true** is an imperative phrase, but this is not a command that people are capable of obeying. Instead, Paul is exclaiming that people must consider that God is always trustworthy despite human perception. Use a form in your language that would be used in this type of situation. Alternate translation: “let people always know that God is trustworthy” or “may people always declare that God is trustworthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) ROM 3 4 nud9 figs-hyperbole πᾶς…ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης 1 even though every man is a liar Here, **every man a liar** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show that in comparison to God, human beings are not trustworthy. Paul knows that every individual person is not **a liar**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows honor. Alternate translation: “but every person shown untrustworthy” or “and human beings exposed as false” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ROM 3 4 f341 figs-quotations πᾶς...ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation (See [Psalm 116:11](psalm/116/11.md). Alternate translation: “indeed, ‘Every man is a liar’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) ROM 3 4 vkcf grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 2 Here, **but** emphasizes that what follows is a strong contrast to how trustworthy God is in comparison to human beings. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 3 4 te39 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it has been written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Just as the scriptures themselves agree with what I am saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 4 x6ax figs-parallelism ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε 1 That you might be shown to be righteous in your words, and that you might prevail when you come into judgment These two phrases have very similar meanings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) From 952c1f1d162b3b2a3f97b7f89d36d01f1483e1ac Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 14:06:54 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 143/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index b80efb4397..e00f1165bc 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -447,9 +447,9 @@ ROM 3 3 moq7 figs-abstractnouns τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul i ROM 3 4 z465 figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be **May it never be** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong prohibition. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating a strong prohibition. Alternate translation: “Absolutely not” or “Certainly not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 4 kz4j grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Instead, let be found What follows the word **Instead** here is in contrast to the idea in [3:3](..03/03/.md) that “unfaithful” Jews could “abolish” “the faithfulness of God.” Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But” or “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 3 4 ld9h figs-imperative γινέσθω…ὁ Θεὸς ἀληθής 1 let God be found to be true Here, **let God be true** is an imperative phrase, but this is not a command that people are capable of obeying. Instead, Paul is exclaiming that people must consider that God is always trustworthy despite human perception. Use a form in your language that would be used in this type of situation. Alternate translation: “let people always know that God is trustworthy” or “may people always declare that God is trustworthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) -ROM 3 4 nud9 figs-hyperbole πᾶς…ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης 1 even though every man is a liar Here, **every man a liar** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show that in comparison to God, human beings are not trustworthy. Paul knows that every individual person is not **a liar**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows honor. Alternate translation: “but every person shown untrustworthy” or “and human beings exposed as false” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ROM 3 4 f341 figs-quotations πᾶς...ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation (See [Psalm 116:11](psalm/116/11.md). Alternate translation: “indeed, ‘Every man is a liar’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) ROM 3 4 vkcf grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 2 Here, **but** emphasizes that what follows is a strong contrast to how trustworthy God is in comparison to human beings. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +ROM 3 4 nud9 figs-hyperbole πᾶς…ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης 1 even though every man is a liar Here, **every man a liar** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show that in comparison to God, human beings are not trustworthy. Paul knows that every individual person is not **a liar**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows honor. Alternate translation: “but every person shown untrustworthy” or “and human beings exposed as false” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ROM 3 4 f341 figs-quotations πᾶς…ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation (See [Psalm 116:11](psalm/116/11.md)). Alternate translation: “indeed, ‘Every man is a liar’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) ROM 3 4 te39 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it has been written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Just as the scriptures themselves agree with what I am saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 4 x6ax figs-parallelism ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε 1 That you might be shown to be righteous in your words, and that you might prevail when you come into judgment These two phrases have very similar meanings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 4 lnnr figs-activepassive ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Everyone must acknowledge that what you say is true, and you will always win your case when anyone accuses you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 7b1e68a97dbf72eef72baa4551c5d533784c0d62 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 14:26:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 144/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index e00f1165bc..b730a56279 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ ROM 3 4 ld9h figs-imperative γινέσθω…ὁ Θεὸς ἀληθής 1 let ROM 3 4 vkcf grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 2 Here, **but** emphasizes that what follows is a strong contrast to how trustworthy God is in comparison to human beings. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 3 4 nud9 figs-hyperbole πᾶς…ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης 1 even though every man is a liar Here, **every man a liar** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show that in comparison to God, human beings are not trustworthy. Paul knows that every individual person is not **a liar**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows honor. Alternate translation: “but every person shown untrustworthy” or “and human beings exposed as false” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 3 4 f341 figs-quotations πᾶς…ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation (See [Psalm 116:11](psalm/116/11.md)). Alternate translation: “indeed, ‘Every man is a liar’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -ROM 3 4 te39 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it has been written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Just as the scriptures themselves agree with what I am saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 3 4 te39 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it has been written In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Psalms. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as David the prophet says in the Psalms” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations) ROM 3 4 x6ax figs-parallelism ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε 1 That you might be shown to be righteous in your words, and that you might prevail when you come into judgment These two phrases have very similar meanings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 4 lnnr figs-activepassive ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Everyone must acknowledge that what you say is true, and you will always win your case when anyone accuses you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 5 dgk8 figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην συνίστησιν, τί ἐροῦμεν? μὴ ἄδικος ὁ Θεὸς, ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν? 1 But if our unrighteousness shows the righteousness of God, what can we say? Can we say that God is unrighteous to bring his wrath upon us? Paul uses these questions to present what some people were arguing and to get his readers to think about whether or not this argument is true. Alternate translation: “Some people say that since our unrighteousness shows God’s righteousness, then God is unrighteous when he punishes us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 5c2182530942294724794457327b7a9c65b895d7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 14:31:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 145/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index b730a56279..8cfdd709b0 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ ROM 3 4 ld9h figs-imperative γινέσθω…ὁ Θεὸς ἀληθής 1 let ROM 3 4 vkcf grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 2 Here, **but** emphasizes that what follows is a strong contrast to how trustworthy God is in comparison to human beings. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 3 4 nud9 figs-hyperbole πᾶς…ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης 1 even though every man is a liar Here, **every man a liar** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show that in comparison to God, human beings are not trustworthy. Paul knows that every individual person is not **a liar**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows honor. Alternate translation: “but every person shown untrustworthy” or “and human beings exposed as false” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 3 4 f341 figs-quotations πᾶς…ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation (See [Psalm 116:11](psalm/116/11.md)). Alternate translation: “indeed, ‘Every man is a liar’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -ROM 3 4 te39 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it has been written In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Psalms. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as David the prophet says in the Psalms” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations) +ROM 3 4 te39 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it has been written In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Psalms (See LXX [Psalm 50:6](psalm/50/06.md). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as David the prophet says in the Psalms” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations) ROM 3 4 x6ax figs-parallelism ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε 1 That you might be shown to be righteous in your words, and that you might prevail when you come into judgment These two phrases have very similar meanings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 4 lnnr figs-activepassive ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Everyone must acknowledge that what you say is true, and you will always win your case when anyone accuses you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 5 dgk8 figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην συνίστησιν, τί ἐροῦμεν? μὴ ἄδικος ὁ Θεὸς, ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν? 1 But if our unrighteousness shows the righteousness of God, what can we say? Can we say that God is unrighteous to bring his wrath upon us? Paul uses these questions to present what some people were arguing and to get his readers to think about whether or not this argument is true. Alternate translation: “Some people say that since our unrighteousness shows God’s righteousness, then God is unrighteous when he punishes us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 4e8b01e92061c6db554bafdf81731856abae6c38 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 14:31:46 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 146/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 8cfdd709b0..e9de78aae7 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ ROM 3 4 ld9h figs-imperative γινέσθω…ὁ Θεὸς ἀληθής 1 let ROM 3 4 vkcf grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 2 Here, **but** emphasizes that what follows is a strong contrast to how trustworthy God is in comparison to human beings. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 3 4 nud9 figs-hyperbole πᾶς…ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης 1 even though every man is a liar Here, **every man a liar** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show that in comparison to God, human beings are not trustworthy. Paul knows that every individual person is not **a liar**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows honor. Alternate translation: “but every person shown untrustworthy” or “and human beings exposed as false” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 3 4 f341 figs-quotations πᾶς…ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation (See [Psalm 116:11](psalm/116/11.md)). Alternate translation: “indeed, ‘Every man is a liar’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -ROM 3 4 te39 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it has been written In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Psalms (See LXX [Psalm 50:6](psalm/50/06.md). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as David the prophet says in the Psalms” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations) +ROM 3 4 te39 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it has been written In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Psalms (See LXX [Psalm 50:6](psalm/50/06.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as David the prophet says in the Psalms” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations) ROM 3 4 x6ax figs-parallelism ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε 1 That you might be shown to be righteous in your words, and that you might prevail when you come into judgment These two phrases have very similar meanings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 4 lnnr figs-activepassive ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Everyone must acknowledge that what you say is true, and you will always win your case when anyone accuses you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 5 dgk8 figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην συνίστησιν, τί ἐροῦμεν? μὴ ἄδικος ὁ Θεὸς, ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν? 1 But if our unrighteousness shows the righteousness of God, what can we say? Can we say that God is unrighteous to bring his wrath upon us? Paul uses these questions to present what some people were arguing and to get his readers to think about whether or not this argument is true. Alternate translation: “Some people say that since our unrighteousness shows God’s righteousness, then God is unrighteous when he punishes us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 0194bb029d63f431dc59c95a41f5c4ba835fd85e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 15:01:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 147/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index e9de78aae7..c9e53c6d52 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ ROM 3 4 vkcf grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 2 Here, **but** emphasizes th ROM 3 4 nud9 figs-hyperbole πᾶς…ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης 1 even though every man is a liar Here, **every man a liar** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show that in comparison to God, human beings are not trustworthy. Paul knows that every individual person is not **a liar**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows honor. Alternate translation: “but every person shown untrustworthy” or “and human beings exposed as false” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 3 4 f341 figs-quotations πᾶς…ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation (See [Psalm 116:11](psalm/116/11.md)). Alternate translation: “indeed, ‘Every man is a liar’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) ROM 3 4 te39 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it has been written In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Psalms (See LXX [Psalm 50:6](psalm/50/06.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as David the prophet says in the Psalms” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations) -ROM 3 4 x6ax figs-parallelism ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε 1 That you might be shown to be righteous in your words, and that you might prevail when you come into judgment These two phrases have very similar meanings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 3 4 x6ax figs-parallelism ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε 1 That you might be shown to be righteous in your words, and that you might prevail when you come into judgment These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in similar ways, to show that God is **true**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “so that when people try to judge you, you will prevail as righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 4 lnnr figs-activepassive ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Everyone must acknowledge that what you say is true, and you will always win your case when anyone accuses you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 5 dgk8 figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην συνίστησιν, τί ἐροῦμεν? μὴ ἄδικος ὁ Θεὸς, ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν? 1 But if our unrighteousness shows the righteousness of God, what can we say? Can we say that God is unrighteous to bring his wrath upon us? Paul uses these questions to present what some people were arguing and to get his readers to think about whether or not this argument is true. Alternate translation: “Some people say that since our unrighteousness shows God’s righteousness, then God is unrighteous when he punishes us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 5 e9ux figs-metonymy ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν 1 to bring his wrath Here, **wrath** is a metonym for punishment. Alternate translation: “to bring his punishment upon us” or “to punish us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 100c14e2d6dcc207c34f02a1d295955bbc6ef9a3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 15:05:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 148/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index c9e53c6d52..cc334e4a20 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -452,6 +452,7 @@ ROM 3 4 nud9 figs-hyperbole πᾶς…ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης 1 even th ROM 3 4 f341 figs-quotations πᾶς…ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation (See [Psalm 116:11](psalm/116/11.md)). Alternate translation: “indeed, ‘Every man is a liar’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) ROM 3 4 te39 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it has been written In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Psalms (See LXX [Psalm 50:6](psalm/50/06.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as David the prophet says in the Psalms” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations) ROM 3 4 x6ax figs-parallelism ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε 1 That you might be shown to be righteous in your words, and that you might prevail when you come into judgment These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in similar ways, to show that God is **true**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “so that when people try to judge you, you will prevail as righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 3 4 xli0 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅπως 1 Here, **that** introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to introduce a result clause. Alternate translation: “So that as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 4 lnnr figs-activepassive ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Everyone must acknowledge that what you say is true, and you will always win your case when anyone accuses you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 5 dgk8 figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην συνίστησιν, τί ἐροῦμεν? μὴ ἄδικος ὁ Θεὸς, ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν? 1 But if our unrighteousness shows the righteousness of God, what can we say? Can we say that God is unrighteous to bring his wrath upon us? Paul uses these questions to present what some people were arguing and to get his readers to think about whether or not this argument is true. Alternate translation: “Some people say that since our unrighteousness shows God’s righteousness, then God is unrighteous when he punishes us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 5 e9ux figs-metonymy ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν 1 to bring his wrath Here, **wrath** is a metonym for punishment. Alternate translation: “to bring his punishment upon us” or “to punish us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 5a6b67b64f224bcd77e07e12b652497c014a5aef Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 15:17:46 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 149/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index cc334e4a20..d45eee3d89 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ ROM 3 4 f341 figs-quotations πᾶς…ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης 1 If it ROM 3 4 te39 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it has been written In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Psalms (See LXX [Psalm 50:6](psalm/50/06.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as David the prophet says in the Psalms” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations) ROM 3 4 x6ax figs-parallelism ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε 1 That you might be shown to be righteous in your words, and that you might prevail when you come into judgment These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in similar ways, to show that God is **true**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “so that when people try to judge you, you will prevail as righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 4 xli0 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅπως 1 Here, **that** introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to introduce a result clause. Alternate translation: “So that as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 3 4 lnnr figs-activepassive ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Everyone must acknowledge that what you say is true, and you will always win your case when anyone accuses you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 3 4 lnnr figs-activepassive δικαιωθῇς…κρίνεσθαί σε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people would acknowledge how righteous you are … when people attempt to judge you” or “you would prove yourself righteous … when others try to judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 5 dgk8 figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην συνίστησιν, τί ἐροῦμεν? μὴ ἄδικος ὁ Θεὸς, ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν? 1 But if our unrighteousness shows the righteousness of God, what can we say? Can we say that God is unrighteous to bring his wrath upon us? Paul uses these questions to present what some people were arguing and to get his readers to think about whether or not this argument is true. Alternate translation: “Some people say that since our unrighteousness shows God’s righteousness, then God is unrighteous when he punishes us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 5 e9ux figs-metonymy ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν 1 to bring his wrath Here, **wrath** is a metonym for punishment. Alternate translation: “to bring his punishment upon us” or “to punish us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 5 j631 (κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.) 1 I am using a human argument “I am saying here what some people say” or “This is what some people say” From 4a56d7a359b90f8b9e3c16ad9c28d2123a7ba541 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 15:19:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 150/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index d45eee3d89..9395496d42 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -454,6 +454,7 @@ ROM 3 4 te39 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it has been ROM 3 4 x6ax figs-parallelism ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε 1 That you might be shown to be righteous in your words, and that you might prevail when you come into judgment These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in similar ways, to show that God is **true**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “so that when people try to judge you, you will prevail as righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 4 xli0 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅπως 1 Here, **that** introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to introduce a result clause. Alternate translation: “So that as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 4 lnnr figs-activepassive δικαιωθῇς…κρίνεσθαί σε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people would acknowledge how righteous you are … when people attempt to judge you” or “you would prove yourself righteous … when others try to judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 3 4 tj8g figs-abstractnouns ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **words**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “when you speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 3 5 dgk8 figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην συνίστησιν, τί ἐροῦμεν? μὴ ἄδικος ὁ Θεὸς, ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν? 1 But if our unrighteousness shows the righteousness of God, what can we say? Can we say that God is unrighteous to bring his wrath upon us? Paul uses these questions to present what some people were arguing and to get his readers to think about whether or not this argument is true. Alternate translation: “Some people say that since our unrighteousness shows God’s righteousness, then God is unrighteous when he punishes us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 5 e9ux figs-metonymy ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν 1 to bring his wrath Here, **wrath** is a metonym for punishment. Alternate translation: “to bring his punishment upon us” or “to punish us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 5 j631 (κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.) 1 I am using a human argument “I am saying here what some people say” or “This is what some people say” From b0bc26db951647455e608c63c676e8dad5d2b0ec Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 15:35:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 151/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 9395496d42..af0f8914f0 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -455,7 +455,8 @@ ROM 3 4 x6ax figs-parallelism ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖ ROM 3 4 xli0 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅπως 1 Here, **that** introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to introduce a result clause. Alternate translation: “So that as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 4 lnnr figs-activepassive δικαιωθῇς…κρίνεσθαί σε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people would acknowledge how righteous you are … when people attempt to judge you” or “you would prove yourself righteous … when others try to judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 4 tj8g figs-abstractnouns ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **words**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “when you speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-ROM 3 5 dgk8 figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην συνίστησιν, τί ἐροῦμεν? μὴ ἄδικος ὁ Θεὸς, ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν? 1 But if our unrighteousness shows the righteousness of God, what can we say? Can we say that God is unrighteous to bring his wrath upon us? Paul uses these questions to present what some people were arguing and to get his readers to think about whether or not this argument is true. Alternate translation: “Some people say that since our unrighteousness shows God’s righteousness, then God is unrighteous when he punishes us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 3 5 gw3a figs-abstractnouns εἰ δὲ 1 Here, the phrase **But if** indicates that Paul is resuming his rhetorical questions. Alternate translation: “If indeed” or “Now if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 3 5 y0r5 figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **unrighteousness** and **righteousness** with verbal forms or another way. Alternate translation: “how unrighteous we are … how righteous God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 5 e9ux figs-metonymy ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν 1 to bring his wrath Here, **wrath** is a metonym for punishment. Alternate translation: “to bring his punishment upon us” or “to punish us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 5 j631 (κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.) 1 I am using a human argument “I am saying here what some people say” or “This is what some people say” ROM 3 6 gd5f μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be “We must never say that God is unrighteous” From 47ac62ec6e6fe057679c6e9d17a280be44f2d290 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 15:41:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 152/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index af0f8914f0..b089507c65 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -456,6 +456,7 @@ ROM 3 4 xli0 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅπως 1 Here, **that** introduces ROM 3 4 lnnr figs-activepassive δικαιωθῇς…κρίνεσθαί σε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people would acknowledge how righteous you are … when people attempt to judge you” or “you would prove yourself righteous … when others try to judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 4 tj8g figs-abstractnouns ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **words**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “when you speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 3 5 gw3a figs-abstractnouns εἰ δὲ 1 Here, the phrase **But if** indicates that Paul is resuming his rhetorical questions. Alternate translation: “If indeed” or “Now if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 3 5 y6vv figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἐροῦμεν 1 Here, **our** and **we* are used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow Jews (See [3:1,9](../03/01.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Jewish … can we Jews say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 5 y0r5 figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **unrighteousness** and **righteousness** with verbal forms or another way. Alternate translation: “how unrighteous we are … how righteous God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 5 e9ux figs-metonymy ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν 1 to bring his wrath Here, **wrath** is a metonym for punishment. Alternate translation: “to bring his punishment upon us” or “to punish us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 5 j631 (κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.) 1 I am using a human argument “I am saying here what some people say” or “This is what some people say” From 9d6ab8010104b62ca357d77d0bbff86796bc91b0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 15:42:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 153/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index b089507c65..73871f4eda 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ ROM 3 4 z465 figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be **May it n ROM 3 4 kz4j grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Instead, let be found What follows the word **Instead** here is in contrast to the idea in [3:3](..03/03/.md) that “unfaithful” Jews could “abolish” “the faithfulness of God.” Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But” or “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 3 4 ld9h figs-imperative γινέσθω…ὁ Θεὸς ἀληθής 1 let God be found to be true Here, **let God be true** is an imperative phrase, but this is not a command that people are capable of obeying. Instead, Paul is exclaiming that people must consider that God is always trustworthy despite human perception. Use a form in your language that would be used in this type of situation. Alternate translation: “let people always know that God is trustworthy” or “may people always declare that God is trustworthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) ROM 3 4 vkcf grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 2 Here, **but** emphasizes that what follows is a strong contrast to how trustworthy God is in comparison to human beings. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -ROM 3 4 nud9 figs-hyperbole πᾶς…ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης 1 even though every man is a liar Here, **every man a liar** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show that in comparison to God, human beings are not trustworthy. Paul knows that every individual person is not **a liar**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows honor. Alternate translation: “but every person shown untrustworthy” or “and human beings exposed as false” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ROM 3 4 nud9 figs-hyperbole πᾶς…ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης 1 even though every man is a liar Here, **every man a liar** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show that in comparison to God, every Jew, and by extension, all human beings are not trustworthy. Paul knows that every individual person is not **a liar**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows honor. Alternate translation: “but every person shown untrustworthy” or “and human beings exposed as false” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 3 4 f341 figs-quotations πᾶς…ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation (See [Psalm 116:11](psalm/116/11.md)). Alternate translation: “indeed, ‘Every man is a liar’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) ROM 3 4 te39 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it has been written In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Psalms (See LXX [Psalm 50:6](psalm/50/06.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as David the prophet says in the Psalms” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations) ROM 3 4 x6ax figs-parallelism ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε 1 That you might be shown to be righteous in your words, and that you might prevail when you come into judgment These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in similar ways, to show that God is **true**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “so that when people try to judge you, you will prevail as righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) From ffbd819c287e5ce7eaf7563944f8d234316731df Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 15:45:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 154/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 73871f4eda..f53d7ed784 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -458,6 +458,7 @@ ROM 3 4 tj8g figs-abstractnouns ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου 1 If your l ROM 3 5 gw3a figs-abstractnouns εἰ δὲ 1 Here, the phrase **But if** indicates that Paul is resuming his rhetorical questions. Alternate translation: “If indeed” or “Now if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 5 y6vv figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἐροῦμεν 1 Here, **our** and **we* are used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow Jews (See [3:1,9](../03/01.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Jewish … can we Jews say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 5 y0r5 figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **unrighteousness** and **righteousness** with verbal forms or another way. Alternate translation: “how unrighteous we are … how righteous God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 3 5 q6js figs-abstractnouns μὴ ἄδικος ὁ Θεὸς, ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν 1 ROM 3 5 e9ux figs-metonymy ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν 1 to bring his wrath Here, **wrath** is a metonym for punishment. Alternate translation: “to bring his punishment upon us” or “to punish us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 5 j631 (κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.) 1 I am using a human argument “I am saying here what some people say” or “This is what some people say” ROM 3 6 gd5f μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be “We must never say that God is unrighteous” From 233b564a6ea5ef4476e62be339930ce02434c1f2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 15:46:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 155/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index f53d7ed784..820ec20a17 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ ROM 3 4 tj8g figs-abstractnouns ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου 1 If your l ROM 3 5 gw3a figs-abstractnouns εἰ δὲ 1 Here, the phrase **But if** indicates that Paul is resuming his rhetorical questions. Alternate translation: “If indeed” or “Now if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 5 y6vv figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἐροῦμεν 1 Here, **our** and **we* are used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow Jews (See [3:1,9](../03/01.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Jewish … can we Jews say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 5 y0r5 figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **unrighteousness** and **righteousness** with verbal forms or another way. Alternate translation: “how unrighteous we are … how righteous God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 3 5 q6js figs-abstractnouns μὴ ἄδικος ὁ Θεὸς, ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν 1 +ROM 3 5 q6js figs-ellipsis μὴ ἄδικος ὁ Θεὸς, ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** and **his** and **is he** are added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 5 e9ux figs-metonymy ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν 1 to bring his wrath Here, **wrath** is a metonym for punishment. Alternate translation: “to bring his punishment upon us” or “to punish us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 5 j631 (κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.) 1 I am using a human argument “I am saying here what some people say” or “This is what some people say” ROM 3 6 gd5f μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be “We must never say that God is unrighteous” From de5487b443437c581e8699b029c4a761301a2a4d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 15:56:57 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 156/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 820ec20a17..839d58bb8c 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ ROM 3 5 gw3a figs-abstractnouns εἰ δὲ 1 Here, the phrase **But if** indi ROM 3 5 y6vv figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἐροῦμεν 1 Here, **our** and **we* are used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow Jews (See [3:1,9](../03/01.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Jewish … can we Jews say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 5 y0r5 figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **unrighteousness** and **righteousness** with verbal forms or another way. Alternate translation: “how unrighteous we are … how righteous God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 5 q6js figs-ellipsis μὴ ἄδικος ὁ Θεὸς, ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** and **his** and **is he** are added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 3 5 e9ux figs-metonymy ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν 1 to bring his wrath Here, **wrath** is a metonym for punishment. Alternate translation: “to bring his punishment upon us” or “to punish us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 3 5 e9ux figs-metonymy ὀργήν 1 to bring his wrath If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wrath**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how angry he is” or “how furious(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 5 j631 (κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.) 1 I am using a human argument “I am saying here what some people say” or “This is what some people say” ROM 3 6 gd5f μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be “We must never say that God is unrighteous” ROM 3 6 zg9s figs-rquestion ἐπεὶ πῶς κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον? 1 For then how would God judge the world? Paul uses this question to show that the arguments against the gospel are not valid, since the Jews believe that God will judge all people. Alternate translation: “We all know that God will in fact judge the world!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 50aa2efa624af469ca6b95a49c2523ce66c0967b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 15:58:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 157/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 839d58bb8c..7068aed22e 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ ROM 3 5 gw3a figs-abstractnouns εἰ δὲ 1 Here, the phrase **But if** indi ROM 3 5 y6vv figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἐροῦμεν 1 Here, **our** and **we* are used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow Jews (See [3:1,9](../03/01.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Jewish … can we Jews say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 5 y0r5 figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **unrighteousness** and **righteousness** with verbal forms or another way. Alternate translation: “how unrighteous we are … how righteous God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 5 q6js figs-ellipsis μὴ ἄδικος ὁ Θεὸς, ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** and **his** and **is he** are added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 3 5 e9ux figs-metonymy ὀργήν 1 to bring his wrath If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wrath**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how angry he is” or “how furious(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 3 5 e9ux figs-abstractnouns ὀργήν 1 to bring his wrath If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wrath**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how angry he is when he punishes” or “how furious he is when he judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 5 j631 (κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.) 1 I am using a human argument “I am saying here what some people say” or “This is what some people say” ROM 3 6 gd5f μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be “We must never say that God is unrighteous” ROM 3 6 zg9s figs-rquestion ἐπεὶ πῶς κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον? 1 For then how would God judge the world? Paul uses this question to show that the arguments against the gospel are not valid, since the Jews believe that God will judge all people. Alternate translation: “We all know that God will in fact judge the world!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 9675f745273eb132c29a0c1611343fc07e3472e2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 15:59:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 158/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 7068aed22e..8be991bcc2 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ ROM 3 5 gw3a figs-abstractnouns εἰ δὲ 1 Here, the phrase **But if** indi ROM 3 5 y6vv figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἐροῦμεν 1 Here, **our** and **we* are used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow Jews (See [3:1,9](../03/01.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Jewish … can we Jews say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 5 y0r5 figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **unrighteousness** and **righteousness** with verbal forms or another way. Alternate translation: “how unrighteous we are … how righteous God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 5 q6js figs-ellipsis μὴ ἄδικος ὁ Θεὸς, ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** and **his** and **is he** are added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 3 5 e9ux figs-abstractnouns ὀργήν 1 to bring his wrath If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wrath**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how angry he is when he punishes” or “how furious he is when he judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 3 5 e9ux figs-abstractnouns ὀργήν 1 to bring his wrath If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wrath**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “how angry he is when he punishes” or “how furious he is when he judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 5 j631 (κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.) 1 I am using a human argument “I am saying here what some people say” or “This is what some people say” ROM 3 6 gd5f μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be “We must never say that God is unrighteous” ROM 3 6 zg9s figs-rquestion ἐπεὶ πῶς κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον? 1 For then how would God judge the world? Paul uses this question to show that the arguments against the gospel are not valid, since the Jews believe that God will judge all people. Alternate translation: “We all know that God will in fact judge the world!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From bd72d47c985f4f0b7878d6f84743952896fbdeed Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 16:03:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 159/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 8be991bcc2..8dbc2e7c41 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ ROM 3 5 y6vv figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἐροῦμεν 1 Here, **our** and * ROM 3 5 y0r5 figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **unrighteousness** and **righteousness** with verbal forms or another way. Alternate translation: “how unrighteous we are … how righteous God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 5 q6js figs-ellipsis μὴ ἄδικος ὁ Θεὸς, ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** and **his** and **is he** are added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 5 e9ux figs-abstractnouns ὀργήν 1 to bring his wrath If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wrath**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “how angry he is when he punishes” or “how furious he is when he judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 3 5 j631 (κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.) 1 I am using a human argument “I am saying here what some people say” or “This is what some people say” +ROM 3 5 j631 figs-aside (κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.) 1 I am using a human argument Paul could be saying this as an aside in order to show that he is not trying to challenge **the righteousness of God**. If this would be confusing in your language, you could add parentheses like the ULT or a natural way in your language to indicate an aside. Alternate translation: “I am reasoning like a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) ROM 3 6 gd5f μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be “We must never say that God is unrighteous” ROM 3 6 zg9s figs-rquestion ἐπεὶ πῶς κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον? 1 For then how would God judge the world? Paul uses this question to show that the arguments against the gospel are not valid, since the Jews believe that God will judge all people. Alternate translation: “We all know that God will in fact judge the world!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 6 lnp3 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 the world The **world** is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “anyone in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From f8706bb5676ebe9b22c0bd66c0d773d011b27438 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 16:04:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 160/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 8dbc2e7c41..897269e3e5 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ ROM 3 5 y6vv figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἐροῦμεν 1 Here, **our** and * ROM 3 5 y0r5 figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **unrighteousness** and **righteousness** with verbal forms or another way. Alternate translation: “how unrighteous we are … how righteous God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 5 q6js figs-ellipsis μὴ ἄδικος ὁ Θεὸς, ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** and **his** and **is he** are added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 5 e9ux figs-abstractnouns ὀργήν 1 to bring his wrath If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wrath**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “how angry he is when he punishes” or “how furious he is when he judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 3 5 j631 figs-aside (κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.) 1 I am using a human argument Paul could be saying this as an aside in order to show that he is not trying to challenge **the righteousness of God**. If this would be confusing in your language, you could add parentheses like the ULT or a natural way in your language to indicate an aside. Alternate translation: “I am reasoning like a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) +ROM 3 5 j631 figs-aside (κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.) 1 I am using a human argument Paul could be saying this as an aside in order to show that he is not trying to challenge **the righteousness of God**. If this would be confusing in your language, you could add parentheses like the ULT or use a natural way in your language to indicate an aside. Alternate translation: “I am reasoning like a human being” or “I am not trying to challenge how righteous God is by saying such things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) ROM 3 6 gd5f μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be “We must never say that God is unrighteous” ROM 3 6 zg9s figs-rquestion ἐπεὶ πῶς κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον? 1 For then how would God judge the world? Paul uses this question to show that the arguments against the gospel are not valid, since the Jews believe that God will judge all people. Alternate translation: “We all know that God will in fact judge the world!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 6 lnp3 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 the world The **world** is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “anyone in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 35c8c2c8c392c3c229226ad268414dca2c9ba10a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 16:08:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 161/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 897269e3e5..efd89d69cf 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -461,6 +461,7 @@ ROM 3 5 y0r5 figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ δικα ROM 3 5 q6js figs-ellipsis μὴ ἄδικος ὁ Θεὸς, ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** and **his** and **is he** are added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 5 e9ux figs-abstractnouns ὀργήν 1 to bring his wrath If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wrath**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “how angry he is when he punishes” or “how furious he is when he judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 5 j631 figs-aside (κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.) 1 I am using a human argument Paul could be saying this as an aside in order to show that he is not trying to challenge **the righteousness of God**. If this would be confusing in your language, you could add parentheses like the ULT or use a natural way in your language to indicate an aside. Alternate translation: “I am reasoning like a human being” or “I am not trying to challenge how righteous God is by saying such things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) +ROM 3 5 sd4g figs-idiom (κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.) 1 Here, the phrase **according to men** is an idiom meaning “the way people do” or “like a human being.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I am speaking based on how human beings perceive things” or “I am talking like a mere human being” or “I am speaking the way human beings speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 6 gd5f μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be “We must never say that God is unrighteous” ROM 3 6 zg9s figs-rquestion ἐπεὶ πῶς κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον? 1 For then how would God judge the world? Paul uses this question to show that the arguments against the gospel are not valid, since the Jews believe that God will judge all people. Alternate translation: “We all know that God will in fact judge the world!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 6 lnp3 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 the world The **world** is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “anyone in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 977a1a601ee391ab37320cafd6c729f61a962679 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 16:13:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 162/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index efd89d69cf..5f46a9689e 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ ROM 3 5 y0r5 figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ δικα ROM 3 5 q6js figs-ellipsis μὴ ἄδικος ὁ Θεὸς, ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** and **his** and **is he** are added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 5 e9ux figs-abstractnouns ὀργήν 1 to bring his wrath If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wrath**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “how angry he is when he punishes” or “how furious he is when he judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 5 j631 figs-aside (κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.) 1 I am using a human argument Paul could be saying this as an aside in order to show that he is not trying to challenge **the righteousness of God**. If this would be confusing in your language, you could add parentheses like the ULT or use a natural way in your language to indicate an aside. Alternate translation: “I am reasoning like a human being” or “I am not trying to challenge how righteous God is by saying such things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) -ROM 3 5 sd4g figs-idiom (κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.) 1 Here, the phrase **according to men** is an idiom meaning “the way people do” or “like a human being.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I am speaking based on how human beings perceive things” or “I am talking like a mere human being” or “I am speaking the way human beings speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 3 5 sd4g figs-idiom (κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.) 1 Here, the phrase **according to men** is an idiom meaning “the way people do” or “like a human being.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I am speaking based on how human beings perceive things” or “I am talking like a mere human being” or “I am speaking the way people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 6 gd5f μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be “We must never say that God is unrighteous” ROM 3 6 zg9s figs-rquestion ἐπεὶ πῶς κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον? 1 For then how would God judge the world? Paul uses this question to show that the arguments against the gospel are not valid, since the Jews believe that God will judge all people. Alternate translation: “We all know that God will in fact judge the world!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 6 lnp3 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 the world The **world** is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “anyone in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 15adfb888264c6d2fc8d8746432853c4d7c26bfe Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 16:15:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 163/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 5f46a9689e..9b5f0e2a00 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ ROM 3 5 q6js figs-ellipsis μὴ ἄδικος ὁ Θεὸς, ὁ ἐπιφέρ ROM 3 5 e9ux figs-abstractnouns ὀργήν 1 to bring his wrath If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wrath**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “how angry he is when he punishes” or “how furious he is when he judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 5 j631 figs-aside (κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.) 1 I am using a human argument Paul could be saying this as an aside in order to show that he is not trying to challenge **the righteousness of God**. If this would be confusing in your language, you could add parentheses like the ULT or use a natural way in your language to indicate an aside. Alternate translation: “I am reasoning like a human being” or “I am not trying to challenge how righteous God is by saying such things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) ROM 3 5 sd4g figs-idiom (κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.) 1 Here, the phrase **according to men** is an idiom meaning “the way people do” or “like a human being.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I am speaking based on how human beings perceive things” or “I am talking like a mere human being” or “I am speaking the way people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 3 6 gd5f μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be “We must never say that God is unrighteous” +ROM 3 6 gd5f figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be **May it never be** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong prohibition (See how you translated this phrase in [3:4](../03/04.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 6 zg9s figs-rquestion ἐπεὶ πῶς κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον? 1 For then how would God judge the world? Paul uses this question to show that the arguments against the gospel are not valid, since the Jews believe that God will judge all people. Alternate translation: “We all know that God will in fact judge the world!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 6 lnp3 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 the world The **world** is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “anyone in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 7 b9k1 figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι? 1 But if the truth of God through my lie provides abundant praise for him, why am I still being judged as a sinner? Here Paul imagines someone continuing to reject the Christian gospel. That adversary argues, because his sin shows the righteousness of God, then God should not declare that he is a sinner on judgment day if, for example, he tells lies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 2bc8788aff0cf8d9bf71f922649951040349d155 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 16:27:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 164/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 9b5f0e2a00..dcdb4166ff 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ ROM 3 5 e9ux figs-abstractnouns ὀργήν 1 to bring his wrath If your languag ROM 3 5 j631 figs-aside (κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.) 1 I am using a human argument Paul could be saying this as an aside in order to show that he is not trying to challenge **the righteousness of God**. If this would be confusing in your language, you could add parentheses like the ULT or use a natural way in your language to indicate an aside. Alternate translation: “I am reasoning like a human being” or “I am not trying to challenge how righteous God is by saying such things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) ROM 3 5 sd4g figs-idiom (κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.) 1 Here, the phrase **according to men** is an idiom meaning “the way people do” or “like a human being.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I am speaking based on how human beings perceive things” or “I am talking like a mere human being” or “I am speaking the way people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 6 gd5f figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be **May it never be** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong prohibition (See how you translated this phrase in [3:4](../03/04.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) -ROM 3 6 zg9s figs-rquestion ἐπεὶ πῶς κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον? 1 For then how would God judge the world? Paul uses this question to show that the arguments against the gospel are not valid, since the Jews believe that God will judge all people. Alternate translation: “We all know that God will in fact judge the world!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 3 6 zg9s grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπεὶ πῶς κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον 1 For then how would God judge the world? This is a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why God is not “unrighteous for imposing {his} wrath” (See [4:5](../04/05.md)). Use a natural way in your language for expressing the reason why someone does something. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 6 lnp3 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 the world The **world** is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “anyone in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 7 b9k1 figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι? 1 But if the truth of God through my lie provides abundant praise for him, why am I still being judged as a sinner? Here Paul imagines someone continuing to reject the Christian gospel. That adversary argues, because his sin shows the righteousness of God, then God should not declare that he is a sinner on judgment day if, for example, he tells lies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 8 tz14 figs-rquestion καὶ μὴ καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν, ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά? 1 And not, just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm us to say, “Let us do evil, so that good may come”? Here Paul raises a question of his own, to show how ridiculous the argument of his imaginary adversary is. Alternate translation: “I might as well be saying, ‘Let us do evil, so that good may come’!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From e09b6fa338b9e7d9fdf015e1013cfcf830519b5a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 16:28:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 165/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index dcdb4166ff..98fcc84423 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ ROM 3 5 e9ux figs-abstractnouns ὀργήν 1 to bring his wrath If your languag ROM 3 5 j631 figs-aside (κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.) 1 I am using a human argument Paul could be saying this as an aside in order to show that he is not trying to challenge **the righteousness of God**. If this would be confusing in your language, you could add parentheses like the ULT or use a natural way in your language to indicate an aside. Alternate translation: “I am reasoning like a human being” or “I am not trying to challenge how righteous God is by saying such things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) ROM 3 5 sd4g figs-idiom (κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.) 1 Here, the phrase **according to men** is an idiom meaning “the way people do” or “like a human being.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I am speaking based on how human beings perceive things” or “I am talking like a mere human being” or “I am speaking the way people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 6 gd5f figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be **May it never be** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong prohibition (See how you translated this phrase in [3:4](../03/04.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) -ROM 3 6 zg9s grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπεὶ πῶς κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον 1 For then how would God judge the world? This is a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why God is not “unrighteous for imposing {his} wrath” (See [4:5](../04/05.md)). Use a natural way in your language for expressing the reason why someone does something. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 3 6 zg9s grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπεὶ πῶς κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον 1 For then how would God judge the world? This is a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why God is “not unrighteous for imposing {his} wrath” (See [4:5](../04/05.md)). Use a natural way in your language for expressing the reason why someone does something. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 6 lnp3 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 the world The **world** is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “anyone in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 7 b9k1 figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι? 1 But if the truth of God through my lie provides abundant praise for him, why am I still being judged as a sinner? Here Paul imagines someone continuing to reject the Christian gospel. That adversary argues, because his sin shows the righteousness of God, then God should not declare that he is a sinner on judgment day if, for example, he tells lies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 8 tz14 figs-rquestion καὶ μὴ καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν, ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά? 1 And not, just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm us to say, “Let us do evil, so that good may come”? Here Paul raises a question of his own, to show how ridiculous the argument of his imaginary adversary is. Alternate translation: “I might as well be saying, ‘Let us do evil, so that good may come’!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 72c09a622654a9c1cb27a5a7d89376dd57ef4736 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 16:36:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 166/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 98fcc84423..29fa598c29 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ ROM 3 5 e9ux figs-abstractnouns ὀργήν 1 to bring his wrath If your languag ROM 3 5 j631 figs-aside (κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.) 1 I am using a human argument Paul could be saying this as an aside in order to show that he is not trying to challenge **the righteousness of God**. If this would be confusing in your language, you could add parentheses like the ULT or use a natural way in your language to indicate an aside. Alternate translation: “I am reasoning like a human being” or “I am not trying to challenge how righteous God is by saying such things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) ROM 3 5 sd4g figs-idiom (κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.) 1 Here, the phrase **according to men** is an idiom meaning “the way people do” or “like a human being.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I am speaking based on how human beings perceive things” or “I am talking like a mere human being” or “I am speaking the way people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 6 gd5f figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be **May it never be** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong prohibition (See how you translated this phrase in [3:4](../03/04.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) -ROM 3 6 zg9s grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπεὶ πῶς κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον 1 For then how would God judge the world? This is a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why God is “not unrighteous for imposing {his} wrath” (See [4:5](../04/05.md)). Use a natural way in your language for expressing the reason why someone does something. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 3 6 zg9s grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπεὶ πῶς κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον 1 For then how would God judge the world? This is a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why God is “not unrighteous for imposing {his} wrath” (See [4:5](../04/05.md)). Use a natural way in your language for expressing the reason why someone does something. Alternate translation: “Because if God were unrighteous, how could he judge the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 6 lnp3 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 the world The **world** is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “anyone in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 7 b9k1 figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι? 1 But if the truth of God through my lie provides abundant praise for him, why am I still being judged as a sinner? Here Paul imagines someone continuing to reject the Christian gospel. That adversary argues, because his sin shows the righteousness of God, then God should not declare that he is a sinner on judgment day if, for example, he tells lies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 8 tz14 figs-rquestion καὶ μὴ καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν, ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά? 1 And not, just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm us to say, “Let us do evil, so that good may come”? Here Paul raises a question of his own, to show how ridiculous the argument of his imaginary adversary is. Alternate translation: “I might as well be saying, ‘Let us do evil, so that good may come’!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 5ab6dff6bb0a6955c5751bc29be303e30540c964 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 16:38:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 167/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 29fa598c29..0847d42563 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ ROM 3 5 e9ux figs-abstractnouns ὀργήν 1 to bring his wrath If your languag ROM 3 5 j631 figs-aside (κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.) 1 I am using a human argument Paul could be saying this as an aside in order to show that he is not trying to challenge **the righteousness of God**. If this would be confusing in your language, you could add parentheses like the ULT or use a natural way in your language to indicate an aside. Alternate translation: “I am reasoning like a human being” or “I am not trying to challenge how righteous God is by saying such things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) ROM 3 5 sd4g figs-idiom (κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.) 1 Here, the phrase **according to men** is an idiom meaning “the way people do” or “like a human being.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I am speaking based on how human beings perceive things” or “I am talking like a mere human being” or “I am speaking the way people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 6 gd5f figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be **May it never be** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong prohibition (See how you translated this phrase in [3:4](../03/04.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) -ROM 3 6 zg9s grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπεὶ πῶς κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον 1 For then how would God judge the world? This is a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why God is “not unrighteous for imposing {his} wrath” (See [4:5](../04/05.md)). Use a natural way in your language for expressing the reason why someone does something. Alternate translation: “Because if God were unrighteous, how could he judge the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 3 6 zg9s grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπεὶ πῶς κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον 1 For then how would God judge the world? This is a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why God is “not unrighteous for imposing {his} wrath” (See [4:5](../04/05.md)). Use a natural way in your language for expressing the reason why someone does something. Alternate translation: “Because if God were somehow unrighteous, how could he judge the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 6 lnp3 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 the world The **world** is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “anyone in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 7 b9k1 figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι? 1 But if the truth of God through my lie provides abundant praise for him, why am I still being judged as a sinner? Here Paul imagines someone continuing to reject the Christian gospel. That adversary argues, because his sin shows the righteousness of God, then God should not declare that he is a sinner on judgment day if, for example, he tells lies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 8 tz14 figs-rquestion καὶ μὴ καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν, ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά? 1 And not, just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm us to say, “Let us do evil, so that good may come”? Here Paul raises a question of his own, to show how ridiculous the argument of his imaginary adversary is. Alternate translation: “I might as well be saying, ‘Let us do evil, so that good may come’!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 81eceae2a64d32dbc7b7eff4029d9dc7626d76f7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 16:51:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 168/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 0847d42563..f88473e280 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ ROM 3 5 sd4g figs-idiom (κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.) 1 Here, the phr ROM 3 6 gd5f figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be **May it never be** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong prohibition (See how you translated this phrase in [3:4](../03/04.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 6 zg9s grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπεὶ πῶς κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον 1 For then how would God judge the world? This is a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why God is “not unrighteous for imposing {his} wrath” (See [4:5](../04/05.md)). Use a natural way in your language for expressing the reason why someone does something. Alternate translation: “Because if God were somehow unrighteous, how could he judge the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 6 lnp3 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 the world The **world** is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “anyone in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 3 7 b9k1 figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι? 1 But if the truth of God through my lie provides abundant praise for him, why am I still being judged as a sinner? Here Paul imagines someone continuing to reject the Christian gospel. That adversary argues, because his sin shows the righteousness of God, then God should not declare that he is a sinner on judgment day if, for example, he tells lies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 3 7 b9k1 grammar-connect-words-phrases εἰ δὲ 1 But if the truth of God through my lie provides abundant praise for him, why am I still being judged as a sinner? Here, the phrase **But if** indicates that Paul is resuming his rhetorical questions (See [3:5](../03/05.md)). Alternate translation: “If indeed” or “Now if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 8 tz14 figs-rquestion καὶ μὴ καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν, ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά? 1 And not, just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm us to say, “Let us do evil, so that good may come”? Here Paul raises a question of his own, to show how ridiculous the argument of his imaginary adversary is. Alternate translation: “I might as well be saying, ‘Let us do evil, so that good may come’!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 8 kb9d καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα 1 as we are falsely reported to say “as some lie to tell others that this is what we are saying” ROM 3 8 cn1c ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν 1 The judgment on them is just It will be only fair when God condemns these enemies of Paul, for telling lies about what Paul has been teaching. From 2ede513c515a774cdd1334b9fbe9c07c6e0c3c5b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 17:02:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 169/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index f88473e280..0fe4729481 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -466,6 +466,8 @@ ROM 3 6 gd5f figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be **May it n ROM 3 6 zg9s grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπεὶ πῶς κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον 1 For then how would God judge the world? This is a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why God is “not unrighteous for imposing {his} wrath” (See [4:5](../04/05.md)). Use a natural way in your language for expressing the reason why someone does something. Alternate translation: “Because if God were somehow unrighteous, how could he judge the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 6 lnp3 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 the world The **world** is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “anyone in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 7 b9k1 grammar-connect-words-phrases εἰ δὲ 1 But if the truth of God through my lie provides abundant praise for him, why am I still being judged as a sinner? Here, the phrase **But if** indicates that Paul is resuming his rhetorical questions (See [3:5](../03/05.md)). Alternate translation: “If indeed” or “Now if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 3 7 j9ji figs-abstractnoun ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “how truthful God is” or “what is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 3 7 lbji figs-possession ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the truth** about **God**. Use a natural way in your language to communicate this idea. Here, it could refer to: (1) how trustworthy God is. Alternate translation: “how reliable God is” or “how truthful God is” (2) what is true about God. Alternate translation: “what is true about God” or “God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 8 tz14 figs-rquestion καὶ μὴ καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν, ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά? 1 And not, just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm us to say, “Let us do evil, so that good may come”? Here Paul raises a question of his own, to show how ridiculous the argument of his imaginary adversary is. Alternate translation: “I might as well be saying, ‘Let us do evil, so that good may come’!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 8 kb9d καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα 1 as we are falsely reported to say “as some lie to tell others that this is what we are saying” ROM 3 8 cn1c ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν 1 The judgment on them is just It will be only fair when God condemns these enemies of Paul, for telling lies about what Paul has been teaching. From 2002f2869ab11d51d8bbb30527e591056de4225a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 17:08:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 170/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 0fe4729481..03baf397df 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -468,6 +468,7 @@ ROM 3 6 lnp3 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 the world The **world** is a m ROM 3 7 b9k1 grammar-connect-words-phrases εἰ δὲ 1 But if the truth of God through my lie provides abundant praise for him, why am I still being judged as a sinner? Here, the phrase **But if** indicates that Paul is resuming his rhetorical questions (See [3:5](../03/05.md)). Alternate translation: “If indeed” or “Now if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 7 j9ji figs-abstractnoun ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “how truthful God is” or “what is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 7 lbji figs-possession ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the truth** about **God**. Use a natural way in your language to communicate this idea. Here, it could refer to: (1) how trustworthy God is. Alternate translation: “how reliable God is” or “how truthful God is” (2) what is true about God. Alternate translation: “what is true about God” or “God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 3 7 fa7j figs-exclusive ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι 1 Here Paul uses the pronoun **my** to refers to a hypothetical response from a Jewish person. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternative translation: “when we Jews lie” or “when we Jews act falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 8 tz14 figs-rquestion καὶ μὴ καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν, ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά? 1 And not, just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm us to say, “Let us do evil, so that good may come”? Here Paul raises a question of his own, to show how ridiculous the argument of his imaginary adversary is. Alternate translation: “I might as well be saying, ‘Let us do evil, so that good may come’!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 8 kb9d καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα 1 as we are falsely reported to say “as some lie to tell others that this is what we are saying” ROM 3 8 cn1c ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν 1 The judgment on them is just It will be only fair when God condemns these enemies of Paul, for telling lies about what Paul has been teaching. From 0b20aa6507359d67ee72f6e9ee9739c30e8217c6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 17:09:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 171/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 03baf397df..2538937cae 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -469,6 +469,7 @@ ROM 3 7 b9k1 grammar-connect-words-phrases εἰ δὲ 1 But if the truth of God ROM 3 7 j9ji figs-abstractnoun ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “how truthful God is” or “what is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 7 lbji figs-possession ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the truth** about **God**. Use a natural way in your language to communicate this idea. Here, it could refer to: (1) how trustworthy God is. Alternate translation: “how reliable God is” or “how truthful God is” (2) what is true about God. Alternate translation: “what is true about God” or “God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 7 fa7j figs-exclusive ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι 1 Here Paul uses the pronoun **my** to refers to a hypothetical response from a Jewish person. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternative translation: “when we Jews lie” or “when we Jews act falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 3 7 o3po figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **lie*, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “when I lie” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 8 tz14 figs-rquestion καὶ μὴ καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν, ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά? 1 And not, just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm us to say, “Let us do evil, so that good may come”? Here Paul raises a question of his own, to show how ridiculous the argument of his imaginary adversary is. Alternate translation: “I might as well be saying, ‘Let us do evil, so that good may come’!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 8 kb9d καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα 1 as we are falsely reported to say “as some lie to tell others that this is what we are saying” ROM 3 8 cn1c ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν 1 The judgment on them is just It will be only fair when God condemns these enemies of Paul, for telling lies about what Paul has been teaching. From d12d7eac8fef8c8962b4561ee9f41b2bf766ce0d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 17:10:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 172/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 2538937cae..be22243285 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -468,8 +468,8 @@ ROM 3 6 lnp3 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 the world The **world** is a m ROM 3 7 b9k1 grammar-connect-words-phrases εἰ δὲ 1 But if the truth of God through my lie provides abundant praise for him, why am I still being judged as a sinner? Here, the phrase **But if** indicates that Paul is resuming his rhetorical questions (See [3:5](../03/05.md)). Alternate translation: “If indeed” or “Now if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 7 j9ji figs-abstractnoun ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “how truthful God is” or “what is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 7 lbji figs-possession ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the truth** about **God**. Use a natural way in your language to communicate this idea. Here, it could refer to: (1) how trustworthy God is. Alternate translation: “how reliable God is” or “how truthful God is” (2) what is true about God. Alternate translation: “what is true about God” or “God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 3 7 fa7j figs-exclusive ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι 1 Here Paul uses the pronoun **my** to refers to a hypothetical response from a Jewish person. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternative translation: “when we Jews lie” or “when we Jews act falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ROM 3 7 o3po figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **lie*, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “when I lie” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 3 7 fa7j figs-exclusive ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι 1 Here Paul uses the pronoun **my** to refers to a hypothetical response from a Jewish person. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternative translation: “when we Jews act falsely” or “when we Jews lie” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 3 7 o3po figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **lie*, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “when I act falsely” or “when I lie” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 8 tz14 figs-rquestion καὶ μὴ καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν, ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά? 1 And not, just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm us to say, “Let us do evil, so that good may come”? Here Paul raises a question of his own, to show how ridiculous the argument of his imaginary adversary is. Alternate translation: “I might as well be saying, ‘Let us do evil, so that good may come’!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 8 kb9d καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα 1 as we are falsely reported to say “as some lie to tell others that this is what we are saying” ROM 3 8 cn1c ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν 1 The judgment on them is just It will be only fair when God condemns these enemies of Paul, for telling lies about what Paul has been teaching. From df5e83eb7d7078f6899729c1134b67adec35b83d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 17:13:20 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 173/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index be22243285..febae59eda 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -465,6 +465,7 @@ ROM 3 5 sd4g figs-idiom (κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.) 1 Here, the phr ROM 3 6 gd5f figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be **May it never be** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong prohibition (See how you translated this phrase in [3:4](../03/04.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 6 zg9s grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπεὶ πῶς κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον 1 For then how would God judge the world? This is a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why God is “not unrighteous for imposing {his} wrath” (See [4:5](../04/05.md)). Use a natural way in your language for expressing the reason why someone does something. Alternate translation: “Because if God were somehow unrighteous, how could he judge the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 6 lnp3 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 the world The **world** is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “anyone in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 3 7 xysz figs-infostructure εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “But if the truth of God abounds to his glory through my lie” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 3 7 b9k1 grammar-connect-words-phrases εἰ δὲ 1 But if the truth of God through my lie provides abundant praise for him, why am I still being judged as a sinner? Here, the phrase **But if** indicates that Paul is resuming his rhetorical questions (See [3:5](../03/05.md)). Alternate translation: “If indeed” or “Now if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 7 j9ji figs-abstractnoun ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “how truthful God is” or “what is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 7 lbji figs-possession ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the truth** about **God**. Use a natural way in your language to communicate this idea. Here, it could refer to: (1) how trustworthy God is. Alternate translation: “how reliable God is” or “how truthful God is” (2) what is true about God. Alternate translation: “what is true about God” or “God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) From 24c7795ba3e07b60b27b859ddee5c4ff371ed5af Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 18:04:54 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 174/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index febae59eda..e11d2a160b 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -463,7 +463,8 @@ ROM 3 5 e9ux figs-abstractnouns ὀργήν 1 to bring his wrath If your languag ROM 3 5 j631 figs-aside (κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.) 1 I am using a human argument Paul could be saying this as an aside in order to show that he is not trying to challenge **the righteousness of God**. If this would be confusing in your language, you could add parentheses like the ULT or use a natural way in your language to indicate an aside. Alternate translation: “I am reasoning like a human being” or “I am not trying to challenge how righteous God is by saying such things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) ROM 3 5 sd4g figs-idiom (κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.) 1 Here, the phrase **according to men** is an idiom meaning “the way people do” or “like a human being.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I am speaking based on how human beings perceive things” or “I am talking like a mere human being” or “I am speaking the way people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 6 gd5f figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be **May it never be** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong prohibition (See how you translated this phrase in [3:4](../03/04.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) -ROM 3 6 zg9s grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπεὶ πῶς κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον 1 For then how would God judge the world? This is a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why God is “not unrighteous for imposing {his} wrath” (See [4:5](../04/05.md)). Use a natural way in your language for expressing the reason why someone does something. Alternate translation: “Because if God were somehow unrighteous, how could he judge the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 3 6 zg9s grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπεὶ πῶς κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον 1 For then how would God judge the world? This is a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why God is “not unrighteous for imposing {his} wrath” (See [4:5](../04/05.md)). Use a natural way in your language for expressing the reason why someone does something. Alternate translation: “Because if God were somehow unrighteous, how will he judge the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 3 6 x1y3 figs-declarative 1 John is using a future statement to give an instruction. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “he should pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
ROM 3 6 lnp3 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 the world The **world** is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “anyone in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 7 xysz figs-infostructure εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “But if the truth of God abounds to his glory through my lie” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 3 7 b9k1 grammar-connect-words-phrases εἰ δὲ 1 But if the truth of God through my lie provides abundant praise for him, why am I still being judged as a sinner? Here, the phrase **But if** indicates that Paul is resuming his rhetorical questions (See [3:5](../03/05.md)). Alternate translation: “If indeed” or “Now if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) @@ -471,6 +472,7 @@ ROM 3 7 j9ji figs-abstractnoun ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your ROM 3 7 lbji figs-possession ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the truth** about **God**. Use a natural way in your language to communicate this idea. Here, it could refer to: (1) how trustworthy God is. Alternate translation: “how reliable God is” or “how truthful God is” (2) what is true about God. Alternate translation: “what is true about God” or “God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 7 fa7j figs-exclusive ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι 1 Here Paul uses the pronoun **my** to refers to a hypothetical response from a Jewish person. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternative translation: “when we Jews act falsely” or “when we Jews lie” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 7 o3po figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **lie*, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “when I act falsely” or “when I lie” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 3 7 je41 figs-abstractnouns 1 ROM 3 8 tz14 figs-rquestion καὶ μὴ καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν, ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά? 1 And not, just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm us to say, “Let us do evil, so that good may come”? Here Paul raises a question of his own, to show how ridiculous the argument of his imaginary adversary is. Alternate translation: “I might as well be saying, ‘Let us do evil, so that good may come’!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 8 kb9d καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα 1 as we are falsely reported to say “as some lie to tell others that this is what we are saying” ROM 3 8 cn1c ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν 1 The judgment on them is just It will be only fair when God condemns these enemies of Paul, for telling lies about what Paul has been teaching. From ad605747a7d0aa26ec1aa9820dcb8839cfe8c5fc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 18:08:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 175/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index e11d2a160b..d4dc376542 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ ROM 3 5 j631 figs-aside (κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.) 1 I am using a h ROM 3 5 sd4g figs-idiom (κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.) 1 Here, the phrase **according to men** is an idiom meaning “the way people do” or “like a human being.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I am speaking based on how human beings perceive things” or “I am talking like a mere human being” or “I am speaking the way people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 6 gd5f figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be **May it never be** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong prohibition (See how you translated this phrase in [3:4](../03/04.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 6 zg9s grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπεὶ πῶς κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον 1 For then how would God judge the world? This is a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why God is “not unrighteous for imposing {his} wrath” (See [4:5](../04/05.md)). Use a natural way in your language for expressing the reason why someone does something. Alternate translation: “Because if God were somehow unrighteous, how will he judge the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 3 6 x1y3 figs-declarative 1 John is using a future statement to give an instruction. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “he should pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
+ROM 3 6 x1y3 figs-declarative κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς 1 Paul could be using a future statement to indicate possibility. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a different verb form to indicate possibility. Alternate translation: “could God” or “could it be possible for God to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
ROM 3 6 lnp3 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 the world The **world** is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “anyone in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 7 xysz figs-infostructure εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “But if the truth of God abounds to his glory through my lie” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 3 7 b9k1 grammar-connect-words-phrases εἰ δὲ 1 But if the truth of God through my lie provides abundant praise for him, why am I still being judged as a sinner? Here, the phrase **But if** indicates that Paul is resuming his rhetorical questions (See [3:5](../03/05.md)). Alternate translation: “If indeed” or “Now if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) From 1732a57c16e1640db17625d40b32d4a830df7cd0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 18:15:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 176/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index d4dc376542..ee6d5114ac 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -472,8 +472,7 @@ ROM 3 7 j9ji figs-abstractnoun ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your ROM 3 7 lbji figs-possession ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the truth** about **God**. Use a natural way in your language to communicate this idea. Here, it could refer to: (1) how trustworthy God is. Alternate translation: “how reliable God is” or “how truthful God is” (2) what is true about God. Alternate translation: “what is true about God” or “God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 7 fa7j figs-exclusive ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι 1 Here Paul uses the pronoun **my** to refers to a hypothetical response from a Jewish person. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternative translation: “when we Jews act falsely” or “when we Jews lie” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 7 o3po figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **lie*, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “when I act falsely” or “when I lie” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 3 7 je41 figs-abstractnouns 1 -ROM 3 8 tz14 figs-rquestion καὶ μὴ καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν, ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά? 1 And not, just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm us to say, “Let us do evil, so that good may come”? Here Paul raises a question of his own, to show how ridiculous the argument of his imaginary adversary is. Alternate translation: “I might as well be saying, ‘Let us do evil, so that good may come’!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 3 7 je41 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 This is a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “to demonstrate how glorious he is” or “to bring him glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 8 kb9d καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα 1 as we are falsely reported to say “as some lie to tell others that this is what we are saying” ROM 3 8 cn1c ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν 1 The judgment on them is just It will be only fair when God condemns these enemies of Paul, for telling lies about what Paul has been teaching. ROM 3 9 z3wu 0 Connecting Statement: Paul sums up that all are guilty of sin, none are righteous, and no one seeks God. From 66ecaffa825f79ac7ed315ed814ff9cf5c4b2261 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 18:17:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 177/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index ee6d5114ac..5ddd194364 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -473,6 +473,7 @@ ROM 3 7 lbji figs-possession ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is us ROM 3 7 fa7j figs-exclusive ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι 1 Here Paul uses the pronoun **my** to refers to a hypothetical response from a Jewish person. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternative translation: “when we Jews act falsely” or “when we Jews lie” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 7 o3po figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **lie*, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “when I act falsely” or “when I lie” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 7 je41 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 This is a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “to demonstrate how glorious he is” or “to bring him glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 3 7 h61j εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “to glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 8 kb9d καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα 1 as we are falsely reported to say “as some lie to tell others that this is what we are saying” ROM 3 8 cn1c ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν 1 The judgment on them is just It will be only fair when God condemns these enemies of Paul, for telling lies about what Paul has been teaching. ROM 3 9 z3wu 0 Connecting Statement: Paul sums up that all are guilty of sin, none are righteous, and no one seeks God. From 0d1190ec394f89c750c2e4297b09c89ca90704b3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 18:18:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 178/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 5ddd194364..903daff153 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ ROM 3 7 lbji figs-possession ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is us ROM 3 7 fa7j figs-exclusive ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι 1 Here Paul uses the pronoun **my** to refers to a hypothetical response from a Jewish person. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternative translation: “when we Jews act falsely” or “when we Jews lie” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 7 o3po figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **lie*, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “when I act falsely” or “when I lie” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 7 je41 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 This is a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “to demonstrate how glorious he is” or “to bring him glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 3 7 h61j εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “to glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 3 7 h61j εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “to glorify him” or “to cause others to glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 8 kb9d καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα 1 as we are falsely reported to say “as some lie to tell others that this is what we are saying” ROM 3 8 cn1c ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν 1 The judgment on them is just It will be only fair when God condemns these enemies of Paul, for telling lies about what Paul has been teaching. ROM 3 9 z3wu 0 Connecting Statement: Paul sums up that all are guilty of sin, none are righteous, and no one seeks God. From be2601de25f646064d9b20f941d82cc76506d08d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 18:26:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 179/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 903daff153..b3f7fb0bc8 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -470,10 +470,11 @@ ROM 3 7 xysz figs-infostructure εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεο ROM 3 7 b9k1 grammar-connect-words-phrases εἰ δὲ 1 But if the truth of God through my lie provides abundant praise for him, why am I still being judged as a sinner? Here, the phrase **But if** indicates that Paul is resuming his rhetorical questions (See [3:5](../03/05.md)). Alternate translation: “If indeed” or “Now if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 7 j9ji figs-abstractnoun ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “how truthful God is” or “what is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 7 lbji figs-possession ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the truth** about **God**. Use a natural way in your language to communicate this idea. Here, it could refer to: (1) how trustworthy God is. Alternate translation: “how reliable God is” or “how truthful God is” (2) what is true about God. Alternate translation: “what is true about God” or “God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 3 7 fa7j figs-exclusive ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι 1 Here Paul uses the pronoun **my** to refers to a hypothetical response from a Jewish person. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternative translation: “when we Jews act falsely” or “when we Jews lie” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 3 7 fa7j figs-exclusive ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι…κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 Here Paul uses the pronoun **my** and **I** to refer to a hypothetical response from a Jewish person. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternative translation: “when we Jews act falsely … are we” or “when we Jews lie … are we” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 7 o3po figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **lie*, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “when I act falsely” or “when I lie” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 7 je41 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 This is a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “to demonstrate how glorious he is” or “to bring him glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 7 h61j εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “to glorify him” or “to cause others to glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 3 7 kl58 1 ROM 3 8 kb9d καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα 1 as we are falsely reported to say “as some lie to tell others that this is what we are saying” ROM 3 8 cn1c ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν 1 The judgment on them is just It will be only fair when God condemns these enemies of Paul, for telling lies about what Paul has been teaching. ROM 3 9 z3wu 0 Connecting Statement: Paul sums up that all are guilty of sin, none are righteous, and no one seeks God. From c1df77a07c5b5f6e1775ebbe1964ddb3045fa6b7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 18:27:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 180/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index b3f7fb0bc8..5628ab83d2 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -470,7 +470,7 @@ ROM 3 7 xysz figs-infostructure εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεο ROM 3 7 b9k1 grammar-connect-words-phrases εἰ δὲ 1 But if the truth of God through my lie provides abundant praise for him, why am I still being judged as a sinner? Here, the phrase **But if** indicates that Paul is resuming his rhetorical questions (See [3:5](../03/05.md)). Alternate translation: “If indeed” or “Now if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 7 j9ji figs-abstractnoun ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “how truthful God is” or “what is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 7 lbji figs-possession ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the truth** about **God**. Use a natural way in your language to communicate this idea. Here, it could refer to: (1) how trustworthy God is. Alternate translation: “how reliable God is” or “how truthful God is” (2) what is true about God. Alternate translation: “what is true about God” or “God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 3 7 fa7j figs-exclusive ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι…κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 Here Paul uses the pronoun **my** and **I** to refer to a hypothetical response from a Jewish person. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternative translation: “when we Jews act falsely … are we” or “when we Jews lie … are we” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 3 7 fa7j figs-exclusive ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι…κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 Here Paul uses the pronoun **my** and **I** to refer to a hypothetical response from a Jewish person. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternative translation: “when we Jews act falsely … are we … as sinners” or “when we Jews lie … are we … as sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 7 o3po figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **lie*, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “when I act falsely” or “when I lie” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 7 je41 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 This is a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “to demonstrate how glorious he is” or “to bring him glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 7 h61j εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “to glorify him” or “to cause others to glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 31961395771273091984c1b7b7970e33aa46139e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 18:30:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 181/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 5628ab83d2..053d5b8817 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ ROM 3 7 fa7j figs-exclusive ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι…κἀγὼ ROM 3 7 o3po figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **lie*, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “when I act falsely” or “when I lie” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 7 je41 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 This is a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “to demonstrate how glorious he is” or “to bring him glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 7 h61j εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “to glorify him” or “to cause others to glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 3 7 kl58 1 +ROM 3 7 kl58 figs-simile ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 The point of this comparison is that someone who brings **glory** to **God** should not be considered a **sinner**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as if I were sinning” or “like God judges people who sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ROM 3 8 kb9d καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα 1 as we are falsely reported to say “as some lie to tell others that this is what we are saying” ROM 3 8 cn1c ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν 1 The judgment on them is just It will be only fair when God condemns these enemies of Paul, for telling lies about what Paul has been teaching. ROM 3 9 z3wu 0 Connecting Statement: Paul sums up that all are guilty of sin, none are righteous, and no one seeks God. From b3e5135852223c7e03291c276a14b39073799959 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 18:32:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 182/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 053d5b8817..74b9282f21 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -475,6 +475,7 @@ ROM 3 7 o3po figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι 1 If your ROM 3 7 je41 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 This is a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “to demonstrate how glorious he is” or “to bring him glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 7 h61j εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “to glorify him” or “to cause others to glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 7 kl58 figs-simile ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 The point of this comparison is that someone who brings **glory** to **God** should not be considered a **sinner**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as if I were sinning” or “like God judges people who sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +ROM 3 7 pgus figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sinner**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “someone who sins” or “as if I am sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 8 kb9d καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα 1 as we are falsely reported to say “as some lie to tell others that this is what we are saying” ROM 3 8 cn1c ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν 1 The judgment on them is just It will be only fair when God condemns these enemies of Paul, for telling lies about what Paul has been teaching. ROM 3 9 z3wu 0 Connecting Statement: Paul sums up that all are guilty of sin, none are righteous, and no one seeks God. From 625c710ca5d30cb5e8fd4a25bed77bd3d5f78c5e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 18:34:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 183/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 74b9282f21..f353803781 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -474,6 +474,7 @@ ROM 3 7 fa7j figs-exclusive ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι…κἀγὼ ROM 3 7 o3po figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **lie*, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “when I act falsely” or “when I lie” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 7 je41 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 This is a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “to demonstrate how glorious he is” or “to bring him glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 7 h61j εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “to glorify him” or “to cause others to glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 3 7 yv5j figs-activepassive κρίνομαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “does God still judge me like I am someone who sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 7 kl58 figs-simile ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 The point of this comparison is that someone who brings **glory** to **God** should not be considered a **sinner**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as if I were sinning” or “like God judges people who sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ROM 3 7 pgus figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sinner**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “someone who sins” or “as if I am sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 8 kb9d καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα 1 as we are falsely reported to say “as some lie to tell others that this is what we are saying” From ea7b3b336a8d8fc95ac48f05287926e91c3dc5a2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 18:35:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 184/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index f353803781..bc9126581f 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ ROM 3 7 fa7j figs-exclusive ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι…κἀγὼ ROM 3 7 o3po figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **lie*, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “when I act falsely” or “when I lie” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 7 je41 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 This is a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “to demonstrate how glorious he is” or “to bring him glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 7 h61j εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “to glorify him” or “to cause others to glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 3 7 yv5j figs-activepassive κρίνομαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “does God still judge me like I am someone who sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 3 7 yv5j figs-activepassive τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form **being judged** in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “why does God still judge me like I am someone who is sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 7 kl58 figs-simile ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 The point of this comparison is that someone who brings **glory** to **God** should not be considered a **sinner**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as if I were sinning” or “like God judges people who sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ROM 3 7 pgus figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sinner**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “someone who sins” or “as if I am sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 8 kb9d καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα 1 as we are falsely reported to say “as some lie to tell others that this is what we are saying” From efcf96dbd53ea22751ee237b07f0ce9fb7a0f2c2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 18:40:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 185/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index bc9126581f..ef975fbfac 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -475,6 +475,7 @@ ROM 3 7 o3po figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι 1 If your ROM 3 7 je41 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 This is a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “to demonstrate how glorious he is” or “to bring him glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 7 h61j εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “to glorify him” or “to cause others to glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 7 yv5j figs-activepassive τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form **being judged** in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “why does God still judge me like I am someone who is sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 3 7 oplr grammar-connect-condition-contrary τί ἔτι κἀγὼ…κρίνομαι 1 This speaker is asking a conditional question that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is true. He has concluded that he is **being judged** by God **as a sinner**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is true. Alternate translation: “why should God still judged me” or “how could God still judge me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
ROM 3 7 kl58 figs-simile ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 The point of this comparison is that someone who brings **glory** to **God** should not be considered a **sinner**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as if I were sinning” or “like God judges people who sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ROM 3 7 pgus figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sinner**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “someone who sins” or “as if I am sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 8 kb9d καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα 1 as we are falsely reported to say “as some lie to tell others that this is what we are saying” From fb2746f190c66ef4ccae40dd1100d5d33ee6aede Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 18:40:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 186/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index ef975fbfac..fc9035edab 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ ROM 3 7 o3po figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι 1 If your ROM 3 7 je41 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 This is a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “to demonstrate how glorious he is” or “to bring him glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 7 h61j εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “to glorify him” or “to cause others to glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 7 yv5j figs-activepassive τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form **being judged** in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “why does God still judge me like I am someone who is sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 3 7 oplr grammar-connect-condition-contrary τί ἔτι κἀγὼ…κρίνομαι 1 This speaker is asking a conditional question that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is true. He has concluded that he is **being judged** by God **as a sinner**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is true. Alternate translation: “why should God still judged me” or “how could God still judge me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
+ROM 3 7 oplr grammar-connect-condition-contrary τί ἔτι κἀγὼ…κρίνομαι 1 This speaker is asking a conditional question that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is true. He has concluded that he is **being judged** by God **as a sinner**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is true. Alternate translation: “why should God still judge me” or “how could God still judge me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
ROM 3 7 kl58 figs-simile ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 The point of this comparison is that someone who brings **glory** to **God** should not be considered a **sinner**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as if I were sinning” or “like God judges people who sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ROM 3 7 pgus figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sinner**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “someone who sins” or “as if I am sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 8 kb9d καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα 1 as we are falsely reported to say “as some lie to tell others that this is what we are saying” From 4c434c74dc9e36e67d633fd9ee50d36f4a3a65e0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 18:59:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 188/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index fc9035edab..4b318800f3 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -478,8 +478,7 @@ ROM 3 7 yv5j figs-activepassive τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸ ROM 3 7 oplr grammar-connect-condition-contrary τί ἔτι κἀγὼ…κρίνομαι 1 This speaker is asking a conditional question that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is true. He has concluded that he is **being judged** by God **as a sinner**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is true. Alternate translation: “why should God still judge me” or “how could God still judge me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
ROM 3 7 kl58 figs-simile ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 The point of this comparison is that someone who brings **glory** to **God** should not be considered a **sinner**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as if I were sinning” or “like God judges people who sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ROM 3 7 pgus figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sinner**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “someone who sins” or “as if I am sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 3 8 kb9d καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα 1 as we are falsely reported to say “as some lie to tell others that this is what we are saying” -ROM 3 8 cn1c ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν 1 The judgment on them is just It will be only fair when God condemns these enemies of Paul, for telling lies about what Paul has been teaching. +ROM 3 8 kb9d figs-infostructure καὶ μὴ καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν, ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά? 1 as we are falsely reported to say If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “And not, ‘Let us do evil, so that good may come,’ just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm we say?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 3 9 z3wu 0 Connecting Statement: Paul sums up that all are guilty of sin, none are righteous, and no one seeks God. ROM 3 9 fia9 figs-rquestion τί οὖν? προεχόμεθα? 1 What then? Are we excusing ourselves? Paul asks these questions to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “We Jews should not try to imagine we are going to escape God’s judgment, just because we are Jewish!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 9 g85q οὐ πάντως 1 Not at all These words are stronger than a simple “no,” but not as strong as “absolutely not!” From 0b52d6a486c27d08734feba5808b43994f0dcb18 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 19:01:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 189/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 4b318800f3..7a735d23c4 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -479,6 +479,7 @@ ROM 3 7 oplr grammar-connect-condition-contrary τί ἔτι κἀγὼ…κρί ROM 3 7 kl58 figs-simile ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 The point of this comparison is that someone who brings **glory** to **God** should not be considered a **sinner**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as if I were sinning” or “like God judges people who sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ROM 3 7 pgus figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sinner**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “someone who sins” or “as if I am sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 8 kb9d figs-infostructure καὶ μὴ καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν, ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά? 1 as we are falsely reported to say If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “And not, ‘Let us do evil, so that good may come,’ just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm we say?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) +ROM 3 8 wr3g figs-ellipsis καὶ μὴ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And why not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 9 z3wu 0 Connecting Statement: Paul sums up that all are guilty of sin, none are righteous, and no one seeks God. ROM 3 9 fia9 figs-rquestion τί οὖν? προεχόμεθα? 1 What then? Are we excusing ourselves? Paul asks these questions to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “We Jews should not try to imagine we are going to escape God’s judgment, just because we are Jewish!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 9 g85q οὐ πάντως 1 Not at all These words are stronger than a simple “no,” but not as strong as “absolutely not!” From 251e67fcbcf9210542fc76ac9f736b56c098ea31 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 19:07:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 190/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 7a735d23c4..fa4c0934e0 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -480,6 +480,7 @@ ROM 3 7 kl58 figs-simile ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 The point of this compari ROM 3 7 pgus figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sinner**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “someone who sins” or “as if I am sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 8 kb9d figs-infostructure καὶ μὴ καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν, ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά? 1 as we are falsely reported to say If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “And not, ‘Let us do evil, so that good may come,’ just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm we say?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 3 8 wr3g figs-ellipsis καὶ μὴ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And why not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 3 8 g19d grammar-connect-words-phrases καθὼς…καθώς 1 Paul is using **just as** to emphasize the fact that certain people are spreading false rumors about the apostles’ teaching.Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “in the way … in the way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 9 z3wu 0 Connecting Statement: Paul sums up that all are guilty of sin, none are righteous, and no one seeks God. ROM 3 9 fia9 figs-rquestion τί οὖν? προεχόμεθα? 1 What then? Are we excusing ourselves? Paul asks these questions to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “We Jews should not try to imagine we are going to escape God’s judgment, just because we are Jewish!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 9 g85q οὐ πάντως 1 Not at all These words are stronger than a simple “no,” but not as strong as “absolutely not!” From 130754f727c3a55b6077f2ff834849909ff661b0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 19:11:34 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 191/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index fa4c0934e0..cd10430dc8 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1448,3 +1448,4 @@ ROM 16 26 lc6d figs-abstractnouns εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως 1 to b ROM 16 26 cvi3 figs-explicit εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως 1 You may need to make explicit who will obey and trust. Alternate translation: “so that all nations will obey God because they trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 27 qmj7 figs-explicit μόνῳ σοφῷ Θεῷ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. ἀμήν! 1 To the only wise God … be glory forever. Amen Here, **through Jesus Christ** refers to what Jesus did. To give **glory** means to praise God. Alternate translation: “Because of what Jesus Christ has done for us, we will praise forever the one who alone is God and who alone is wise. Amen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 22 vb45 figs-explicit ἱεροσυλεῖς 1 You who say that one must not commit adultery, do you commit adultery? The implication is that the **temples** the Jews **rob** are where **idols** are kept and worshipped. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do you rob temples where idols are kept” or “should you actually enter an idol temple and rob it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 3 8 tz14 figs-rquestion βλασφημούμεθα… ἡμᾶς 1 And not, just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm us to say, “Let us do evil, so that good may come”? Here, **we** and **us** exclusively speaks of Paul and his fellow apostles to the Gentiles. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “they blaspheme us apostles … us apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) From 36581ec49a9e9f7dd5bdb0769fc15237e3b9fe88 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 19:11:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 192/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index cd10430dc8..94af1b7cb9 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1448,4 +1448,4 @@ ROM 16 26 lc6d figs-abstractnouns εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως 1 to b ROM 16 26 cvi3 figs-explicit εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως 1 You may need to make explicit who will obey and trust. Alternate translation: “so that all nations will obey God because they trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 27 qmj7 figs-explicit μόνῳ σοφῷ Θεῷ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. ἀμήν! 1 To the only wise God … be glory forever. Amen Here, **through Jesus Christ** refers to what Jesus did. To give **glory** means to praise God. Alternate translation: “Because of what Jesus Christ has done for us, we will praise forever the one who alone is God and who alone is wise. Amen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 22 vb45 figs-explicit ἱεροσυλεῖς 1 You who say that one must not commit adultery, do you commit adultery? The implication is that the **temples** the Jews **rob** are where **idols** are kept and worshipped. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do you rob temples where idols are kept” or “should you actually enter an idol temple and rob it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 3 8 tz14 figs-rquestion βλασφημούμεθα… ἡμᾶς 1 And not, just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm us to say, “Let us do evil, so that good may come”? Here, **we** and **us** exclusively speaks of Paul and his fellow apostles to the Gentiles. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “they blaspheme us apostles … us apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 3 8 tz14 figs-exclusive βλασφημούμεθα… ἡμᾶς 1 And not, just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm us to say, “Let us do evil, so that good may come”? Here, **we** and **us** exclusively speaks of Paul and his fellow apostles to the Gentiles. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “they blaspheme us apostles … us apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) From f640428e671d9931ccca63c1c292f92d958b948c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 19:12:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 193/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 94af1b7cb9..f57d8aac63 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ ROM 3 7 kl58 figs-simile ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 The point of this compari ROM 3 7 pgus figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sinner**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “someone who sins” or “as if I am sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 8 kb9d figs-infostructure καὶ μὴ καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν, ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά? 1 as we are falsely reported to say If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “And not, ‘Let us do evil, so that good may come,’ just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm we say?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 3 8 wr3g figs-ellipsis καὶ μὴ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And why not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 3 8 g19d grammar-connect-words-phrases καθὼς…καθώς 1 Paul is using **just as** to emphasize the fact that certain people are spreading false rumors about the apostles’ teaching.Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “in the way … in the way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 3 8 g19d grammar-connect-words-phrases καθὼς…καθώς 1 Paul is using **just as** to emphasize the fact that certain people are spreading false rumors about the apostles’ teaching. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “in the way … in the way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 9 z3wu 0 Connecting Statement: Paul sums up that all are guilty of sin, none are righteous, and no one seeks God. ROM 3 9 fia9 figs-rquestion τί οὖν? προεχόμεθα? 1 What then? Are we excusing ourselves? Paul asks these questions to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “We Jews should not try to imagine we are going to escape God’s judgment, just because we are Jewish!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 9 g85q οὐ πάντως 1 Not at all These words are stronger than a simple “no,” but not as strong as “absolutely not!” @@ -1448,4 +1448,4 @@ ROM 16 26 lc6d figs-abstractnouns εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως 1 to b ROM 16 26 cvi3 figs-explicit εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως 1 You may need to make explicit who will obey and trust. Alternate translation: “so that all nations will obey God because they trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 27 qmj7 figs-explicit μόνῳ σοφῷ Θεῷ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. ἀμήν! 1 To the only wise God … be glory forever. Amen Here, **through Jesus Christ** refers to what Jesus did. To give **glory** means to praise God. Alternate translation: “Because of what Jesus Christ has done for us, we will praise forever the one who alone is God and who alone is wise. Amen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 22 vb45 figs-explicit ἱεροσυλεῖς 1 You who say that one must not commit adultery, do you commit adultery? The implication is that the **temples** the Jews **rob** are where **idols** are kept and worshipped. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do you rob temples where idols are kept” or “should you actually enter an idol temple and rob it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 3 8 tz14 figs-exclusive βλασφημούμεθα… ἡμᾶς 1 And not, just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm us to say, “Let us do evil, so that good may come”? Here, **we** and **us** exclusively speaks of Paul and his fellow apostles to the Gentiles. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “they blaspheme us apostles … us apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 3 8 tz14 figs-exclusive βλασφημούμεθα… ἡμᾶς…ποιήσωμεν 1 And not, just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm us to say, “Let us do evil, so that good may come”? Here, **we** and **us** exclusively speaks of Paul and his fellow apostles to the Gentiles. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “they blaspheme us apostles … us apostles … We apostles should do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) From bc8eff1f5339290a0ddf1b3f570f3ef8d7f478be Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 19:14:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 194/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index f57d8aac63..88f247a6c1 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1448,4 +1448,5 @@ ROM 16 26 lc6d figs-abstractnouns εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως 1 to b ROM 16 26 cvi3 figs-explicit εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως 1 You may need to make explicit who will obey and trust. Alternate translation: “so that all nations will obey God because they trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 27 qmj7 figs-explicit μόνῳ σοφῷ Θεῷ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. ἀμήν! 1 To the only wise God … be glory forever. Amen Here, **through Jesus Christ** refers to what Jesus did. To give **glory** means to praise God. Alternate translation: “Because of what Jesus Christ has done for us, we will praise forever the one who alone is God and who alone is wise. Amen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 22 vb45 figs-explicit ἱεροσυλεῖς 1 You who say that one must not commit adultery, do you commit adultery? The implication is that the **temples** the Jews **rob** are where **idols** are kept and worshipped. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do you rob temples where idols are kept” or “should you actually enter an idol temple and rob it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 3 8 tz14 figs-exclusive βλασφημούμεθα… ἡμᾶς…ποιήσωμεν 1 And not, just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm us to say, “Let us do evil, so that good may come”? Here, **we** and **us** exclusively speaks of Paul and his fellow apostles to the Gentiles. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “they blaspheme us apostles … us apostles … We apostles should do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 3 8 tz14 figs-exclusive βλασφημούμεθα… ἡμᾶς…ποιήσωμεν 1 And not, just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm us to say, “Let us do evil, so that good may come”? Here, **we** and **us** exclusively speaks of Paul and his fellow apostles to the Gentiles. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “some people blaspheme us apostles … us apostles … We apostles should do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 3 8 cn1c βλασφημούμεθα 1 The judgment on them is just If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some who blaspheme us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 2d7b1ba730e13c16a03060abbefbcd5b0e4e793e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 19:15:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 195/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 88f247a6c1..245b64c10a 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1449,4 +1449,4 @@ ROM 16 26 cvi3 figs-explicit εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως 1 You may ROM 16 27 qmj7 figs-explicit μόνῳ σοφῷ Θεῷ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. ἀμήν! 1 To the only wise God … be glory forever. Amen Here, **through Jesus Christ** refers to what Jesus did. To give **glory** means to praise God. Alternate translation: “Because of what Jesus Christ has done for us, we will praise forever the one who alone is God and who alone is wise. Amen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 22 vb45 figs-explicit ἱεροσυλεῖς 1 You who say that one must not commit adultery, do you commit adultery? The implication is that the **temples** the Jews **rob** are where **idols** are kept and worshipped. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do you rob temples where idols are kept” or “should you actually enter an idol temple and rob it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 8 tz14 figs-exclusive βλασφημούμεθα… ἡμᾶς…ποιήσωμεν 1 And not, just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm us to say, “Let us do evil, so that good may come”? Here, **we** and **us** exclusively speaks of Paul and his fellow apostles to the Gentiles. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “some people blaspheme us apostles … us apostles … We apostles should do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ROM 3 8 cn1c βλασφημούμεθα 1 The judgment on them is just If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some who blaspheme us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 3 8 cn1c figs-activepassive βλασφημούμεθα 1 The judgment on them is just If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people who blaspheme us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 3467e27b4755a2c6c22a3d1df1de5f0c58bb2406 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 19:15:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 196/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 245b64c10a..8480ebc199 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1448,5 +1448,5 @@ ROM 16 26 lc6d figs-abstractnouns εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως 1 to b ROM 16 26 cvi3 figs-explicit εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως 1 You may need to make explicit who will obey and trust. Alternate translation: “so that all nations will obey God because they trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 27 qmj7 figs-explicit μόνῳ σοφῷ Θεῷ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. ἀμήν! 1 To the only wise God … be glory forever. Amen Here, **through Jesus Christ** refers to what Jesus did. To give **glory** means to praise God. Alternate translation: “Because of what Jesus Christ has done for us, we will praise forever the one who alone is God and who alone is wise. Amen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 22 vb45 figs-explicit ἱεροσυλεῖς 1 You who say that one must not commit adultery, do you commit adultery? The implication is that the **temples** the Jews **rob** are where **idols** are kept and worshipped. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do you rob temples where idols are kept” or “should you actually enter an idol temple and rob it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 3 8 tz14 figs-exclusive βλασφημούμεθα… ἡμᾶς…ποιήσωμεν 1 And not, just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm us to say, “Let us do evil, so that good may come”? Here, **we** and **us** exclusively speaks of Paul and his fellow apostles to the Gentiles. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “some people blaspheme us apostles … us apostles … We apostles should do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ROM 3 8 cn1c figs-activepassive βλασφημούμεθα 1 The judgment on them is just If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people who blaspheme us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 3 8 tz14 figs-exclusive βλασφημούμεθα… ἡμᾶς…ποιήσωμεν 1 And not, just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm us to say, “Let us do evil, so that good may come”? Here, **we** and **us** exclusively speaks of Paul and his fellow apostles to the Gentiles. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “some people keep blaspheming us apostles … us apostles … We apostles should do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 3 8 cn1c figs-activepassive βλασφημούμεθα 1 The judgment on them is just If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people who keep blaspheming us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 9fb183e54eec4a8a007722ac4a462c3a9b595154 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 19:16:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 197/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 8480ebc199..03e57b4c49 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1449,4 +1449,4 @@ ROM 16 26 cvi3 figs-explicit εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως 1 You may ROM 16 27 qmj7 figs-explicit μόνῳ σοφῷ Θεῷ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. ἀμήν! 1 To the only wise God … be glory forever. Amen Here, **through Jesus Christ** refers to what Jesus did. To give **glory** means to praise God. Alternate translation: “Because of what Jesus Christ has done for us, we will praise forever the one who alone is God and who alone is wise. Amen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 22 vb45 figs-explicit ἱεροσυλεῖς 1 You who say that one must not commit adultery, do you commit adultery? The implication is that the **temples** the Jews **rob** are where **idols** are kept and worshipped. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do you rob temples where idols are kept” or “should you actually enter an idol temple and rob it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 8 tz14 figs-exclusive βλασφημούμεθα… ἡμᾶς…ποιήσωμεν 1 And not, just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm us to say, “Let us do evil, so that good may come”? Here, **we** and **us** exclusively speaks of Paul and his fellow apostles to the Gentiles. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “some people keep blaspheming us apostles … us apostles … We apostles should do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ROM 3 8 cn1c figs-activepassive βλασφημούμεθα 1 The judgment on them is just If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people who keep blaspheming us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 3 8 cn1c figs-activepassive βλασφημούμεθα 1 The judgment on them is just If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people keep blaspheming us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From d777531b755ad0f34fe9b449bfca4383db7f8200 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 19:20:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 198/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 03e57b4c49..d97ae1259d 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1449,4 +1449,5 @@ ROM 16 26 cvi3 figs-explicit εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως 1 You may ROM 16 27 qmj7 figs-explicit μόνῳ σοφῷ Θεῷ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. ἀμήν! 1 To the only wise God … be glory forever. Amen Here, **through Jesus Christ** refers to what Jesus did. To give **glory** means to praise God. Alternate translation: “Because of what Jesus Christ has done for us, we will praise forever the one who alone is God and who alone is wise. Amen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 22 vb45 figs-explicit ἱεροσυλεῖς 1 You who say that one must not commit adultery, do you commit adultery? The implication is that the **temples** the Jews **rob** are where **idols** are kept and worshipped. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do you rob temples where idols are kept” or “should you actually enter an idol temple and rob it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 8 tz14 figs-exclusive βλασφημούμεθα… ἡμᾶς…ποιήσωμεν 1 And not, just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm us to say, “Let us do evil, so that good may come”? Here, **we** and **us** exclusively speaks of Paul and his fellow apostles to the Gentiles. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “some people keep blaspheming us apostles … us apostles … We apostles should do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 3 8 m5xx figs-parallelism καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show how badly these people spread rumors agains the apostles. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “like some people slanderously report that we say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 8 cn1c figs-activepassive βλασφημούμεθα 1 The judgment on them is just If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people keep blaspheming us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 97678b55f6a074fed81e217abebeb30fb09af78c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 19:27:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 199/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index d97ae1259d..078cf0fdca 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1451,3 +1451,4 @@ ROM 2 22 vb45 figs-explicit ἱεροσυλεῖς 1 You who say that one must n ROM 3 8 tz14 figs-exclusive βλασφημούμεθα… ἡμᾶς…ποιήσωμεν 1 And not, just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm us to say, “Let us do evil, so that good may come”? Here, **we** and **us** exclusively speaks of Paul and his fellow apostles to the Gentiles. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “some people keep blaspheming us apostles … us apostles … We apostles should do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 8 m5xx figs-parallelism καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show how badly these people spread rumors agains the apostles. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “like some people slanderously report that we say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 8 cn1c figs-activepassive βλασφημούμεθα 1 The judgment on them is just If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people keep blaspheming us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 3 8 qc9n figs-quotations ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά 1 This is a false quotation of something rumored that Paul and the apostles say or teach. If it would be more natural in your language, you could make it an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “that we should do evil, so that good may come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
From 85189cce296f6ae094e41834bac75374536fc54b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 19:57:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 200/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 078cf0fdca..7fd8cf4766 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1451,4 +1451,5 @@ ROM 2 22 vb45 figs-explicit ἱεροσυλεῖς 1 You who say that one must n ROM 3 8 tz14 figs-exclusive βλασφημούμεθα… ἡμᾶς…ποιήσωμεν 1 And not, just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm us to say, “Let us do evil, so that good may come”? Here, **we** and **us** exclusively speaks of Paul and his fellow apostles to the Gentiles. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “some people keep blaspheming us apostles … us apostles … We apostles should do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 8 m5xx figs-parallelism καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show how badly these people spread rumors agains the apostles. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “like some people slanderously report that we say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 8 cn1c figs-activepassive βλασφημούμεθα 1 The judgment on them is just If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people keep blaspheming us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 3 8 h68w figs-explicit τινες 1 Paul implies that **some** could refer to: (1) Jewish unbelievers. Alternate translation: “some Jewish unbelievers” or “some Jews who reject Jesus” (2) Jewish believers. Alternate translation: “some Jewish believers who reject the Gentile inclusion in the Church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 8 qc9n figs-quotations ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά 1 This is a false quotation of something rumored that Paul and the apostles say or teach. If it would be more natural in your language, you could make it an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “that we should do evil, so that good may come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
From ae789781bd518b2493a0ef9bd6e1a21270dddd5e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 19:59:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 201/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 7fd8cf4766..8e9e0ab9db 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1453,3 +1453,4 @@ ROM 3 8 m5xx figs-parallelism καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ κ ROM 3 8 cn1c figs-activepassive βλασφημούμεθα 1 The judgment on them is just If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people keep blaspheming us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 8 h68w figs-explicit τινες 1 Paul implies that **some** could refer to: (1) Jewish unbelievers. Alternate translation: “some Jewish unbelievers” or “some Jews who reject Jesus” (2) Jewish believers. Alternate translation: “some Jewish believers who reject the Gentile inclusion in the Church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 8 qc9n figs-quotations ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά 1 This is a false quotation of something rumored that Paul and the apostles say or teach. If it would be more natural in your language, you could make it an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “that we should do evil, so that good may come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
+ROM 3 8 r0d8 figs-quotations τὰ κακὰ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of love, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “things that are evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
From 54f6b3603642805416d6357f6b7de8ef0334bcf9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 19:59:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 202/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 8e9e0ab9db..66f5bc2574 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1453,4 +1453,4 @@ ROM 3 8 m5xx figs-parallelism καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ κ ROM 3 8 cn1c figs-activepassive βλασφημούμεθα 1 The judgment on them is just If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people keep blaspheming us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 8 h68w figs-explicit τινες 1 Paul implies that **some** could refer to: (1) Jewish unbelievers. Alternate translation: “some Jewish unbelievers” or “some Jews who reject Jesus” (2) Jewish believers. Alternate translation: “some Jewish believers who reject the Gentile inclusion in the Church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 8 qc9n figs-quotations ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά 1 This is a false quotation of something rumored that Paul and the apostles say or teach. If it would be more natural in your language, you could make it an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “that we should do evil, so that good may come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
-ROM 3 8 r0d8 figs-quotations τὰ κακὰ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of love, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “things that are evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM 3 8 r0d8 figs-abstractnouns τὰ κακὰ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of love, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “things that are evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
From f1758b36bd23b1b110c8410c2507e18a35ead6f9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 20:00:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 203/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 66f5bc2574..217ec73992 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1453,4 +1453,4 @@ ROM 3 8 m5xx figs-parallelism καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ κ ROM 3 8 cn1c figs-activepassive βλασφημούμεθα 1 The judgment on them is just If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people keep blaspheming us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 8 h68w figs-explicit τινες 1 Paul implies that **some** could refer to: (1) Jewish unbelievers. Alternate translation: “some Jewish unbelievers” or “some Jews who reject Jesus” (2) Jewish believers. Alternate translation: “some Jewish believers who reject the Gentile inclusion in the Church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 8 qc9n figs-quotations ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά 1 This is a false quotation of something rumored that Paul and the apostles say or teach. If it would be more natural in your language, you could make it an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “that we should do evil, so that good may come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
-ROM 3 8 r0d8 figs-abstractnouns τὰ κακὰ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of love, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “things that are evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM 3 8 r0d8 figs-abstractnouns τὰ κακὰ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **evil**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “things that are evil” or “what is bad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
From 57145536b5082f78bf5d8abff49e12e19bfd8935 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 20:03:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 204/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 217ec73992..095b60910b 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1454,3 +1454,4 @@ ROM 3 8 cn1c figs-activepassive βλασφημούμεθα 1 The judgment on the ROM 3 8 h68w figs-explicit τινες 1 Paul implies that **some** could refer to: (1) Jewish unbelievers. Alternate translation: “some Jewish unbelievers” or “some Jews who reject Jesus” (2) Jewish believers. Alternate translation: “some Jewish believers who reject the Gentile inclusion in the Church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 8 qc9n figs-quotations ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά 1 This is a false quotation of something rumored that Paul and the apostles say or teach. If it would be more natural in your language, you could make it an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “that we should do evil, so that good may come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
ROM 3 8 r0d8 figs-abstractnouns τὰ κακὰ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **evil**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “things that are evil” or “what is bad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM 3 8 bs94 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which these Jews falsely accuse them of saying **Let us do evil**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) From 80a956a72bdb710165ef4b867b0a607d36675b94 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 20:04:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 205/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 095b60910b..b9f60db515 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1455,3 +1455,4 @@ ROM 3 8 h68w figs-explicit τινες 1 Paul implies that **some** could refer ROM 3 8 qc9n figs-quotations ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά 1 This is a false quotation of something rumored that Paul and the apostles say or teach. If it would be more natural in your language, you could make it an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “that we should do evil, so that good may come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
ROM 3 8 r0d8 figs-abstractnouns τὰ κακὰ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **evil**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “things that are evil” or “what is bad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 3 8 bs94 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which these Jews falsely accuse them of saying **Let us do evil**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 3 8 vd6y figs-abstractnouns τὰ ἀγαθά 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “things that are good” or “what is beneficial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 435b8e389a78c508824a31c1a0026bec9187e534 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 20:08:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 206/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index b9f60db515..df52a88a57 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1453,6 +1453,7 @@ ROM 3 8 m5xx figs-parallelism καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ κ ROM 3 8 cn1c figs-activepassive βλασφημούμεθα 1 The judgment on them is just If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people keep blaspheming us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 8 h68w figs-explicit τινες 1 Paul implies that **some** could refer to: (1) Jewish unbelievers. Alternate translation: “some Jewish unbelievers” or “some Jews who reject Jesus” (2) Jewish believers. Alternate translation: “some Jewish believers who reject the Gentile inclusion in the Church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 8 qc9n figs-quotations ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά 1 This is a false quotation of something rumored that Paul and the apostles say or teach. If it would be more natural in your language, you could make it an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “that we should do evil, so that good may come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
+ROM 3 8 uocy figs-imperative ποιήσωμεν 1 Here, **Let us do** is used as an imperative that communicates an appeal rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates an appeal. Alternate translation: “We should do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) ROM 3 8 r0d8 figs-abstractnouns τὰ κακὰ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **evil**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “things that are evil” or “what is bad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 3 8 bs94 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which these Jews falsely accuse them of saying **Let us do evil**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 3 8 vd6y figs-abstractnouns τὰ ἀγαθά 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “things that are good” or “what is beneficial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 1912e2ef4e21f6f6c3465c7d87c98afea5fc7484 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 20:25:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 207/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index df52a88a57..de505165a7 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1457,3 +1457,5 @@ ROM 3 8 uocy figs-imperative ποιήσωμεν 1 Here, **Let us do** is used a ROM 3 8 r0d8 figs-abstractnouns τὰ κακὰ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **evil**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “things that are evil” or “what is bad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 3 8 bs94 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which these Jews falsely accuse them of saying **Let us do evil**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 3 8 vd6y figs-abstractnouns τὰ ἀγαθά 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “things that are good” or “what is beneficial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 3 8 zwlg figs-abstractnouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **condemnation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “When they are condemned, it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 3 8 o2nu writing-pronouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν 1 The pronoun **their* refers to the same rumor spreading people as **some**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “These people are justly condemned” or “These people who blaspheme are deservedly condemned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) From 2b960afdaeda2f81931bd682e2c39cfd5eb34894 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 20:26:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 208/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index de505165a7..6f52a1f380 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1456,6 +1456,6 @@ ROM 3 8 qc9n figs-quotations ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ROM 3 8 uocy figs-imperative ποιήσωμεν 1 Here, **Let us do** is used as an imperative that communicates an appeal rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates an appeal. Alternate translation: “We should do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) ROM 3 8 r0d8 figs-abstractnouns τὰ κακὰ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **evil**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “things that are evil” or “what is bad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 3 8 bs94 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which these Jews falsely accuse them of saying **Let us do evil**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 3 8 o2nu writing-pronouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν 1 The pronoun **their* refers to the same blaspheming people as **some**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “These people are justly condemned” or “These people who blaspheme are deservedly condemned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 3 8 vd6y figs-abstractnouns τὰ ἀγαθά 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “things that are good” or “what is beneficial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 8 zwlg figs-abstractnouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **condemnation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “When they are condemned, it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 3 8 o2nu writing-pronouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν 1 The pronoun **their* refers to the same rumor spreading people as **some**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “These people are justly condemned” or “These people who blaspheme are deservedly condemned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) From f6af349fb0f7d3c438530254302b0efb0e2cc1cf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 20:27:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 209/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 6f52a1f380..ad12cc3bb8 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1456,6 +1456,6 @@ ROM 3 8 qc9n figs-quotations ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ROM 3 8 uocy figs-imperative ποιήσωμεν 1 Here, **Let us do** is used as an imperative that communicates an appeal rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates an appeal. Alternate translation: “We should do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) ROM 3 8 r0d8 figs-abstractnouns τὰ κακὰ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **evil**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “things that are evil” or “what is bad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 3 8 bs94 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which these Jews falsely accuse them of saying **Let us do evil**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 3 8 o2nu writing-pronouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν 1 The pronoun **their* refers to the same blaspheming people as **some**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “These people are justly condemned” or “These people who blaspheme are deservedly condemned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 3 8 o2nu writing-pronouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν 1 The pronoun **their* refers to the same blaspheming people as **some**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “These people are justly condemned” or “These people who blaspheme are deservedly condemned” or “These people are fairly judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 3 8 vd6y figs-abstractnouns τὰ ἀγαθά 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “things that are good” or “what is beneficial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 8 zwlg figs-abstractnouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **condemnation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “When they are condemned, it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 260bedab2b4559d6d8f7897b8d9e40b9c3f02179 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 20:27:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 210/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index ad12cc3bb8..06a911955f 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1456,6 +1456,6 @@ ROM 3 8 qc9n figs-quotations ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ROM 3 8 uocy figs-imperative ποιήσωμεν 1 Here, **Let us do** is used as an imperative that communicates an appeal rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates an appeal. Alternate translation: “We should do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) ROM 3 8 r0d8 figs-abstractnouns τὰ κακὰ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **evil**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “things that are evil” or “what is bad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 3 8 bs94 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which these Jews falsely accuse them of saying **Let us do evil**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 3 8 o2nu writing-pronouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν 1 The pronoun **their* refers to the same blaspheming people as **some**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “These people are justly condemned” or “These people who blaspheme are deservedly condemned” or “These people are fairly judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 3 8 o2nu writing-pronouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν 1 The pronoun **their* refers to the same blaspheming people as **some**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “These people are justly condemned” or “These people who blaspheme are deservedly condemned” or “It is fair to judge these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 3 8 vd6y figs-abstractnouns τὰ ἀγαθά 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “things that are good” or “what is beneficial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 8 zwlg figs-abstractnouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **condemnation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “When they are condemned, it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 2f490da0e9f18916518517f6d7a6cb3977606adf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 20:29:06 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 211/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 06a911955f..cb3a72bab5 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1450,7 +1450,7 @@ ROM 16 27 qmj7 figs-explicit μόνῳ σοφῷ Θεῷ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χ ROM 2 22 vb45 figs-explicit ἱεροσυλεῖς 1 You who say that one must not commit adultery, do you commit adultery? The implication is that the **temples** the Jews **rob** are where **idols** are kept and worshipped. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do you rob temples where idols are kept” or “should you actually enter an idol temple and rob it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 8 tz14 figs-exclusive βλασφημούμεθα… ἡμᾶς…ποιήσωμεν 1 And not, just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm us to say, “Let us do evil, so that good may come”? Here, **we** and **us** exclusively speaks of Paul and his fellow apostles to the Gentiles. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “some people keep blaspheming us apostles … us apostles … We apostles should do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 8 m5xx figs-parallelism καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show how badly these people spread rumors agains the apostles. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “like some people slanderously report that we say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ROM 3 8 cn1c figs-activepassive βλασφημούμεθα 1 The judgment on them is just If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people keep blaspheming us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 3 8 cn1c figs-activepassive βλασφημούμεθα 1 The judgment on them is just If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people keep blaspheming us” or “some people keep slandering us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 8 h68w figs-explicit τινες 1 Paul implies that **some** could refer to: (1) Jewish unbelievers. Alternate translation: “some Jewish unbelievers” or “some Jews who reject Jesus” (2) Jewish believers. Alternate translation: “some Jewish believers who reject the Gentile inclusion in the Church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 8 qc9n figs-quotations ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά 1 This is a false quotation of something rumored that Paul and the apostles say or teach. If it would be more natural in your language, you could make it an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “that we should do evil, so that good may come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
ROM 3 8 uocy figs-imperative ποιήσωμεν 1 Here, **Let us do** is used as an imperative that communicates an appeal rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates an appeal. Alternate translation: “We should do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) From a261fb4b3e08720f56cbe23bf2e934280fc18cc5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 20:33:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 212/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index cb3a72bab5..fef2ba08d9 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1453,9 +1453,10 @@ ROM 3 8 m5xx figs-parallelism καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ κ ROM 3 8 cn1c figs-activepassive βλασφημούμεθα 1 The judgment on them is just If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people keep blaspheming us” or “some people keep slandering us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 8 h68w figs-explicit τινες 1 Paul implies that **some** could refer to: (1) Jewish unbelievers. Alternate translation: “some Jewish unbelievers” or “some Jews who reject Jesus” (2) Jewish believers. Alternate translation: “some Jewish believers who reject the Gentile inclusion in the Church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 8 qc9n figs-quotations ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά 1 This is a false quotation of something rumored that Paul and the apostles say or teach. If it would be more natural in your language, you could make it an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “that we should do evil, so that good may come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
+ROM 3 8 ukgb figs-nominaladj τὰ κακὰ…τὰ ἀγαθά 1 Paul is using the adjectives **evil** and **good** as nouns in order to describe things or actions. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “things that are evil … things that are good” or “evil things … good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 8 uocy figs-imperative ποιήσωμεν 1 Here, **Let us do** is used as an imperative that communicates an appeal rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates an appeal. Alternate translation: “We should do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) ROM 3 8 r0d8 figs-abstractnouns τὰ κακὰ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **evil**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “things that are evil” or “what is bad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 3 8 bs94 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which these Jews falsely accuse them of saying **Let us do evil**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 3 8 o2nu writing-pronouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν 1 The pronoun **their* refers to the same blaspheming people as **some**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “These people are justly condemned” or “These people who blaspheme are deservedly condemned” or “It is fair to judge these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 3 8 vd6y figs-abstractnouns τὰ ἀγαθά 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “things that are good” or “what is beneficial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 3 8 o2nu writing-pronouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν 1 The pronoun **their* refers to the same blaspheming people as **some**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “These people are justly condemned” or “These people who blaspheme are deservedly condemned” or “It is fair to judge these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 3 8 zwlg figs-abstractnouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **condemnation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “When they are condemned, it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 44b0eddc9fce6f5f7dd793913d6aec02daa7d673 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 20:37:25 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 213/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index fef2ba08d9..e453c1aa13 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ ROM 3 7 pgus figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 If your language does no ROM 3 8 kb9d figs-infostructure καὶ μὴ καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν, ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά? 1 as we are falsely reported to say If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “And not, ‘Let us do evil, so that good may come,’ just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm we say?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 3 8 wr3g figs-ellipsis καὶ μὴ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And why not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 8 g19d grammar-connect-words-phrases καθὼς…καθώς 1 Paul is using **just as** to emphasize the fact that certain people are spreading false rumors about the apostles’ teaching. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “in the way … in the way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 3 9 z3wu 0 Connecting Statement: Paul sums up that all are guilty of sin, none are righteous, and no one seeks God. +ROM 3 9 z3wu 1 Connecting Statement: Paul sums up that all are guilty of sin, none are righteous, and no one seeks God. ROM 3 9 fia9 figs-rquestion τί οὖν? προεχόμεθα? 1 What then? Are we excusing ourselves? Paul asks these questions to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “We Jews should not try to imagine we are going to escape God’s judgment, just because we are Jewish!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 9 g85q οὐ πάντως 1 Not at all These words are stronger than a simple “no,” but not as strong as “absolutely not!” ROM 3 10 u88n figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 This is as it is written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “This is as the prophets have written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -1453,8 +1453,8 @@ ROM 3 8 m5xx figs-parallelism καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ κ ROM 3 8 cn1c figs-activepassive βλασφημούμεθα 1 The judgment on them is just If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people keep blaspheming us” or “some people keep slandering us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 8 h68w figs-explicit τινες 1 Paul implies that **some** could refer to: (1) Jewish unbelievers. Alternate translation: “some Jewish unbelievers” or “some Jews who reject Jesus” (2) Jewish believers. Alternate translation: “some Jewish believers who reject the Gentile inclusion in the Church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 8 qc9n figs-quotations ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά 1 This is a false quotation of something rumored that Paul and the apostles say or teach. If it would be more natural in your language, you could make it an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “that we should do evil, so that good may come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
-ROM 3 8 ukgb figs-nominaladj τὰ κακὰ…τὰ ἀγαθά 1 Paul is using the adjectives **evil** and **good** as nouns in order to describe things or actions. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “things that are evil … things that are good” or “evil things … good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 8 uocy figs-imperative ποιήσωμεν 1 Here, **Let us do** is used as an imperative that communicates an appeal rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates an appeal. Alternate translation: “We should do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) +ROM 3 8 ukgb figs-nominaladj τὰ κακὰ…τὰ ἀγαθά 1 Paul is using the adjectives **evil** and **good** as nouns in order to describe things or actions. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “things that are evil … things that are good” or “evil things … good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 8 r0d8 figs-abstractnouns τὰ κακὰ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **evil**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “things that are evil” or “what is bad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 3 8 bs94 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which these Jews falsely accuse them of saying **Let us do evil**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 3 8 vd6y figs-abstractnouns τὰ ἀγαθά 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “things that are good” or “what is beneficial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 603d814c596d59516866ecaafcdbc5b800afe1c5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 20:52:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 214/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index e453c1aa13..7d06198717 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ ROM 3 7 pgus figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 If your language does no ROM 3 8 kb9d figs-infostructure καὶ μὴ καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν, ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά? 1 as we are falsely reported to say If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “And not, ‘Let us do evil, so that good may come,’ just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm we say?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 3 8 wr3g figs-ellipsis καὶ μὴ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And why not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 8 g19d grammar-connect-words-phrases καθὼς…καθώς 1 Paul is using **just as** to emphasize the fact that certain people are spreading false rumors about the apostles’ teaching. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “in the way … in the way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 3 9 z3wu 1 Connecting Statement: Paul sums up that all are guilty of sin, none are righteous, and no one seeks God. +ROM 3 9 z3wu figs-rquestion τί οὖν 1 Connecting Statement: Here Paul sums up his series of rhetorical questions by using the same phrase ** What then** he began with in [3:1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 9 fia9 figs-rquestion τί οὖν? προεχόμεθα? 1 What then? Are we excusing ourselves? Paul asks these questions to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “We Jews should not try to imagine we are going to escape God’s judgment, just because we are Jewish!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 9 g85q οὐ πάντως 1 Not at all These words are stronger than a simple “no,” but not as strong as “absolutely not!” ROM 3 10 u88n figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 This is as it is written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “This is as the prophets have written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From e112b1de648b8a0e431c6ad0ce46027365cc6eb4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 20:53:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 215/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 7d06198717..97b33d8438 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ ROM 3 7 pgus figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 If your language does no ROM 3 8 kb9d figs-infostructure καὶ μὴ καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν, ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά? 1 as we are falsely reported to say If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “And not, ‘Let us do evil, so that good may come,’ just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm we say?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 3 8 wr3g figs-ellipsis καὶ μὴ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And why not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 8 g19d grammar-connect-words-phrases καθὼς…καθώς 1 Paul is using **just as** to emphasize the fact that certain people are spreading false rumors about the apostles’ teaching. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “in the way … in the way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 3 9 z3wu figs-rquestion τί οὖν 1 Connecting Statement: Here Paul sums up his series of rhetorical questions by using the same phrase ** What then** he began with in [3:1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 3 9 z3wu figs-rquestion τί οὖν 1 Connecting Statement: Here Paul concludes his series of rhetorical questions by using the same phrase ** What then** that he began with in [3:1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 9 fia9 figs-rquestion τί οὖν? προεχόμεθα? 1 What then? Are we excusing ourselves? Paul asks these questions to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “We Jews should not try to imagine we are going to escape God’s judgment, just because we are Jewish!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 9 g85q οὐ πάντως 1 Not at all These words are stronger than a simple “no,” but not as strong as “absolutely not!” ROM 3 10 u88n figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 This is as it is written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “This is as the prophets have written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 97f2c5671809271d93000cf3ff951b0873315529 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 20:54:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 216/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 97b33d8438..2461847399 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ ROM 3 4 f341 figs-quotations πᾶς…ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης 1 If it ROM 3 4 te39 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it has been written In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Psalms (See LXX [Psalm 50:6](psalm/50/06.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as David the prophet says in the Psalms” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations) ROM 3 4 x6ax figs-parallelism ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε 1 That you might be shown to be righteous in your words, and that you might prevail when you come into judgment These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in similar ways, to show that God is **true**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “so that when people try to judge you, you will prevail as righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 4 xli0 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅπως 1 Here, **that** introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to introduce a result clause. Alternate translation: “So that as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 3 4 lnnr figs-activepassive δικαιωθῇς…κρίνεσθαί σε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people would acknowledge how righteous you are … when people attempt to judge you” or “you would prove yourself righteous … when others try to judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 3 4 lnnr figs-activepassive δικαιωθῇς…ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people would acknowledge how righteous you are … when people attempt to judge you” or “you would prove yourself righteous … when others try to judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 4 tj8g figs-abstractnouns ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **words**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “when you speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 3 5 gw3a figs-abstractnouns εἰ δὲ 1 Here, the phrase **But if** indicates that Paul is resuming his rhetorical questions. Alternate translation: “If indeed” or “Now if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 5 y6vv figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἐροῦμεν 1 Here, **our** and **we* are used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow Jews (See [3:1,9](../03/01.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Jewish … can we Jews say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) From 134f5a19291b0f3334a31541e42146920d63cd25 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 20:55:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 217/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 2461847399..a87bd831c4 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ ROM 3 5 gw3a figs-abstractnouns εἰ δὲ 1 Here, the phrase **But if** indi ROM 3 5 y6vv figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἐροῦμεν 1 Here, **our** and **we* are used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow Jews (See [3:1,9](../03/01.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Jewish … can we Jews say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 5 y0r5 figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **unrighteousness** and **righteousness** with verbal forms or another way. Alternate translation: “how unrighteous we are … how righteous God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 5 q6js figs-ellipsis μὴ ἄδικος ὁ Θεὸς, ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** and **his** and **is he** are added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 3 5 e9ux figs-abstractnouns ὀργήν 1 to bring his wrath If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wrath**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “how angry he is when he punishes” or “how furious he is when he judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 3 5 e9ux figs-abstractnouns τὴν ὀργήν 1 to bring his wrath If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wrath**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “how angry he is when he punishes” or “how furious he is when he judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 5 j631 figs-aside (κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.) 1 I am using a human argument Paul could be saying this as an aside in order to show that he is not trying to challenge **the righteousness of God**. If this would be confusing in your language, you could add parentheses like the ULT or use a natural way in your language to indicate an aside. Alternate translation: “I am reasoning like a human being” or “I am not trying to challenge how righteous God is by saying such things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) ROM 3 5 sd4g figs-idiom (κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.) 1 Here, the phrase **according to men** is an idiom meaning “the way people do” or “like a human being.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I am speaking based on how human beings perceive things” or “I am talking like a mere human being” or “I am speaking the way people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 6 gd5f figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be **May it never be** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong prohibition (See how you translated this phrase in [3:4](../03/04.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) From 0d808569cddd9fcd858dceb47ef8b62dcb9f80af Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 20:58:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 218/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index a87bd831c4..ef5586916f 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -478,6 +478,7 @@ ROM 3 7 yv5j figs-activepassive τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸ ROM 3 7 oplr grammar-connect-condition-contrary τί ἔτι κἀγὼ…κρίνομαι 1 This speaker is asking a conditional question that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is true. He has concluded that he is **being judged** by God **as a sinner**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is true. Alternate translation: “why should God still judge me” or “how could God still judge me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
ROM 3 7 kl58 figs-simile ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 The point of this comparison is that someone who brings **glory** to **God** should not be considered a **sinner**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as if I were sinning” or “like God judges people who sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ROM 3 7 pgus figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sinner**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “someone who sins” or “as if I am sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 3 7 iiqc figs-activepassive κρίνομαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “does God still judge me” or “should God still keep judging me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 8 kb9d figs-infostructure καὶ μὴ καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν, ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά? 1 as we are falsely reported to say If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “And not, ‘Let us do evil, so that good may come,’ just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm we say?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 3 8 wr3g figs-ellipsis καὶ μὴ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And why not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 8 g19d grammar-connect-words-phrases καθὼς…καθώς 1 Paul is using **just as** to emphasize the fact that certain people are spreading false rumors about the apostles’ teaching. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “in the way … in the way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) From 547d94ae2b8283bf3d459efdbd832bc455262c4a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 20:59:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 219/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index ef5586916f..0c2d1aff12 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -476,9 +476,9 @@ ROM 3 7 je41 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτο ROM 3 7 h61j εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “to glorify him” or “to cause others to glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 7 yv5j figs-activepassive τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form **being judged** in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “why does God still judge me like I am someone who is sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 7 oplr grammar-connect-condition-contrary τί ἔτι κἀγὼ…κρίνομαι 1 This speaker is asking a conditional question that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is true. He has concluded that he is **being judged** by God **as a sinner**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is true. Alternate translation: “why should God still judge me” or “how could God still judge me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
+ROM 3 7 iiqc figs-activepassive ἔτι κἀγὼ…κρίνομαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “does God still judge me” or “should God still keep judging me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 7 kl58 figs-simile ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 The point of this comparison is that someone who brings **glory** to **God** should not be considered a **sinner**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as if I were sinning” or “like God judges people who sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ROM 3 7 pgus figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sinner**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “someone who sins” or “as if I am sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 3 7 iiqc figs-activepassive κρίνομαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “does God still judge me” or “should God still keep judging me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 8 kb9d figs-infostructure καὶ μὴ καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν, ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά? 1 as we are falsely reported to say If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “And not, ‘Let us do evil, so that good may come,’ just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm we say?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 3 8 wr3g figs-ellipsis καὶ μὴ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And why not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 8 g19d grammar-connect-words-phrases καθὼς…καθώς 1 Paul is using **just as** to emphasize the fact that certain people are spreading false rumors about the apostles’ teaching. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “in the way … in the way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) From fa57e29262e037b24f635d7fc9b7cdaae236c674 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 21:08:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 220/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 0c2d1aff12..5848563d57 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -483,8 +483,7 @@ ROM 3 8 kb9d figs-infostructure καὶ μὴ καθὼς βλασφημούμε ROM 3 8 wr3g figs-ellipsis καὶ μὴ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And why not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 8 g19d grammar-connect-words-phrases καθὼς…καθώς 1 Paul is using **just as** to emphasize the fact that certain people are spreading false rumors about the apostles’ teaching. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “in the way … in the way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 9 z3wu figs-rquestion τί οὖν 1 Connecting Statement: Here Paul concludes his series of rhetorical questions by using the same phrase ** What then** that he began with in [3:1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 3 9 fia9 figs-rquestion τί οὖν? προεχόμεθα? 1 What then? Are we excusing ourselves? Paul asks these questions to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “We Jews should not try to imagine we are going to escape God’s judgment, just because we are Jewish!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 3 9 g85q οὐ πάντως 1 Not at all These words are stronger than a simple “no,” but not as strong as “absolutely not!” +ROM 3 9 g85q figs-exclamations οὐ πάντως 1 Not at all **Not at all** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong negative. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this idea. Alternate translation: “Absolutely not!” or “In no way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 10 u88n figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 This is as it is written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “This is as the prophets have written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 11 h9e9 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων 1 There is no one who understands There is no one who understands what is right. Alternate translation: “No one really understands what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 11 y7et figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 There is no one who seeks after God Here the phrase **seeks God** means to have a relationship with God. Alternate translation: “No one sincerely tries to have a right relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 028c594fbf68bd6fd7fd909aaf61125646e90160 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 21:09:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 221/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 5848563d57..360a8a29fa 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -484,6 +484,7 @@ ROM 3 8 wr3g figs-ellipsis καὶ μὴ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the word ROM 3 8 g19d grammar-connect-words-phrases καθὼς…καθώς 1 Paul is using **just as** to emphasize the fact that certain people are spreading false rumors about the apostles’ teaching. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “in the way … in the way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 9 z3wu figs-rquestion τί οὖν 1 Connecting Statement: Here Paul concludes his series of rhetorical questions by using the same phrase ** What then** that he began with in [3:1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 9 g85q figs-exclamations οὐ πάντως 1 Not at all **Not at all** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong negative. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this idea. Alternate translation: “Absolutely not!” or “In no way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) +ROM 3 9 gfa3 figs-ellipsis οὐ πάντως 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “We are not excusing ourselves at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 10 u88n figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 This is as it is written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “This is as the prophets have written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 11 h9e9 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων 1 There is no one who understands There is no one who understands what is right. Alternate translation: “No one really understands what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 11 y7et figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 There is no one who seeks after God Here the phrase **seeks God** means to have a relationship with God. Alternate translation: “No one sincerely tries to have a right relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 98a56e56c08190476563245abe99b9bd7b19c5dc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 21:12:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 222/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 360a8a29fa..c4118dc640 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1461,3 +1461,4 @@ ROM 3 8 bs94 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 This phrase introduces a purp ROM 3 8 vd6y figs-abstractnouns τὰ ἀγαθά 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “things that are good” or “what is beneficial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 8 o2nu writing-pronouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν 1 The pronoun **their* refers to the same blaspheming people as **some**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “These people are justly condemned” or “These people who blaspheme are deservedly condemned” or “It is fair to judge these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 3 8 zwlg figs-abstractnouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **condemnation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “When they are condemned, it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 3 9 fia9 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 What then? Are we excusing ourselves? Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why he and the Jews are not **excusing** themselves. Use a natural way in your language to express the reason why someone does something. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) From c1cafd75f968b8e4e81bb5f3a0fd18e9bb8c95f6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 21:16:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 223/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index c4118dc640..19283d4370 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1462,3 +1462,4 @@ ROM 3 8 vd6y figs-abstractnouns τὰ ἀγαθά 1 If your language does not u ROM 3 8 o2nu writing-pronouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν 1 The pronoun **their* refers to the same blaspheming people as **some**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “These people are justly condemned” or “These people who blaspheme are deservedly condemned” or “It is fair to judge these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 3 8 zwlg figs-abstractnouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **condemnation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “When they are condemned, it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 9 fia9 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 What then? Are we excusing ourselves? Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why he and the Jews are not **excusing** themselves. Use a natural way in your language to express the reason why someone does something. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 3 9 q88t grammar-connect-logic-result Ἰουδαίους τε καὶ Ἕλληνας 1 From 2ba495333072779052a2f8dcc6f46a2f86e1b99d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 21:19:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 224/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 19283d4370..7722a07a79 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1462,4 +1462,4 @@ ROM 3 8 vd6y figs-abstractnouns τὰ ἀγαθά 1 If your language does not u ROM 3 8 o2nu writing-pronouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν 1 The pronoun **their* refers to the same blaspheming people as **some**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “These people are justly condemned” or “These people who blaspheme are deservedly condemned” or “It is fair to judge these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 3 8 zwlg figs-abstractnouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **condemnation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “When they are condemned, it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 9 fia9 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 What then? Are we excusing ourselves? Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why he and the Jews are not **excusing** themselves. Use a natural way in your language to express the reason why someone does something. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 3 9 q88t grammar-connect-logic-result Ἰουδαίους τε καὶ Ἕλληνας 1 +ROM 3 9 q88t figs-merism Ἰουδαίους τε καὶ Ἕλληνας 1 Paul figuratively refers to **Jews** and **Greeks**, using these types of people in order to include all of humanity (See the same phrase in [2:09](../02/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “both Jewish and non-Jewish people” or “both the Jewish people and the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) From 5377e3c838cf8fee4bc85c348937e6cd01011de8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 21:49:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 225/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 7722a07a79..fd1451f5a0 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1463,3 +1463,5 @@ ROM 3 8 o2nu writing-pronouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν ROM 3 8 zwlg figs-abstractnouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **condemnation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “When they are condemned, it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 9 fia9 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 What then? Are we excusing ourselves? Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why he and the Jews are not **excusing** themselves. Use a natural way in your language to express the reason why someone does something. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 9 q88t figs-merism Ἰουδαίους τε καὶ Ἕλληνας 1 Paul figuratively refers to **Jews** and **Greeks**, using these types of people in order to include all of humanity (See the same phrase in [2:09](../02/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “both Jewish and non-Jewish people” or “both the Jewish people and the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +ROM 3 9 s0px figs-metaphor πάντας ὑφ’ ἁμαρτίαν εἶναι 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** as if they were a weight that people are underneath. He means that **all** types of people are controlled or dominated by a tendency to **sin**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **be under sin** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “that they are all controlled by living sinfully” or “that they are all cursed to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 3 9 jo85 figs-abstractnouns ὑφ’ ἁμαρτίαν εἶναι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sin**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “are sinfully dominated” or “are cursed to live sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 10a57708a1e9aac05e790a73430a5e2b5c032010 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 21:50:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 226/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index fd1451f5a0..b3697db9be 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1463,5 +1463,5 @@ ROM 3 8 o2nu writing-pronouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν ROM 3 8 zwlg figs-abstractnouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **condemnation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “When they are condemned, it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 9 fia9 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 What then? Are we excusing ourselves? Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why he and the Jews are not **excusing** themselves. Use a natural way in your language to express the reason why someone does something. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 9 q88t figs-merism Ἰουδαίους τε καὶ Ἕλληνας 1 Paul figuratively refers to **Jews** and **Greeks**, using these types of people in order to include all of humanity (See the same phrase in [2:09](../02/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “both Jewish and non-Jewish people” or “both the Jewish people and the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -ROM 3 9 s0px figs-metaphor πάντας ὑφ’ ἁμαρτίαν εἶναι 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** as if they were a weight that people are underneath. He means that **all** types of people are controlled or dominated by a tendency to **sin**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **be under sin** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “that they are all controlled by living sinfully” or “that they are all cursed to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 3 9 s0px figs-metaphor πάντας ὑφ’ ἁμαρτίαν εἶναι 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were a weight that people are underneath. He means that **all** types of people are controlled or dominated or cursed by a tendency to **sin**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **be under sin** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “that they are all controlled by living sinfully” or “that they are all cursed to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 9 jo85 figs-abstractnouns ὑφ’ ἁμαρτίαν εἶναι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sin**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “are sinfully dominated” or “are cursed to live sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 81e277c099e26aad4cbc5c1e6d29c478a86ead63 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 22:00:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 227/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index b3697db9be..4941e6afab 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ ROM 3 8 g19d grammar-connect-words-phrases καθὼς…καθώς 1 Paul is u ROM 3 9 z3wu figs-rquestion τί οὖν 1 Connecting Statement: Here Paul concludes his series of rhetorical questions by using the same phrase ** What then** that he began with in [3:1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 9 g85q figs-exclamations οὐ πάντως 1 Not at all **Not at all** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong negative. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this idea. Alternate translation: “Absolutely not!” or “In no way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 9 gfa3 figs-ellipsis οὐ πάντως 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “We are not excusing ourselves at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 3 10 u88n figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 This is as it is written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “This is as the prophets have written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 3 10 u88n writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 This is as it is written In Paul’s culture, **just as it is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Psalms (See LXX [Psalm 50:6](psalm/50/06.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as David the prophet says in the Psalms” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations) ROM 3 11 h9e9 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων 1 There is no one who understands There is no one who understands what is right. Alternate translation: “No one really understands what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 11 y7et figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 There is no one who seeks after God Here the phrase **seeks God** means to have a relationship with God. Alternate translation: “No one sincerely tries to have a right relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 12 cen3 figs-idiom πάντες ἐξέκλιναν 1 They have all turned away This is an idiom that means the people do not even want to think about God. They want to avoid him. Alternate translation: “They have all rejected God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 8b3579cb91f530d33b84d1697330cdae96062960 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 22:08:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 228/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 4941e6afab..9304fc8ba7 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ ROM 3 8 g19d grammar-connect-words-phrases καθὼς…καθώς 1 Paul is u ROM 3 9 z3wu figs-rquestion τί οὖν 1 Connecting Statement: Here Paul concludes his series of rhetorical questions by using the same phrase ** What then** that he began with in [3:1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 9 g85q figs-exclamations οὐ πάντως 1 Not at all **Not at all** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong negative. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this idea. Alternate translation: “Absolutely not!” or “In no way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 9 gfa3 figs-ellipsis οὐ πάντως 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “We are not excusing ourselves at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 3 10 u88n writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 This is as it is written In Paul’s culture, **just as it is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Psalms (See LXX [Psalm 50:6](psalm/50/06.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as David the prophet says in the Psalms” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations) +ROM 3 10 u88n writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 This is as it is written In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text. In [3:10–18](../03/10.md) Paul quotes from Old Testament books of Psalms, Proverbs, and Isaiah. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations) ROM 3 11 h9e9 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων 1 There is no one who understands There is no one who understands what is right. Alternate translation: “No one really understands what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 11 y7et figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 There is no one who seeks after God Here the phrase **seeks God** means to have a relationship with God. Alternate translation: “No one sincerely tries to have a right relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 12 cen3 figs-idiom πάντες ἐξέκλιναν 1 They have all turned away This is an idiom that means the people do not even want to think about God. They want to avoid him. Alternate translation: “They have all rejected God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 1e1e501a6ec5c51d5377aedd95212a54271a8414 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 22:10:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 229/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 9304fc8ba7..2df4993041 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ ROM 3 8 g19d grammar-connect-words-phrases καθὼς…καθώς 1 Paul is u ROM 3 9 z3wu figs-rquestion τί οὖν 1 Connecting Statement: Here Paul concludes his series of rhetorical questions by using the same phrase ** What then** that he began with in [3:1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 9 g85q figs-exclamations οὐ πάντως 1 Not at all **Not at all** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong negative. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this idea. Alternate translation: “Absolutely not!” or “In no way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 9 gfa3 figs-ellipsis οὐ πάντως 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “We are not excusing ourselves at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 3 10 u88n writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 This is as it is written In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text. In [3:10–18](../03/10.md) Paul quotes from Old Testament books of Psalms, Proverbs, and Isaiah. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations) +ROM 3 10 u88n writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 This is as it is written In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text. In [3:10–18](../03/10.md) Paul quotes from Old Testament books of Psalms, Proverbs, and Isaiah. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “just as the Old Testament says” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations) ROM 3 11 h9e9 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων 1 There is no one who understands There is no one who understands what is right. Alternate translation: “No one really understands what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 11 y7et figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 There is no one who seeks after God Here the phrase **seeks God** means to have a relationship with God. Alternate translation: “No one sincerely tries to have a right relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 12 cen3 figs-idiom πάντες ἐξέκλιναν 1 They have all turned away This is an idiom that means the people do not even want to think about God. They want to avoid him. Alternate translation: “They have all rejected God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 2b1689384e84c5516e03a1da622a993e5310d5ee Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 22:22:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 230/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 2df4993041..4c530470bb 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -486,6 +486,7 @@ ROM 3 9 z3wu figs-rquestion τί οὖν 1 Connecting Statement: Here Paul concl ROM 3 9 g85q figs-exclamations οὐ πάντως 1 Not at all **Not at all** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong negative. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this idea. Alternate translation: “Absolutely not!” or “In no way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 9 gfa3 figs-ellipsis οὐ πάντως 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “We are not excusing ourselves at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 10 u88n writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 This is as it is written In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text. In [3:10–18](../03/10.md) Paul quotes from Old Testament books of Psalms, Proverbs, and Isaiah. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “just as the Old Testament says” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations) +ROM 3 10 yt5d figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **not** one type of person is **righteous**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There is absolutely no one who is righteous” or “There are no types of people who can possibly make themselves right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 11 h9e9 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων 1 There is no one who understands There is no one who understands what is right. Alternate translation: “No one really understands what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 11 y7et figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 There is no one who seeks after God Here the phrase **seeks God** means to have a relationship with God. Alternate translation: “No one sincerely tries to have a right relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 12 cen3 figs-idiom πάντες ἐξέκλιναν 1 They have all turned away This is an idiom that means the people do not even want to think about God. They want to avoid him. Alternate translation: “They have all rejected God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 1a199fd4b7e6fbcb49b609d429ff1cb539c6a52d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 22:25:34 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 231/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 4c530470bb..67b5e3952e 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -487,6 +487,7 @@ ROM 3 9 g85q figs-exclamations οὐ πάντως 1 Not at all **Not at all** is ROM 3 9 gfa3 figs-ellipsis οὐ πάντως 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “We are not excusing ourselves at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 10 u88n writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 This is as it is written In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text. In [3:10–18](../03/10.md) Paul quotes from Old Testament books of Psalms, Proverbs, and Isaiah. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “just as the Old Testament says” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations) ROM 3 10 yt5d figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **not** one type of person is **righteous**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There is absolutely no one who is righteous” or “There are no types of people who can possibly make themselves right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 3 10 bscu figs-nominaladj δίκαιος…εἷς 1 Paul is using the adjectives **righteous** and **one** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “There is no righteous person, not even one person” or “There are no righteous people, not any people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 11 h9e9 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων 1 There is no one who understands There is no one who understands what is right. Alternate translation: “No one really understands what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 11 y7et figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 There is no one who seeks after God Here the phrase **seeks God** means to have a relationship with God. Alternate translation: “No one sincerely tries to have a right relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 12 cen3 figs-idiom πάντες ἐξέκλιναν 1 They have all turned away This is an idiom that means the people do not even want to think about God. They want to avoid him. Alternate translation: “They have all rejected God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From b8d3c46c80729e116e6b321774deb4e9073a42d4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 22:26:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 232/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 67b5e3952e..3d1f42dadf 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ ROM 3 9 g85q figs-exclamations οὐ πάντως 1 Not at all **Not at all** is ROM 3 9 gfa3 figs-ellipsis οὐ πάντως 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “We are not excusing ourselves at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 10 u88n writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 This is as it is written In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text. In [3:10–18](../03/10.md) Paul quotes from Old Testament books of Psalms, Proverbs, and Isaiah. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “just as the Old Testament says” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations) ROM 3 10 yt5d figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **not** one type of person is **righteous**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There is absolutely no one who is righteous” or “There are no types of people who can possibly make themselves right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ROM 3 10 bscu figs-nominaladj δίκαιος…εἷς 1 Paul is using the adjectives **righteous** and **one** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “There is no righteous person, not even one person” or “There are no righteous people, not any people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ROM 3 10 bscu figs-nominaladj δίκαιος…εἷς 1 Paul is using the singular adjectives **righteous** and **one** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “There is no righteous person, not even one person” or “There are no righteous people, not any people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 11 h9e9 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων 1 There is no one who understands There is no one who understands what is right. Alternate translation: “No one really understands what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 11 y7et figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 There is no one who seeks after God Here the phrase **seeks God** means to have a relationship with God. Alternate translation: “No one sincerely tries to have a right relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 12 cen3 figs-idiom πάντες ἐξέκλιναν 1 They have all turned away This is an idiom that means the people do not even want to think about God. They want to avoid him. Alternate translation: “They have all rejected God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 189798a22807c27eeea6e34a5ef891af4ba00bd1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 22:27:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 233/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 3d1f42dadf..df53fb0f64 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ ROM 3 9 g85q figs-exclamations οὐ πάντως 1 Not at all **Not at all** is ROM 3 9 gfa3 figs-ellipsis οὐ πάντως 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “We are not excusing ourselves at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 10 u88n writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 This is as it is written In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text. In [3:10–18](../03/10.md) Paul quotes from Old Testament books of Psalms, Proverbs, and Isaiah. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “just as the Old Testament says” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations) ROM 3 10 yt5d figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **not** one type of person is **righteous**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There is absolutely no one who is righteous” or “There are no types of people who can possibly make themselves right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ROM 3 10 bscu figs-nominaladj δίκαιος…εἷς 1 Paul is using the singular adjectives **righteous** and **one** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “There is no righteous person, not even one person” or “There are no righteous people, not any people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ROM 3 10 bscu figs-nominaladj οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 Paul is using the singular adjectives **righteous** and **one** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “There is no righteous person, not even one person” or “There are no righteous people, not any people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 11 h9e9 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων 1 There is no one who understands There is no one who understands what is right. Alternate translation: “No one really understands what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 11 y7et figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 There is no one who seeks after God Here the phrase **seeks God** means to have a relationship with God. Alternate translation: “No one sincerely tries to have a right relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 12 cen3 figs-idiom πάντες ἐξέκλιναν 1 They have all turned away This is an idiom that means the people do not even want to think about God. They want to avoid him. Alternate translation: “They have all rejected God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 98514e6d306e1ddf832c8d861f80e7aa0a5645da Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 22:31:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 234/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index df53fb0f64..4f05b1d5e1 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ ROM 3 9 gfa3 figs-ellipsis οὐ πάντως 1 Paul is leaving out some of the ROM 3 10 u88n writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 This is as it is written In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text. In [3:10–18](../03/10.md) Paul quotes from Old Testament books of Psalms, Proverbs, and Isaiah. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “just as the Old Testament says” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations) ROM 3 10 yt5d figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **not** one type of person is **righteous**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There is absolutely no one who is righteous” or “There are no types of people who can possibly make themselves right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 10 bscu figs-nominaladj οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 Paul is using the singular adjectives **righteous** and **one** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “There is no righteous person, not even one person” or “There are no righteous people, not any people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ROM 3 11 h9e9 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων 1 There is no one who understands There is no one who understands what is right. Alternate translation: “No one really understands what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 3 11 h9e9 figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων; οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 There is no one who understands These two phrases mean the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that no type of person wants to know **God**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who understand what it means to seek God” or “There is no one who understands how to seek God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 11 y7et figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 There is no one who seeks after God Here the phrase **seeks God** means to have a relationship with God. Alternate translation: “No one sincerely tries to have a right relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 12 cen3 figs-idiom πάντες ἐξέκλιναν 1 They have all turned away This is an idiom that means the people do not even want to think about God. They want to avoid him. Alternate translation: “They have all rejected God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 12 y6qa figs-explicit ἅμα ἠχρεώθησαν 1 They together have become useless Since no one does what is good, they are useless to God. Alternate translation: “Everyone has become useless to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 09d4c0bbd67406c8d8e76fc851091ab761065e13 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 22:32:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 235/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 4f05b1d5e1..c8decbb722 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ ROM 3 9 z3wu figs-rquestion τί οὖν 1 Connecting Statement: Here Paul concl ROM 3 9 g85q figs-exclamations οὐ πάντως 1 Not at all **Not at all** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong negative. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this idea. Alternate translation: “Absolutely not!” or “In no way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 9 gfa3 figs-ellipsis οὐ πάντως 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “We are not excusing ourselves at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 10 u88n writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 This is as it is written In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text. In [3:10–18](../03/10.md) Paul quotes from Old Testament books of Psalms, Proverbs, and Isaiah. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “just as the Old Testament says” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations) -ROM 3 10 yt5d figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **not** one type of person is **righteous**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There is absolutely no one who is righteous” or “There are no types of people who can possibly make themselves right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 3 10 yt5d figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **not** one type of person is **righteous**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who can possibly make themselves right with God” or “There is absolutely no one who is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 10 bscu figs-nominaladj οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 Paul is using the singular adjectives **righteous** and **one** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “There is no righteous person, not even one person” or “There are no righteous people, not any people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 11 h9e9 figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων; οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 There is no one who understands These two phrases mean the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that no type of person wants to know **God**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who understand what it means to seek God” or “There is no one who understands how to seek God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 11 y7et figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 There is no one who seeks after God Here the phrase **seeks God** means to have a relationship with God. Alternate translation: “No one sincerely tries to have a right relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 2c1c90167578bb81868e160fd1bb25c62c845220 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 22:32:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 236/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index c8decbb722..186cd226fd 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ ROM 3 9 g85q figs-exclamations οὐ πάντως 1 Not at all **Not at all** is ROM 3 9 gfa3 figs-ellipsis οὐ πάντως 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “We are not excusing ourselves at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 10 u88n writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 This is as it is written In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text. In [3:10–18](../03/10.md) Paul quotes from Old Testament books of Psalms, Proverbs, and Isaiah. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “just as the Old Testament says” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations) ROM 3 10 yt5d figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **not** one type of person is **righteous**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who can possibly make themselves right with God” or “There is absolutely no one who is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ROM 3 10 bscu figs-nominaladj οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 Paul is using the singular adjectives **righteous** and **one** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “There is no righteous person, not even one person” or “There are no righteous people, not any people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ROM 3 10 bscu figs-nominaladj οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 Paul is using the singular adjectives **righteous** and **one** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “There are no righteous people, not any people” or “There is no righteous person, not even one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 11 h9e9 figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων; οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 There is no one who understands These two phrases mean the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that no type of person wants to know **God**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who understand what it means to seek God” or “There is no one who understands how to seek God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 11 y7et figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 There is no one who seeks after God Here the phrase **seeks God** means to have a relationship with God. Alternate translation: “No one sincerely tries to have a right relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 12 cen3 figs-idiom πάντες ἐξέκλιναν 1 They have all turned away This is an idiom that means the people do not even want to think about God. They want to avoid him. Alternate translation: “They have all rejected God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From cc659e5f466be97a5c47ac58d490c1b73fbddade Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 22:38:54 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 237/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 186cd226fd..53b6875415 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ ROM 3 10 u88n writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 This is as it ROM 3 10 yt5d figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **not** one type of person is **righteous**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who can possibly make themselves right with God” or “There is absolutely no one who is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 10 bscu figs-nominaladj οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 Paul is using the singular adjectives **righteous** and **one** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “There are no righteous people, not any people” or “There is no righteous person, not even one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 11 h9e9 figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων; οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 There is no one who understands These two phrases mean the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that no type of person wants to know **God**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who understand what it means to seek God” or “There is no one who understands how to seek God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ROM 3 11 y7et figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 There is no one who seeks after God Here the phrase **seeks God** means to have a relationship with God. Alternate translation: “No one sincerely tries to have a right relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 3 11 mn84 figs-parallelism ἐκζητῶν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **God** as if he was lost and these people are looking for him. Paul means that no type of person naturally wants to know and worship God. If your readers would not understand what it means to **seek God** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “no longer belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 12 cen3 figs-idiom πάντες ἐξέκλιναν 1 They have all turned away This is an idiom that means the people do not even want to think about God. They want to avoid him. Alternate translation: “They have all rejected God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 12 y6qa figs-explicit ἅμα ἠχρεώθησαν 1 They together have become useless Since no one does what is good, they are useless to God. Alternate translation: “Everyone has become useless to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 13 zf4i αὐτῶν…αὐτῶν 1 Their … Their The words **Their** refer to the “Jews and Greeks” of [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). From 44af179556597944aaa3f8c9850922f95c6a9b31 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 22:40:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 238/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 53b6875415..3057c2764e 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ ROM 3 10 u88n writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 This is as it ROM 3 10 yt5d figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **not** one type of person is **righteous**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who can possibly make themselves right with God” or “There is absolutely no one who is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 10 bscu figs-nominaladj οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 Paul is using the singular adjectives **righteous** and **one** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “There are no righteous people, not any people” or “There is no righteous person, not even one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 11 h9e9 figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων; οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 There is no one who understands These two phrases mean the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that no type of person wants to know **God**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who understand what it means to seek God” or “There is no one who understands how to seek God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ROM 3 11 mn84 figs-parallelism ἐκζητῶν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **God** as if he was lost and these people are looking for him. Paul means that no type of person naturally wants to know and worship God. If your readers would not understand what it means to **seek God** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “no longer belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 3 11 mn84 figs-metaphor ἐκζητῶν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **God** as if he was lost and these people are looking for him. Paul means that no type of person naturally wants to know and worship God. If your readers would not understand what it means to **seek God** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “who desires to acknowledge” or “who wants to live as God requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 12 cen3 figs-idiom πάντες ἐξέκλιναν 1 They have all turned away This is an idiom that means the people do not even want to think about God. They want to avoid him. Alternate translation: “They have all rejected God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 12 y6qa figs-explicit ἅμα ἠχρεώθησαν 1 They together have become useless Since no one does what is good, they are useless to God. Alternate translation: “Everyone has become useless to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 13 zf4i αὐτῶν…αὐτῶν 1 Their … Their The words **Their** refer to the “Jews and Greeks” of [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). From 437403919c982dec67a859271bbf43f99ca9d05f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 22:46:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 239/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 3057c2764e..b9bce889f1 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -489,6 +489,7 @@ ROM 3 10 u88n writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 This is as it ROM 3 10 yt5d figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **not** one type of person is **righteous**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who can possibly make themselves right with God” or “There is absolutely no one who is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 10 bscu figs-nominaladj οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 Paul is using the singular adjectives **righteous** and **one** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “There are no righteous people, not any people” or “There is no righteous person, not even one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 11 h9e9 figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων; οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 There is no one who understands These two phrases mean the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that no type of person wants to know **God**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who understand what it means to seek God” or “There is no one who understands how to seek God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 3 11 wkjb figs-extrainfo ὁ συνίων 1 By **understands**, Paul likely means to understand or seek who **God is**. He adds the word **God** at the end of next parallel line. Since the expression is explained in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) ROM 3 11 mn84 figs-metaphor ἐκζητῶν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **God** as if he was lost and these people are looking for him. Paul means that no type of person naturally wants to know and worship God. If your readers would not understand what it means to **seek God** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “who desires to acknowledge” or “who wants to live as God requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 12 cen3 figs-idiom πάντες ἐξέκλιναν 1 They have all turned away This is an idiom that means the people do not even want to think about God. They want to avoid him. Alternate translation: “They have all rejected God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 12 y6qa figs-explicit ἅμα ἠχρεώθησαν 1 They together have become useless Since no one does what is good, they are useless to God. Alternate translation: “Everyone has become useless to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -1466,4 +1467,4 @@ ROM 3 8 zwlg figs-abstractnouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα 1 If your language does ROM 3 9 fia9 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 What then? Are we excusing ourselves? Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why he and the Jews are not **excusing** themselves. Use a natural way in your language to express the reason why someone does something. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 9 q88t figs-merism Ἰουδαίους τε καὶ Ἕλληνας 1 Paul figuratively refers to **Jews** and **Greeks**, using these types of people in order to include all of humanity (See the same phrase in [2:09](../02/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “both Jewish and non-Jewish people” or “both the Jewish people and the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) ROM 3 9 s0px figs-metaphor πάντας ὑφ’ ἁμαρτίαν εἶναι 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were a weight that people are underneath. He means that **all** types of people are controlled or dominated or cursed by a tendency to **sin**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **be under sin** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “that they are all controlled by living sinfully” or “that they are all cursed to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 3 9 jo85 figs-abstractnouns ὑφ’ ἁμαρτίαν εἶναι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sin**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “are sinfully dominated” or “are cursed to live sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 3 11 y7et figs-explicit ὁ συνίων 1 There is no one who seeks after God Here the phrase **seeks God** means to have a relationship with God. Alternate translation: “No one sincerely tries to have a right relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 300d87e480fc59d2ee6ff724eac30532c9b0cad7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 22:47:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 240/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index b9bce889f1..41d60c9d59 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ ROM 3 10 u88n writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 This is as it ROM 3 10 yt5d figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **not** one type of person is **righteous**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who can possibly make themselves right with God” or “There is absolutely no one who is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 10 bscu figs-nominaladj οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 Paul is using the singular adjectives **righteous** and **one** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “There are no righteous people, not any people” or “There is no righteous person, not even one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 11 h9e9 figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων; οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 There is no one who understands These two phrases mean the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that no type of person wants to know **God**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who understand what it means to seek God” or “There is no one who understands how to seek God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ROM 3 11 wkjb figs-extrainfo ὁ συνίων 1 By **understands**, Paul likely means to understand or seek who **God is**. He adds the word **God** at the end of next parallel line. Since the expression is explained in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) +ROM 3 11 wkjb figs-extrainfo ὁ συνίων 1 By **understands**, Paul likely means to understand who **God is**. Paul adds the word **God** at the end of next parallel line. Since the expression is explained in the next line, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) ROM 3 11 mn84 figs-metaphor ἐκζητῶν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **God** as if he was lost and these people are looking for him. Paul means that no type of person naturally wants to know and worship God. If your readers would not understand what it means to **seek God** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “who desires to acknowledge” or “who wants to live as God requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 12 cen3 figs-idiom πάντες ἐξέκλιναν 1 They have all turned away This is an idiom that means the people do not even want to think about God. They want to avoid him. Alternate translation: “They have all rejected God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 12 y6qa figs-explicit ἅμα ἠχρεώθησαν 1 They together have become useless Since no one does what is good, they are useless to God. Alternate translation: “Everyone has become useless to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 2361d65ca11f944e2cdfc7f43a93906b0006fdfd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 22:59:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 241/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 41d60c9d59..e3af3bef71 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -491,6 +491,7 @@ ROM 3 10 bscu figs-nominaladj οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ ε ROM 3 11 h9e9 figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων; οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 There is no one who understands These two phrases mean the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that no type of person wants to know **God**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who understand what it means to seek God” or “There is no one who understands how to seek God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 11 wkjb figs-extrainfo ὁ συνίων 1 By **understands**, Paul likely means to understand who **God is**. Paul adds the word **God** at the end of next parallel line. Since the expression is explained in the next line, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) ROM 3 11 mn84 figs-metaphor ἐκζητῶν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **God** as if he was lost and these people are looking for him. Paul means that no type of person naturally wants to know and worship God. If your readers would not understand what it means to **seek God** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “who desires to acknowledge” or “who wants to live as God requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 3 11 kqs5 figs-metaphor οὐκ ἔστιν 1 Paul is using the adjective **none** as a noun in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “There is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 12 cen3 figs-idiom πάντες ἐξέκλιναν 1 They have all turned away This is an idiom that means the people do not even want to think about God. They want to avoid him. Alternate translation: “They have all rejected God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 12 y6qa figs-explicit ἅμα ἠχρεώθησαν 1 They together have become useless Since no one does what is good, they are useless to God. Alternate translation: “Everyone has become useless to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 13 zf4i αὐτῶν…αὐτῶν 1 Their … Their The words **Their** refer to the “Jews and Greeks” of [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). @@ -1467,4 +1468,3 @@ ROM 3 8 zwlg figs-abstractnouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα 1 If your language does ROM 3 9 fia9 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 What then? Are we excusing ourselves? Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why he and the Jews are not **excusing** themselves. Use a natural way in your language to express the reason why someone does something. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 9 q88t figs-merism Ἰουδαίους τε καὶ Ἕλληνας 1 Paul figuratively refers to **Jews** and **Greeks**, using these types of people in order to include all of humanity (See the same phrase in [2:09](../02/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “both Jewish and non-Jewish people” or “both the Jewish people and the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) ROM 3 9 s0px figs-metaphor πάντας ὑφ’ ἁμαρτίαν εἶναι 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were a weight that people are underneath. He means that **all** types of people are controlled or dominated or cursed by a tendency to **sin**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **be under sin** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “that they are all controlled by living sinfully” or “that they are all cursed to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 3 11 y7et figs-explicit ὁ συνίων 1 There is no one who seeks after God Here the phrase **seeks God** means to have a relationship with God. Alternate translation: “No one sincerely tries to have a right relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From e17011aaae61677e51001c200731664301f9b786 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 22:59:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 242/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index e3af3bef71..58972825e9 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ ROM 3 9 g85q figs-exclamations οὐ πάντως 1 Not at all **Not at all** is ROM 3 9 gfa3 figs-ellipsis οὐ πάντως 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “We are not excusing ourselves at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 10 u88n writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 This is as it is written In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text. In [3:10–18](../03/10.md) Paul quotes from Old Testament books of Psalms, Proverbs, and Isaiah. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “just as the Old Testament says” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations) ROM 3 10 yt5d figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **not** one type of person is **righteous**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who can possibly make themselves right with God” or “There is absolutely no one who is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ROM 3 10 bscu figs-nominaladj οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 Paul is using the singular adjectives **righteous** and **one** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “There are no righteous people, not any people” or “There is no righteous person, not even one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ROM 3 10 bscu figs-nominaladj οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 Paul is using the singular adjectives **none righteous** and **one** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “There are no righteous people, not any people” or “There is no righteous person, not even one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 11 h9e9 figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων; οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 There is no one who understands These two phrases mean the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that no type of person wants to know **God**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who understand what it means to seek God” or “There is no one who understands how to seek God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 11 wkjb figs-extrainfo ὁ συνίων 1 By **understands**, Paul likely means to understand who **God is**. Paul adds the word **God** at the end of next parallel line. Since the expression is explained in the next line, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) ROM 3 11 mn84 figs-metaphor ἐκζητῶν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **God** as if he was lost and these people are looking for him. Paul means that no type of person naturally wants to know and worship God. If your readers would not understand what it means to **seek God** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “who desires to acknowledge” or “who wants to live as God requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From b8f95fc701167cdd5fd9b0273656fc4a2f859288 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 23:01:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 243/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 58972825e9..11589116f4 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ ROM 3 10 bscu figs-nominaladj οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ ε ROM 3 11 h9e9 figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων; οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 There is no one who understands These two phrases mean the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that no type of person wants to know **God**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who understand what it means to seek God” or “There is no one who understands how to seek God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 11 wkjb figs-extrainfo ὁ συνίων 1 By **understands**, Paul likely means to understand who **God is**. Paul adds the word **God** at the end of next parallel line. Since the expression is explained in the next line, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) ROM 3 11 mn84 figs-metaphor ἐκζητῶν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **God** as if he was lost and these people are looking for him. Paul means that no type of person naturally wants to know and worship God. If your readers would not understand what it means to **seek God** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “who desires to acknowledge” or “who wants to live as God requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 3 11 kqs5 figs-metaphor οὐκ ἔστιν 1 Paul is using the adjective **none** as a noun in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “There is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ROM 3 11 kqs5 figs-nominaladj οὐκ ἔστιν…οὐκ ἔστιν 2 Paul is using the adjective **none** as a noun in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “There are no people … There are no people” or “There is no person … There is no person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 12 cen3 figs-idiom πάντες ἐξέκλιναν 1 They have all turned away This is an idiom that means the people do not even want to think about God. They want to avoid him. Alternate translation: “They have all rejected God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 12 y6qa figs-explicit ἅμα ἠχρεώθησαν 1 They together have become useless Since no one does what is good, they are useless to God. Alternate translation: “Everyone has become useless to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 13 zf4i αὐτῶν…αὐτῶν 1 Their … Their The words **Their** refer to the “Jews and Greeks” of [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). From 03d2c5af2d384d4107c1457cb8118ee939aa5055 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 23:02:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 244/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 11589116f4..9c12966b56 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ ROM 3 10 bscu figs-nominaladj οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ ε ROM 3 11 h9e9 figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων; οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 There is no one who understands These two phrases mean the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that no type of person wants to know **God**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who understand what it means to seek God” or “There is no one who understands how to seek God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 11 wkjb figs-extrainfo ὁ συνίων 1 By **understands**, Paul likely means to understand who **God is**. Paul adds the word **God** at the end of next parallel line. Since the expression is explained in the next line, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) ROM 3 11 mn84 figs-metaphor ἐκζητῶν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **God** as if he was lost and these people are looking for him. Paul means that no type of person naturally wants to know and worship God. If your readers would not understand what it means to **seek God** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “who desires to acknowledge” or “who wants to live as God requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 3 11 kqs5 figs-nominaladj οὐκ ἔστιν…οὐκ ἔστιν 2 Paul is using the adjective **none** as a noun in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “There are no people … There are no people” or “There is no person … There is no person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ROM 3 11 kqs5 figs-nominaladj οὐκ ἔστιν…οὐκ ἔστιν 2 Paul is using the adjectives **none** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “There are no people … There are no people” or “There is no person … There is no person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 12 cen3 figs-idiom πάντες ἐξέκλιναν 1 They have all turned away This is an idiom that means the people do not even want to think about God. They want to avoid him. Alternate translation: “They have all rejected God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 12 y6qa figs-explicit ἅμα ἠχρεώθησαν 1 They together have become useless Since no one does what is good, they are useless to God. Alternate translation: “Everyone has become useless to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 13 zf4i αὐτῶν…αὐτῶν 1 Their … Their The words **Their** refer to the “Jews and Greeks” of [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). From 006fddb81dfd60b9bb7688ce63ece52516016b9a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 23:02:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 245/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 9c12966b56..26e7ca4705 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ ROM 3 10 bscu figs-nominaladj οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ ε ROM 3 11 h9e9 figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων; οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 There is no one who understands These two phrases mean the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that no type of person wants to know **God**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who understand what it means to seek God” or “There is no one who understands how to seek God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 11 wkjb figs-extrainfo ὁ συνίων 1 By **understands**, Paul likely means to understand who **God is**. Paul adds the word **God** at the end of next parallel line. Since the expression is explained in the next line, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) ROM 3 11 mn84 figs-metaphor ἐκζητῶν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **God** as if he was lost and these people are looking for him. Paul means that no type of person naturally wants to know and worship God. If your readers would not understand what it means to **seek God** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “who desires to acknowledge” or “who wants to live as God requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 3 11 kqs5 figs-nominaladj οὐκ ἔστιν…οὐκ ἔστιν 2 Paul is using the adjectives **none** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “There are no people … There are no people” or “There is no person … There is no person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ROM 3 11 kqs5 figs-nominaladj οὐκ ἔστιν…οὐκ ἔστιν 2 Paul is using the adjectives **none** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these adjectives with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “There are no people … There are no people” or “There is no person … There is no person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 12 cen3 figs-idiom πάντες ἐξέκλιναν 1 They have all turned away This is an idiom that means the people do not even want to think about God. They want to avoid him. Alternate translation: “They have all rejected God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 12 y6qa figs-explicit ἅμα ἠχρεώθησαν 1 They together have become useless Since no one does what is good, they are useless to God. Alternate translation: “Everyone has become useless to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 13 zf4i αὐτῶν…αὐτῶν 1 Their … Their The words **Their** refer to the “Jews and Greeks” of [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). From 570bdcca39dafe6e9042f4db03df68f61ab19a37 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 23:03:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 246/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 26e7ca4705..6361b2bdd9 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ ROM 3 9 g85q figs-exclamations οὐ πάντως 1 Not at all **Not at all** is ROM 3 9 gfa3 figs-ellipsis οὐ πάντως 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “We are not excusing ourselves at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 10 u88n writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 This is as it is written In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text. In [3:10–18](../03/10.md) Paul quotes from Old Testament books of Psalms, Proverbs, and Isaiah. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “just as the Old Testament says” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations) ROM 3 10 yt5d figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **not** one type of person is **righteous**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who can possibly make themselves right with God” or “There is absolutely no one who is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ROM 3 10 bscu figs-nominaladj οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 Paul is using the singular adjectives **none righteous** and **one** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “There are no righteous people, not any people” or “There is no righteous person, not even one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ROM 3 10 bscu figs-nominaladj οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 Paul is using the singular adjectives **none righteous** and **one** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these adjectives with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “There are no righteous people, not any people” or “There is no righteous person, not even one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 11 h9e9 figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων; οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 There is no one who understands These two phrases mean the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that no type of person wants to know **God**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who understand what it means to seek God” or “There is no one who understands how to seek God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 11 wkjb figs-extrainfo ὁ συνίων 1 By **understands**, Paul likely means to understand who **God is**. Paul adds the word **God** at the end of next parallel line. Since the expression is explained in the next line, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) ROM 3 11 mn84 figs-metaphor ἐκζητῶν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **God** as if he was lost and these people are looking for him. Paul means that no type of person naturally wants to know and worship God. If your readers would not understand what it means to **seek God** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “who desires to acknowledge” or “who wants to live as God requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From bd5e3afb729d46d009a184eb050aec0bede5a51b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 23:21:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 247/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 6361b2bdd9..c83d87021f 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -489,11 +489,11 @@ ROM 3 10 u88n writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 This is as it ROM 3 10 yt5d figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **not** one type of person is **righteous**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who can possibly make themselves right with God” or “There is absolutely no one who is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 10 bscu figs-nominaladj οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 Paul is using the singular adjectives **none righteous** and **one** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these adjectives with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “There are no righteous people, not any people” or “There is no righteous person, not even one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 11 h9e9 figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων; οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 There is no one who understands These two phrases mean the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that no type of person wants to know **God**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who understand what it means to seek God” or “There is no one who understands how to seek God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 3 11 kqs5 figs-nominaladj οὐκ ἔστιν…οὐκ ἔστιν 2 Paul is using the adjectives **none** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these adjectives with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “There are no people … There are no people” or “There is no person … There is no person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 11 wkjb figs-extrainfo ὁ συνίων 1 By **understands**, Paul likely means to understand who **God is**. Paul adds the word **God** at the end of next parallel line. Since the expression is explained in the next line, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) ROM 3 11 mn84 figs-metaphor ἐκζητῶν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **God** as if he was lost and these people are looking for him. Paul means that no type of person naturally wants to know and worship God. If your readers would not understand what it means to **seek God** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “who desires to acknowledge” or “who wants to live as God requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 3 11 kqs5 figs-nominaladj οὐκ ἔστιν…οὐκ ἔστιν 2 Paul is using the adjectives **none** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these adjectives with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “There are no people … There are no people” or “There is no person … There is no person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ROM 3 12 cen3 figs-idiom πάντες ἐξέκλιναν 1 They have all turned away This is an idiom that means the people do not even want to think about God. They want to avoid him. Alternate translation: “They have all rejected God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 3 12 y6qa figs-explicit ἅμα ἠχρεώθησαν 1 They together have become useless Since no one does what is good, they are useless to God. Alternate translation: “Everyone has become useless to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 3 12 cen3 figs-metaphor πάντες ἐξέκλιναν 1 They have all turned away Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were physically swerving from where God is. Paul means that they refuse to seek to live how God requires. If your readers would not understand what **turned away** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “All types of people refuse to live the way God requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 3 12 kx0f figs-metaphor πάντες 1 Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 13 zf4i αὐτῶν…αὐτῶν 1 Their … Their The words **Their** refer to the “Jews and Greeks” of [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). ROM 3 13 bbq5 figs-metonymy ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν 1 Their throat is an open grave Here, **throat** is a metonym for everything that people say that is unrighteous and disgusting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 13 sjju figs-metaphor τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος 1 Here, **open grave** is a metaphor that refers to the stench of the evil words of the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 369e9e3a32095f2511334cf077a202e8151b4357 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 23:21:57 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 248/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index c83d87021f..8c54a0019a 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1467,4 +1467,4 @@ ROM 3 8 o2nu writing-pronouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν ROM 3 8 zwlg figs-abstractnouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **condemnation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “When they are condemned, it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 9 fia9 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 What then? Are we excusing ourselves? Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why he and the Jews are not **excusing** themselves. Use a natural way in your language to express the reason why someone does something. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 9 q88t figs-merism Ἰουδαίους τε καὶ Ἕλληνας 1 Paul figuratively refers to **Jews** and **Greeks**, using these types of people in order to include all of humanity (See the same phrase in [2:09](../02/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “both Jewish and non-Jewish people” or “both the Jewish people and the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -ROM 3 9 s0px figs-metaphor πάντας ὑφ’ ἁμαρτίαν εἶναι 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were a weight that people are underneath. He means that **all** types of people are controlled or dominated or cursed by a tendency to **sin**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **be under sin** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “that they are all controlled by living sinfully” or “that they are all cursed to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 3 9 s0px figs-metaphor πάντας ὑφ’ ἁμαρτίαν εἶναι 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were a weight that **all** people are underneath. He means that **all** types of people are controlled or dominated or cursed by a tendency to **sin**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **be under sin** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “that they are all controlled by living sinfully” or “that they are all cursed to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 9f095e4c0dd8b68287c175e5f6b5b5f1e91a348f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 23:23:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 249/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 8c54a0019a..e8580ae1e3 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ ROM 3 11 kqs5 figs-nominaladj οὐκ ἔστιν…οὐκ ἔστιν 2 Paul ROM 3 11 wkjb figs-extrainfo ὁ συνίων 1 By **understands**, Paul likely means to understand who **God is**. Paul adds the word **God** at the end of next parallel line. Since the expression is explained in the next line, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) ROM 3 11 mn84 figs-metaphor ἐκζητῶν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **God** as if he was lost and these people are looking for him. Paul means that no type of person naturally wants to know and worship God. If your readers would not understand what it means to **seek God** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “who desires to acknowledge” or “who wants to live as God requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 12 cen3 figs-metaphor πάντες ἐξέκλιναν 1 They have all turned away Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were physically swerving from where God is. Paul means that they refuse to seek to live how God requires. If your readers would not understand what **turned away** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “All types of people refuse to live the way God requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 3 12 kx0f figs-metaphor πάντες 1 Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ROM 3 12 kx0f figs-nominaladj πάντες 1 Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe all of humanity (See how you translated this word in [3:9](../03/09.md)). Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “all kinds of people” or “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 13 zf4i αὐτῶν…αὐτῶν 1 Their … Their The words **Their** refer to the “Jews and Greeks” of [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). ROM 3 13 bbq5 figs-metonymy ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν 1 Their throat is an open grave Here, **throat** is a metonym for everything that people say that is unrighteous and disgusting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 13 sjju figs-metaphor τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος 1 Here, **open grave** is a metaphor that refers to the stench of the evil words of the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 2fe6fe6c0c5f7625bae2dd8ce42b827763e63f0b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 23:31:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 250/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index e8580ae1e3..0fc941319a 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -494,6 +494,7 @@ ROM 3 11 wkjb figs-extrainfo ὁ συνίων 1 By **understands**, Paul likely ROM 3 11 mn84 figs-metaphor ἐκζητῶν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **God** as if he was lost and these people are looking for him. Paul means that no type of person naturally wants to know and worship God. If your readers would not understand what it means to **seek God** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “who desires to acknowledge” or “who wants to live as God requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 12 cen3 figs-metaphor πάντες ἐξέκλιναν 1 They have all turned away Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were physically swerving from where God is. Paul means that they refuse to seek to live how God requires. If your readers would not understand what **turned away** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “All types of people refuse to live the way God requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 12 kx0f figs-nominaladj πάντες 1 Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe all of humanity (See how you translated this word in [3:9](../03/09.md)). Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “all kinds of people” or “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ROM 3 12 t684 figs-parallelism πάντες ἐξέκλιναν, ἅμα ἠχρεώθησαν; 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that all types of people reject God. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Absolutely all types of people are useless without God” or “The whole human race is completely purposeless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 13 zf4i αὐτῶν…αὐτῶν 1 Their … Their The words **Their** refer to the “Jews and Greeks” of [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). ROM 3 13 bbq5 figs-metonymy ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν 1 Their throat is an open grave Here, **throat** is a metonym for everything that people say that is unrighteous and disgusting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 13 sjju figs-metaphor τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος 1 Here, **open grave** is a metaphor that refers to the stench of the evil words of the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From e5a21b32ef908eb926ecad673e052c0a46702a2a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 23:36:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 251/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 0fc941319a..9f33e707df 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -495,6 +495,7 @@ ROM 3 11 mn84 figs-metaphor ἐκζητῶν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **Go ROM 3 12 cen3 figs-metaphor πάντες ἐξέκλιναν 1 They have all turned away Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were physically swerving from where God is. Paul means that they refuse to seek to live how God requires. If your readers would not understand what **turned away** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “All types of people refuse to live the way God requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 12 kx0f figs-nominaladj πάντες 1 Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe all of humanity (See how you translated this word in [3:9](../03/09.md)). Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “all kinds of people” or “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 12 t684 figs-parallelism πάντες ἐξέκλιναν, ἅμα ἠχρεώθησαν; 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that all types of people reject God. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Absolutely all types of people are useless without God” or “The whole human race is completely purposeless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 3 12 na87 figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν ποιῶν χρηστότητα, οὐκ ἔστιν ἕως ἑνός 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **not even one** type of person can continually do what is **good**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who can possibly do what is good” or “There is absolutely no one who is continually does what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 13 zf4i αὐτῶν…αὐτῶν 1 Their … Their The words **Their** refer to the “Jews and Greeks” of [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). ROM 3 13 bbq5 figs-metonymy ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν 1 Their throat is an open grave Here, **throat** is a metonym for everything that people say that is unrighteous and disgusting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 13 sjju figs-metaphor τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος 1 Here, **open grave** is a metaphor that refers to the stench of the evil words of the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 6a0ab16c87fefa62f750cb0827ab8646847606b7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 23:38:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 252/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 9f33e707df..3cc4faa056 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -496,6 +496,7 @@ ROM 3 12 cen3 figs-metaphor πάντες ἐξέκλιναν 1 They have all tur ROM 3 12 kx0f figs-nominaladj πάντες 1 Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe all of humanity (See how you translated this word in [3:9](../03/09.md)). Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “all kinds of people” or “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 12 t684 figs-parallelism πάντες ἐξέκλιναν, ἅμα ἠχρεώθησαν; 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that all types of people reject God. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Absolutely all types of people are useless without God” or “The whole human race is completely purposeless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 12 na87 figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν ποιῶν χρηστότητα, οὐκ ἔστιν ἕως ἑνός 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **not even one** type of person can continually do what is **good**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who can possibly do what is good” or “There is absolutely no one who is continually does what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 3 12 v9ed figs-nominaladj 1 Paul is using the singular adjectives **none** and **one** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these adjectives with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “There are no people who do what is good, not any people” or “There is no person who does what is good, not even one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 13 zf4i αὐτῶν…αὐτῶν 1 Their … Their The words **Their** refer to the “Jews and Greeks” of [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). ROM 3 13 bbq5 figs-metonymy ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν 1 Their throat is an open grave Here, **throat** is a metonym for everything that people say that is unrighteous and disgusting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 13 sjju figs-metaphor τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος 1 Here, **open grave** is a metaphor that refers to the stench of the evil words of the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 1537400fe2ce951105b364a13a83302b2a666360 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 23:39:25 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 253/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 3cc4faa056..1b0a366b39 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ ROM 3 12 cen3 figs-metaphor πάντες ἐξέκλιναν 1 They have all tur ROM 3 12 kx0f figs-nominaladj πάντες 1 Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe all of humanity (See how you translated this word in [3:9](../03/09.md)). Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “all kinds of people” or “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 12 t684 figs-parallelism πάντες ἐξέκλιναν, ἅμα ἠχρεώθησαν; 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that all types of people reject God. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Absolutely all types of people are useless without God” or “The whole human race is completely purposeless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 12 na87 figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν ποιῶν χρηστότητα, οὐκ ἔστιν ἕως ἑνός 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **not even one** type of person can continually do what is **good**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who can possibly do what is good” or “There is absolutely no one who is continually does what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ROM 3 12 v9ed figs-nominaladj 1 Paul is using the singular adjectives **none** and **one** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these adjectives with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “There are no people who do what is good, not any people” or “There is no person who does what is good, not even one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ROM 3 12 v9ed figs-nominaladj οὐκ…ἑνός 1 Paul is using the singular adjectives **none** and **one** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these adjectives with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “There are no people who do what is good, not any people” or “There is no person who does what is good, not even one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 13 zf4i αὐτῶν…αὐτῶν 1 Their … Their The words **Their** refer to the “Jews and Greeks” of [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). ROM 3 13 bbq5 figs-metonymy ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν 1 Their throat is an open grave Here, **throat** is a metonym for everything that people say that is unrighteous and disgusting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 13 sjju figs-metaphor τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος 1 Here, **open grave** is a metaphor that refers to the stench of the evil words of the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 6f32fd9b6232ee97f2af95a2f901ca53713d0f27 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 23:41:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 254/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 1b0a366b39..0e7b3dc139 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -497,6 +497,7 @@ ROM 3 12 kx0f figs-nominaladj πάντες 1 Paul is using the adjective **all ROM 3 12 t684 figs-parallelism πάντες ἐξέκλιναν, ἅμα ἠχρεώθησαν; 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that all types of people reject God. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Absolutely all types of people are useless without God” or “The whole human race is completely purposeless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 12 na87 figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν ποιῶν χρηστότητα, οὐκ ἔστιν ἕως ἑνός 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **not even one** type of person can continually do what is **good**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who can possibly do what is good” or “There is absolutely no one who is continually does what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 12 v9ed figs-nominaladj οὐκ…ἑνός 1 Paul is using the singular adjectives **none** and **one** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these adjectives with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “There are no people who do what is good, not any people” or “There is no person who does what is good, not even one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ROM 3 12 b3g1 figs-abstractnouns χρηστότητα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “what is good” or “what is kind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 13 zf4i αὐτῶν…αὐτῶν 1 Their … Their The words **Their** refer to the “Jews and Greeks” of [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). ROM 3 13 bbq5 figs-metonymy ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν 1 Their throat is an open grave Here, **throat** is a metonym for everything that people say that is unrighteous and disgusting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 13 sjju figs-metaphor τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος 1 Here, **open grave** is a metaphor that refers to the stench of the evil words of the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From bff2664b752a5f4100eeb69d904f93f2ad259465 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 14:08:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 255/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 0e7b3dc139..a842253dce 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ ROM 1 17 of98 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that wh ROM 1 17 gsl5 figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **righteousness** in another way. Alternate translation: “how God makes people right with himself” or “the way people become right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 17 ii3m writing-pronouns ἐν αὐτῷ 1 For in it The pronoun **it** refers to “the gospel” (See [1:16](../01/16.md)). Alternate translation: “the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 1 17 jl9i figs-abstractnouns ἐκ πίστεως εἰς πίστιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** in another way (See [1:5](../01/05.md). Here, Paul uses this phrase to emphasize how **the righteousness of God is revealed**. This phrase**from faith to faith** could refer to: (1) the Old Testament faith that leads to the New Testament faith. Alternate translation: “from the prophesied faith in the Messiah to the revealed faith in the Messiah” (2) God’s faithfulness that causes human faithfulness. Alternate translation: “God is trustworthy and causes people to trust in him” (3) human faith that leads to human faithfulness. Alternate translation: “by people who trust in God that leads to faithfulness to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 1 17 igg9 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it has been written In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Habakkuk the prophet. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as Habakkuk the prophet says in the holy scriptures” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations) +ROM 1 17 igg9 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it has been written In Paul’s culture, **just as it is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Habakkuk the prophet. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as Habakkuk the prophet says in the holy scriptures” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations) ROM 1 17 bgvh writing-quotations δὲ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to what Habakkuk the prophet previously says about the unrighteous person (See [Habakkuk 2:4](hab/02/04.md)). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 1 17 hbv6 figs-nominaladj ὁ…δίκαιος 1 The righteous will live by faith Paul is using the adjective **the righteous** as a noun in order to describe a type of person or group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the … person who is righteous” or “the … people who are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 1 17 a9y7 figs-metaphor ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **faith** as if it was food that could keep **the righteous** alive. He means that **faith** is the means to live right with God or gain eternal life. If your readers would not understand what **will live by faith** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “will stay alive through trusting in God” or “will live eternally by remaining faithful to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From cd76b8facbc9a83a507b283be7e2937de2590596 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 14:08:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 256/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index a842253dce..f8eccc6d61 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ ROM 2 24 ccm9 figs-activepassive τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ δ ROM 2 24 m2bq grammar-connect-logic-result τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ ὑμᾶς βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because of you the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 2 24 pg0g figs-explicit δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 The implication is that since the Jews are God’s people, and represent him to **among the Gentiles**, their bad behavior is what causes **the Gentiles** to blaspheme **the name of God**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as a result of how you act” or “because of the way you behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 24 wmfh grammar-connect-logic-result ὑμᾶς 1 Here the pronoun **you** is plural and refers to the Jews. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of you Jews” or “of you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 2 24 edrf writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (See [LXX Isaiah 52:5](isa/52/05.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as Isaiah the prophet says in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+ROM 2 24 edrf writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 In Paul’s culture, **just as it is been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (See [LXX Isaiah 52:5](isa/52/05.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as Isaiah the prophet says in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM 2 25 j4ao figs-parallelism 1 These two clauses, **For circumcision indeed benefits if you obey the law** and **but if you are transgressors of the law, your circumcision has become uncircumcision**, mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the how **circumcision** is only beneficial if it is accompanied by practicing **the law**. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 25 vdu7 grammar-connect-logic-result περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ ὠφελεῖ, ἐὰν νόμον πράσσῃς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “If you obey the law, circumcision indeed benefits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 2 25 i497 grammar-connect-words-phrases περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **For circumcision indeed** indicates that what follows is a change in topic that continues through [2:25–29](../02/25.md) about the role of **circumcision** in the life of God’s people. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) From 3f3f86a99fb438fd7c241192c1460214f316bb7b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 14:08:54 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 257/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index f8eccc6d61..4005171b57 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ ROM 3 4 ld9h figs-imperative γινέσθω…ὁ Θεὸς ἀληθής 1 let ROM 3 4 vkcf grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 2 Here, **but** emphasizes that what follows is a strong contrast to how trustworthy God is in comparison to human beings. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 3 4 nud9 figs-hyperbole πᾶς…ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης 1 even though every man is a liar Here, **every man a liar** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show that in comparison to God, every Jew, and by extension, all human beings are not trustworthy. Paul knows that every individual person is not **a liar**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows honor. Alternate translation: “but every person shown untrustworthy” or “and human beings exposed as false” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 3 4 f341 figs-quotations πᾶς…ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation (See [Psalm 116:11](psalm/116/11.md)). Alternate translation: “indeed, ‘Every man is a liar’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -ROM 3 4 te39 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it has been written In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Psalms (See LXX [Psalm 50:6](psalm/50/06.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as David the prophet says in the Psalms” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations) +ROM 3 4 te39 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it has been written In Paul’s culture, **just as it is been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Psalms (See LXX [Psalm 50:6](psalm/50/06.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as David the prophet says in the Psalms” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations) ROM 3 4 x6ax figs-parallelism ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε 1 That you might be shown to be righteous in your words, and that you might prevail when you come into judgment These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in similar ways, to show that God is **true**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “so that when people try to judge you, you will prevail as righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 4 xli0 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅπως 1 Here, **that** introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to introduce a result clause. Alternate translation: “So that as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 4 lnnr figs-activepassive δικαιωθῇς…ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people would acknowledge how righteous you are … when people attempt to judge you” or “you would prove yourself righteous … when others try to judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From ad7f5ef88bb377346e9fbc8f99010b89d63c4058 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 14:26:47 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 258/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 4005171b57..252fb18df3 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ ROM 3 12 t684 figs-parallelism πάντες ἐξέκλιναν, ἅμα ἠχρ ROM 3 12 na87 figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν ποιῶν χρηστότητα, οὐκ ἔστιν ἕως ἑνός 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **not even one** type of person can continually do what is **good**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who can possibly do what is good” or “There is absolutely no one who is continually does what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 12 v9ed figs-nominaladj οὐκ…ἑνός 1 Paul is using the singular adjectives **none** and **one** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these adjectives with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “There are no people who do what is good, not any people” or “There is no person who does what is good, not even one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 12 b3g1 figs-abstractnouns χρηστότητα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “what is good” or “what is kind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 3 13 zf4i αὐτῶν…αὐτῶν 1 Their … Their The words **Their** refer to the “Jews and Greeks” of [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). +ROM 3 13 zf4i αὐτῶν…αὐτῶν 1 Their … Their The pronouns **Their** refer to Peter, not to the man who was insisting that Peter was one of Jesus’ disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “while Peter was speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 3 13 bbq5 figs-metonymy ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν 1 Their throat is an open grave Here, **throat** is a metonym for everything that people say that is unrighteous and disgusting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 13 sjju figs-metaphor τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος 1 Here, **open grave** is a metaphor that refers to the stench of the evil words of the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 13 sx6y figs-metonymy ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν 1 Their tongues have deceived Here, **tongues** is a metonym for the false words that people speak. Alternate translation: “People have spoken lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From a14ac80d283de361325f5c430472aaa3a999dd13 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 14:53:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 259/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 252fb18df3..454b4516aa 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -498,8 +498,7 @@ ROM 3 12 t684 figs-parallelism πάντες ἐξέκλιναν, ἅμα ἠχρ ROM 3 12 na87 figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν ποιῶν χρηστότητα, οὐκ ἔστιν ἕως ἑνός 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **not even one** type of person can continually do what is **good**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who can possibly do what is good” or “There is absolutely no one who is continually does what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 12 v9ed figs-nominaladj οὐκ…ἑνός 1 Paul is using the singular adjectives **none** and **one** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these adjectives with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “There are no people who do what is good, not any people” or “There is no person who does what is good, not even one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 12 b3g1 figs-abstractnouns χρηστότητα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “what is good” or “what is kind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 3 13 zf4i αὐτῶν…αὐτῶν 1 Their … Their The pronouns **Their** refer to Peter, not to the man who was insisting that Peter was one of Jesus’ disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “while Peter was speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 3 13 bbq5 figs-metonymy ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν 1 Their throat is an open grave Here, **throat** is a metonym for everything that people say that is unrighteous and disgusting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 3 13 bbq5 figs-metaphor τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν 1 Their throat is an open grave Paul speaks figuratively of these people’s throat as if it were wide open like an uncovered grave. He means that the slanderous things they say cause corruption and death. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “The slanderous things they say cause corruption and death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 13 sjju figs-metaphor τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος 1 Here, **open grave** is a metaphor that refers to the stench of the evil words of the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 13 sx6y figs-metonymy ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν 1 Their tongues have deceived Here, **tongues** is a metonym for the false words that people speak. Alternate translation: “People have spoken lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 13 qk16 figs-metaphor ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 The poison of snakes is under their lips Here, **poison of asps** is a metaphor that is used to represent the great harm of the evil words that the people speak. Alternate translation: “Their evil words injure people just like the poison of a venomous snake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From a7b56ed6cbce15d14ea71dbf330a2fac419edee1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 15:11:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 260/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 454b4516aa..50184f6c29 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -498,9 +498,8 @@ ROM 3 12 t684 figs-parallelism πάντες ἐξέκλιναν, ἅμα ἠχρ ROM 3 12 na87 figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν ποιῶν χρηστότητα, οὐκ ἔστιν ἕως ἑνός 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **not even one** type of person can continually do what is **good**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who can possibly do what is good” or “There is absolutely no one who is continually does what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 12 v9ed figs-nominaladj οὐκ…ἑνός 1 Paul is using the singular adjectives **none** and **one** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these adjectives with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “There are no people who do what is good, not any people” or “There is no person who does what is good, not even one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 12 b3g1 figs-abstractnouns χρηστότητα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “what is good” or “what is kind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 3 13 sx6y figs-metonymy 1 Their tongues have deceived Paul is figuratively describing something people would say by association with their **throat**, **tongues**, and **lips**, which they would use to say something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM 3 13 bbq5 figs-metaphor τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν 1 Their throat is an open grave Paul speaks figuratively of these people’s throat as if it were wide open like an uncovered grave. He means that the slanderous things they say cause corruption and death. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “The slanderous things they say cause corruption and death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 3 13 sjju figs-metaphor τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος 1 Here, **open grave** is a metaphor that refers to the stench of the evil words of the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 3 13 sx6y figs-metonymy ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν 1 Their tongues have deceived Here, **tongues** is a metonym for the false words that people speak. Alternate translation: “People have spoken lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 13 qk16 figs-metaphor ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 The poison of snakes is under their lips Here, **poison of asps** is a metaphor that is used to represent the great harm of the evil words that the people speak. Alternate translation: “Their evil words injure people just like the poison of a venomous snake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 13 gx9b figs-metonymy ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 The word **lips** refers to the words of the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 14 sqr5 figs-metonymy ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Their mouths are full of cursing and bitterness Here, **mouths** is a metonym that represents the evil words of the people. Alternate translation: “They are full of cursing and bitterness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 98bf0a8e1913bd001da9590dc0d5ce6b28d65910 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 15:15:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 261/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 50184f6c29..5392ebed01 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ ROM 3 12 t684 figs-parallelism πάντες ἐξέκλιναν, ἅμα ἠχρ ROM 3 12 na87 figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν ποιῶν χρηστότητα, οὐκ ἔστιν ἕως ἑνός 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **not even one** type of person can continually do what is **good**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who can possibly do what is good” or “There is absolutely no one who is continually does what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 12 v9ed figs-nominaladj οὐκ…ἑνός 1 Paul is using the singular adjectives **none** and **one** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these adjectives with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “There are no people who do what is good, not any people” or “There is no person who does what is good, not even one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 12 b3g1 figs-abstractnouns χρηστότητα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “what is good” or “what is kind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 3 13 sx6y figs-metonymy 1 Their tongues have deceived Paul is figuratively describing something people would say by association with their **throat**, **tongues**, and **lips**, which they would use to say something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+ROM 3 13 sx6y figs-metonymy 1 Their tongues have deceived Paul is figuratively describing something people would say by association with their **throat**, **tongues**, and **lips**, which they would use to say something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression like the UST or plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM 3 13 bbq5 figs-metaphor τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν 1 Their throat is an open grave Paul speaks figuratively of these people’s throat as if it were wide open like an uncovered grave. He means that the slanderous things they say cause corruption and death. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “The slanderous things they say cause corruption and death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 13 qk16 figs-metaphor ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 The poison of snakes is under their lips Here, **poison of asps** is a metaphor that is used to represent the great harm of the evil words that the people speak. Alternate translation: “Their evil words injure people just like the poison of a venomous snake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 13 gx9b figs-metonymy ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 The word **lips** refers to the words of the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 5311572120744f0b96e124756ccc618be9ffd8f7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 15:20:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 262/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 5392ebed01..7fb7d1ad55 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -499,9 +499,9 @@ ROM 3 12 na87 figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν ποιῶν χρηστότη ROM 3 12 v9ed figs-nominaladj οὐκ…ἑνός 1 Paul is using the singular adjectives **none** and **one** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these adjectives with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “There are no people who do what is good, not any people” or “There is no person who does what is good, not even one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 12 b3g1 figs-abstractnouns χρηστότητα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “what is good” or “what is kind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 13 sx6y figs-metonymy 1 Their tongues have deceived Paul is figuratively describing something people would say by association with their **throat**, **tongues**, and **lips**, which they would use to say something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression like the UST or plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ROM 3 13 bbq5 figs-metaphor τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν 1 Their throat is an open grave Paul speaks figuratively of these people’s throat as if it were wide open like an uncovered grave. He means that the slanderous things they say cause corruption and death. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “The slanderous things they say cause corruption and death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 3 13 bbq5 figs-metaphor τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν 1 Their throat is an open grave Paul speaks figuratively of these people’s **throat** as if it were an uncovered **grave**. He means that the slanderous things they say cause corruption and death. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “The slanderous things they say cause corruption and death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 3 13 pemg figs-personification ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν 1 Here, pride is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could deceive someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Because you are so proud, you have deceived yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 13 qk16 figs-metaphor ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 The poison of snakes is under their lips Here, **poison of asps** is a metaphor that is used to represent the great harm of the evil words that the people speak. Alternate translation: “Their evil words injure people just like the poison of a venomous snake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 3 13 gx9b figs-metonymy ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 The word **lips** refers to the words of the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 14 sqr5 figs-metonymy ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Their mouths are full of cursing and bitterness Here, **mouths** is a metonym that represents the evil words of the people. Alternate translation: “They are full of cursing and bitterness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 14 j0sg figs-hyperbole ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Paul exaggerates about the amount of **cursing and bitterness** in these people to emphasize how evil they were. Alternate translation: “They often speak curses and cruel words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 3 14 wisb figs-hyperbole ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 The word **full** exaggerates how often people speak bitterly and curse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) From 3bc9cbe0bb34e82aac67cfac69385f86c1b57778 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 15:23:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 264/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 7fb7d1ad55..85f691b89f 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ ROM 3 12 v9ed figs-nominaladj οὐκ…ἑνός 1 Paul is using the singular ROM 3 12 b3g1 figs-abstractnouns χρηστότητα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “what is good” or “what is kind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 13 sx6y figs-metonymy 1 Their tongues have deceived Paul is figuratively describing something people would say by association with their **throat**, **tongues**, and **lips**, which they would use to say something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression like the UST or plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM 3 13 bbq5 figs-metaphor τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν 1 Their throat is an open grave Paul speaks figuratively of these people’s **throat** as if it were an uncovered **grave**. He means that the slanderous things they say cause corruption and death. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “The slanderous things they say cause corruption and death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 3 13 pemg figs-personification ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν 1 Here, pride is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could deceive someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Because you are so proud, you have deceived yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 3 13 pemg figs-personification ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν 1 Here, **tongues** are spoken of figuratively as though they were a person who could deceive someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “These people say deceptive things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 13 qk16 figs-metaphor ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 The poison of snakes is under their lips Here, **poison of asps** is a metaphor that is used to represent the great harm of the evil words that the people speak. Alternate translation: “Their evil words injure people just like the poison of a venomous snake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 14 sqr5 figs-metonymy ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Their mouths are full of cursing and bitterness Here, **mouths** is a metonym that represents the evil words of the people. Alternate translation: “They are full of cursing and bitterness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 14 j0sg figs-hyperbole ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Paul exaggerates about the amount of **cursing and bitterness** in these people to emphasize how evil they were. Alternate translation: “They often speak curses and cruel words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) From 7cc539e0ed3ecb70b945557b0b3bf18bb52d822d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 15:33:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 265/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 85f691b89f..9cee846fd5 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ ROM 3 8 wr3g figs-ellipsis καὶ μὴ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the word ROM 3 8 g19d grammar-connect-words-phrases καθὼς…καθώς 1 Paul is using **just as** to emphasize the fact that certain people are spreading false rumors about the apostles’ teaching. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “in the way … in the way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 9 z3wu figs-rquestion τί οὖν 1 Connecting Statement: Here Paul concludes his series of rhetorical questions by using the same phrase ** What then** that he began with in [3:1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 9 g85q figs-exclamations οὐ πάντως 1 Not at all **Not at all** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong negative. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this idea. Alternate translation: “Absolutely not!” or “In no way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) -ROM 3 9 gfa3 figs-ellipsis οὐ πάντως 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “We are not excusing ourselves at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 3 9 gfa3 figs-ellipsis οὐ πάντως 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “We are not better off at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 10 u88n writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 This is as it is written In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text. In [3:10–18](../03/10.md) Paul quotes from Old Testament books of Psalms, Proverbs, and Isaiah. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “just as the Old Testament says” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations) ROM 3 10 yt5d figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **not** one type of person is **righteous**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who can possibly make themselves right with God” or “There is absolutely no one who is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 10 bscu figs-nominaladj οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 Paul is using the singular adjectives **none righteous** and **one** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these adjectives with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “There are no righteous people, not any people” or “There is no righteous person, not even one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) From 7e043bc85fc2dd475546897b146caf9e0ea5d714 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 15:36:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 266/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 9cee846fd5..b70e7f98e5 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -500,6 +500,7 @@ ROM 3 12 v9ed figs-nominaladj οὐκ…ἑνός 1 Paul is using the singular ROM 3 12 b3g1 figs-abstractnouns χρηστότητα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “what is good” or “what is kind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 13 sx6y figs-metonymy 1 Their tongues have deceived Paul is figuratively describing something people would say by association with their **throat**, **tongues**, and **lips**, which they would use to say something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression like the UST or plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM 3 13 bbq5 figs-metaphor τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν 1 Their throat is an open grave Paul speaks figuratively of these people’s **throat** as if it were an uncovered **grave**. He means that the slanderous things they say cause corruption and death. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “The slanderous things they say cause corruption and death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 3 13 daji grammar-collectivenouns ὁ λάρυγξ 1 The word **throat** is a singular noun that refers to the throats of a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use the plural like the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 3 13 pemg figs-personification ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν 1 Here, **tongues** are spoken of figuratively as though they were a person who could deceive someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “These people say deceptive things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 13 qk16 figs-metaphor ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 The poison of snakes is under their lips Here, **poison of asps** is a metaphor that is used to represent the great harm of the evil words that the people speak. Alternate translation: “Their evil words injure people just like the poison of a venomous snake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 14 sqr5 figs-metonymy ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Their mouths are full of cursing and bitterness Here, **mouths** is a metonym that represents the evil words of the people. Alternate translation: “They are full of cursing and bitterness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From d4f322bba3c111a18f18852985c92d10633d3a0c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 15:39:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 267/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index b70e7f98e5..7ea796899d 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ ROM 3 8 g19d grammar-connect-words-phrases καθὼς…καθώς 1 Paul is u ROM 3 9 z3wu figs-rquestion τί οὖν 1 Connecting Statement: Here Paul concludes his series of rhetorical questions by using the same phrase ** What then** that he began with in [3:1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 9 g85q figs-exclamations οὐ πάντως 1 Not at all **Not at all** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong negative. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this idea. Alternate translation: “Absolutely not!” or “In no way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 9 gfa3 figs-ellipsis οὐ πάντως 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “We are not better off at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 3 10 u88n writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 This is as it is written In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text. In [3:10–18](../03/10.md) Paul quotes from Old Testament books of Psalms, Proverbs, and Isaiah. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “just as the Old Testament says” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations) +ROM 3 10 u88n writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 This is as it is written In Paul’s culture, **just as it is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text. In [3:10–18](../03/10.md) Paul quotes from Old Testament books of Psalms, Proverbs, and Isaiah. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “just as the Old Testament says” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations) ROM 3 10 yt5d figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **not** one type of person is **righteous**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who can possibly make themselves right with God” or “There is absolutely no one who is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 10 bscu figs-nominaladj οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 Paul is using the singular adjectives **none righteous** and **one** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these adjectives with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “There are no righteous people, not any people” or “There is no righteous person, not even one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 11 h9e9 figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων; οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 There is no one who understands These two phrases mean the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that no type of person wants to know **God**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who understand what it means to seek God” or “There is no one who understands how to seek God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) From 88550ec21b3c626236886ac0effcc0e04233a10b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 15:40:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 268/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 7ea796899d..30e86638a9 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ ROM 2 24 ccm9 figs-activepassive τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ δ ROM 2 24 m2bq grammar-connect-logic-result τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ ὑμᾶς βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because of you the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 2 24 pg0g figs-explicit δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 The implication is that since the Jews are God’s people, and represent him to **among the Gentiles**, their bad behavior is what causes **the Gentiles** to blaspheme **the name of God**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as a result of how you act” or “because of the way you behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 24 wmfh grammar-connect-logic-result ὑμᾶς 1 Here the pronoun **you** is plural and refers to the Jews. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of you Jews” or “of you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 2 24 edrf writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 In Paul’s culture, **just as it is been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (See [LXX Isaiah 52:5](isa/52/05.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as Isaiah the prophet says in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+ROM 2 24 edrf writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 In Paul’s culture, **just as it is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (See [LXX Isaiah 52:5](isa/52/05.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as Isaiah the prophet says in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM 2 25 j4ao figs-parallelism 1 These two clauses, **For circumcision indeed benefits if you obey the law** and **but if you are transgressors of the law, your circumcision has become uncircumcision**, mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the how **circumcision** is only beneficial if it is accompanied by practicing **the law**. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 25 vdu7 grammar-connect-logic-result περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ ὠφελεῖ, ἐὰν νόμον πράσσῃς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “If you obey the law, circumcision indeed benefits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 2 25 i497 grammar-connect-words-phrases περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **For circumcision indeed** indicates that what follows is a change in topic that continues through [2:25–29](../02/25.md) about the role of **circumcision** in the life of God’s people. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) From 4d7a19ca9d098d0c7ff2b97fad1585166d0f3aad Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 15:40:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 269/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 30e86638a9..c013d413ab 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ ROM 3 9 z3wu figs-rquestion τί οὖν 1 Connecting Statement: Here Paul concl ROM 3 9 g85q figs-exclamations οὐ πάντως 1 Not at all **Not at all** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong negative. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this idea. Alternate translation: “Absolutely not!” or “In no way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 9 gfa3 figs-ellipsis οὐ πάντως 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “We are not better off at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 10 u88n writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 This is as it is written In Paul’s culture, **just as it is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text. In [3:10–18](../03/10.md) Paul quotes from Old Testament books of Psalms, Proverbs, and Isaiah. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “just as the Old Testament says” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations) -ROM 3 10 yt5d figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **not** one type of person is **righteous**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who can possibly make themselves right with God” or “There is absolutely no one who is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 3 10 yt5d figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **not** one type of person is **righteous**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who can possibly make themselves right with God” or “There is absolutely no one who is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 10 bscu figs-nominaladj οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 Paul is using the singular adjectives **none righteous** and **one** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these adjectives with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “There are no righteous people, not any people” or “There is no righteous person, not even one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 11 h9e9 figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων; οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 There is no one who understands These two phrases mean the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that no type of person wants to know **God**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who understand what it means to seek God” or “There is no one who understands how to seek God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 11 kqs5 figs-nominaladj οὐκ ἔστιν…οὐκ ἔστιν 2 Paul is using the adjectives **none** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these adjectives with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “There are no people … There are no people” or “There is no person … There is no person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) From 1e5e732197b98cdbb6407feaaba831a3b9e66898 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 15:41:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 270/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index c013d413ab..6c1a43bb91 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ ROM 3 9 gfa3 figs-ellipsis οὐ πάντως 1 Paul is leaving out some of the ROM 3 10 u88n writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 This is as it is written In Paul’s culture, **just as it is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text. In [3:10–18](../03/10.md) Paul quotes from Old Testament books of Psalms, Proverbs, and Isaiah. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “just as the Old Testament says” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations) ROM 3 10 yt5d figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **not** one type of person is **righteous**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who can possibly make themselves right with God” or “There is absolutely no one who is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 10 bscu figs-nominaladj οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 Paul is using the singular adjectives **none righteous** and **one** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these adjectives with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “There are no righteous people, not any people” or “There is no righteous person, not even one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ROM 3 11 h9e9 figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων; οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 There is no one who understands These two phrases mean the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that no type of person wants to know **God**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who understand what it means to seek God” or “There is no one who understands how to seek God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 3 11 h9e9 figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων; οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 There is no one who understands These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that no type of person wants to know **God**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who understand what it means to seek God” or “There is no one who understands how to seek God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 11 kqs5 figs-nominaladj οὐκ ἔστιν…οὐκ ἔστιν 2 Paul is using the adjectives **none** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these adjectives with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “There are no people … There are no people” or “There is no person … There is no person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 11 wkjb figs-extrainfo ὁ συνίων 1 By **understands**, Paul likely means to understand who **God is**. Paul adds the word **God** at the end of next parallel line. Since the expression is explained in the next line, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) ROM 3 11 mn84 figs-metaphor ἐκζητῶν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **God** as if he was lost and these people are looking for him. Paul means that no type of person naturally wants to know and worship God. If your readers would not understand what it means to **seek God** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “who desires to acknowledge” or “who wants to live as God requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 4747e0582eafe0f6a73d0ae7efd2820f24e12f3d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 15:41:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 271/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 6c1a43bb91..b71366bacf 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -495,7 +495,7 @@ ROM 3 11 mn84 figs-metaphor ἐκζητῶν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **Go ROM 3 12 cen3 figs-metaphor πάντες ἐξέκλιναν 1 They have all turned away Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were physically swerving from where God is. Paul means that they refuse to seek to live how God requires. If your readers would not understand what **turned away** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “All types of people refuse to live the way God requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 12 kx0f figs-nominaladj πάντες 1 Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe all of humanity (See how you translated this word in [3:9](../03/09.md)). Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “all kinds of people” or “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 12 t684 figs-parallelism πάντες ἐξέκλιναν, ἅμα ἠχρεώθησαν; 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that all types of people reject God. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Absolutely all types of people are useless without God” or “The whole human race is completely purposeless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ROM 3 12 na87 figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν ποιῶν χρηστότητα, οὐκ ἔστιν ἕως ἑνός 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **not even one** type of person can continually do what is **good**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who can possibly do what is good” or “There is absolutely no one who is continually does what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 3 12 na87 figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν ποιῶν χρηστότητα, οὐκ ἔστιν ἕως ἑνός 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **not even one** type of person can continually do what is **good**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who can possibly do what is good” or “There is absolutely no one who is continually does what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 12 v9ed figs-nominaladj οὐκ…ἑνός 1 Paul is using the singular adjectives **none** and **one** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these adjectives with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “There are no people who do what is good, not any people” or “There is no person who does what is good, not even one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 12 b3g1 figs-abstractnouns χρηστότητα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “what is good” or “what is kind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 13 sx6y figs-metonymy 1 Their tongues have deceived Paul is figuratively describing something people would say by association with their **throat**, **tongues**, and **lips**, which they would use to say something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression like the UST or plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
From 258b7271c2beea6b48b95f3e0258d1139c768a60 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 15:41:34 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 272/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index b71366bacf..f1b42aa938 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ ROM 3 11 wkjb figs-extrainfo ὁ συνίων 1 By **understands**, Paul likely ROM 3 11 mn84 figs-metaphor ἐκζητῶν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **God** as if he was lost and these people are looking for him. Paul means that no type of person naturally wants to know and worship God. If your readers would not understand what it means to **seek God** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “who desires to acknowledge” or “who wants to live as God requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 12 cen3 figs-metaphor πάντες ἐξέκλιναν 1 They have all turned away Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were physically swerving from where God is. Paul means that they refuse to seek to live how God requires. If your readers would not understand what **turned away** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “All types of people refuse to live the way God requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 12 kx0f figs-nominaladj πάντες 1 Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe all of humanity (See how you translated this word in [3:9](../03/09.md)). Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “all kinds of people” or “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ROM 3 12 t684 figs-parallelism πάντες ἐξέκλιναν, ἅμα ἠχρεώθησαν; 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that all types of people reject God. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Absolutely all types of people are useless without God” or “The whole human race is completely purposeless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 3 12 t684 figs-parallelism πάντες ἐξέκλιναν, ἅμα ἠχρεώθησαν; 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that all types of people reject God. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Absolutely all types of people are useless without God” or “The whole human race is completely purposeless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 12 na87 figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν ποιῶν χρηστότητα, οὐκ ἔστιν ἕως ἑνός 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **not even one** type of person can continually do what is **good**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who can possibly do what is good” or “There is absolutely no one who is continually does what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 12 v9ed figs-nominaladj οὐκ…ἑνός 1 Paul is using the singular adjectives **none** and **one** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these adjectives with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “There are no people who do what is good, not any people” or “There is no person who does what is good, not even one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 12 b3g1 figs-abstractnouns χρηστότητα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “what is good” or “what is kind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From bad7b54b0b1fceb175e93275e3bb1963956e9101 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 15:42:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 273/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index f1b42aa938..525af2cb35 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ ROM 3 12 na87 figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν ποιῶν χρηστότη ROM 3 12 v9ed figs-nominaladj οὐκ…ἑνός 1 Paul is using the singular adjectives **none** and **one** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these adjectives with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “There are no people who do what is good, not any people” or “There is no person who does what is good, not even one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 12 b3g1 figs-abstractnouns χρηστότητα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “what is good” or “what is kind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 13 sx6y figs-metonymy 1 Their tongues have deceived Paul is figuratively describing something people would say by association with their **throat**, **tongues**, and **lips**, which they would use to say something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression like the UST or plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ROM 3 13 bbq5 figs-metaphor τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν 1 Their throat is an open grave Paul speaks figuratively of these people’s **throat** as if it were an uncovered **grave**. He means that the slanderous things they say cause corruption and death. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “The slanderous things they say cause corruption and death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 3 13 bbq5 figs-metaphor τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν 1 Their throat is an open grave Paul speaks figuratively of these people’s **throat** as if it were an uncovered **grave**. He means that the things they say cause corruption and death. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “The slanderous things they say cause corruption and death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 13 daji grammar-collectivenouns ὁ λάρυγξ 1 The word **throat** is a singular noun that refers to the throats of a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use the plural like the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 3 13 pemg figs-personification ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν 1 Here, **tongues** are spoken of figuratively as though they were a person who could deceive someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “These people say deceptive things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 13 qk16 figs-metaphor ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 The poison of snakes is under their lips Here, **poison of asps** is a metaphor that is used to represent the great harm of the evil words that the people speak. Alternate translation: “Their evil words injure people just like the poison of a venomous snake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 3ce38827ef10b704b089c0bab76699cb2690c764 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 15:43:28 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 274/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 525af2cb35..2de5850b5b 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ ROM 3 12 v9ed figs-nominaladj οὐκ…ἑνός 1 Paul is using the singular ROM 3 12 b3g1 figs-abstractnouns χρηστότητα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “what is good” or “what is kind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 13 sx6y figs-metonymy 1 Their tongues have deceived Paul is figuratively describing something people would say by association with their **throat**, **tongues**, and **lips**, which they would use to say something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression like the UST or plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM 3 13 bbq5 figs-metaphor τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν 1 Their throat is an open grave Paul speaks figuratively of these people’s **throat** as if it were an uncovered **grave**. He means that the things they say cause corruption and death. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “The slanderous things they say cause corruption and death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 3 13 daji grammar-collectivenouns ὁ λάρυγξ 1 The word **throat** is a singular noun that refers to the throats of a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use the plural like the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) +ROM 3 13 daji grammar-collectivenouns ὁ λάρυγξ 1 The word **throat** is a singular noun that refers to the throats of a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use the plural word “throats” like the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 3 13 pemg figs-personification ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν 1 Here, **tongues** are spoken of figuratively as though they were a person who could deceive someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “These people say deceptive things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 13 qk16 figs-metaphor ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 The poison of snakes is under their lips Here, **poison of asps** is a metaphor that is used to represent the great harm of the evil words that the people speak. Alternate translation: “Their evil words injure people just like the poison of a venomous snake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 14 sqr5 figs-metonymy ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Their mouths are full of cursing and bitterness Here, **mouths** is a metonym that represents the evil words of the people. Alternate translation: “They are full of cursing and bitterness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 3486130b6d057c38326d05f5e2d5ff8eb3aeb571 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 15:56:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 275/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 2de5850b5b..757963a9b3 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ ROM 3 13 sx6y figs-metonymy 1 Their tongues have deceived Paul is figuratively ROM 3 13 bbq5 figs-metaphor τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν 1 Their throat is an open grave Paul speaks figuratively of these people’s **throat** as if it were an uncovered **grave**. He means that the things they say cause corruption and death. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “The slanderous things they say cause corruption and death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 13 daji grammar-collectivenouns ὁ λάρυγξ 1 The word **throat** is a singular noun that refers to the throats of a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use the plural word “throats” like the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 3 13 pemg figs-personification ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν 1 Here, **tongues** are spoken of figuratively as though they were a person who could deceive someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “These people say deceptive things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 3 13 qk16 figs-metaphor ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 The poison of snakes is under their lips Here, **poison of asps** is a metaphor that is used to represent the great harm of the evil words that the people speak. Alternate translation: “Their evil words injure people just like the poison of a venomous snake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 3 13 qk16 figs-metaphor ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 The poison of snakes is under their lips Paul speaks figuratively of these people’s **lips** as if they contained poison like an **asp**. He means that the things they say are like deadly venom. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “The things they say injure other people like a snake bite” or “The things they say are deadly, like an asp’s poison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 3 14 sqr5 figs-metonymy ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Their mouths are full of cursing and bitterness Here, **mouths** is a metonym that represents the evil words of the people. Alternate translation: “They are full of cursing and bitterness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 14 j0sg figs-hyperbole ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Paul exaggerates about the amount of **cursing and bitterness** in these people to emphasize how evil they were. Alternate translation: “They often speak curses and cruel words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 3 14 wisb figs-hyperbole ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 The word **full** exaggerates how often people speak bitterly and curse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) From 8479911d8b1de56a5182021eb3f1f2fae02597df Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 16:10:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 276/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 757963a9b3..1e24cb0eb4 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ ROM 3 13 sx6y figs-metonymy 1 Their tongues have deceived Paul is figuratively ROM 3 13 bbq5 figs-metaphor τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν 1 Their throat is an open grave Paul speaks figuratively of these people’s **throat** as if it were an uncovered **grave**. He means that the things they say cause corruption and death. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “The slanderous things they say cause corruption and death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 13 daji grammar-collectivenouns ὁ λάρυγξ 1 The word **throat** is a singular noun that refers to the throats of a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use the plural word “throats” like the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 3 13 pemg figs-personification ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν 1 Here, **tongues** are spoken of figuratively as though they were a person who could deceive someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “These people say deceptive things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 3 13 qk16 figs-metaphor ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 The poison of snakes is under their lips Paul speaks figuratively of these people’s **lips** as if they contained poison like an **asp**. He means that the things they say are like deadly venom. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “The things they say injure other people like a snake bite” or “The things they say are deadly, like an asp’s poison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM 3 13 qk16 figs-metaphor ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 The poison of snakes is under their lips Paul speaks figuratively of these people’s **lips** as if they contained poison like an **asp**. He means that the things they say cause harm like deadly venom. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “The things they say injure other people like a snake bite” or “The things they say are deadly, like an asp’s poison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 3 14 sqr5 figs-metonymy ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Their mouths are full of cursing and bitterness Here, **mouths** is a metonym that represents the evil words of the people. Alternate translation: “They are full of cursing and bitterness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 14 j0sg figs-hyperbole ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Paul exaggerates about the amount of **cursing and bitterness** in these people to emphasize how evil they were. Alternate translation: “They often speak curses and cruel words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 3 14 wisb figs-hyperbole ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 The word **full** exaggerates how often people speak bitterly and curse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) From dd8caaf65ce668292c117c4e91fd6072a48fd7f2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 16:14:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 277/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 1e24cb0eb4..e022ff064a 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -499,6 +499,7 @@ ROM 3 12 na87 figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν ποιῶν χρηστότη ROM 3 12 v9ed figs-nominaladj οὐκ…ἑνός 1 Paul is using the singular adjectives **none** and **one** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these adjectives with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “There are no people who do what is good, not any people” or “There is no person who does what is good, not even one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 12 b3g1 figs-abstractnouns χρηστότητα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “what is good” or “what is kind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 13 sx6y figs-metonymy 1 Their tongues have deceived Paul is figuratively describing something people would say by association with their **throat**, **tongues**, and **lips**, which they would use to say something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression like the UST or plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+ROM 3 13 c7rh figs-parallelism τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν; ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν; ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 These three phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing thrice, in slightly different ways, to show how damaging the words are that these people say. If saying the same thing thrice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “The things they say are deadly, deceptive, and damaging” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 13 bbq5 figs-metaphor τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν 1 Their throat is an open grave Paul speaks figuratively of these people’s **throat** as if it were an uncovered **grave**. He means that the things they say cause corruption and death. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “The slanderous things they say cause corruption and death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 13 daji grammar-collectivenouns ὁ λάρυγξ 1 The word **throat** is a singular noun that refers to the throats of a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use the plural word “throats” like the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 3 13 pemg figs-personification ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν 1 Here, **tongues** are spoken of figuratively as though they were a person who could deceive someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “These people say deceptive things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) From 72f56fb6b414f51cbab409f0af048ac9823a4683 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 16:17:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 278/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index e022ff064a..170eb1514c 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -504,6 +504,7 @@ ROM 3 13 bbq5 figs-metaphor τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ ROM 3 13 daji grammar-collectivenouns ὁ λάρυγξ 1 The word **throat** is a singular noun that refers to the throats of a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use the plural word “throats” like the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 3 13 pemg figs-personification ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν 1 Here, **tongues** are spoken of figuratively as though they were a person who could deceive someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “These people say deceptive things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 13 qk16 figs-metaphor ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 The poison of snakes is under their lips Paul speaks figuratively of these people’s **lips** as if they contained poison like an **asp**. He means that the things they say cause harm like deadly venom. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “The things they say injure other people like a snake bite” or “The things they say are deadly, like an asp’s poison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM 3 13 b4bp figs-possession ἰὸς ἀσπίδων 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **poison** that comes from **asps**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “asp’s” instead of the noun “asp.” Alternate translation: “Asp’s poison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 14 sqr5 figs-metonymy ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Their mouths are full of cursing and bitterness Here, **mouths** is a metonym that represents the evil words of the people. Alternate translation: “They are full of cursing and bitterness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 14 j0sg figs-hyperbole ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Paul exaggerates about the amount of **cursing and bitterness** in these people to emphasize how evil they were. Alternate translation: “They often speak curses and cruel words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 3 14 wisb figs-hyperbole ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 The word **full** exaggerates how often people speak bitterly and curse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) From 923bcf08069d263cde9f6c1b627025575cde8f34 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 16:30:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 279/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 170eb1514c..e36ea6661e 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ ROM 3 13 daji grammar-collectivenouns ὁ λάρυγξ 1 The word **throat** is ROM 3 13 pemg figs-personification ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν 1 Here, **tongues** are spoken of figuratively as though they were a person who could deceive someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “These people say deceptive things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 13 qk16 figs-metaphor ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 The poison of snakes is under their lips Paul speaks figuratively of these people’s **lips** as if they contained poison like an **asp**. He means that the things they say cause harm like deadly venom. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “The things they say injure other people like a snake bite” or “The things they say are deadly, like an asp’s poison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 3 13 b4bp figs-possession ἰὸς ἀσπίδων 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **poison** that comes from **asps**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “asp’s” instead of the noun “asp.” Alternate translation: “Asp’s poison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 3 14 sqr5 figs-metonymy ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Their mouths are full of cursing and bitterness Here, **mouths** is a metonym that represents the evil words of the people. Alternate translation: “They are full of cursing and bitterness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 3 14 sqr5 figs-metonymy ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Their mouths are full of cursing and bitterness Paul is figuratively describing something people would say by association with their **mouths**, which they would use to say something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “The things they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 14 j0sg figs-hyperbole ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Paul exaggerates about the amount of **cursing and bitterness** in these people to emphasize how evil they were. Alternate translation: “They often speak curses and cruel words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 3 14 wisb figs-hyperbole ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 The word **full** exaggerates how often people speak bitterly and curse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 3 15 vds1 figs-synecdoche ὀξεῖς οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν, ἐκχέαι αἷμα 1 Their feet are swift to pour out blood Here, **feet** is a synecdoche that represents the people themselves. Alternate translation: “They are in a hurry to shed blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From cfd9a928680546b017162743ed16a884979ca31e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 16:47:40 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 280/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index e36ea6661e..ae1168a6ef 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ ROM 3 13 pemg figs-personification ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδ ROM 3 13 qk16 figs-metaphor ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 The poison of snakes is under their lips Paul speaks figuratively of these people’s **lips** as if they contained poison like an **asp**. He means that the things they say cause harm like deadly venom. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “The things they say injure other people like a snake bite” or “The things they say are deadly, like an asp’s poison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 3 13 b4bp figs-possession ἰὸς ἀσπίδων 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **poison** that comes from **asps**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “asp’s” instead of the noun “asp.” Alternate translation: “Asp’s poison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 14 sqr5 figs-metonymy ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Their mouths are full of cursing and bitterness Paul is figuratively describing something people would say by association with their **mouths**, which they would use to say something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “The things they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 3 14 j0sg figs-hyperbole ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Paul exaggerates about the amount of **cursing and bitterness** in these people to emphasize how evil they were. Alternate translation: “They often speak curses and cruel words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ROM 3 14 j0sg figs-hyperbole ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **cursing and bitterness** as if these things were items with which these people could fill or load their mouths. He means that these people habitually curse and say bitter things against others. If your readers would not understand what it means to be shipwrecked in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “no longer belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 14 wisb figs-hyperbole ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 The word **full** exaggerates how often people speak bitterly and curse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 3 15 vds1 figs-synecdoche ὀξεῖς οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν, ἐκχέαι αἷμα 1 Their feet are swift to pour out blood Here, **feet** is a synecdoche that represents the people themselves. Alternate translation: “They are in a hurry to shed blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 3 15 quph figs-metaphor ὀξεῖς οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν, ἐκχέαι αἷμα 1 The word **blood** is a metaphor that refers to killing people. Alternate translation: “They are in a hurry to harm and murder people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 3efa3509f8989dfafe26e12bd7b6cb111bdf8f3e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 16:49:54 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 281/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index ae1168a6ef..65f244ca49 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ ROM 3 13 pemg figs-personification ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδ ROM 3 13 qk16 figs-metaphor ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 The poison of snakes is under their lips Paul speaks figuratively of these people’s **lips** as if they contained poison like an **asp**. He means that the things they say cause harm like deadly venom. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “The things they say injure other people like a snake bite” or “The things they say are deadly, like an asp’s poison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 3 13 b4bp figs-possession ἰὸς ἀσπίδων 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **poison** that comes from **asps**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “asp’s” instead of the noun “asp.” Alternate translation: “Asp’s poison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 14 sqr5 figs-metonymy ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Their mouths are full of cursing and bitterness Paul is figuratively describing something people would say by association with their **mouths**, which they would use to say something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “The things they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 3 14 j0sg figs-hyperbole ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **cursing and bitterness** as if these things were items with which these people could fill or load their mouths. He means that these people habitually curse and say bitter things against others. If your readers would not understand what it means to be shipwrecked in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “no longer belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 3 14 j0sg figs-metaphor ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **cursing and bitterness** as if these things were items with which people could fill or load their mouths. He means that these people habitually curse and say bitter things against others. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **full of cursing and bitterness** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “They habitually curse and speak bitterly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 14 wisb figs-hyperbole ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 The word **full** exaggerates how often people speak bitterly and curse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 3 15 vds1 figs-synecdoche ὀξεῖς οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν, ἐκχέαι αἷμα 1 Their feet are swift to pour out blood Here, **feet** is a synecdoche that represents the people themselves. Alternate translation: “They are in a hurry to shed blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 3 15 quph figs-metaphor ὀξεῖς οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν, ἐκχέαι αἷμα 1 The word **blood** is a metaphor that refers to killing people. Alternate translation: “They are in a hurry to harm and murder people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 541fa1dfb74c3d027854084cb7ffb1eb707e0158 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 16:50:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 282/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 65f244ca49..0684ae90c7 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ ROM 3 13 pemg figs-personification ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδ ROM 3 13 qk16 figs-metaphor ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 The poison of snakes is under their lips Paul speaks figuratively of these people’s **lips** as if they contained poison like an **asp**. He means that the things they say cause harm like deadly venom. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “The things they say injure other people like a snake bite” or “The things they say are deadly, like an asp’s poison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 3 13 b4bp figs-possession ἰὸς ἀσπίδων 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **poison** that comes from **asps**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “asp’s” instead of the noun “asp.” Alternate translation: “Asp’s poison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 14 sqr5 figs-metonymy ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Their mouths are full of cursing and bitterness Paul is figuratively describing something people would say by association with their **mouths**, which they would use to say something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “The things they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 3 14 j0sg figs-metaphor ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **cursing and bitterness** as if these things were items with which people could fill or load their mouths. He means that these people habitually curse and say bitter things against others. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **full of cursing and bitterness** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “They habitually curse and speak bitterly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 3 14 j0sg figs-metaphor ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **cursing and bitterness** as if these concepts were items with which people could fill or load their mouths. He means that these people habitually curse and say bitter things against others. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **full of cursing and bitterness** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “They habitually curse and speak bitterly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 14 wisb figs-hyperbole ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 The word **full** exaggerates how often people speak bitterly and curse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 3 15 vds1 figs-synecdoche ὀξεῖς οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν, ἐκχέαι αἷμα 1 Their feet are swift to pour out blood Here, **feet** is a synecdoche that represents the people themselves. Alternate translation: “They are in a hurry to shed blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 3 15 quph figs-metaphor ὀξεῖς οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν, ἐκχέαι αἷμα 1 The word **blood** is a metaphor that refers to killing people. Alternate translation: “They are in a hurry to harm and murder people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From f768c61559a619b182502d1762d1e8d7e432fb50 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 16:52:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 283/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 0684ae90c7..cb2443318e 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ ROM 3 13 pemg figs-personification ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδ ROM 3 13 qk16 figs-metaphor ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 The poison of snakes is under their lips Paul speaks figuratively of these people’s **lips** as if they contained poison like an **asp**. He means that the things they say cause harm like deadly venom. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “The things they say injure other people like a snake bite” or “The things they say are deadly, like an asp’s poison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 3 13 b4bp figs-possession ἰὸς ἀσπίδων 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **poison** that comes from **asps**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “asp’s” instead of the noun “asp.” Alternate translation: “Asp’s poison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 14 sqr5 figs-metonymy ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Their mouths are full of cursing and bitterness Paul is figuratively describing something people would say by association with their **mouths**, which they would use to say something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “The things they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 3 14 j0sg figs-metaphor ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **cursing and bitterness** as if these concepts were items with which people could fill or load their mouths. He means that these people habitually curse and say bitter things against others. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **full of cursing and bitterness** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “They habitually curse and speak bitterly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 3 14 j0sg figs-metaphor ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **cursing and bitterness** as if these concepts were items with which people could fill or load their mouths. He means that these people habitually curse and say bitter things against others. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **full of cursing and bitterness** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “They habitually curse and bitterly speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 14 wisb figs-hyperbole ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 The word **full** exaggerates how often people speak bitterly and curse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 3 15 vds1 figs-synecdoche ὀξεῖς οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν, ἐκχέαι αἷμα 1 Their feet are swift to pour out blood Here, **feet** is a synecdoche that represents the people themselves. Alternate translation: “They are in a hurry to shed blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 3 15 quph figs-metaphor ὀξεῖς οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν, ἐκχέαι αἷμα 1 The word **blood** is a metaphor that refers to killing people. Alternate translation: “They are in a hurry to harm and murder people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From a4a6581e52ab3a0201e678427c92e3a0c05750f8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 16:53:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 284/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index cb2443318e..8b6846da38 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ ROM 3 13 pemg figs-personification ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδ ROM 3 13 qk16 figs-metaphor ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 The poison of snakes is under their lips Paul speaks figuratively of these people’s **lips** as if they contained poison like an **asp**. He means that the things they say cause harm like deadly venom. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “The things they say injure other people like a snake bite” or “The things they say are deadly, like an asp’s poison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 3 13 b4bp figs-possession ἰὸς ἀσπίδων 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **poison** that comes from **asps**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “asp’s” instead of the noun “asp.” Alternate translation: “Asp’s poison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 14 sqr5 figs-metonymy ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Their mouths are full of cursing and bitterness Paul is figuratively describing something people would say by association with their **mouths**, which they would use to say something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “The things they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 3 14 j0sg figs-metaphor ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **cursing and bitterness** as if these concepts were items with which people could fill or load their mouths. He means that these people habitually curse and say bitter things against others. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **full of cursing and bitterness** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “They habitually curse and bitterly speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 3 14 j0sg figs-metaphor ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **cursing and bitterness** as if these concepts were items with which people could fill or load their mouths. He means that these people habitually curse and say bitter things against others. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **full of cursing and bitterness** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “They habitually curse and say bitter things against others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 14 wisb figs-hyperbole ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 The word **full** exaggerates how often people speak bitterly and curse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 3 15 vds1 figs-synecdoche ὀξεῖς οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν, ἐκχέαι αἷμα 1 Their feet are swift to pour out blood Here, **feet** is a synecdoche that represents the people themselves. Alternate translation: “They are in a hurry to shed blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 3 15 quph figs-metaphor ὀξεῖς οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν, ἐκχέαι αἷμα 1 The word **blood** is a metaphor that refers to killing people. Alternate translation: “They are in a hurry to harm and murder people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From d54967839e0fec75b4c18ff55a7711351c69ffd5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 17:05:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 285/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 8b6846da38..74bf8cd930 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -506,8 +506,7 @@ ROM 3 13 pemg figs-personification ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδ ROM 3 13 qk16 figs-metaphor ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 The poison of snakes is under their lips Paul speaks figuratively of these people’s **lips** as if they contained poison like an **asp**. He means that the things they say cause harm like deadly venom. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “The things they say injure other people like a snake bite” or “The things they say are deadly, like an asp’s poison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 3 13 b4bp figs-possession ἰὸς ἀσπίδων 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **poison** that comes from **asps**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “asp’s” instead of the noun “asp.” Alternate translation: “Asp’s poison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 14 sqr5 figs-metonymy ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Their mouths are full of cursing and bitterness Paul is figuratively describing something people would say by association with their **mouths**, which they would use to say something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “The things they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 3 14 j0sg figs-metaphor ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **cursing and bitterness** as if these concepts were items with which people could fill or load their mouths. He means that these people habitually curse and say bitter things against others. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **full of cursing and bitterness** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “They habitually curse and say bitter things against others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 3 14 wisb figs-hyperbole ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 The word **full** exaggerates how often people speak bitterly and curse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ROM 3 14 j0sg figs-metaphor ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **cursing and bitterness** as if these concepts were items with which people could fill or load their **mouth**. He means that these people habitually curse and say bitter things against others. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **full of cursing and bitterness** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “They habitually curse and say bitter things against others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 15 vds1 figs-synecdoche ὀξεῖς οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν, ἐκχέαι αἷμα 1 Their feet are swift to pour out blood Here, **feet** is a synecdoche that represents the people themselves. Alternate translation: “They are in a hurry to shed blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 3 15 quph figs-metaphor ὀξεῖς οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν, ἐκχέαι αἷμα 1 The word **blood** is a metaphor that refers to killing people. Alternate translation: “They are in a hurry to harm and murder people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 15 a1dr οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν 1 Their feet **Their** refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). @@ -1473,3 +1472,4 @@ ROM 3 8 zwlg figs-abstractnouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα 1 If your language does ROM 3 9 fia9 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 What then? Are we excusing ourselves? Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why he and the Jews are not **excusing** themselves. Use a natural way in your language to express the reason why someone does something. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 9 q88t figs-merism Ἰουδαίους τε καὶ Ἕλληνας 1 Paul figuratively refers to **Jews** and **Greeks**, using these types of people in order to include all of humanity (See the same phrase in [2:09](../02/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “both Jewish and non-Jewish people” or “both the Jewish people and the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) ROM 3 9 s0px figs-metaphor πάντας ὑφ’ ἁμαρτίαν εἶναι 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were a weight that **all** people are underneath. He means that **all** types of people are controlled or dominated or cursed by a tendency to **sin**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **be under sin** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “that they are all controlled by living sinfully” or “that they are all cursed to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 3 14 wisb figs-possession ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **mouths** that are characterized by **cursing and bitterness**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “true” instead of the noun “truth.” Alternate translation: “by the true word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) From d9af23b5a0df6f41eda68ce3d2ff6eaa207cd58a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 17:09:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 286/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 74bf8cd930..060ad4fd9a 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ ROM 3 13 daji grammar-collectivenouns ὁ λάρυγξ 1 The word **throat** is ROM 3 13 pemg figs-personification ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν 1 Here, **tongues** are spoken of figuratively as though they were a person who could deceive someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “These people say deceptive things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 13 qk16 figs-metaphor ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 The poison of snakes is under their lips Paul speaks figuratively of these people’s **lips** as if they contained poison like an **asp**. He means that the things they say cause harm like deadly venom. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “The things they say injure other people like a snake bite” or “The things they say are deadly, like an asp’s poison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 3 13 b4bp figs-possession ἰὸς ἀσπίδων 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **poison** that comes from **asps**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “asp’s” instead of the noun “asp.” Alternate translation: “Asp’s poison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 3 14 sqr5 figs-metonymy ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Their mouths are full of cursing and bitterness Paul is figuratively describing something people would say by association with their **mouths**, which they would use to say something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “The things they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 3 14 sqr5 figs-metonymy ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Their mouths are full of cursing and bitterness Paul is figuratively describing something people would say by association with their **mouth**, which they would use to say something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “The things they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 14 j0sg figs-metaphor ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **cursing and bitterness** as if these concepts were items with which people could fill or load their **mouth**. He means that these people habitually curse and say bitter things against others. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **full of cursing and bitterness** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “They habitually curse and say bitter things against others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 15 vds1 figs-synecdoche ὀξεῖς οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν, ἐκχέαι αἷμα 1 Their feet are swift to pour out blood Here, **feet** is a synecdoche that represents the people themselves. Alternate translation: “They are in a hurry to shed blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 3 15 quph figs-metaphor ὀξεῖς οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν, ἐκχέαι αἷμα 1 The word **blood** is a metaphor that refers to killing people. Alternate translation: “They are in a hurry to harm and murder people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -1472,4 +1472,5 @@ ROM 3 8 zwlg figs-abstractnouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα 1 If your language does ROM 3 9 fia9 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 What then? Are we excusing ourselves? Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why he and the Jews are not **excusing** themselves. Use a natural way in your language to express the reason why someone does something. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 9 q88t figs-merism Ἰουδαίους τε καὶ Ἕλληνας 1 Paul figuratively refers to **Jews** and **Greeks**, using these types of people in order to include all of humanity (See the same phrase in [2:09](../02/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “both Jewish and non-Jewish people” or “both the Jewish people and the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) ROM 3 9 s0px figs-metaphor πάντας ὑφ’ ἁμαρτίαν εἶναι 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were a weight that **all** people are underneath. He means that **all** types of people are controlled or dominated or cursed by a tendency to **sin**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **be under sin** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “that they are all controlled by living sinfully” or “that they are all cursed to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 3 14 wisb figs-possession ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **mouths** that are characterized by **cursing and bitterness**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “true” instead of the noun “truth.” Alternate translation: “by the true word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 3 14 wtey grammar-collectivenouns ὧν τὸ στόμα…γέμει 1 The word **mouth** is a singular noun that refers to the mouths of a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use the plural like the UST or another way. Alternate translation: “What they say is full” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) +ROM 3 14 wisb figs-possession ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **Their mouth** that is characterized by **cursing and bitterness**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “true” instead of the noun “truth.” Alternate translation: “by the true word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) From 402b78d689bee6e421054813cef5610f87e73851 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 17:23:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 287/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 060ad4fd9a..dd0c9608d0 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1472,5 +1472,5 @@ ROM 3 8 zwlg figs-abstractnouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα 1 If your language does ROM 3 9 fia9 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 What then? Are we excusing ourselves? Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why he and the Jews are not **excusing** themselves. Use a natural way in your language to express the reason why someone does something. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 9 q88t figs-merism Ἰουδαίους τε καὶ Ἕλληνας 1 Paul figuratively refers to **Jews** and **Greeks**, using these types of people in order to include all of humanity (See the same phrase in [2:09](../02/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “both Jewish and non-Jewish people” or “both the Jewish people and the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) ROM 3 9 s0px figs-metaphor πάντας ὑφ’ ἁμαρτίαν εἶναι 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were a weight that **all** people are underneath. He means that **all** types of people are controlled or dominated or cursed by a tendency to **sin**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **be under sin** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “that they are all controlled by living sinfully” or “that they are all cursed to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 3 14 wisb figs-hendiadys ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **bitterness** tells how these people curse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “bitter cursing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) ROM 3 14 wtey grammar-collectivenouns ὧν τὸ στόμα…γέμει 1 The word **mouth** is a singular noun that refers to the mouths of a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use the plural like the UST or another way. Alternate translation: “What they say is full” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -ROM 3 14 wisb figs-possession ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **Their mouth** that is characterized by **cursing and bitterness**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “true” instead of the noun “truth.” Alternate translation: “by the true word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) From d481ac6df1183422c023d6f6fc8a265dc838fba1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 17:32:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 288/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index dd0c9608d0..a6496f604d 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ ROM 3 13 qk16 figs-metaphor ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη ROM 3 13 b4bp figs-possession ἰὸς ἀσπίδων 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **poison** that comes from **asps**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “asp’s” instead of the noun “asp.” Alternate translation: “Asp’s poison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 14 sqr5 figs-metonymy ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Their mouths are full of cursing and bitterness Paul is figuratively describing something people would say by association with their **mouth**, which they would use to say something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “The things they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 14 j0sg figs-metaphor ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **cursing and bitterness** as if these concepts were items with which people could fill or load their **mouth**. He means that these people habitually curse and say bitter things against others. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **full of cursing and bitterness** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “They habitually curse and say bitter things against others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 3 15 vds1 figs-synecdoche ὀξεῖς οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν, ἐκχέαι αἷμα 1 Their feet are swift to pour out blood Here, **feet** is a synecdoche that represents the people themselves. Alternate translation: “They are in a hurry to shed blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ROM 3 15 vds1 figs-synecdoche οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν 1 Their feet are swift to pour out blood Paul refers figuratively to **Their feet**, one body part, to mean the whole person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “These people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ROM 3 15 quph figs-metaphor ὀξεῖς οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν, ἐκχέαι αἷμα 1 The word **blood** is a metaphor that refers to killing people. Alternate translation: “They are in a hurry to harm and murder people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 15 a1dr οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν 1 Their feet **Their** refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). ROM 3 16 d4y3 ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 their paths Here, **their** refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). @@ -1472,5 +1472,5 @@ ROM 3 8 zwlg figs-abstractnouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα 1 If your language does ROM 3 9 fia9 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 What then? Are we excusing ourselves? Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why he and the Jews are not **excusing** themselves. Use a natural way in your language to express the reason why someone does something. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 9 q88t figs-merism Ἰουδαίους τε καὶ Ἕλληνας 1 Paul figuratively refers to **Jews** and **Greeks**, using these types of people in order to include all of humanity (See the same phrase in [2:09](../02/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “both Jewish and non-Jewish people” or “both the Jewish people and the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) ROM 3 9 s0px figs-metaphor πάντας ὑφ’ ἁμαρτίαν εἶναι 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were a weight that **all** people are underneath. He means that **all** types of people are controlled or dominated or cursed by a tendency to **sin**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **be under sin** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “that they are all controlled by living sinfully” or “that they are all cursed to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 3 14 wisb figs-hendiadys ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **bitterness** tells how these people curse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “bitter cursing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) ROM 3 14 wtey grammar-collectivenouns ὧν τὸ στόμα…γέμει 1 The word **mouth** is a singular noun that refers to the mouths of a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use the plural like the UST or another way. Alternate translation: “What they say is full” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) +ROM 3 14 wisb figs-hendiadys ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **bitterness** tells how these people curse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “bitter cursing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) From 97953720692b0fdf9c7bc9dddfc822d85e31abd7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 17:34:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 289/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index a6496f604d..ad169cbe75 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ ROM 3 13 qk16 figs-metaphor ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη ROM 3 13 b4bp figs-possession ἰὸς ἀσπίδων 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **poison** that comes from **asps**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “asp’s” instead of the noun “asp.” Alternate translation: “Asp’s poison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 14 sqr5 figs-metonymy ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Their mouths are full of cursing and bitterness Paul is figuratively describing something people would say by association with their **mouth**, which they would use to say something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “The things they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 14 j0sg figs-metaphor ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **cursing and bitterness** as if these concepts were items with which people could fill or load their **mouth**. He means that these people habitually curse and say bitter things against others. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **full of cursing and bitterness** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “They habitually curse and say bitter things against others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 3 15 vds1 figs-synecdoche οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν 1 Their feet are swift to pour out blood Paul refers figuratively to **Their feet**, one body part, to mean the whole person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “These people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+ROM 3 15 vds1 figs-synecdoche οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν 1 Their feet are swift to pour out blood Paul refers figuratively to **Their feet**, a part of the human body, to mean the whole person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “These people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ROM 3 15 quph figs-metaphor ὀξεῖς οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν, ἐκχέαι αἷμα 1 The word **blood** is a metaphor that refers to killing people. Alternate translation: “They are in a hurry to harm and murder people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 15 a1dr οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν 1 Their feet **Their** refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). ROM 3 16 d4y3 ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 their paths Here, **their** refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). From feef6e41629925b622ac4bbd9015410d63fbae01 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 17:41:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 290/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index ad169cbe75..11b2047cd6 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -508,7 +508,8 @@ ROM 3 13 b4bp figs-possession ἰὸς ἀσπίδων 1 Paul is using the poss ROM 3 14 sqr5 figs-metonymy ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Their mouths are full of cursing and bitterness Paul is figuratively describing something people would say by association with their **mouth**, which they would use to say something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “The things they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 14 j0sg figs-metaphor ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **cursing and bitterness** as if these concepts were items with which people could fill or load their **mouth**. He means that these people habitually curse and say bitter things against others. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **full of cursing and bitterness** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “They habitually curse and say bitter things against others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 15 vds1 figs-synecdoche οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν 1 Their feet are swift to pour out blood Paul refers figuratively to **Their feet**, a part of the human body, to mean the whole person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “These people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-ROM 3 15 quph figs-metaphor ὀξεῖς οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν, ἐκχέαι αἷμα 1 The word **blood** is a metaphor that refers to killing people. Alternate translation: “They are in a hurry to harm and murder people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 3 15 kfio ὀξεῖς 1 +ROM 3 15 quph figs-metaphor ἐκχέαι αἷμα 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **cursing and bitterness** as if these concepts were items with which people could fill or load their **mouth**. He means that these people habitually curse and say bitter things against others. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **full of cursing and bitterness** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “They habitually curse and say bitter things against others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 15 a1dr οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν 1 Their feet **Their** refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). ROM 3 16 d4y3 ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 their paths Here, **their** refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). ROM 3 16 lyh1 figs-metonymy σύντριμμα καὶ ταλαιπωρία ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 Destruction and suffering are in their paths **Destruction** and **suffering** are metonyms that represent the harm that these people cause others to suffer. Alternate translation: “They try to destroy others and cause them to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 4402129a180fba0f0490559ee4ccee6ca07f2211 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 17:45:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 291/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 11b2047cd6..35bbe42031 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ ROM 3 13 b4bp figs-possession ἰὸς ἀσπίδων 1 Paul is using the poss ROM 3 14 sqr5 figs-metonymy ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Their mouths are full of cursing and bitterness Paul is figuratively describing something people would say by association with their **mouth**, which they would use to say something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “The things they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 14 j0sg figs-metaphor ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **cursing and bitterness** as if these concepts were items with which people could fill or load their **mouth**. He means that these people habitually curse and say bitter things against others. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **full of cursing and bitterness** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “They habitually curse and say bitter things against others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 15 vds1 figs-synecdoche οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν 1 Their feet are swift to pour out blood Paul refers figuratively to **Their feet**, a part of the human body, to mean the whole person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “These people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-ROM 3 15 kfio ὀξεῖς 1 +ROM 3 15 kfio figs-ellipsis ὀξεῖς 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 15 quph figs-metaphor ἐκχέαι αἷμα 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **cursing and bitterness** as if these concepts were items with which people could fill or load their **mouth**. He means that these people habitually curse and say bitter things against others. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **full of cursing and bitterness** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “They habitually curse and say bitter things against others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 15 a1dr οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν 1 Their feet **Their** refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). ROM 3 16 d4y3 ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 their paths Here, **their** refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). From 23e414c385c0a4663fd7e74e3da23c26f0d79248 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 17:47:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 292/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 35bbe42031..e8a1e5209f 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -509,6 +509,7 @@ ROM 3 14 sqr5 figs-metonymy ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρί ROM 3 14 j0sg figs-metaphor ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **cursing and bitterness** as if these concepts were items with which people could fill or load their **mouth**. He means that these people habitually curse and say bitter things against others. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **full of cursing and bitterness** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “They habitually curse and say bitter things against others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 15 vds1 figs-synecdoche οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν 1 Their feet are swift to pour out blood Paul refers figuratively to **Their feet**, a part of the human body, to mean the whole person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “These people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ROM 3 15 kfio figs-ellipsis ὀξεῖς 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 3 15 hmq0 figs-ellipsis 1 Since the Greek word that ULT translates as **swift** often refers to a **sharp** sword or implement, Paul may be figuratively alluding to war. If this is confusing in your language, you could make the order of events clear. Alternate translation: “dragged away after being enticed” or “enticed and dragged away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) ROM 3 15 quph figs-metaphor ἐκχέαι αἷμα 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **cursing and bitterness** as if these concepts were items with which people could fill or load their **mouth**. He means that these people habitually curse and say bitter things against others. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **full of cursing and bitterness** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “They habitually curse and say bitter things against others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 15 a1dr οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν 1 Their feet **Their** refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). ROM 3 16 d4y3 ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 their paths Here, **their** refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). From beadfa196473eb5b84a1002c8d7dd4be856909b4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 17:52:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 293/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index e8a1e5209f..bf55d15c63 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -509,7 +509,7 @@ ROM 3 14 sqr5 figs-metonymy ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρί ROM 3 14 j0sg figs-metaphor ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **cursing and bitterness** as if these concepts were items with which people could fill or load their **mouth**. He means that these people habitually curse and say bitter things against others. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **full of cursing and bitterness** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “They habitually curse and say bitter things against others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 15 vds1 figs-synecdoche οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν 1 Their feet are swift to pour out blood Paul refers figuratively to **Their feet**, a part of the human body, to mean the whole person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “These people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ROM 3 15 kfio figs-ellipsis ὀξεῖς 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 3 15 hmq0 figs-ellipsis 1 Since the Greek word that ULT translates as **swift** often refers to a **sharp** sword or implement, Paul may be figuratively alluding to war. If this is confusing in your language, you could make the order of events clear. Alternate translation: “dragged away after being enticed” or “enticed and dragged away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) +ROM 3 15 hmq0 figs-metonymy 1 Since the Greek word that ULT translates as **swift** often refers to a **sharp** sword in the Old and New Testament, and in [3:16](../03/16.md) marching language is used, Paul may be figuratively alluding here to marching in battle to slaughter the enemy. If this is confusing in your language, you could make the order of events clear. Alternate translation: “dragged away after being enticed” or “enticed and dragged away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 15 quph figs-metaphor ἐκχέαι αἷμα 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **cursing and bitterness** as if these concepts were items with which people could fill or load their **mouth**. He means that these people habitually curse and say bitter things against others. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **full of cursing and bitterness** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “They habitually curse and say bitter things against others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 15 a1dr οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν 1 Their feet **Their** refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). ROM 3 16 d4y3 ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 their paths Here, **their** refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). From 82d469ce3f5efd21dec1de16e1431022d5c7ebe2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 17:57:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 294/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index bf55d15c63..35bbe42031 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -509,7 +509,6 @@ ROM 3 14 sqr5 figs-metonymy ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρί ROM 3 14 j0sg figs-metaphor ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **cursing and bitterness** as if these concepts were items with which people could fill or load their **mouth**. He means that these people habitually curse and say bitter things against others. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **full of cursing and bitterness** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “They habitually curse and say bitter things against others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 15 vds1 figs-synecdoche οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν 1 Their feet are swift to pour out blood Paul refers figuratively to **Their feet**, a part of the human body, to mean the whole person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “These people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ROM 3 15 kfio figs-ellipsis ὀξεῖς 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 3 15 hmq0 figs-metonymy 1 Since the Greek word that ULT translates as **swift** often refers to a **sharp** sword in the Old and New Testament, and in [3:16](../03/16.md) marching language is used, Paul may be figuratively alluding here to marching in battle to slaughter the enemy. If this is confusing in your language, you could make the order of events clear. Alternate translation: “dragged away after being enticed” or “enticed and dragged away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 15 quph figs-metaphor ἐκχέαι αἷμα 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **cursing and bitterness** as if these concepts were items with which people could fill or load their **mouth**. He means that these people habitually curse and say bitter things against others. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **full of cursing and bitterness** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “They habitually curse and say bitter things against others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 15 a1dr οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν 1 Their feet **Their** refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). ROM 3 16 d4y3 ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 their paths Here, **their** refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). From 15728dd13aa1d24f9ac41f24ca70a00c8014f821 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 18:04:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 295/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 35bbe42031..b62c334cd7 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -507,10 +507,9 @@ ROM 3 13 qk16 figs-metaphor ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη ROM 3 13 b4bp figs-possession ἰὸς ἀσπίδων 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **poison** that comes from **asps**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “asp’s” instead of the noun “asp.” Alternate translation: “Asp’s poison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 14 sqr5 figs-metonymy ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Their mouths are full of cursing and bitterness Paul is figuratively describing something people would say by association with their **mouth**, which they would use to say something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “The things they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 14 j0sg figs-metaphor ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **cursing and bitterness** as if these concepts were items with which people could fill or load their **mouth**. He means that these people habitually curse and say bitter things against others. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **full of cursing and bitterness** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “They habitually curse and say bitter things against others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 3 15 quph figs-metaphor ὀξεῖς οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν, ἐκχέαι αἷμα 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **feet** as if they were hands holding something that contains **blood** and pouring it out. He means that these people are bloodthirsty. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **to pour out blood** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “They hurry to slaughter others” or “They are quick to murder” or “They are bloodthirsty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 15 vds1 figs-synecdoche οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν 1 Their feet are swift to pour out blood Paul refers figuratively to **Their feet**, a part of the human body, to mean the whole person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “These people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ROM 3 15 kfio figs-ellipsis ὀξεῖς 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 3 15 quph figs-metaphor ἐκχέαι αἷμα 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **cursing and bitterness** as if these concepts were items with which people could fill or load their **mouth**. He means that these people habitually curse and say bitter things against others. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **full of cursing and bitterness** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “They habitually curse and say bitter things against others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 3 15 a1dr οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν 1 Their feet **Their** refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). ROM 3 16 d4y3 ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 their paths Here, **their** refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). ROM 3 16 lyh1 figs-metonymy σύντριμμα καὶ ταλαιπωρία ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 Destruction and suffering are in their paths **Destruction** and **suffering** are metonyms that represent the harm that these people cause others to suffer. Alternate translation: “They try to destroy others and cause them to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 17 zk1i ἔγνωσαν 1 They have known These words refer to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). From a77f07aec04988b83a5185557f793f362a6166ac Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 18:57:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 296/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index b62c334cd7..d8f66ece58 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -510,8 +510,8 @@ ROM 3 14 j0sg figs-metaphor ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρί ROM 3 15 quph figs-metaphor ὀξεῖς οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν, ἐκχέαι αἷμα 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **feet** as if they were hands holding something that contains **blood** and pouring it out. He means that these people are bloodthirsty. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **to pour out blood** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “They hurry to slaughter others” or “They are quick to murder” or “They are bloodthirsty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 15 vds1 figs-synecdoche οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν 1 Their feet are swift to pour out blood Paul refers figuratively to **Their feet**, a part of the human body, to mean the whole person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “These people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ROM 3 15 kfio figs-ellipsis ὀξεῖς 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 3 16 d4y3 ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 their paths Here, **their** refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). -ROM 3 16 lyh1 figs-metonymy σύντριμμα καὶ ταλαιπωρία ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 Destruction and suffering are in their paths **Destruction** and **suffering** are metonyms that represent the harm that these people cause others to suffer. Alternate translation: “They try to destroy others and cause them to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 3 16 lyh1 figs-hendiadys σύντριμμα καὶ ταλαιπωρία 1 Destruction and suffering are in their paths This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **Destruction** explains what kind of **suffering** these people cause. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “Destructive suffering” or “Miserable destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) +ROM 3 16 bc96 figs-abstractnouns σύντριμμα καὶ ταλαιπωρία 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **Destruction** and **suffering**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “They demolish lives and make people miserable anywhere they go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 17 zk1i ἔγνωσαν 1 They have known These words refer to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). ROM 3 17 jb6b ὁδὸν εἰρήνης 1 a way of peace “how to live at peace with others.” A **way** is a road or path. ROM 3 18 cpf2 αὐτῶν 1 their Here, **their** refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). From a4dd66b38c06ff24e43f5b2eef40ff3051487c34 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 18:57:40 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 297/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index d8f66ece58..467d86245e 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -510,8 +510,8 @@ ROM 3 14 j0sg figs-metaphor ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρί ROM 3 15 quph figs-metaphor ὀξεῖς οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν, ἐκχέαι αἷμα 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **feet** as if they were hands holding something that contains **blood** and pouring it out. He means that these people are bloodthirsty. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **to pour out blood** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “They hurry to slaughter others” or “They are quick to murder” or “They are bloodthirsty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 15 vds1 figs-synecdoche οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν 1 Their feet are swift to pour out blood Paul refers figuratively to **Their feet**, a part of the human body, to mean the whole person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “These people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ROM 3 15 kfio figs-ellipsis ὀξεῖς 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 3 16 bc96 figs-abstractnouns σύντριμμα καὶ ταλαιπωρία ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **Destruction** and **suffering**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “They demolish lives and make people miserable anywhere they go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 16 lyh1 figs-hendiadys σύντριμμα καὶ ταλαιπωρία 1 Destruction and suffering are in their paths This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **Destruction** explains what kind of **suffering** these people cause. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “Destructive suffering” or “Miserable destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) -ROM 3 16 bc96 figs-abstractnouns σύντριμμα καὶ ταλαιπωρία 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **Destruction** and **suffering**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “They demolish lives and make people miserable anywhere they go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 17 zk1i ἔγνωσαν 1 They have known These words refer to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). ROM 3 17 jb6b ὁδὸν εἰρήνης 1 a way of peace “how to live at peace with others.” A **way** is a road or path. ROM 3 18 cpf2 αὐτῶν 1 their Here, **their** refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). From 87981d43f28d92374caf2dc92cd29c74665ac71d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 19:01:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 298/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 467d86245e..61e36ddcff 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1471,6 +1471,7 @@ ROM 3 8 o2nu writing-pronouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν ROM 3 8 zwlg figs-abstractnouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **condemnation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “When they are condemned, it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 9 fia9 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 What then? Are we excusing ourselves? Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why he and the Jews are not **excusing** themselves. Use a natural way in your language to express the reason why someone does something. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 9 q88t figs-merism Ἰουδαίους τε καὶ Ἕλληνας 1 Paul figuratively refers to **Jews** and **Greeks**, using these types of people in order to include all of humanity (See the same phrase in [2:09](../02/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “both Jewish and non-Jewish people” or “both the Jewish people and the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +ROM 3 14 df77 figs-abstractnouns ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **cursing** and **bitterness**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “They continually curse and regularly say harsh things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 9 s0px figs-metaphor πάντας ὑφ’ ἁμαρτίαν εἶναι 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were a weight that **all** people are underneath. He means that **all** types of people are controlled or dominated or cursed by a tendency to **sin**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **be under sin** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “that they are all controlled by living sinfully” or “that they are all cursed to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 14 wtey grammar-collectivenouns ὧν τὸ στόμα…γέμει 1 The word **mouth** is a singular noun that refers to the mouths of a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use the plural like the UST or another way. Alternate translation: “What they say is full” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 3 14 wisb figs-hendiadys ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **bitterness** tells how these people curse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “bitter cursing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) From e25e7cb360125d986bfbbbf17981e1d9930c47b7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 19:04:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 299/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 61e36ddcff..ec088971d0 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -512,6 +512,7 @@ ROM 3 15 vds1 figs-synecdoche οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν 1 Their feet are sw ROM 3 15 kfio figs-ellipsis ὀξεῖς 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 16 bc96 figs-abstractnouns σύντριμμα καὶ ταλαιπωρία ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **Destruction** and **suffering**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “They demolish lives and make people miserable anywhere they go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 16 lyh1 figs-hendiadys σύντριμμα καὶ ταλαιπωρία 1 Destruction and suffering are in their paths This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **Destruction** explains what kind of **suffering** these people cause. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “Destructive suffering” or “Miserable destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) +ROM 3 16 ea6l figs-ellipsis ἐν 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “are in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 17 zk1i ἔγνωσαν 1 They have known These words refer to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). ROM 3 17 jb6b ὁδὸν εἰρήνης 1 a way of peace “how to live at peace with others.” A **way** is a road or path. ROM 3 18 cpf2 αὐτῶν 1 their Here, **their** refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). From 449b820256fc3db4aad086ac81ea4d7037895ff7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 19:05:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 300/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index ec088971d0..3943069366 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ ROM 3 15 vds1 figs-synecdoche οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν 1 Their feet are sw ROM 3 15 kfio figs-ellipsis ὀξεῖς 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 16 bc96 figs-abstractnouns σύντριμμα καὶ ταλαιπωρία ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **Destruction** and **suffering**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “They demolish lives and make people miserable anywhere they go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 16 lyh1 figs-hendiadys σύντριμμα καὶ ταλαιπωρία 1 Destruction and suffering are in their paths This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **Destruction** explains what kind of **suffering** these people cause. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “Destructive suffering” or “Miserable destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) -ROM 3 16 ea6l figs-ellipsis ἐν 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “are in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 3 16 ea6l figs-ellipsis ταλαιπωρία 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “are in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 17 zk1i ἔγνωσαν 1 They have known These words refer to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). ROM 3 17 jb6b ὁδὸν εἰρήνης 1 a way of peace “how to live at peace with others.” A **way** is a road or path. ROM 3 18 cpf2 αὐτῶν 1 their Here, **their** refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). From 9ee396f59a8db362c6f727dc9d9bb77857dc756f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 19:05:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 301/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 3943069366..ec088971d0 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ ROM 3 15 vds1 figs-synecdoche οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν 1 Their feet are sw ROM 3 15 kfio figs-ellipsis ὀξεῖς 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 16 bc96 figs-abstractnouns σύντριμμα καὶ ταλαιπωρία ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **Destruction** and **suffering**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “They demolish lives and make people miserable anywhere they go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 16 lyh1 figs-hendiadys σύντριμμα καὶ ταλαιπωρία 1 Destruction and suffering are in their paths This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **Destruction** explains what kind of **suffering** these people cause. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “Destructive suffering” or “Miserable destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) -ROM 3 16 ea6l figs-ellipsis ταλαιπωρία 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “are in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 3 16 ea6l figs-ellipsis ἐν 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “are in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 17 zk1i ἔγνωσαν 1 They have known These words refer to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). ROM 3 17 jb6b ὁδὸν εἰρήνης 1 a way of peace “how to live at peace with others.” A **way** is a road or path. ROM 3 18 cpf2 αὐτῶν 1 their Here, **their** refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). From 339f909a7d7091a9747fc82bc7105300574944c1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 19:07:20 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 302/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index ec088971d0..a602160abc 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -513,6 +513,7 @@ ROM 3 15 kfio figs-ellipsis ὀξεῖς 1 A word is left out here in the origi ROM 3 16 bc96 figs-abstractnouns σύντριμμα καὶ ταλαιπωρία ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **Destruction** and **suffering**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “They demolish lives and make people miserable anywhere they go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 16 lyh1 figs-hendiadys σύντριμμα καὶ ταλαιπωρία 1 Destruction and suffering are in their paths This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **Destruction** explains what kind of **suffering** these people cause. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “Destructive suffering” or “Miserable destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) ROM 3 16 ea6l figs-ellipsis ἐν 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “are in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 3 16 rrgr figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 Here, the term **paths** is an idiom meaning “way of life.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “he has come to help … his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 17 zk1i ἔγνωσαν 1 They have known These words refer to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). ROM 3 17 jb6b ὁδὸν εἰρήνης 1 a way of peace “how to live at peace with others.” A **way** is a road or path. ROM 3 18 cpf2 αὐτῶν 1 their Here, **their** refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). From 7ee7b30eaed6a6b6d48283983faac91ffa841647 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 19:13:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 303/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index a602160abc..efa411d67b 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -513,7 +513,8 @@ ROM 3 15 kfio figs-ellipsis ὀξεῖς 1 A word is left out here in the origi ROM 3 16 bc96 figs-abstractnouns σύντριμμα καὶ ταλαιπωρία ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **Destruction** and **suffering**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “They demolish lives and make people miserable anywhere they go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 16 lyh1 figs-hendiadys σύντριμμα καὶ ταλαιπωρία 1 Destruction and suffering are in their paths This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **Destruction** explains what kind of **suffering** these people cause. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “Destructive suffering” or “Miserable destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) ROM 3 16 ea6l figs-ellipsis ἐν 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “are in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 3 16 rrgr figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 Here, the term **paths** is an idiom meaning “way of life.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “he has come to help … his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 3 16 rrgr figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 Here, the term **paths** is an idiom meaning “wherever they go” or “how they live.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “characterize how they live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 3 16 dmzr figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 Here, **Destruction** and **suffering** are spoken of figuratively as though these concepts were people located on the **paths** on which the ungodly people travel. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Because you are so proud, you have deceived yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM 3 17 zk1i ἔγνωσαν 1 They have known These words refer to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). ROM 3 17 jb6b ὁδὸν εἰρήνης 1 a way of peace “how to live at peace with others.” A **way** is a road or path. ROM 3 18 cpf2 αὐτῶν 1 their Here, **their** refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). From 9fc074e77fc82f7e77c6c7cdcf9f596df253b629 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 19:17:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 304/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index efa411d67b..c5b41469b6 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ ROM 3 16 bc96 figs-abstractnouns σύντριμμα καὶ ταλαιπωρία ROM 3 16 lyh1 figs-hendiadys σύντριμμα καὶ ταλαιπωρία 1 Destruction and suffering are in their paths This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **Destruction** explains what kind of **suffering** these people cause. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “Destructive suffering” or “Miserable destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) ROM 3 16 ea6l figs-ellipsis ἐν 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “are in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 16 rrgr figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 Here, the term **paths** is an idiom meaning “wherever they go” or “how they live.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “characterize how they live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 3 16 dmzr figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 Here, **Destruction** and **suffering** are spoken of figuratively as though these concepts were people located on the **paths** on which the ungodly people travel. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Because you are so proud, you have deceived yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+ROM 3 16 dmzr figs-personification ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 Here, **Destruction** and **suffering** are spoken of figuratively as though these concepts were people located on the **paths** on which the ungodly people travel. Paul means that these people cause **Destruction** and **suffering** wherever they go. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Destroying lives and making people miserable characterizes how they live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM 3 17 zk1i ἔγνωσαν 1 They have known These words refer to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). ROM 3 17 jb6b ὁδὸν εἰρήνης 1 a way of peace “how to live at peace with others.” A **way** is a road or path. ROM 3 18 cpf2 αὐτῶν 1 their Here, **their** refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). From aeb7b67f7c75a2d2031af3b30b2418285b163e72 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 20:10:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 305/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index c5b41469b6..dbc98d7d38 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -515,8 +515,7 @@ ROM 3 16 lyh1 figs-hendiadys σύντριμμα καὶ ταλαιπωρία 1 D ROM 3 16 ea6l figs-ellipsis ἐν 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “are in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 16 rrgr figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 Here, the term **paths** is an idiom meaning “wherever they go” or “how they live.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “characterize how they live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 16 dmzr figs-personification ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 Here, **Destruction** and **suffering** are spoken of figuratively as though these concepts were people located on the **paths** on which the ungodly people travel. Paul means that these people cause **Destruction** and **suffering** wherever they go. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Destroying lives and making people miserable characterizes how they live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-ROM 3 17 zk1i ἔγνωσαν 1 They have known These words refer to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). -ROM 3 17 jb6b ὁδὸν εἰρήνης 1 a way of peace “how to live at peace with others.” A **way** is a road or path. +ROM 3 17 jb6b figs-possession ὁδὸν εἰρήνης 1 a way of peace Paul is using the possessive form to describe **a way** that is characterized by **peace**. He means that these people do not understand how to live peacefully. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “peaceful” instead of the noun “peace” or a verbal form. Alternate translation: “a peaceful way” or “a peaceful way to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 18 cpf2 αὐτῶν 1 their Here, **their** refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). ROM 3 18 bx27 figs-synecdoche οὐκ ἔστιν φόβος Θεοῦ ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 There is no fear of God before their eyes Here, **fear** is a metonym that represents respect for God and willingness to honor him. Alternate translation: “Everyone refuses to give God the respect he deserves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 3 19 e8h2 figs-personification ὅσα ὁ νόμος λέγει, τοῖς…λαλεῖ 1 whatever the law says, it speaks Paul speaks of **the law** here as if it were alive and had its own voice. Alternate translation: “everything that the law says people should do is for those” or “all the commands that Moses wrote in the law are for those” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) From 78031862dfdc371451b61d5d2477b246df473358 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 20:29:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 306/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index dbc98d7d38..21a8bc9479 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -515,6 +515,7 @@ ROM 3 16 lyh1 figs-hendiadys σύντριμμα καὶ ταλαιπωρία 1 D ROM 3 16 ea6l figs-ellipsis ἐν 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “are in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 16 rrgr figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 Here, the term **paths** is an idiom meaning “wherever they go” or “how they live.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “characterize how they live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 16 dmzr figs-personification ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 Here, **Destruction** and **suffering** are spoken of figuratively as though these concepts were people located on the **paths** on which the ungodly people travel. Paul means that these people cause **Destruction** and **suffering** wherever they go. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Destroying lives and making people miserable characterizes how they live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+ROM 3 17 zbrd οὐκ ἔγνωσαν 1 ROM 3 17 jb6b figs-possession ὁδὸν εἰρήνης 1 a way of peace Paul is using the possessive form to describe **a way** that is characterized by **peace**. He means that these people do not understand how to live peacefully. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “peaceful” instead of the noun “peace” or a verbal form. Alternate translation: “a peaceful way” or “a peaceful way to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 18 cpf2 αὐτῶν 1 their Here, **their** refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). ROM 3 18 bx27 figs-synecdoche οὐκ ἔστιν φόβος Θεοῦ ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 There is no fear of God before their eyes Here, **fear** is a metonym that represents respect for God and willingness to honor him. Alternate translation: “Everyone refuses to give God the respect he deserves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From 17db4950a8523a4d10e0e7695803972c8cc2106b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 20:34:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 307/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 21a8bc9479..8675b61a13 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ ROM 3 16 lyh1 figs-hendiadys σύντριμμα καὶ ταλαιπωρία 1 D ROM 3 16 ea6l figs-ellipsis ἐν 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “are in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 16 rrgr figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 Here, the term **paths** is an idiom meaning “wherever they go” or “how they live.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “characterize how they live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 16 dmzr figs-personification ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 Here, **Destruction** and **suffering** are spoken of figuratively as though these concepts were people located on the **paths** on which the ungodly people travel. Paul means that these people cause **Destruction** and **suffering** wherever they go. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Destroying lives and making people miserable characterizes how they live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-ROM 3 17 zbrd οὐκ ἔγνωσαν 1 +ROM 3 17 zbrd figs-personification καὶ ὁδὸν εἰρήνης οὐκ ἔγνωσαν 1 Here, **a way of peace** is spoken of figuratively as if it were a person someone could know. Paul means that these people do not understand or recognize how to live peacefully. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “The people do not understand how to live peacefully” or “These people do not recognize what it means to live peacefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 17 jb6b figs-possession ὁδὸν εἰρήνης 1 a way of peace Paul is using the possessive form to describe **a way** that is characterized by **peace**. He means that these people do not understand how to live peacefully. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “peaceful” instead of the noun “peace” or a verbal form. Alternate translation: “a peaceful way” or “a peaceful way to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 18 cpf2 αὐτῶν 1 their Here, **their** refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). ROM 3 18 bx27 figs-synecdoche οὐκ ἔστιν φόβος Θεοῦ ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 There is no fear of God before their eyes Here, **fear** is a metonym that represents respect for God and willingness to honor him. Alternate translation: “Everyone refuses to give God the respect he deserves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From 3d3d5cd413064eda4af789bf5b218d2928d712df Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 20:37:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 308/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 8675b61a13..bc16735dcb 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -517,6 +517,7 @@ ROM 3 16 rrgr figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 Here, the ROM 3 16 dmzr figs-personification ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 Here, **Destruction** and **suffering** are spoken of figuratively as though these concepts were people located on the **paths** on which the ungodly people travel. Paul means that these people cause **Destruction** and **suffering** wherever they go. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Destroying lives and making people miserable characterizes how they live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM 3 17 zbrd figs-personification καὶ ὁδὸν εἰρήνης οὐκ ἔγνωσαν 1 Here, **a way of peace** is spoken of figuratively as if it were a person someone could know. Paul means that these people do not understand or recognize how to live peacefully. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “The people do not understand how to live peacefully” or “These people do not recognize what it means to live peacefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 17 jb6b figs-possession ὁδὸν εἰρήνης 1 a way of peace Paul is using the possessive form to describe **a way** that is characterized by **peace**. He means that these people do not understand how to live peacefully. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “peaceful” instead of the noun “peace” or a verbal form. Alternate translation: “a peaceful way” or “a peaceful way to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 3 17 v3hy figs-possession ὁδὸν εἰρήνης 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “a way to live peacefully” or “peaceful living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 18 cpf2 αὐτῶν 1 their Here, **their** refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). ROM 3 18 bx27 figs-synecdoche οὐκ ἔστιν φόβος Θεοῦ ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 There is no fear of God before their eyes Here, **fear** is a metonym that represents respect for God and willingness to honor him. Alternate translation: “Everyone refuses to give God the respect he deserves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 3 19 e8h2 figs-personification ὅσα ὁ νόμος λέγει, τοῖς…λαλεῖ 1 whatever the law says, it speaks Paul speaks of **the law** here as if it were alive and had its own voice. Alternate translation: “everything that the law says people should do is for those” or “all the commands that Moses wrote in the law are for those” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) From 928c27a008d8eea5587e90795baab47ced75ec0d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 21:11:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 309/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index bc16735dcb..bedef4c7d5 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -518,8 +518,7 @@ ROM 3 16 dmzr figs-personification ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 ROM 3 17 zbrd figs-personification καὶ ὁδὸν εἰρήνης οὐκ ἔγνωσαν 1 Here, **a way of peace** is spoken of figuratively as if it were a person someone could know. Paul means that these people do not understand or recognize how to live peacefully. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “The people do not understand how to live peacefully” or “These people do not recognize what it means to live peacefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 17 jb6b figs-possession ὁδὸν εἰρήνης 1 a way of peace Paul is using the possessive form to describe **a way** that is characterized by **peace**. He means that these people do not understand how to live peacefully. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “peaceful” instead of the noun “peace” or a verbal form. Alternate translation: “a peaceful way” or “a peaceful way to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 17 v3hy figs-possession ὁδὸν εἰρήνης 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “a way to live peacefully” or “peaceful living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 3 18 cpf2 αὐτῶν 1 their Here, **their** refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). -ROM 3 18 bx27 figs-synecdoche οὐκ ἔστιν φόβος Θεοῦ ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 There is no fear of God before their eyes Here, **fear** is a metonym that represents respect for God and willingness to honor him. Alternate translation: “Everyone refuses to give God the respect he deserves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ROM 3 18 bx27 figs-abstractnouns φόβος Θεοῦ 1 There is no fear of God before their eyes If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fear**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “They live fearlessly without acknowledging God” or “They do not revere God by the way they live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 19 e8h2 figs-personification ὅσα ὁ νόμος λέγει, τοῖς…λαλεῖ 1 whatever the law says, it speaks Paul speaks of **the law** here as if it were alive and had its own voice. Alternate translation: “everything that the law says people should do is for those” or “all the commands that Moses wrote in the law are for those” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 19 n399 τοῖς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 the ones who are under the law “those who must obey the law” ROM 3 19 cu9x figs-synecdoche ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 in order that every mouth may be shut Here, **mouth** is a synecdoche that means the words people speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From 218166a5329c17bb10a5e447fb3db6ddb4aa2a88 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 21:14:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 310/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index bedef4c7d5..b1f4f19f6f 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -519,6 +519,7 @@ ROM 3 17 zbrd figs-personification καὶ ὁδὸν εἰρήνης οὐκ ROM 3 17 jb6b figs-possession ὁδὸν εἰρήνης 1 a way of peace Paul is using the possessive form to describe **a way** that is characterized by **peace**. He means that these people do not understand how to live peacefully. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “peaceful” instead of the noun “peace” or a verbal form. Alternate translation: “a peaceful way” or “a peaceful way to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 17 v3hy figs-possession ὁδὸν εἰρήνης 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “a way to live peacefully” or “peaceful living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 18 bx27 figs-abstractnouns φόβος Θεοῦ 1 There is no fear of God before their eyes If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fear**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “They live fearlessly without acknowledging God” or “They do not revere God by the way they live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 3 18 frt1 figs-abstractnouns φόβος Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **fear** that is reserved for **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the preposition **of** with “for” or “toward.” Alternate translation: “by the true word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 19 e8h2 figs-personification ὅσα ὁ νόμος λέγει, τοῖς…λαλεῖ 1 whatever the law says, it speaks Paul speaks of **the law** here as if it were alive and had its own voice. Alternate translation: “everything that the law says people should do is for those” or “all the commands that Moses wrote in the law are for those” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 19 n399 τοῖς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 the ones who are under the law “those who must obey the law” ROM 3 19 cu9x figs-synecdoche ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 in order that every mouth may be shut Here, **mouth** is a synecdoche that means the words people speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From 303a1c310964c9936a629585eda5e739aa4f9202 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 21:17:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 311/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index b1f4f19f6f..dcff76b1cb 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ ROM 3 17 zbrd figs-personification καὶ ὁδὸν εἰρήνης οὐκ ROM 3 17 jb6b figs-possession ὁδὸν εἰρήνης 1 a way of peace Paul is using the possessive form to describe **a way** that is characterized by **peace**. He means that these people do not understand how to live peacefully. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “peaceful” instead of the noun “peace” or a verbal form. Alternate translation: “a peaceful way” or “a peaceful way to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 17 v3hy figs-possession ὁδὸν εἰρήνης 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “a way to live peacefully” or “peaceful living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 18 bx27 figs-abstractnouns φόβος Θεοῦ 1 There is no fear of God before their eyes If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fear**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “They live fearlessly without acknowledging God” or “They do not revere God by the way they live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 3 18 frt1 figs-abstractnouns φόβος Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **fear** that is reserved for **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the preposition **of** with “for” or “toward.” Alternate translation: “by the true word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 3 18 frt1 figs-abstractnouns φόβος Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **fear** that is reserved for **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could replace the preposition **of** with “for” or “toward.” Alternate translation: “terror for God” or “fear for God” or “reverence toward God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 19 e8h2 figs-personification ὅσα ὁ νόμος λέγει, τοῖς…λαλεῖ 1 whatever the law says, it speaks Paul speaks of **the law** here as if it were alive and had its own voice. Alternate translation: “everything that the law says people should do is for those” or “all the commands that Moses wrote in the law are for those” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 19 n399 τοῖς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 the ones who are under the law “those who must obey the law” ROM 3 19 cu9x figs-synecdoche ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 in order that every mouth may be shut Here, **mouth** is a synecdoche that means the words people speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From c4cad0ce0a14ec37a4347ee14129139fbb62ba5e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 21:26:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 312/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index dcff76b1cb..7623a84c72 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -518,6 +518,7 @@ ROM 3 16 dmzr figs-personification ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 ROM 3 17 zbrd figs-personification καὶ ὁδὸν εἰρήνης οὐκ ἔγνωσαν 1 Here, **a way of peace** is spoken of figuratively as if it were a person someone could know. Paul means that these people do not understand or recognize how to live peacefully. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “The people do not understand how to live peacefully” or “These people do not recognize what it means to live peacefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 17 jb6b figs-possession ὁδὸν εἰρήνης 1 a way of peace Paul is using the possessive form to describe **a way** that is characterized by **peace**. He means that these people do not understand how to live peacefully. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “peaceful” instead of the noun “peace” or a verbal form. Alternate translation: “a peaceful way” or “a peaceful way to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 17 v3hy figs-possession ὁδὸν εἰρήνης 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “a way to live peacefully” or “peaceful living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 3 18 xcp7 figs-personification οὐκ ἔστιν φόβος Θεοῦ ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 Here, **fear** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person they could see. Paul means that these people arrogantly live like God does not notice. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “They are unafraid that God could be watching what they are doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 18 bx27 figs-abstractnouns φόβος Θεοῦ 1 There is no fear of God before their eyes If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fear**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “They live fearlessly without acknowledging God” or “They do not revere God by the way they live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 18 frt1 figs-abstractnouns φόβος Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **fear** that is reserved for **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could replace the preposition **of** with “for” or “toward.” Alternate translation: “terror for God” or “fear for God” or “reverence toward God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 19 e8h2 figs-personification ὅσα ὁ νόμος λέγει, τοῖς…λαλεῖ 1 whatever the law says, it speaks Paul speaks of **the law** here as if it were alive and had its own voice. Alternate translation: “everything that the law says people should do is for those” or “all the commands that Moses wrote in the law are for those” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) From 7e6a029325d8684f6306ea143b0adb374fc482e1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 21:26:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 313/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 7623a84c72..f58e4221d7 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ ROM 3 16 dmzr figs-personification ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 ROM 3 17 zbrd figs-personification καὶ ὁδὸν εἰρήνης οὐκ ἔγνωσαν 1 Here, **a way of peace** is spoken of figuratively as if it were a person someone could know. Paul means that these people do not understand or recognize how to live peacefully. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “The people do not understand how to live peacefully” or “These people do not recognize what it means to live peacefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 17 jb6b figs-possession ὁδὸν εἰρήνης 1 a way of peace Paul is using the possessive form to describe **a way** that is characterized by **peace**. He means that these people do not understand how to live peacefully. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “peaceful” instead of the noun “peace” or a verbal form. Alternate translation: “a peaceful way” or “a peaceful way to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 17 v3hy figs-possession ὁδὸν εἰρήνης 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “a way to live peacefully” or “peaceful living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 3 18 xcp7 figs-personification οὐκ ἔστιν φόβος Θεοῦ ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 Here, **fear** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person they could see. Paul means that these people arrogantly live like God does not notice. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “They are unafraid that God could be watching what they are doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 3 18 xcp7 figs-personification οὐκ ἔστιν φόβος Θεοῦ ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 Here, **fear** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person these people could see. Paul means that these people arrogantly live like God does not notice. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “They are unafraid that God could be watching what they are doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 18 bx27 figs-abstractnouns φόβος Θεοῦ 1 There is no fear of God before their eyes If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fear**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “They live fearlessly without acknowledging God” or “They do not revere God by the way they live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 18 frt1 figs-abstractnouns φόβος Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **fear** that is reserved for **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could replace the preposition **of** with “for” or “toward.” Alternate translation: “terror for God” or “fear for God” or “reverence toward God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 19 e8h2 figs-personification ὅσα ὁ νόμος λέγει, τοῖς…λαλεῖ 1 whatever the law says, it speaks Paul speaks of **the law** here as if it were alive and had its own voice. Alternate translation: “everything that the law says people should do is for those” or “all the commands that Moses wrote in the law are for those” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) From 3dd63a655e78126aad2aa14d1ff031da4f3afe38 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 21:31:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 314/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index f58e4221d7..880f7bb812 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -520,7 +520,8 @@ ROM 3 17 jb6b figs-possession ὁδὸν εἰρήνης 1 a way of peace Paul i ROM 3 17 v3hy figs-possession ὁδὸν εἰρήνης 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “a way to live peacefully” or “peaceful living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 18 xcp7 figs-personification οὐκ ἔστιν φόβος Θεοῦ ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 Here, **fear** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person these people could see. Paul means that these people arrogantly live like God does not notice. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “They are unafraid that God could be watching what they are doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 18 bx27 figs-abstractnouns φόβος Θεοῦ 1 There is no fear of God before their eyes If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fear**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “They live fearlessly without acknowledging God” or “They do not revere God by the way they live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 3 18 frt1 figs-abstractnouns φόβος Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **fear** that is reserved for **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could replace the preposition **of** with “for” or “toward.” Alternate translation: “terror for God” or “fear for God” or “reverence toward God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 3 18 frt1 figs-possession φόβος Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **fear** that is reserved for **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could replace the preposition **of** with “for” or “toward.” Alternate translation: “terror for God” or “fear for God” or “reverence toward God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 3 18 m89o figs-idiom ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 Here, the term visited is an idiom meaning “helped.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “he has come to help … his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 19 e8h2 figs-personification ὅσα ὁ νόμος λέγει, τοῖς…λαλεῖ 1 whatever the law says, it speaks Paul speaks of **the law** here as if it were alive and had its own voice. Alternate translation: “everything that the law says people should do is for those” or “all the commands that Moses wrote in the law are for those” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 19 n399 τοῖς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 the ones who are under the law “those who must obey the law” ROM 3 19 cu9x figs-synecdoche ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 in order that every mouth may be shut Here, **mouth** is a synecdoche that means the words people speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From 06f0e30b72ac8004c461b70e03857e198c2804fa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 21:38:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 315/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 880f7bb812..4eee33af43 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ ROM 3 17 v3hy figs-possession ὁδὸν εἰρήνης 1 If your language doe ROM 3 18 xcp7 figs-personification οὐκ ἔστιν φόβος Θεοῦ ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 Here, **fear** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person these people could see. Paul means that these people arrogantly live like God does not notice. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “They are unafraid that God could be watching what they are doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 18 bx27 figs-abstractnouns φόβος Θεοῦ 1 There is no fear of God before their eyes If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fear**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “They live fearlessly without acknowledging God” or “They do not revere God by the way they live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 18 frt1 figs-possession φόβος Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **fear** that is reserved for **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could replace the preposition **of** with “for” or “toward.” Alternate translation: “terror for God” or “fear for God” or “reverence toward God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 3 18 m89o figs-idiom ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 Here, the term visited is an idiom meaning “helped.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “he has come to help … his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 3 18 m89o figs-idiom οὐκ ἔστιν φόβος Θεοῦ ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 Here the phrase **before their eyes** is an idiom meaning “in front of them.” Paul means that they are unconcerned or do not pay attention to the fact that God is watching the evil things they do. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “They live fearlessly and pay no attention that God is watching how they live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 19 e8h2 figs-personification ὅσα ὁ νόμος λέγει, τοῖς…λαλεῖ 1 whatever the law says, it speaks Paul speaks of **the law** here as if it were alive and had its own voice. Alternate translation: “everything that the law says people should do is for those” or “all the commands that Moses wrote in the law are for those” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 19 n399 τοῖς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 the ones who are under the law “those who must obey the law” ROM 3 19 cu9x figs-synecdoche ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 in order that every mouth may be shut Here, **mouth** is a synecdoche that means the words people speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From cf541497c5b968fa257aa0224dc56c7c7bd9dc29 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 21:40:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 316/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 4eee33af43..b452ee6afa 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -519,9 +519,9 @@ ROM 3 17 zbrd figs-personification καὶ ὁδὸν εἰρήνης οὐκ ROM 3 17 jb6b figs-possession ὁδὸν εἰρήνης 1 a way of peace Paul is using the possessive form to describe **a way** that is characterized by **peace**. He means that these people do not understand how to live peacefully. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “peaceful” instead of the noun “peace” or a verbal form. Alternate translation: “a peaceful way” or “a peaceful way to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 17 v3hy figs-possession ὁδὸν εἰρήνης 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “a way to live peacefully” or “peaceful living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 18 xcp7 figs-personification οὐκ ἔστιν φόβος Θεοῦ ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 Here, **fear** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person these people could see. Paul means that these people arrogantly live like God does not notice. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “They are unafraid that God could be watching what they are doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 3 18 m89o figs-idiom οὐκ ἔστιν φόβος Θεοῦ ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 Here the phrase **before their eyes** is an idiom meaning “in front of them.” Paul means that these people are unconcerned or do not pay attention to the fact that God is watching the evil things they do. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “They live fearlessly and pay no attention that God is watching how they live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 18 bx27 figs-abstractnouns φόβος Θεοῦ 1 There is no fear of God before their eyes If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fear**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “They live fearlessly without acknowledging God” or “They do not revere God by the way they live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 18 frt1 figs-possession φόβος Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **fear** that is reserved for **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could replace the preposition **of** with “for” or “toward.” Alternate translation: “terror for God” or “fear for God” or “reverence toward God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 3 18 m89o figs-idiom οὐκ ἔστιν φόβος Θεοῦ ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 Here the phrase **before their eyes** is an idiom meaning “in front of them.” Paul means that they are unconcerned or do not pay attention to the fact that God is watching the evil things they do. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “They live fearlessly and pay no attention that God is watching how they live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 19 e8h2 figs-personification ὅσα ὁ νόμος λέγει, τοῖς…λαλεῖ 1 whatever the law says, it speaks Paul speaks of **the law** here as if it were alive and had its own voice. Alternate translation: “everything that the law says people should do is for those” or “all the commands that Moses wrote in the law are for those” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 19 n399 τοῖς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 the ones who are under the law “those who must obey the law” ROM 3 19 cu9x figs-synecdoche ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 in order that every mouth may be shut Here, **mouth** is a synecdoche that means the words people speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From 16740f17ba4e86c92b26d03969001528930ab75d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 21:46:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 317/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index b452ee6afa..402efc0f31 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -523,6 +523,7 @@ ROM 3 18 m89o figs-idiom οὐκ ἔστιν φόβος Θεοῦ ἀπέναν ROM 3 18 bx27 figs-abstractnouns φόβος Θεοῦ 1 There is no fear of God before their eyes If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fear**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “They live fearlessly without acknowledging God” or “They do not revere God by the way they live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 18 frt1 figs-possession φόβος Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **fear** that is reserved for **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could replace the preposition **of** with “for” or “toward.” Alternate translation: “terror for God” or “fear for God” or “reverence toward God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 19 e8h2 figs-personification ὅσα ὁ νόμος λέγει, τοῖς…λαλεῖ 1 whatever the law says, it speaks Paul speaks of **the law** here as if it were alive and had its own voice. Alternate translation: “everything that the law says people should do is for those” or “all the commands that Moses wrote in the law are for those” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 3 19 lrdp grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, **Now** indicates that what follows resumes Paul’s teachings about **the law** and “the righteousness of God” (See [3:1–9](../03/01.md)). Alternate translation: “Now, as I was saying” or “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 19 n399 τοῖς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 the ones who are under the law “those who must obey the law” ROM 3 19 cu9x figs-synecdoche ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 in order that every mouth may be shut Here, **mouth** is a synecdoche that means the words people speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 3 19 cy5r figs-activepassive ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that no people will be able to say anything valid to defend themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From b6b453128bf1f3241f4b8837dc2433d8d4a7f863 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 21:47:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 318/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 402efc0f31..ab8e29084b 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -523,7 +523,7 @@ ROM 3 18 m89o figs-idiom οὐκ ἔστιν φόβος Θεοῦ ἀπέναν ROM 3 18 bx27 figs-abstractnouns φόβος Θεοῦ 1 There is no fear of God before their eyes If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fear**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “They live fearlessly without acknowledging God” or “They do not revere God by the way they live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 18 frt1 figs-possession φόβος Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **fear** that is reserved for **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could replace the preposition **of** with “for” or “toward.” Alternate translation: “terror for God” or “fear for God” or “reverence toward God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 19 e8h2 figs-personification ὅσα ὁ νόμος λέγει, τοῖς…λαλεῖ 1 whatever the law says, it speaks Paul speaks of **the law** here as if it were alive and had its own voice. Alternate translation: “everything that the law says people should do is for those” or “all the commands that Moses wrote in the law are for those” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 3 19 lrdp grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, **Now** indicates that what follows resumes Paul’s teachings about **the law** and “the righteousness of God” (See [3:1–9](../03/01.md)). Alternate translation: “Now, as I was saying” or “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 3 19 lrdp grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, **Now** indicates that what follows summarizes Paul’s teachings about **the law** and “the righteousness of God” in [3:1–9](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “Finally,” or “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 19 n399 τοῖς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 the ones who are under the law “those who must obey the law” ROM 3 19 cu9x figs-synecdoche ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 in order that every mouth may be shut Here, **mouth** is a synecdoche that means the words people speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 3 19 cy5r figs-activepassive ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that no people will be able to say anything valid to defend themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 7256af6c29c3b88b3246824757a0481d2c424bdc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 21:51:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 319/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index ab8e29084b..9247aebc75 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1465,7 +1465,7 @@ ROM 16 26 cvi3 figs-explicit εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως 1 You may ROM 16 27 qmj7 figs-explicit μόνῳ σοφῷ Θεῷ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. ἀμήν! 1 To the only wise God … be glory forever. Amen Here, **through Jesus Christ** refers to what Jesus did. To give **glory** means to praise God. Alternate translation: “Because of what Jesus Christ has done for us, we will praise forever the one who alone is God and who alone is wise. Amen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 22 vb45 figs-explicit ἱεροσυλεῖς 1 You who say that one must not commit adultery, do you commit adultery? The implication is that the **temples** the Jews **rob** are where **idols** are kept and worshipped. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do you rob temples where idols are kept” or “should you actually enter an idol temple and rob it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 8 tz14 figs-exclusive βλασφημούμεθα… ἡμᾶς…ποιήσωμεν 1 And not, just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm us to say, “Let us do evil, so that good may come”? Here, **we** and **us** exclusively speaks of Paul and his fellow apostles to the Gentiles. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “some people keep blaspheming us apostles … us apostles … We apostles should do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ROM 3 8 m5xx figs-parallelism καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show how badly these people spread rumors agains the apostles. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “like some people slanderously report that we say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 3 8 m5xx figs-parallelism καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show how badly these people spread rumors against the apostles. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “like some people slanderously report that we say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 8 cn1c figs-activepassive βλασφημούμεθα 1 The judgment on them is just If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people keep blaspheming us” or “some people keep slandering us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 8 h68w figs-explicit τινες 1 Paul implies that **some** could refer to: (1) Jewish unbelievers. Alternate translation: “some Jewish unbelievers” or “some Jews who reject Jesus” (2) Jewish believers. Alternate translation: “some Jewish believers who reject the Gentile inclusion in the Church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 8 qc9n figs-quotations ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά 1 This is a false quotation of something rumored that Paul and the apostles say or teach. If it would be more natural in your language, you could make it an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “that we should do evil, so that good may come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
From 6ccf046ef21c4848e8c67140b2aae810c014119c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 21:54:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 320/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 9247aebc75..fbd5af1ec0 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -483,6 +483,7 @@ ROM 3 8 kb9d figs-infostructure καὶ μὴ καθὼς βλασφημούμε ROM 3 8 wr3g figs-ellipsis καὶ μὴ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And why not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 8 g19d grammar-connect-words-phrases καθὼς…καθώς 1 Paul is using **just as** to emphasize the fact that certain people are spreading false rumors about the apostles’ teaching. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “in the way … in the way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 9 z3wu figs-rquestion τί οὖν 1 Connecting Statement: Here Paul concludes his series of rhetorical questions by using the same phrase ** What then** that he began with in [3:1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 3 9 ajj8 figs-rquestion προεχόμεθα…προῃτιασάμεθα 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow Jews (See [3:1,5](../03/01.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Jewish … can we Jews say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 9 g85q figs-exclamations οὐ πάντως 1 Not at all **Not at all** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong negative. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this idea. Alternate translation: “Absolutely not!” or “In no way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 9 gfa3 figs-ellipsis οὐ πάντως 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “We are not better off at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 10 u88n writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 This is as it is written In Paul’s culture, **just as it is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text. In [3:10–18](../03/10.md) Paul quotes from Old Testament books of Psalms, Proverbs, and Isaiah. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “just as the Old Testament says” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations) From 9a300e54d2bb3e7b4ed13417e2b0bdf3f2024504 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Richard Mahn Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 22:03:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 321/503] Version 60 --- manifest.yaml | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/manifest.yaml b/manifest.yaml index 252011b29e..51b4af8b28 100644 --- a/manifest.yaml +++ b/manifest.yaml @@ -369,12 +369,12 @@ dublin_core: description: "Open-licensed exegetical notes that provide historical, cultural, and linguistic information for translators. It provides translators and checkers with pertinent, just-in-time information to help them make the best possible translation decisions." format: 'text/tsv' identifier: 'tn' - issued: '2022-04-27' + issued: '2022-04-29' language: direction: 'ltr' identifier: 'en' title: 'English' - modified: '2022-04-27' + modified: '2022-04-29' publisher: 'unfoldingWord' relation: - 'en/ult?v=35' From 76adb5f48897eeff5eb47c2ebca20a7449fb02e2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 22:05:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 322/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index fbd5af1ec0..6d24920cee 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ ROM 3 8 kb9d figs-infostructure καὶ μὴ καθὼς βλασφημούμε ROM 3 8 wr3g figs-ellipsis καὶ μὴ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And why not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 8 g19d grammar-connect-words-phrases καθὼς…καθώς 1 Paul is using **just as** to emphasize the fact that certain people are spreading false rumors about the apostles’ teaching. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “in the way … in the way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 9 z3wu figs-rquestion τί οὖν 1 Connecting Statement: Here Paul concludes his series of rhetorical questions by using the same phrase ** What then** that he began with in [3:1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 3 9 ajj8 figs-rquestion προεχόμεθα…προῃτιασάμεθα 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow Jews (See [3:1,5](../03/01.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Jewish … can we Jews say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 3 9 ajj8 figs-exclusive προεχόμεθα 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow Jews (See [3:1,5](../03/01.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Are we Jews better off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM 3 9 g85q figs-exclamations οὐ πάντως 1 Not at all **Not at all** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong negative. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this idea. Alternate translation: “Absolutely not!” or “In no way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 9 gfa3 figs-ellipsis οὐ πάντως 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “We are not better off at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 10 u88n writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 This is as it is written In Paul’s culture, **just as it is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text. In [3:10–18](../03/10.md) Paul quotes from Old Testament books of Psalms, Proverbs, and Isaiah. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “just as the Old Testament says” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations) @@ -1478,6 +1478,7 @@ ROM 3 8 vd6y figs-abstractnouns τὰ ἀγαθά 1 If your language does not u ROM 3 8 o2nu writing-pronouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν 1 The pronoun **their* refers to the same blaspheming people as **some**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “These people are justly condemned” or “These people who blaspheme are deservedly condemned” or “It is fair to judge these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 3 8 zwlg figs-abstractnouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **condemnation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “When they are condemned, it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 9 fia9 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 What then? Are we excusing ourselves? Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why he and the Jews are not **excusing** themselves. Use a natural way in your language to express the reason why someone does something. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 3 9 drcx figs-exclusive προῃτιασάμεθα 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellows apostles (See [3:8](../03/08.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we apostles have already accused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 9 q88t figs-merism Ἰουδαίους τε καὶ Ἕλληνας 1 Paul figuratively refers to **Jews** and **Greeks**, using these types of people in order to include all of humanity (See the same phrase in [2:09](../02/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “both Jewish and non-Jewish people” or “both the Jewish people and the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) ROM 3 14 df77 figs-abstractnouns ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **cursing** and **bitterness**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “They continually curse and regularly say harsh things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 9 s0px figs-metaphor πάντας ὑφ’ ἁμαρτίαν εἶναι 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were a weight that **all** people are underneath. He means that **all** types of people are controlled or dominated or cursed by a tendency to **sin**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **be under sin** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “that they are all controlled by living sinfully” or “that they are all cursed to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 03e23388237f3a69c8819f09c08d1293cfa17243 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 22:13:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 323/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 6d24920cee..c2ef49f30c 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -523,8 +523,9 @@ ROM 3 18 xcp7 figs-personification οὐκ ἔστιν φόβος Θεοῦ ἀ ROM 3 18 m89o figs-idiom οὐκ ἔστιν φόβος Θεοῦ ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 Here the phrase **before their eyes** is an idiom meaning “in front of them.” Paul means that these people are unconcerned or do not pay attention to the fact that God is watching the evil things they do. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “They live fearlessly and pay no attention that God is watching how they live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 18 bx27 figs-abstractnouns φόβος Θεοῦ 1 There is no fear of God before their eyes If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fear**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “They live fearlessly without acknowledging God” or “They do not revere God by the way they live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 18 frt1 figs-possession φόβος Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **fear** that is reserved for **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could replace the preposition **of** with “for” or “toward.” Alternate translation: “terror for God” or “fear for God” or “reverence toward God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 3 19 e8h2 figs-personification ὅσα ὁ νόμος λέγει, τοῖς…λαλεῖ 1 whatever the law says, it speaks Paul speaks of **the law** here as if it were alive and had its own voice. Alternate translation: “everything that the law says people should do is for those” or “all the commands that Moses wrote in the law are for those” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 19 lrdp grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, **Now** indicates that what follows summarizes Paul’s teachings about **the law** and “the righteousness of God” in [3:1–9](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “Finally,” or “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 3 19 gc8t figs-exclusive οἴδαμεν 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow Jews (See [3:9](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we Jews know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 3 19 e8h2 figs-personification ὅσα ὁ νόμος λέγει, τοῖς…λαλεῖ 1 whatever the law says, it speaks Paul speaks of **the law** here as if it were alive and had its own voice. Alternate translation: “everything that the law says people should do is for those” or “all the commands that Moses wrote in the law are for those” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 19 n399 τοῖς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 the ones who are under the law “those who must obey the law” ROM 3 19 cu9x figs-synecdoche ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 in order that every mouth may be shut Here, **mouth** is a synecdoche that means the words people speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 3 19 cy5r figs-activepassive ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that no people will be able to say anything valid to defend themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 70babe1b0ad98f2505d5067b7f03a3d6b3e7ab75 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 22:25:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 324/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index c2ef49f30c..99b6a72c9c 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -525,8 +525,8 @@ ROM 3 18 bx27 figs-abstractnouns φόβος Θεοῦ 1 There is no fear of God ROM 3 18 frt1 figs-possession φόβος Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **fear** that is reserved for **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could replace the preposition **of** with “for” or “toward.” Alternate translation: “terror for God” or “fear for God” or “reverence toward God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 19 lrdp grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, **Now** indicates that what follows summarizes Paul’s teachings about **the law** and “the righteousness of God” in [3:1–9](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “Finally,” or “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 19 gc8t figs-exclusive οἴδαμεν 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow Jews (See [3:9](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we Jews know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ROM 3 19 e8h2 figs-personification ὅσα ὁ νόμος λέγει, τοῖς…λαλεῖ 1 whatever the law says, it speaks Paul speaks of **the law** here as if it were alive and had its own voice. Alternate translation: “everything that the law says people should do is for those” or “all the commands that Moses wrote in the law are for those” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 3 19 n399 τοῖς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 the ones who are under the law “those who must obey the law” +ROM 3 19 e8h2 figs-personification ὅσα ὁ νόμος λέγει, τοῖς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ λαλεῖ 1 whatever the law says, it speaks Here, **the law** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could deceive someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Because you are so proud, you have deceived yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 3 19 n399 figs-metonymy ὁ νόμος…τῷ νόμῳ 1 the ones who are under the law Paul is figuratively describing all the Jewish Scriptures by using phrase **the law**, which is part of the Jewish Scriptures. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God’s rules … God’s rules” or “the Scriptures … the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 19 cu9x figs-synecdoche ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 in order that every mouth may be shut Here, **mouth** is a synecdoche that means the words people speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 3 19 cy5r figs-activepassive ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that no people will be able to say anything valid to defend themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 19 w12y figs-synecdoche ὑπόδικος γένηται πᾶς ὁ κόσμος τῷ Θεῷ 1 the whole world held accountable to God Here, **world** is a synecdoche that represents all the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “that God can declare everyone in the world guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From c0f02dd46e6a140de8b4a42264478112f0e7d39c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 22:28:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 325/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 99b6a72c9c..658c044406 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ ROM 3 18 bx27 figs-abstractnouns φόβος Θεοῦ 1 There is no fear of God ROM 3 18 frt1 figs-possession φόβος Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **fear** that is reserved for **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could replace the preposition **of** with “for” or “toward.” Alternate translation: “terror for God” or “fear for God” or “reverence toward God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 19 lrdp grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, **Now** indicates that what follows summarizes Paul’s teachings about **the law** and “the righteousness of God” in [3:1–9](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “Finally,” or “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 19 gc8t figs-exclusive οἴδαμεν 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow Jews (See [3:9](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we Jews know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ROM 3 19 e8h2 figs-personification ὅσα ὁ νόμος λέγει, τοῖς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ λαλεῖ 1 whatever the law says, it speaks Here, **the law** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could deceive someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Because you are so proud, you have deceived yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 3 19 e8h2 figs-personification ὅσα ὁ νόμος λέγει…λαλεῖ 1 whatever the law says, it speaks Here, **the law** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who is speaking. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as many things as God says in his law, he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 19 n399 figs-metonymy ὁ νόμος…τῷ νόμῳ 1 the ones who are under the law Paul is figuratively describing all the Jewish Scriptures by using phrase **the law**, which is part of the Jewish Scriptures. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God’s rules … God’s rules” or “the Scriptures … the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 19 cu9x figs-synecdoche ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 in order that every mouth may be shut Here, **mouth** is a synecdoche that means the words people speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 3 19 cy5r figs-activepassive ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that no people will be able to say anything valid to defend themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From c8b957727fe2f17d9ebc3a6d3f0f88bf1045a6c5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 22:34:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 326/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 658c044406..eab09f6cf0 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -527,6 +527,7 @@ ROM 3 19 lrdp grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, **Now** indicates tha ROM 3 19 gc8t figs-exclusive οἴδαμεν 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow Jews (See [3:9](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we Jews know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 19 e8h2 figs-personification ὅσα ὁ νόμος λέγει…λαλεῖ 1 whatever the law says, it speaks Here, **the law** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who is speaking. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as many things as God says in his law, he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 19 n399 figs-metonymy ὁ νόμος…τῷ νόμῳ 1 the ones who are under the law Paul is figuratively describing all the Jewish Scriptures by using phrase **the law**, which is part of the Jewish Scriptures. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God’s rules … God’s rules” or “the Scriptures … the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 3 19 b0g5 figs-metonymy τοῖς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ λαλεῖ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they were located underneath **the law**. He means that they no longer believe in Jesus and no longer live as his followers. If your readers would not understand what it means to be shipwrecked in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “no longer belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 19 cu9x figs-synecdoche ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 in order that every mouth may be shut Here, **mouth** is a synecdoche that means the words people speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 3 19 cy5r figs-activepassive ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that no people will be able to say anything valid to defend themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 19 w12y figs-synecdoche ὑπόδικος γένηται πᾶς ὁ κόσμος τῷ Θεῷ 1 the whole world held accountable to God Here, **world** is a synecdoche that represents all the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “that God can declare everyone in the world guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From 1be80c91c49a97ec1b9b6e9fa23b9298c6f94eb1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 22:41:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 327/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index eab09f6cf0..93fe06384b 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -527,7 +527,7 @@ ROM 3 19 lrdp grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, **Now** indicates tha ROM 3 19 gc8t figs-exclusive οἴδαμεν 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow Jews (See [3:9](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we Jews know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 19 e8h2 figs-personification ὅσα ὁ νόμος λέγει…λαλεῖ 1 whatever the law says, it speaks Here, **the law** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who is speaking. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as many things as God says in his law, he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 19 n399 figs-metonymy ὁ νόμος…τῷ νόμῳ 1 the ones who are under the law Paul is figuratively describing all the Jewish Scriptures by using phrase **the law**, which is part of the Jewish Scriptures. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God’s rules … God’s rules” or “the Scriptures … the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 3 19 b0g5 figs-metonymy τοῖς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ λαλεῖ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they were located underneath **the law**. He means that they no longer believe in Jesus and no longer live as his followers. If your readers would not understand what it means to be shipwrecked in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “no longer belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 3 19 b0g5 figs-metaphor τοῖς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they were located underneath **the law** (See [2:12](../02/12.md)). He means that when they are required to do what the law says. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **under the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “to Jews” or “to those know what God’s law requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 19 cu9x figs-synecdoche ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 in order that every mouth may be shut Here, **mouth** is a synecdoche that means the words people speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 3 19 cy5r figs-activepassive ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that no people will be able to say anything valid to defend themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 19 w12y figs-synecdoche ὑπόδικος γένηται πᾶς ὁ κόσμος τῷ Θεῷ 1 the whole world held accountable to God Here, **world** is a synecdoche that represents all the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “that God can declare everyone in the world guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From 0b34977d85f2c9735ad6e26f3542e8bed1824fdf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 22:56:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 328/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 93fe06384b..d941f2dde4 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -528,7 +528,7 @@ ROM 3 19 gc8t figs-exclusive οἴδαμεν 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively ROM 3 19 e8h2 figs-personification ὅσα ὁ νόμος λέγει…λαλεῖ 1 whatever the law says, it speaks Here, **the law** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who is speaking. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as many things as God says in his law, he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 19 n399 figs-metonymy ὁ νόμος…τῷ νόμῳ 1 the ones who are under the law Paul is figuratively describing all the Jewish Scriptures by using phrase **the law**, which is part of the Jewish Scriptures. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God’s rules … God’s rules” or “the Scriptures … the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 19 b0g5 figs-metaphor τοῖς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they were located underneath **the law** (See [2:12](../02/12.md)). He means that when they are required to do what the law says. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **under the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “to Jews” or “to those know what God’s law requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 3 19 cu9x figs-synecdoche ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 in order that every mouth may be shut Here, **mouth** is a synecdoche that means the words people speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ROM 3 19 cu9x figs-metonymy ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 in order that every mouth may be shut Paul is figuratively describing something people would say by association with his **mouth**, which they would use to say something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “so that no human being can excuse themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 19 cy5r figs-activepassive ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that no people will be able to say anything valid to defend themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 19 w12y figs-synecdoche ὑπόδικος γένηται πᾶς ὁ κόσμος τῷ Θεῷ 1 the whole world held accountable to God Here, **world** is a synecdoche that represents all the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “that God can declare everyone in the world guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 3 20 xs9x σὰρξ 1 flesh Here, **flesh** refers to all human beings. From 86d871233db3bb1b567d4675f9ae7f1ca537d998 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 23:00:28 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 329/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index d941f2dde4..585c3076fd 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -529,7 +529,8 @@ ROM 3 19 e8h2 figs-personification ὅσα ὁ νόμος λέγει…λαλε ROM 3 19 n399 figs-metonymy ὁ νόμος…τῷ νόμῳ 1 the ones who are under the law Paul is figuratively describing all the Jewish Scriptures by using phrase **the law**, which is part of the Jewish Scriptures. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God’s rules … God’s rules” or “the Scriptures … the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 19 b0g5 figs-metaphor τοῖς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they were located underneath **the law** (See [2:12](../02/12.md)). He means that when they are required to do what the law says. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **under the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “to Jews” or “to those know what God’s law requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 19 cu9x figs-metonymy ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 in order that every mouth may be shut Paul is figuratively describing something people would say by association with his **mouth**, which they would use to say something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “so that no human being can excuse themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 3 19 cy5r figs-activepassive ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that no people will be able to say anything valid to defend themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 3 19 cy5r figs-idiom ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 Here, the phrase **every mouth may be shut** is an idiom meaning “no one can excuse themselves.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: ”so that no human beings can excuse themselves” or “so that no human beings can defend themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 3 19 end8 figs-synecdoche ἵνα 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. James is stating the purpose for which God desired to give us birth. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that we would be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 3 19 w12y figs-synecdoche ὑπόδικος γένηται πᾶς ὁ κόσμος τῷ Θεῷ 1 the whole world held accountable to God Here, **world** is a synecdoche that represents all the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “that God can declare everyone in the world guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 3 20 xs9x σὰρξ 1 flesh Here, **flesh** refers to all human beings. ROM 3 20 gaa3 γὰρ 1 For “Therefore” or “This is because” From ea26ab630add58e6c5e65da9e4c83a8c75289ac1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 23:02:20 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 330/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 585c3076fd..a7c3878523 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -528,9 +528,9 @@ ROM 3 19 gc8t figs-exclusive οἴδαμεν 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively ROM 3 19 e8h2 figs-personification ὅσα ὁ νόμος λέγει…λαλεῖ 1 whatever the law says, it speaks Here, **the law** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who is speaking. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as many things as God says in his law, he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 19 n399 figs-metonymy ὁ νόμος…τῷ νόμῳ 1 the ones who are under the law Paul is figuratively describing all the Jewish Scriptures by using phrase **the law**, which is part of the Jewish Scriptures. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God’s rules … God’s rules” or “the Scriptures … the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 19 b0g5 figs-metaphor τοῖς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they were located underneath **the law** (See [2:12](../02/12.md)). He means that when they are required to do what the law says. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **under the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “to Jews” or “to those know what God’s law requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 3 19 cu9x figs-metonymy ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 in order that every mouth may be shut Paul is figuratively describing something people would say by association with his **mouth**, which they would use to say something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “so that no human being can excuse themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 3 19 end8 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for what **the law says**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 3 19 cy5r figs-idiom ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 Here, the phrase **every mouth may be shut** is an idiom meaning “no one can excuse themselves.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: ”so that no human beings can excuse themselves” or “so that no human beings can defend themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 3 19 end8 figs-synecdoche ἵνα 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. James is stating the purpose for which God desired to give us birth. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that we would be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 3 19 cu9x figs-metonymy ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 in order that every mouth may be shut Paul is figuratively describing something people would say by association with his **mouth**, which they would use to say something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “so that no human being can excuse themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 19 w12y figs-synecdoche ὑπόδικος γένηται πᾶς ὁ κόσμος τῷ Θεῷ 1 the whole world held accountable to God Here, **world** is a synecdoche that represents all the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “that God can declare everyone in the world guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 3 20 xs9x σὰρξ 1 flesh Here, **flesh** refers to all human beings. ROM 3 20 gaa3 γὰρ 1 For “Therefore” or “This is because” From 4df3df1d2514c14798ebbab5ec929e59d37351f5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 23:07:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 331/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index a7c3878523..77398fcc20 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -528,10 +528,10 @@ ROM 3 19 gc8t figs-exclusive οἴδαμεν 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively ROM 3 19 e8h2 figs-personification ὅσα ὁ νόμος λέγει…λαλεῖ 1 whatever the law says, it speaks Here, **the law** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who is speaking. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as many things as God says in his law, he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 19 n399 figs-metonymy ὁ νόμος…τῷ νόμῳ 1 the ones who are under the law Paul is figuratively describing all the Jewish Scriptures by using phrase **the law**, which is part of the Jewish Scriptures. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God’s rules … God’s rules” or “the Scriptures … the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 19 b0g5 figs-metaphor τοῖς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they were located underneath **the law** (See [2:12](../02/12.md)). He means that when they are required to do what the law says. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **under the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “to Jews” or “to those know what God’s law requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 3 19 end8 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for what **the law says**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 3 19 cy5r figs-idiom ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 Here, the phrase **every mouth may be shut** is an idiom meaning “no one can excuse themselves.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: ”so that no human beings can excuse themselves” or “so that no human beings can defend themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 19 cu9x figs-metonymy ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 in order that every mouth may be shut Paul is figuratively describing something people would say by association with his **mouth**, which they would use to say something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “so that no human being can excuse themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 3 19 w12y figs-synecdoche ὑπόδικος γένηται πᾶς ὁ κόσμος τῷ Θεῷ 1 the whole world held accountable to God Here, **world** is a synecdoche that represents all the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “that God can declare everyone in the world guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ROM 3 19 end8 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for what **the law says**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 3 19 w12y figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὁ κόσμος 1 the whole world held accountable to God Paul refers figuratively to **the whole world** to refer to the people who live throughout the whole world. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “the food we need that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ROM 3 20 xs9x σὰρξ 1 flesh Here, **flesh** refers to all human beings. ROM 3 20 gaa3 γὰρ 1 For “Therefore” or “This is because” ROM 3 20 wtp4 διὰ…νόμου ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 through the law comes the knowledge of sin “when someone knows God’s law, he realizes that he has sinned” From cd2bafc02fba27651b0efd90141d0be3aa05b3f4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 23:08:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 332/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 77398fcc20..2cfaf554e5 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ ROM 3 19 b0g5 figs-metaphor τοῖς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 Paul speaks figu ROM 3 19 cy5r figs-idiom ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 Here, the phrase **every mouth may be shut** is an idiom meaning “no one can excuse themselves.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: ”so that no human beings can excuse themselves” or “so that no human beings can defend themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 19 cu9x figs-metonymy ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 in order that every mouth may be shut Paul is figuratively describing something people would say by association with his **mouth**, which they would use to say something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “so that no human being can excuse themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 19 end8 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for what **the law says**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 3 19 w12y figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὁ κόσμος 1 the whole world held accountable to God Paul refers figuratively to **the whole world** to refer to the people who live throughout the whole world. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “the food we need that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+ROM 3 19 w12y figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὁ κόσμος 1 the whole world held accountable to God Paul refers figuratively to **the whole world** to mean the people who live throughout the whole world. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “the food we need that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ROM 3 20 xs9x σὰρξ 1 flesh Here, **flesh** refers to all human beings. ROM 3 20 gaa3 γὰρ 1 For “Therefore” or “This is because” ROM 3 20 wtp4 διὰ…νόμου ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 through the law comes the knowledge of sin “when someone knows God’s law, he realizes that he has sinned” From 824d539b967e06404ae055f02df031ec37d92d10 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 23:15:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 334/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 2cfaf554e5..a59344be6f 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -528,7 +528,7 @@ ROM 3 19 gc8t figs-exclusive οἴδαμεν 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively ROM 3 19 e8h2 figs-personification ὅσα ὁ νόμος λέγει…λαλεῖ 1 whatever the law says, it speaks Here, **the law** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who is speaking. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as many things as God says in his law, he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 19 n399 figs-metonymy ὁ νόμος…τῷ νόμῳ 1 the ones who are under the law Paul is figuratively describing all the Jewish Scriptures by using phrase **the law**, which is part of the Jewish Scriptures. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God’s rules … God’s rules” or “the Scriptures … the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 19 b0g5 figs-metaphor τοῖς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they were located underneath **the law** (See [2:12](../02/12.md)). He means that when they are required to do what the law says. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **under the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “to Jews” or “to those know what God’s law requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 3 19 cy5r figs-idiom ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 Here, the phrase **every mouth may be shut** is an idiom meaning “no one can excuse themselves.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: ”so that no human beings can excuse themselves” or “so that no human beings can defend themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 3 19 cy5r figs-idiom ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 Here, the phrase **every mouth may be shut** is an idiom meaning “no one can excuse themselves.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “so that no human beings can excuse themselves” or “so that no human beings can defend themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 19 cu9x figs-metonymy ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 in order that every mouth may be shut Paul is figuratively describing something people would say by association with his **mouth**, which they would use to say something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “so that no human being can excuse themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 19 end8 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for what **the law says**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 3 19 w12y figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὁ κόσμος 1 the whole world held accountable to God Paul refers figuratively to **the whole world** to mean the people who live throughout the whole world. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “the food we need that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
From 6fea36b29d07c577b6a1f858066501a74158644c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 23:19:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 335/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index a59344be6f..c7723b45e6 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -532,6 +532,7 @@ ROM 3 19 cy5r figs-idiom ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 Here, the phr ROM 3 19 cu9x figs-metonymy ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 in order that every mouth may be shut Paul is figuratively describing something people would say by association with his **mouth**, which they would use to say something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “so that no human being can excuse themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 19 end8 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for what **the law says**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 3 19 w12y figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὁ κόσμος 1 the whole world held accountable to God Paul refers figuratively to **the whole world** to mean the people who live throughout the whole world. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “the food we need that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+ROM 3 19 js71 figs-activepassive φραγῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “stops talking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 20 xs9x σὰρξ 1 flesh Here, **flesh** refers to all human beings. ROM 3 20 gaa3 γὰρ 1 For “Therefore” or “This is because” ROM 3 20 wtp4 διὰ…νόμου ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 through the law comes the knowledge of sin “when someone knows God’s law, he realizes that he has sinned” From 793c437a4331a776229fb050de056c4e5cbe78c4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 23:23:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 336/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index c7723b45e6..6577c46968 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ ROM 3 19 cy5r figs-idiom ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 Here, the phr ROM 3 19 cu9x figs-metonymy ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 in order that every mouth may be shut Paul is figuratively describing something people would say by association with his **mouth**, which they would use to say something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “so that no human being can excuse themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 19 end8 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for what **the law says**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 3 19 w12y figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὁ κόσμος 1 the whole world held accountable to God Paul refers figuratively to **the whole world** to mean the people who live throughout the whole world. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “the food we need that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-ROM 3 19 js71 figs-activepassive φραγῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “stops talking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 3 19 js71 figs-activepassive φραγῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “shuts” or “stops talking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 20 xs9x σὰρξ 1 flesh Here, **flesh** refers to all human beings. ROM 3 20 gaa3 γὰρ 1 For “Therefore” or “This is because” ROM 3 20 wtp4 διὰ…νόμου ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 through the law comes the knowledge of sin “when someone knows God’s law, he realizes that he has sinned” From 9bc7f9976bfa1f7b85924096d98bba46ea7da0cc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 23:35:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 337/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 6577c46968..3184eb9bab 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -531,8 +531,9 @@ ROM 3 19 b0g5 figs-metaphor τοῖς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 Paul speaks figu ROM 3 19 cy5r figs-idiom ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 Here, the phrase **every mouth may be shut** is an idiom meaning “no one can excuse themselves.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “so that no human beings can excuse themselves” or “so that no human beings can defend themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 19 cu9x figs-metonymy ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 in order that every mouth may be shut Paul is figuratively describing something people would say by association with his **mouth**, which they would use to say something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “so that no human being can excuse themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 19 end8 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for what **the law says**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 3 19 w12y figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὁ κόσμος 1 the whole world held accountable to God Paul refers figuratively to **the whole world** to mean the people who live throughout the whole world. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “the food we need that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ROM 3 19 js71 figs-activepassive φραγῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “shuts” or “stops talking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 3 19 w12y figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὁ κόσμος 1 the whole world held accountable to God Paul refers figuratively to **the whole world** to mean the people who live throughout the whole world. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “the food we need that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+ROM 3 19 wwq3 figs-personification ὑπόδικος γένηται πᾶς ὁ κόσμος τῷ Θεῷ 1 Here, **the whole world** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could settle an account with God. Paul means that all humanity must give an account at the final judgment of God for how they lived. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “all the people in the world would become liable for their sins to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 20 xs9x σὰρξ 1 flesh Here, **flesh** refers to all human beings. ROM 3 20 gaa3 γὰρ 1 For “Therefore” or “This is because” ROM 3 20 wtp4 διὰ…νόμου ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 through the law comes the knowledge of sin “when someone knows God’s law, he realizes that he has sinned” From a0e9602b09d9dbbe27484a7e63bffe08a097eb58 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 23:36:28 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 338/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 3184eb9bab..0f7a6847c6 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -532,8 +532,8 @@ ROM 3 19 cy5r figs-idiom ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 Here, the phr ROM 3 19 cu9x figs-metonymy ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 in order that every mouth may be shut Paul is figuratively describing something people would say by association with his **mouth**, which they would use to say something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “so that no human being can excuse themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 19 end8 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for what **the law says**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 3 19 js71 figs-activepassive φραγῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “shuts” or “stops talking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 3 19 wwq3 figs-personification ὑπόδικος γένηται πᾶς ὁ κόσμος τῷ Θεῷ 1 Here, **the whole world** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could settle an account with God. Paul means that all humanity must give an account at the final judgment of God for how they lived. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “God would judge all the people in the world as guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 19 w12y figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὁ κόσμος 1 the whole world held accountable to God Paul refers figuratively to **the whole world** to mean the people who live throughout the whole world. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “the food we need that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-ROM 3 19 wwq3 figs-personification ὑπόδικος γένηται πᾶς ὁ κόσμος τῷ Θεῷ 1 Here, **the whole world** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could settle an account with God. Paul means that all humanity must give an account at the final judgment of God for how they lived. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “all the people in the world would become liable for their sins to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 20 xs9x σὰρξ 1 flesh Here, **flesh** refers to all human beings. ROM 3 20 gaa3 γὰρ 1 For “Therefore” or “This is because” ROM 3 20 wtp4 διὰ…νόμου ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 through the law comes the knowledge of sin “when someone knows God’s law, he realizes that he has sinned” From 015e45e5672c610889f8cd76eaef8337ebe3ea8c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 23:48:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 339/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 0f7a6847c6..f39051b249 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -534,6 +534,7 @@ ROM 3 19 end8 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 This phrase introduces a pur ROM 3 19 js71 figs-activepassive φραγῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “shuts” or “stops talking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 19 wwq3 figs-personification ὑπόδικος γένηται πᾶς ὁ κόσμος τῷ Θεῷ 1 Here, **the whole world** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could settle an account with God. Paul means that all humanity must give an account at the final judgment of God for how they lived. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “God would judge all the people in the world as guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 19 w12y figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὁ κόσμος 1 the whole world held accountable to God Paul refers figuratively to **the whole world** to mean the people who live throughout the whole world. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “the food we need that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+ROM 3 20 ezbo grammar-connect-logic-result διότι 1 This phrase introduces a reason clause. Paul is stating the reason why all humanity is “accountable to God” (See [3:19](../03/19.md)). Use natural way in your language to indicate a reason clause. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 20 xs9x σὰρξ 1 flesh Here, **flesh** refers to all human beings. ROM 3 20 gaa3 γὰρ 1 For “Therefore” or “This is because” ROM 3 20 wtp4 διὰ…νόμου ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 through the law comes the knowledge of sin “when someone knows God’s law, he realizes that he has sinned” From e4791b467e0da2406c302136aa9007a64f8c229f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 23:50:54 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 340/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index f39051b249..0755bb57b2 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -534,7 +534,8 @@ ROM 3 19 end8 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 This phrase introduces a pur ROM 3 19 js71 figs-activepassive φραγῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “shuts” or “stops talking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 19 wwq3 figs-personification ὑπόδικος γένηται πᾶς ὁ κόσμος τῷ Θεῷ 1 Here, **the whole world** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could settle an account with God. Paul means that all humanity must give an account at the final judgment of God for how they lived. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “God would judge all the people in the world as guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 19 w12y figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὁ κόσμος 1 the whole world held accountable to God Paul refers figuratively to **the whole world** to mean the people who live throughout the whole world. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “the food we need that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-ROM 3 20 ezbo grammar-connect-logic-result διότι 1 This phrase introduces a reason clause. Paul is stating the reason why all humanity is “accountable to God” (See [3:19](../03/19.md)). Use natural way in your language to indicate a reason clause. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 3 20 ezbo grammar-connect-logic-result διότι 1 This phrase introduces a reason clause. Paul is stating the reason why all humanity is “accountable to God” (See [3:19](../03/19.md)). Use natural way in your language to indicate a reason clause. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 3 20 c83b figs-ellipsis διότι 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **This is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 20 xs9x σὰρξ 1 flesh Here, **flesh** refers to all human beings. ROM 3 20 gaa3 γὰρ 1 For “Therefore” or “This is because” ROM 3 20 wtp4 διὰ…νόμου ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 through the law comes the knowledge of sin “when someone knows God’s law, he realizes that he has sinned” From 84a0126f18f1cb3cd0b046eab9d444ae646ba333 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 00:05:47 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 342/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 0755bb57b2..88cb2fd5da 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -536,6 +536,7 @@ ROM 3 19 wwq3 figs-personification ὑπόδικος γένηται πᾶς ὁ ROM 3 19 w12y figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὁ κόσμος 1 the whole world held accountable to God Paul refers figuratively to **the whole world** to mean the people who live throughout the whole world. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “the food we need that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ROM 3 20 ezbo grammar-connect-logic-result διότι 1 This phrase introduces a reason clause. Paul is stating the reason why all humanity is “accountable to God” (See [3:19](../03/19.md)). Use natural way in your language to indicate a reason clause. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 20 c83b figs-ellipsis διότι 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **This is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 3 20 q03b figs-doublenegatives οὐ…πᾶσα 1 Here, **not any** functions as a double negative. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “not one person” or “absolutely no one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ROM 3 20 xs9x σὰρξ 1 flesh Here, **flesh** refers to all human beings. ROM 3 20 gaa3 γὰρ 1 For “Therefore” or “This is because” ROM 3 20 wtp4 διὰ…νόμου ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 through the law comes the knowledge of sin “when someone knows God’s law, he realizes that he has sinned” From c2d1c63ef933b84e34fcdd3461d6e969ba0242e3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 00:12:46 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 343/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 88cb2fd5da..6337b96c3a 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -537,6 +537,7 @@ ROM 3 19 w12y figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὁ κόσμος 1 the whole world held ac ROM 3 20 ezbo grammar-connect-logic-result διότι 1 This phrase introduces a reason clause. Paul is stating the reason why all humanity is “accountable to God” (See [3:19](../03/19.md)). Use natural way in your language to indicate a reason clause. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 20 c83b figs-ellipsis διότι 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **This is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 20 q03b figs-doublenegatives οὐ…πᾶσα 1 Here, **not any** functions as a double negative. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “not one person” or “absolutely no one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+ROM 3 20 vzot figs-activepassive οὐ δικαιωθήσεται πᾶσα σὰρξ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will not make anyone righteous” or “God will justify no person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 20 xs9x σὰρξ 1 flesh Here, **flesh** refers to all human beings. ROM 3 20 gaa3 γὰρ 1 For “Therefore” or “This is because” ROM 3 20 wtp4 διὰ…νόμου ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 through the law comes the knowledge of sin “when someone knows God’s law, he realizes that he has sinned” From e0f037da3e678193af8c25cb042fe80d6f2a6602 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 00:15:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 344/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 6337b96c3a..e67c7efd23 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ ROM 3 20 ezbo grammar-connect-logic-result διότι 1 This phrase introduces ROM 3 20 c83b figs-ellipsis διότι 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **This is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 20 q03b figs-doublenegatives οὐ…πᾶσα 1 Here, **not any** functions as a double negative. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “not one person” or “absolutely no one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ROM 3 20 vzot figs-activepassive οὐ δικαιωθήσεται πᾶσα σὰρξ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will not make anyone righteous” or “God will justify no person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 3 20 xs9x σὰρξ 1 flesh Here, **flesh** refers to all human beings. +ROM 3 20 xs9x figs-idiom σὰρξ 1 flesh Here, the term **flesh** is an idiom meaning “human being.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “person” or “human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 20 gaa3 γὰρ 1 For “Therefore” or “This is because” ROM 3 20 wtp4 διὰ…νόμου ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 through the law comes the knowledge of sin “when someone knows God’s law, he realizes that he has sinned” ROM 3 21 fqz4 0 Connecting Statement: **But** here shows Paul has completed his introduction and is now beginning to make his main point. From d28667ab6d3c214e8297120d6f1658be96cf6c1f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 00:23:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 345/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index e67c7efd23..94c6905e2b 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -539,7 +539,9 @@ ROM 3 20 c83b figs-ellipsis διότι 1 Words are left out here in the origina ROM 3 20 q03b figs-doublenegatives οὐ…πᾶσα 1 Here, **not any** functions as a double negative. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “not one person” or “absolutely no one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ROM 3 20 vzot figs-activepassive οὐ δικαιωθήσεται πᾶσα σὰρξ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will not make anyone righteous” or “God will justify no person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 20 xs9x figs-idiom σὰρξ 1 flesh Here, the term **flesh** is an idiom meaning “human being.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “person” or “human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 3 20 gaa3 γὰρ 1 For “Therefore” or “This is because” +ROM 3 20 w5qb figs-possession ἐξ ἔργων νόμου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **works** that are required by **the law**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “law’s” instead of the noun “law” or a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “by the law’s works” or “by doing what the law requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 3 20 llh9 figs-idiom ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **in his sight** is an idiom meaning “in his presence” or “from his perspective.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in his presence” or “before his judgment seat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 3 20 gaa3 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For This phrase introduces a reason clause. Paul is stating the reason why **not any flesh will be justified in his sight**. Use natural way in your language to indicate a reason clause. Alternate translation: “because” or “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 20 wtp4 διὰ…νόμου ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 through the law comes the knowledge of sin “when someone knows God’s law, he realizes that he has sinned” ROM 3 21 fqz4 0 Connecting Statement: **But** here shows Paul has completed his introduction and is now beginning to make his main point. ROM 3 21 y3te νυνὶ 1 now The word **now** refers to the time since Jesus came to the earth. From 39559493d720997722be80197d94d3ec9d8a4478 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 00:33:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 346/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 94c6905e2b..b279544270 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -535,14 +535,15 @@ ROM 3 19 js71 figs-activepassive φραγῇ 1 If your language does not use th ROM 3 19 wwq3 figs-personification ὑπόδικος γένηται πᾶς ὁ κόσμος τῷ Θεῷ 1 Here, **the whole world** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could settle an account with God. Paul means that all humanity must give an account at the final judgment of God for how they lived. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “God would judge all the people in the world as guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 19 w12y figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὁ κόσμος 1 the whole world held accountable to God Paul refers figuratively to **the whole world** to mean the people who live throughout the whole world. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “the food we need that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ROM 3 20 ezbo grammar-connect-logic-result διότι 1 This phrase introduces a reason clause. Paul is stating the reason why all humanity is “accountable to God” (See [3:19](../03/19.md)). Use natural way in your language to indicate a reason clause. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 3 20 c83b figs-ellipsis διότι 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **This is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 3 20 c83b figs-ellipsis διότι…ἐπίγνωσις 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **This is** and **is** are added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 20 q03b figs-doublenegatives οὐ…πᾶσα 1 Here, **not any** functions as a double negative. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “not one person” or “absolutely no one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ROM 3 20 vzot figs-activepassive οὐ δικαιωθήσεται πᾶσα σὰρξ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will not make anyone righteous” or “God will justify no person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 20 xs9x figs-idiom σὰρξ 1 flesh Here, the term **flesh** is an idiom meaning “human being.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “person” or “human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 3 20 d6vi figs-personification ἐξ ἔργων νόμου…διὰ…νόμου ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 Here, **the law** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who can justify and give **knowledge**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “by doing what God requires in his law … God tells in his law what it means to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 20 w5qb figs-possession ἐξ ἔργων νόμου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **works** that are required by **the law**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “law’s” instead of the noun “law” or a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “by the law’s works” or “by doing what the law requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 20 llh9 figs-idiom ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **in his sight** is an idiom meaning “in his presence” or “from his perspective.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in his presence” or “before his judgment seat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 20 gaa3 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For This phrase introduces a reason clause. Paul is stating the reason why **not any flesh will be justified in his sight**. Use natural way in your language to indicate a reason clause. Alternate translation: “because” or “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 3 20 wtp4 διὰ…νόμου ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 through the law comes the knowledge of sin “when someone knows God’s law, he realizes that he has sinned” +ROM 3 20 xgpp grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπίγνωσις 1 ROM 3 21 fqz4 0 Connecting Statement: **But** here shows Paul has completed his introduction and is now beginning to make his main point. ROM 3 21 y3te νυνὶ 1 now The word **now** refers to the time since Jesus came to the earth. ROM 3 21 e4qe figs-activepassive χωρὶς νόμου, δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ πεφανέρωται 1 apart from the law the righteousness of God has been made known You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has made known a way to be right with him without obeying the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 740a8d02ba73218627e98e099b38fb7c803bbbfb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 00:36:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 347/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index b279544270..c9ca10379d 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -543,7 +543,8 @@ ROM 3 20 d6vi figs-personification ἐξ ἔργων νόμου…διὰ…νό ROM 3 20 w5qb figs-possession ἐξ ἔργων νόμου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **works** that are required by **the law**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “law’s” instead of the noun “law” or a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “by the law’s works” or “by doing what the law requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 20 llh9 figs-idiom ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **in his sight** is an idiom meaning “in his presence” or “from his perspective.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in his presence” or “before his judgment seat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 20 gaa3 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For This phrase introduces a reason clause. Paul is stating the reason why **not any flesh will be justified in his sight**. Use natural way in your language to indicate a reason clause. Alternate translation: “because” or “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 3 20 xgpp grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπίγνωσις 1 +ROM 3 20 xgpp figs-abstractnouns ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **knowledge** and **sin**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “is how we come to know what it means to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 3 20 aety figs-abstractnouns ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 James is using the possessive form to describe a word that is characterized by truth. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “true” instead of the noun “truth.” Alternate translation: “by the true word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 21 fqz4 0 Connecting Statement: **But** here shows Paul has completed his introduction and is now beginning to make his main point. ROM 3 21 y3te νυνὶ 1 now The word **now** refers to the time since Jesus came to the earth. ROM 3 21 e4qe figs-activepassive χωρὶς νόμου, δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ πεφανέρωται 1 apart from the law the righteousness of God has been made known You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has made known a way to be right with him without obeying the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 415b496d31480f784fb3d2152a41fb4acb81802a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 00:38:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 348/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index c9ca10379d..52508c7290 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -544,7 +544,7 @@ ROM 3 20 w5qb figs-possession ἐξ ἔργων νόμου 1 Paul is using the ROM 3 20 llh9 figs-idiom ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **in his sight** is an idiom meaning “in his presence” or “from his perspective.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in his presence” or “before his judgment seat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 20 gaa3 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For This phrase introduces a reason clause. Paul is stating the reason why **not any flesh will be justified in his sight**. Use natural way in your language to indicate a reason clause. Alternate translation: “because” or “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 20 xgpp figs-abstractnouns ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **knowledge** and **sin**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “is how we come to know what it means to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 3 20 aety figs-abstractnouns ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 James is using the possessive form to describe a word that is characterized by truth. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “true” instead of the noun “truth.” Alternate translation: “by the true word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 3 20 aety figs-possession ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **knowledge** that is characterized by **sin**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “sin’s” instead of the noun “sin” or a verbal form. Alternate translation: “is sin’s knowledge” or “we come to know that God requires that we do not sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 21 fqz4 0 Connecting Statement: **But** here shows Paul has completed his introduction and is now beginning to make his main point. ROM 3 21 y3te νυνὶ 1 now The word **now** refers to the time since Jesus came to the earth. ROM 3 21 e4qe figs-activepassive χωρὶς νόμου, δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ πεφανέρωται 1 apart from the law the righteousness of God has been made known You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has made known a way to be right with him without obeying the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From ed024fc3b2f4f02601aed43f439574a68e4896a0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 11:23:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 349/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 52508c7290..bfa8cc6d65 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -ROM front intro gtn1 0 # Introduction to Romans

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Romans

1. Introduction (1:1-15)
2. Righteousness by faith in Jesus Christ (1:16-17)
3. All mankind is condemned because of sin (1:18-3:20)
4. Righteousness through Jesus Christ by faith in him (3:21-4:25)
5. The fruits of the Spirit (5:1-11)
6. Adam and Christ compared (5:12-21)
7. Becoming like Christ in this life (6:1-8:39)
8. God’s plan for Israel (9:1-11:36)
9. Practical advice for living as Christians (12:1-15:13)
10. Conclusion and greetings (15:14-16:27)

### Who wrote the Book of Romans?

The Apostle Paul wrote the Book of Romans. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.

Paul probably wrote this letter while he was staying in the city of Corinth during his third trip through the Roman Empire.

### What is the Book of Romans about?

Paul wrote this letter to the Christians in Rome. Paul wanted to get them ready to receive him when he visited them. He said his purpose was to “bring about the obedience of faith” (16:26).

In this letter Paul most fully described the gospel of Jesus Christ. He explained that both Jews and non-Jews have sinned, and God will forgive them and declare them righteous only if they believe in Jesus (chapters 1-11). Then he gave them practical advice for how believers should live (chapters 12-16),

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Romans.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Rome,” or “A Letter to the Christians in Rome.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What are the titles used to refer to Jesus?

In Romans, Paul described Jesus Christ by many titles and descriptions: Jesus Christ (1:1), the Seed of David (1:3), the Son of God (1:4), the Lord Jesus Christ (1:7), Christ Jesus (3:24), Propitiation (3:25), Jesus (3:26), Jesus our Lord (4:24), Lord of Hosts (9:29), a Stumbling Stone and Rock of Offence (9:33), the End of the Law (10:4), the Deliverer (11:26), Lord of the Dead and the Living (14:9), and the Root of Jesse (15:12).

### How should theological terms in Romans be translated?

Paul uses many theological terms that are not used in the four gospels. As early Christians learned more about the meaning of Jesus Christ and his message, they needed words and expressions for new ideas. Some examples of these words are “justification” (5:1), “works of the law” (3:20), “reconcile” (5:10), “propitiation” (3:25), “sanctification” (6:19), and “the old man” (6:6).

The “key terms” dictionary can help translators understand many of these terms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])

Terms such as those given above are difficult to explain. It is often hard or impossible for translators to find equivalent terms in their own languages. It can help to know that word equivalents of these terms are not necessary. Instead, translators can develop short expressions to communicate these ideas. For example, the term “gospel” can be translated as “the good news about Jesus Christ.”

Translators should also remember that some of these terms have more than one meaning. The meaning will depend on how the author is using the word in that particular passage. For example, “righteousness” sometimes means that a person obeys God’s law. At other times, “righteousness” means that Jesus Christ has perfectly obeyed God’s law for us.

### What did Paul mean by “a remnant” of Israel (11:5)?

The idea of a “remnant” is important both in the Old Testament and for Paul. Most of the Israelites were either killed or scattered among other people when the Assyrians and then the Babylonians conquered their land. Only a relatively few Jews survived. They were known as “the remnant.”

In 11:1-9, Paul speaks of another remnant. This remnant is the Jews whom God saved because they believed in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What did Paul mean by being “in Christ”?

The phrase “in Christ” and similar phrases occur in 3:24; 6:11, 23; 8:1,2,39; 9:1; 12:5,17; 15:17; and 16:3,7,9,10. Paul used these kinds of phrases as a metaphor to express that Christian believers belong to Jesus Christ. Belonging to Christ means the believer is saved and is made a friend with God. The believer is also promised to live with God forever. However, this idea can be difficult to represent in many languages.

These phrases also have specific meanings that depend on how Paul used them in a particular passage. For example, in 3:24 (“the redemption that is in Christ Jesus”), Paul referred to our being redeemed “because” of Jesus Christ. In 8:9 (“you are not in the flesh but in the Spirit”), Paul spoke of believers submitting “to” the Holy Spirit. In 9:1 (“I tell the truth in Christ”), Paul meant that he is telling the truth that “is in agreement with” Jesus Christ.

Nevertheless, the basic idea of our being united with Jesus Christ (and with the Holy Spirit) is seen in these passages as well. Therefore, the translator has a choice in many passages that use “in.” He will often decide to represent the more immediate sense of “in,” such as, “by means of,” “in the manner of,” or “in regard to.” But, if possible, the translator should choose a word or phrase that represents the immediate sense and the sense of “in union with.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inchrist]])

### How are the ideas of “holy,” “saints” or “holy ones,” and “sanctify” represented in Romans in the ULT?

The scriptures use such words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, the ULT uses the following principles:

* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the fact that God considers Christians to be sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another related fact is that God is perfect and faultless. A third fact is that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless and faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones” or “holy people.” (See: 1:7)
* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In cases where some other English versions have “saints” or “holy ones,” the ULT uses “believers.” (See: 8:27; 12:13; 15:25, 26, 31; 16:2, 15)
* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “set apart,” “dedicated to,” “consecrated,” or “reserved for.” (See: 15:16)

The UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.

### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Romans?

For the following verses, modern version of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT includes the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote.

* “he \[God\] works all things together for good” (8:28). Some older versions read, “All things work together for good.”
* “But if it is by grace, it is no longer by works. Otherwise grace would no longer be grace” (11:6). Some older versions read: “But if it is by works, then is it no more grace: otherwise work is no more work.”

The following verse is not in the best ancient copies of the Bible. Translators are advised not to include this verse. However, if in the translators’ region there are older Bible versions that have this verse, the translators can include it. If it is translated, it should be put inside square brackets (\[\]) to indicate that it is probably not original to the Book of Romans.

* “May the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you all. Amen” (16:24).

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +ROM front intro gtn1 0 # Introduction to Romans

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Romans

1. Introduction (1:1-15)
2. Righteousness by faith in Jesus Christ (1:16-17)
3. All mankind is condemned because of sin (1:18-3:20)
4. Righteousness through Jesus Christ by faith in him (3:21-4:25)
5. The fruits of the Spirit (5:1-11)
6. Adam and Christ compared (5:12-21)
7. Becoming like Christ in this life (6:1-8:39)
8. God’s plan for Israel (9:1-11:36)
9. Practical advice for living as Christians (12:1-15:13)
10. Conclusion and greetings (15:14-16:27)

### Who wrote the Book of Romans?

The Apostle Paul wrote the Book of Romans. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.

Paul probably wrote this letter while he was staying in the city of Corinth during his third trip through the Roman Empire.

### What is the Book of Romans about?

Paul wrote this letter to the Christians in Rome. Paul wanted to get them ready to receive him when he visited them. He said his purpose was to “bring about the obedience of faith” (16:26).

In this letter Paul most fully described the gospel of Jesus Christ. He explained that both Jews and non-Jews have sinned, and God will forgive them and declare them righteous only if they believe in Jesus (chapters 1-11). Then he gave them practical advice for how believers should live (chapters 12-16),

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Romans.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Rome,” or “A Letter to the Christians in Rome.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What are the titles used to refer to Jesus?

In Romans, Paul described Jesus Christ by many titles and descriptions: Jesus Christ (1:1), the Seed of David (1:3), the Son of God (1:4), the Lord Jesus Christ (1:7), Christ Jesus (3:24), Propitiation (3:25), Jesus (3:26), Jesus our Lord (4:24), Lord of Hosts (9:29), a Stumbling Stone and Rock of Offence (9:33), the End of the Law (10:4), the Deliverer (11:26), Lord of the Dead and the Living (14:9), and the Root of Jesse (15:12).

### How should theological terms in Romans be translated?

Paul uses many theological terms that are not used in the four gospels. As early Christians learned more about the meaning of Jesus Christ and his message, they needed words and expressions for new ideas. Some examples of these words are “justification” (5:1), “works of the law” (3:20), “reconcile” (5:10), “propitiation” (3:25), “sanctification” (6:19), and “the old man” (6:6).

The “key terms” dictionary can help translators understand many of these terms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])

Terms such as those given above are difficult to explain. It is often hard or impossible for translators to find equivalent terms in their own languages. It can help to know that word equivalents of these terms are not necessary. Instead, translators can develop short expressions to communicate these ideas. For example, the term “gospel” can be translated as “the good news about Jesus Christ.”

Translators should also remember that some of these terms have more than one meaning. The meaning will depend on how the author is using the word in that particular passage. For example, “righteousness” sometimes means that a person obeys God’s law. At other times, “righteousness” means that Jesus Christ has perfectly obeyed God’s law for us.

### What did Paul mean by “a remnant” of Israel (11:5)?

The idea of a “remnant” is important both in the Old Testament and for Paul. Most of the Israelites were either killed or scattered among other people when the Assyrians and then the Babylonians conquered their land. Only a relatively few Jews survived. They were known as “the remnant.”

In 11:1-9, Paul speaks of another remnant. This remnant is the Jews whom God saved because they believed in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What did Paul mean by being “in Christ”?

The phrase “in Christ” and similar phrases occur in 3:24; 6:11, 23; 8:1,2,39; 9:1; 12:5,17; 15:17; and 16:3,7,9,10. Paul used these kinds of phrases as a metaphor to express that Christian believers belong to Jesus Christ. Belonging to Christ means the believer is saved and is made a friend with God. The believer is also promised to live with God forever. However, this idea can be difficult to represent in many languages.

These phrases also have specific meanings that depend on how Paul used them in a particular passage. For example, in 3:24 (“the redemption that is in Christ Jesus”), Paul referred to our being redeemed “because” of Jesus Christ. In 8:9 (“you are not in the flesh but in the Spirit”), Paul spoke of believers submitting “to” the Holy Spirit. In 9:1 (“I tell the truth in Christ”), Paul meant that he is telling the truth that “is in agreement with” Jesus Christ.

Nevertheless, the basic idea of our being united with Jesus Christ (and with the Holy Spirit) is seen in these passages as well. Therefore, the translator has a choice in many passages that use “in.” He will often decide to represent the more immediate sense of “in,” such as, “by means of,” “in the manner of,” or “in regard to.” But, if possible, the translator should choose a word or phrase that represents the immediate sense and the sense of “in union with.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inchrist]])

### How are the ideas of “holy,” “saints” or “holy ones,” and “sanctify” represented in Romans in the ULT?

The scriptures use such words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, the ULT uses the following principles:

* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the fact that God considers Christians to be sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another related fact is that God is perfect and faultless. A third fact is that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless and faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones” or “holy people.” (See: 1:7)
* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In cases where some other English versions have “saints” or “holy ones,” the ULT uses “believers.” (See: 8:27; 12:13; 15:25, 26, 31; 16:2, 15)
* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “set apart,” “dedicated to,” “consecrated,” or “reserved for.” (See: 15:16)

The UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.

### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Romans?

For the following verses, modern version of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT includes the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote.

* “he \\[God\\] works all things together for good” (8:28). Some older versions read, “All things work together for good.”
* “But if it is by grace, it is no longer by works. Otherwise grace would no longer be grace” (11:6). Some older versions read: “But if it is by works, then is it no more grace: otherwise work is no more work.”

The following verse is not in the best ancient copies of the Bible. Translators are advised not to include this verse. However, if in the translators’ region there are older Bible versions that have this verse, the translators can include it. If it is translated, it should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it is probably not original to the Book of Romans.

* “May the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you all. Amen” (16:24).

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) ROM 1 intro hn5n 0 # Romans 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The first verse is a type of introduction. People in the ancient Mediterranean region often started their letters this way. Sometimes this is called a “salutation.”

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The gospel

This chapter refers to the contents of the Book of Romans as “the gospel” ([Romans 1:2](../rom/01/02.md)). Romans is not a gospel like Matthew, Mark, Luke and John. Instead, chapters 1-8 present the biblical gospel: All have sinned. Jesus died for our sins. He was raised again that we might have new life in him.

### Fruit

This chapter uses the imagery of fruit. The image of fruit usually refers to a person’s faith producing good works in their life. In this chapter, it refers to the results of Paul’s work among the Roman Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])

### Universal Condemnation and the Wrath of God

This chapter explains that everyone is without excuse. We all know about the true God, Yahweh, from his creation all around us. Because of our sin and our sinful nature, every person justly deserves the wrath of God. This wrath was satisfied by Jesus dying on a cross for those who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### “God gave them over”

Many scholars view the phrases “God gave them over” and “God gave them up” as theologically significant. For this reason, it is important to translate these phrases with God playing a passive role in the action. God simply allows men to pursue their own desires, he does not force them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Difficult phrases and concepts

This chapter has many difficult ideas in it. How Paul writes makes many of the phrases in this chapter difficult to translate. The translator may need to use the UST to understand the meaning of the phrases. And it may be necessary to more freely translate these phrases. Some of the difficult phrases include: “obedience of faith,” “Son of God,” “whom I serve in my spirit,” “from faith to faith” and “exchanged the glory of the imperishable God for the likenesses of an image of perishable man.” ROM 1 1 x3em writing-participants Παῦλος, δοῦλος Χριστοῦ 1 Paul In the culture of this time, letter writers would give their own names first. Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, and if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use it here. Immediately after introducing the writer, you might also want to indicate to whom the letter was written (See [Romans 1:7](../01/07.md)). Alternate translation: “I, Paul, am the one writing this letter to you believers in Christ in the city of Rome. I am a servant of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) ROM 1 1 v5b9 figs-activepassive κλητὸς ἀπόστολος, ἀφωρισμένος εἰς εὐαγγέλιον Θεοῦ 1 called to be an apostle and set apart for the gospel of God You can state this in active form, or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that **Jesus** **called** and **set apart** (See also [Acts 9:1-18](Acts/09/01.md). Alternate translation: “whom Jesus summoned to represent him and specially chose to proclaim God’s good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -545,7 +545,7 @@ ROM 3 20 llh9 figs-idiom ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **in h ROM 3 20 gaa3 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For This phrase introduces a reason clause. Paul is stating the reason why **not any flesh will be justified in his sight**. Use natural way in your language to indicate a reason clause. Alternate translation: “because” or “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 20 xgpp figs-abstractnouns ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **knowledge** and **sin**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “is how we come to know what it means to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 20 aety figs-possession ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **knowledge** that is characterized by **sin**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “sin’s” instead of the noun “sin” or a verbal form. Alternate translation: “is sin’s knowledge” or “we come to know that God requires that we do not sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 3 21 fqz4 0 Connecting Statement: **But** here shows Paul has completed his introduction and is now beginning to make his main point. +ROM 3 21 fqz4 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 0 Connecting Statement: What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to Paul’s discussion about **the law** in [2:1–3:20](../02/01.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 3 21 y3te νυνὶ 1 now The word **now** refers to the time since Jesus came to the earth. ROM 3 21 e4qe figs-activepassive χωρὶς νόμου, δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ πεφανέρωται 1 apart from the law the righteousness of God has been made known You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has made known a way to be right with him without obeying the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 21 tnf8 figs-personification μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 It was witnessed by the Law and the Prophets The words **the Law and the Prophets** refer to the parts of scripture that Moses and the prophets wrote in the Jewish scriptures. Paul describes them here as if they were people testifying in court. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) From b973c82427e54d8cbadeba072ecbdda2f4d3667e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 11:25:47 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 350/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index bfa8cc6d65..5b832b7f64 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -545,8 +545,8 @@ ROM 3 20 llh9 figs-idiom ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **in h ROM 3 20 gaa3 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For This phrase introduces a reason clause. Paul is stating the reason why **not any flesh will be justified in his sight**. Use natural way in your language to indicate a reason clause. Alternate translation: “because” or “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 20 xgpp figs-abstractnouns ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **knowledge** and **sin**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “is how we come to know what it means to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 20 aety figs-possession ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **knowledge** that is characterized by **sin**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “sin’s” instead of the noun “sin” or a verbal form. Alternate translation: “is sin’s knowledge” or “we come to know that God requires that we do not sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 3 21 fqz4 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 0 Connecting Statement: What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to Paul’s discussion about **the law** in [2:1–3:20](../02/01.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -ROM 3 21 y3te νυνὶ 1 now The word **now** refers to the time since Jesus came to the earth. +ROM 3 21 fqz4 grammar-connect-logic-contrast νυνὶ δὲ 1 Connecting Statement: What follows the word **But now** here is in contrast to Paul’s discussion about **the law** in [2:1–3:20](../02/01.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +ROM 3 21 y3te figs-infostructure νυνὶ δὲ χωρὶς νόμου, δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ πεφανέρωται 1 now If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “But now, the righteousness of God has been made known apart from the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 3 21 e4qe figs-activepassive χωρὶς νόμου, δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ πεφανέρωται 1 apart from the law the righteousness of God has been made known You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has made known a way to be right with him without obeying the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 21 tnf8 figs-personification μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 It was witnessed by the Law and the Prophets The words **the Law and the Prophets** refer to the parts of scripture that Moses and the prophets wrote in the Jewish scriptures. Paul describes them here as if they were people testifying in court. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 21 gvca figs-activepassive μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “What Moses and the prophets wrote confirms this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 0c17bcf69943f95efa35fe3f54d58293af2f5fab Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 11:32:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 351/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 5b832b7f64..26a0f4c583 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ ROM 3 20 xgpp figs-abstractnouns ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 If you ROM 3 20 aety figs-possession ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **knowledge** that is characterized by **sin**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “sin’s” instead of the noun “sin” or a verbal form. Alternate translation: “is sin’s knowledge” or “we come to know that God requires that we do not sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 21 fqz4 grammar-connect-logic-contrast νυνὶ δὲ 1 Connecting Statement: What follows the word **But now** here is in contrast to Paul’s discussion about **the law** in [2:1–3:20](../02/01.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 3 21 y3te figs-infostructure νυνὶ δὲ χωρὶς νόμου, δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ πεφανέρωται 1 now If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “But now, the righteousness of God has been made known apart from the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -ROM 3 21 e4qe figs-activepassive χωρὶς νόμου, δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ πεφανέρωται 1 apart from the law the righteousness of God has been made known You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has made known a way to be right with him without obeying the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 3 21 e4qe figs-activepassive δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ πεφανέρωται 1 apart from the law the righteousness of God has been made known If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God reveals how to become wright with him” or “God makes known the way he makes people right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 21 tnf8 figs-personification μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 It was witnessed by the Law and the Prophets The words **the Law and the Prophets** refer to the parts of scripture that Moses and the prophets wrote in the Jewish scriptures. Paul describes them here as if they were people testifying in court. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 21 gvca figs-activepassive μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “What Moses and the prophets wrote confirms this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 22 ffw8 figs-explicit δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ διὰ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the righteousness of God through faith in Jesus Christ Here, **righteousness** means being right with God. Alternate translation: “being right with God comes about through trusting Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From e6d92654988329e136d75b431d97a68743be1faa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 11:40:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 352/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 26a0f4c583..80c7302998 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -545,8 +545,9 @@ ROM 3 20 llh9 figs-idiom ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **in h ROM 3 20 gaa3 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For This phrase introduces a reason clause. Paul is stating the reason why **not any flesh will be justified in his sight**. Use natural way in your language to indicate a reason clause. Alternate translation: “because” or “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 20 xgpp figs-abstractnouns ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **knowledge** and **sin**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “is how we come to know what it means to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 20 aety figs-possession ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **knowledge** that is characterized by **sin**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “sin’s” instead of the noun “sin” or a verbal form. Alternate translation: “is sin’s knowledge” or “we come to know that God requires that we do not sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 3 21 fqz4 grammar-connect-logic-contrast νυνὶ δὲ 1 Connecting Statement: What follows the word **But now** here is in contrast to Paul’s discussion about **the law** in [2:1–3:20](../02/01.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 3 21 y3te figs-infostructure νυνὶ δὲ χωρὶς νόμου, δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ πεφανέρωται 1 now If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “But now, the righteousness of God has been made known apart from the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) +ROM 3 21 fqz4 grammar-connect-logic-contrast νυνὶ δὲ 1 Connecting Statement: What follows the word **But now** here is in contrast to Paul’s discussion about **the law** in [2:1–3:20](../02/01.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +ROM 3 21 nlj0 figs-possession χωρὶς νόμου 1 Paul is using the possessive form. Here, **apart from the law** could refer to: (1) **apart from** doing what **the law** requires. Alternate translation: “without having to do what his law requires” (2) outside of what **the law** says. Alternate translation: “not related to what his law says” or “differently than what his law says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 21 e4qe figs-activepassive δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ πεφανέρωται 1 apart from the law the righteousness of God has been made known If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God reveals how to become wright with him” or “God makes known the way he makes people right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 21 tnf8 figs-personification μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 It was witnessed by the Law and the Prophets The words **the Law and the Prophets** refer to the parts of scripture that Moses and the prophets wrote in the Jewish scriptures. Paul describes them here as if they were people testifying in court. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 21 gvca figs-activepassive μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “What Moses and the prophets wrote confirms this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From ec21c7e2c85fc61e9845ccb3bfb19a1799502f14 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 11:42:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 353/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 80c7302998..887176a55f 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ ROM 3 20 aety figs-possession ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 Paul is u ROM 3 21 y3te figs-infostructure νυνὶ δὲ χωρὶς νόμου, δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ πεφανέρωται 1 now If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “But now, the righteousness of God has been made known apart from the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 3 21 fqz4 grammar-connect-logic-contrast νυνὶ δὲ 1 Connecting Statement: What follows the word **But now** here is in contrast to Paul’s discussion about **the law** in [2:1–3:20](../02/01.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 3 21 nlj0 figs-possession χωρὶς νόμου 1 Paul is using the possessive form. Here, **apart from the law** could refer to: (1) **apart from** doing what **the law** requires. Alternate translation: “without having to do what his law requires” (2) outside of what **the law** says. Alternate translation: “not related to what his law says” or “differently than what his law says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 3 21 e4qe figs-activepassive δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ πεφανέρωται 1 apart from the law the righteousness of God has been made known If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God reveals how to become wright with him” or “God makes known the way he makes people right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 3 21 e4qe figs-activepassive δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ πεφανέρωται 1 apart from the law the righteousness of God has been made known If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God reveals how to become right with him” or “God makes known the way he makes people right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 21 tnf8 figs-personification μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 It was witnessed by the Law and the Prophets The words **the Law and the Prophets** refer to the parts of scripture that Moses and the prophets wrote in the Jewish scriptures. Paul describes them here as if they were people testifying in court. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 21 gvca figs-activepassive μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “What Moses and the prophets wrote confirms this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 22 ffw8 figs-explicit δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ διὰ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the righteousness of God through faith in Jesus Christ Here, **righteousness** means being right with God. Alternate translation: “being right with God comes about through trusting Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 37538bf956a4768fefe79b78079e1b82c3daa90b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 12:11:34 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 354/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 887176a55f..8ea06edd09 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -550,6 +550,7 @@ ROM 3 21 fqz4 grammar-connect-logic-contrast νυνὶ δὲ 1 Connecting Statem ROM 3 21 nlj0 figs-possession χωρὶς νόμου 1 Paul is using the possessive form. Here, **apart from the law** could refer to: (1) **apart from** doing what **the law** requires. Alternate translation: “without having to do what his law requires” (2) outside of what **the law** says. Alternate translation: “not related to what his law says” or “differently than what his law says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 21 e4qe figs-activepassive δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ πεφανέρωται 1 apart from the law the righteousness of God has been made known If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God reveals how to become right with him” or “God makes known the way he makes people right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 21 tnf8 figs-personification μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 It was witnessed by the Law and the Prophets The words **the Law and the Prophets** refer to the parts of scripture that Moses and the prophets wrote in the Jewish scriptures. Paul describes them here as if they were people testifying in court. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 3 21 bgyx figs-personification ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 Paul refers figuratively to **the Law and the Prophets**, two parts of the Jewish Scriptures, to mean the Jewish Scriptures in general. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “by the Jewish Scriptures” or “by the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 3 21 gvca figs-activepassive μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “What Moses and the prophets wrote confirms this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 22 ffw8 figs-explicit δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ διὰ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the righteousness of God through faith in Jesus Christ Here, **righteousness** means being right with God. Alternate translation: “being right with God comes about through trusting Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 22 s36i figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστιν διαστολή 1 For there is no distinction Paul implies that God accepts all people in the same way. Alternate translation: “because there is no difference at all between the Jews and the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 24b3bca407298886deb30f5a9ce2161f0bbc412c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 12:15:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 355/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 8ea06edd09..1e4dec526b 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -549,8 +549,8 @@ ROM 3 21 y3te figs-infostructure νυνὶ δὲ χωρὶς νόμου, δικ ROM 3 21 fqz4 grammar-connect-logic-contrast νυνὶ δὲ 1 Connecting Statement: What follows the word **But now** here is in contrast to Paul’s discussion about **the law** in [2:1–3:20](../02/01.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 3 21 nlj0 figs-possession χωρὶς νόμου 1 Paul is using the possessive form. Here, **apart from the law** could refer to: (1) **apart from** doing what **the law** requires. Alternate translation: “without having to do what his law requires” (2) outside of what **the law** says. Alternate translation: “not related to what his law says” or “differently than what his law says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 21 e4qe figs-activepassive δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ πεφανέρωται 1 apart from the law the righteousness of God has been made known If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God reveals how to become right with him” or “God makes known the way he makes people right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 3 21 tnf8 figs-personification μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 It was witnessed by the Law and the Prophets The words **the Law and the Prophets** refer to the parts of scripture that Moses and the prophets wrote in the Jewish scriptures. Paul describes them here as if they were people testifying in court. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 3 21 bgyx figs-personification ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 Paul refers figuratively to **the Law and the Prophets**, two parts of the Jewish Scriptures, to mean the Jewish Scriptures in general. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “by the Jewish Scriptures” or “by the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ROM 3 21 tnf8 figs-personification μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 It was witnessed by the Law and the Prophets Here, **the Law and the Prophets** are spoken of figuratively as though they were a person who could witness or testify in a courtroom. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “What God says in his law and through his prophets has always testified to this fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 3 21 bgyx figs-synecdoche ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 Paul refers figuratively to **the Law and the Prophets**, two parts of the Jewish Scriptures, to mean the Jewish Scriptures in general. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “by the Jewish Scriptures” or “by the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 3 21 gvca figs-activepassive μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “What Moses and the prophets wrote confirms this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 22 ffw8 figs-explicit δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ διὰ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the righteousness of God through faith in Jesus Christ Here, **righteousness** means being right with God. Alternate translation: “being right with God comes about through trusting Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 22 s36i figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστιν διαστολή 1 For there is no distinction Paul implies that God accepts all people in the same way. Alternate translation: “because there is no difference at all between the Jews and the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From f0682cc3839e31e301a3957d46349fa681e2f577 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 12:23:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 356/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 8 +++++--- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 1e4dec526b..23ec57b815 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -547,11 +547,13 @@ ROM 3 20 xgpp figs-abstractnouns ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 If you ROM 3 20 aety figs-possession ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **knowledge** that is characterized by **sin**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “sin’s” instead of the noun “sin” or a verbal form. Alternate translation: “is sin’s knowledge” or “we come to know that God requires that we do not sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 21 y3te figs-infostructure νυνὶ δὲ χωρὶς νόμου, δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ πεφανέρωται 1 now If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “But now, the righteousness of God has been made known apart from the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 3 21 fqz4 grammar-connect-logic-contrast νυνὶ δὲ 1 Connecting Statement: What follows the word **But now** here is in contrast to Paul’s discussion about **the law** in [2:1–3:20](../02/01.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -ROM 3 21 nlj0 figs-possession χωρὶς νόμου 1 Paul is using the possessive form. Here, **apart from the law** could refer to: (1) **apart from** doing what **the law** requires. Alternate translation: “without having to do what his law requires” (2) outside of what **the law** says. Alternate translation: “not related to what his law says” or “differently than what his law says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 3 21 nlj0 figs-possession χωρὶς νόμου 1 Paul is using the possessive form. Here, **apart from the law** could refer to: (1) **apart from** doing what **the law** requires. Alternate translation: “without having to do what his law requires” (2) outside of what **the law** says. Alternate translation: “not related to what his law says” or “differently than what his law says” Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 21 e4qe figs-activepassive δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ πεφανέρωται 1 apart from the law the righteousness of God has been made known If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God reveals how to become right with him” or “God makes known the way he makes people right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 3 21 tnf8 figs-personification μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 It was witnessed by the Law and the Prophets Here, **the Law and the Prophets** are spoken of figuratively as though they were a person who could witness or testify in a courtroom. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “What God says in his law and through his prophets has always testified to this fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 3 21 qkis figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how to become righteous with God” or “how righteous God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 3 21 w1qc figs-abstractnouns 1 Paul is using the possessive form. Here, **righteousness of God** could refer to: (1) Alternate translation: “by the true word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 3 21 tnf8 figs-personification μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 It was witnessed by the Law and the Prophets Here, **the Law and the Prophets** are spoken of figuratively as though they were a person who could witness or testify in a courtroom. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “What God says in his law and through his prophets has always testified to his righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 21 bgyx figs-synecdoche ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 Paul refers figuratively to **the Law and the Prophets**, two parts of the Jewish Scriptures, to mean the Jewish Scriptures in general. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “by the Jewish Scriptures” or “by the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ROM 3 21 gvca figs-activepassive μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “What Moses and the prophets wrote confirms this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 3 21 gvca figs-activepassive μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God witnesses through his law and prophets” or “God makes known the way he makes people right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 22 ffw8 figs-explicit δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ διὰ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the righteousness of God through faith in Jesus Christ Here, **righteousness** means being right with God. Alternate translation: “being right with God comes about through trusting Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 22 s36i figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστιν διαστολή 1 For there is no distinction Paul implies that God accepts all people in the same way. Alternate translation: “because there is no difference at all between the Jews and the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 23 lym5 figs-metonymy ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 come short of the glory of God Here the **glory of God** is a metonym that refers to the image of God and his nature. Alternate translation: “have failed to be like God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 646999ce6102ba8e3d21ab54e23b1982b4e80fdd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 12:30:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 357/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 23ec57b815..2b424d3db8 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -550,7 +550,7 @@ ROM 3 21 fqz4 grammar-connect-logic-contrast νυνὶ δὲ 1 Connecting Statem ROM 3 21 nlj0 figs-possession χωρὶς νόμου 1 Paul is using the possessive form. Here, **apart from the law** could refer to: (1) **apart from** doing what **the law** requires. Alternate translation: “without having to do what his law requires” (2) outside of what **the law** says. Alternate translation: “not related to what his law says” or “differently than what his law says” Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 21 e4qe figs-activepassive δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ πεφανέρωται 1 apart from the law the righteousness of God has been made known If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God reveals how to become right with him” or “God makes known the way he makes people right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 21 qkis figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how to become righteous with God” or “how righteous God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 3 21 w1qc figs-abstractnouns 1 Paul is using the possessive form. Here, **righteousness of God** could refer to: (1) Alternate translation: “by the true word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 3 21 w1qc figs-possession δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form. Here, **the righteousness of God** could refer to: (1) how God makes people right with himself. Alternate translation: “how people become right with God” or “the righteousness from God” (2) what God’s righteousness is. Alternate translation: “God’s righteousness” (3) how righteous God is. Alternate translation: “how righteous God is” See the discussion in the introduction of the chapter to help determine how you will translate this phrase. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 21 tnf8 figs-personification μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 It was witnessed by the Law and the Prophets Here, **the Law and the Prophets** are spoken of figuratively as though they were a person who could witness or testify in a courtroom. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “What God says in his law and through his prophets has always testified to his righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 21 bgyx figs-synecdoche ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 Paul refers figuratively to **the Law and the Prophets**, two parts of the Jewish Scriptures, to mean the Jewish Scriptures in general. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “by the Jewish Scriptures” or “by the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 3 21 gvca figs-activepassive μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God witnesses through his law and prophets” or “God makes known the way he makes people right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 3851ae9fc85434c74099d7e6f9b44d97d63f2ad8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 12:33:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 358/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 2b424d3db8..f34e535e42 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -553,7 +553,7 @@ ROM 3 21 qkis figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ 1 If your langu ROM 3 21 w1qc figs-possession δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form. Here, **the righteousness of God** could refer to: (1) how God makes people right with himself. Alternate translation: “how people become right with God” or “the righteousness from God” (2) what God’s righteousness is. Alternate translation: “God’s righteousness” (3) how righteous God is. Alternate translation: “how righteous God is” See the discussion in the introduction of the chapter to help determine how you will translate this phrase. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 21 tnf8 figs-personification μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 It was witnessed by the Law and the Prophets Here, **the Law and the Prophets** are spoken of figuratively as though they were a person who could witness or testify in a courtroom. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “What God says in his law and through his prophets has always testified to his righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 21 bgyx figs-synecdoche ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 Paul refers figuratively to **the Law and the Prophets**, two parts of the Jewish Scriptures, to mean the Jewish Scriptures in general. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “by the Jewish Scriptures” or “by the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ROM 3 21 gvca figs-activepassive μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God witnesses through his law and prophets” or “God makes known the way he makes people right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 3 21 gvca figs-activepassive μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God witnesses through his law and the prophets how he makes people right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 22 ffw8 figs-explicit δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ διὰ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the righteousness of God through faith in Jesus Christ Here, **righteousness** means being right with God. Alternate translation: “being right with God comes about through trusting Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 22 s36i figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστιν διαστολή 1 For there is no distinction Paul implies that God accepts all people in the same way. Alternate translation: “because there is no difference at all between the Jews and the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 23 lym5 figs-metonymy ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 come short of the glory of God Here the **glory of God** is a metonym that refers to the image of God and his nature. Alternate translation: “have failed to be like God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From b4b062b67d3143a9956411712915016c24b40fdb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 12:48:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 359/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index f34e535e42..9af884bff2 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -554,8 +554,7 @@ ROM 3 21 w1qc figs-possession δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using th ROM 3 21 tnf8 figs-personification μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 It was witnessed by the Law and the Prophets Here, **the Law and the Prophets** are spoken of figuratively as though they were a person who could witness or testify in a courtroom. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “What God says in his law and through his prophets has always testified to his righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 21 bgyx figs-synecdoche ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 Paul refers figuratively to **the Law and the Prophets**, two parts of the Jewish Scriptures, to mean the Jewish Scriptures in general. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “by the Jewish Scriptures” or “by the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 3 21 gvca figs-activepassive μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God witnesses through his law and the prophets how he makes people right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 3 22 ffw8 figs-explicit δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ διὰ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the righteousness of God through faith in Jesus Christ Here, **righteousness** means being right with God. Alternate translation: “being right with God comes about through trusting Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 3 22 s36i figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστιν διαστολή 1 For there is no distinction Paul implies that God accepts all people in the same way. Alternate translation: “because there is no difference at all between the Jews and the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 3 22 pec5 figs-activepassive 1 ROM 3 23 lym5 figs-metonymy ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 come short of the glory of God Here the **glory of God** is a metonym that refers to the image of God and his nature. Alternate translation: “have failed to be like God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 24 xcu6 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 they are freely justified by his grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus Here, **justified** refers to being made right with God. Alternate translation: “the have been made right with God as a free gift, because Christ Jesus redeemed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 24 ibi2 figs-activepassive δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God makes them right with himself as a free gift, because Christ Jesus sets them free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From e2d1946d4ffc9d5f341071b7eef77f35d520fa7b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 12:48:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 360/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 9af884bff2..fed56e31aa 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ ROM 3 21 w1qc figs-possession δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using th ROM 3 21 tnf8 figs-personification μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 It was witnessed by the Law and the Prophets Here, **the Law and the Prophets** are spoken of figuratively as though they were a person who could witness or testify in a courtroom. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “What God says in his law and through his prophets has always testified to his righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 21 bgyx figs-synecdoche ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 Paul refers figuratively to **the Law and the Prophets**, two parts of the Jewish Scriptures, to mean the Jewish Scriptures in general. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “by the Jewish Scriptures” or “by the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 3 21 gvca figs-activepassive μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God witnesses through his law and the prophets how he makes people right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 3 22 pec5 figs-activepassive 1 +ROM 3 22 pec5 figs-activepassive δὲ 1 ROM 3 23 lym5 figs-metonymy ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 come short of the glory of God Here the **glory of God** is a metonym that refers to the image of God and his nature. Alternate translation: “have failed to be like God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 24 xcu6 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 they are freely justified by his grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus Here, **justified** refers to being made right with God. Alternate translation: “the have been made right with God as a free gift, because Christ Jesus redeemed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 24 ibi2 figs-activepassive δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God makes them right with himself as a free gift, because Christ Jesus sets them free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From a28b2ad4c7cd0e7a4a783fccd240d58ff5a79236 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 12:54:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 361/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index fed56e31aa..ec812d68ca 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ ROM 3 21 w1qc figs-possession δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using th ROM 3 21 tnf8 figs-personification μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 It was witnessed by the Law and the Prophets Here, **the Law and the Prophets** are spoken of figuratively as though they were a person who could witness or testify in a courtroom. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “What God says in his law and through his prophets has always testified to his righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 21 bgyx figs-synecdoche ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 Paul refers figuratively to **the Law and the Prophets**, two parts of the Jewish Scriptures, to mean the Jewish Scriptures in general. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “by the Jewish Scriptures” or “by the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 3 21 gvca figs-activepassive μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God witnesses through his law and the prophets how he makes people right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 3 22 pec5 figs-activepassive δὲ 1 +ROM 3 22 pec5 grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, **but** indicates that what follows explains how a person receives “the righteousness of God” is. Alternate translation: “namely,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 23 lym5 figs-metonymy ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 come short of the glory of God Here the **glory of God** is a metonym that refers to the image of God and his nature. Alternate translation: “have failed to be like God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 24 xcu6 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 they are freely justified by his grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus Here, **justified** refers to being made right with God. Alternate translation: “the have been made right with God as a free gift, because Christ Jesus redeemed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 24 ibi2 figs-activepassive δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God makes them right with himself as a free gift, because Christ Jesus sets them free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From cbba0b3d4b2dc1536911dcbbc12920c5881b1b3d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 12:54:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 362/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index ec812d68ca..8091f287b4 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ ROM 3 21 w1qc figs-possession δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using th ROM 3 21 tnf8 figs-personification μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 It was witnessed by the Law and the Prophets Here, **the Law and the Prophets** are spoken of figuratively as though they were a person who could witness or testify in a courtroom. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “What God says in his law and through his prophets has always testified to his righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 21 bgyx figs-synecdoche ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 Paul refers figuratively to **the Law and the Prophets**, two parts of the Jewish Scriptures, to mean the Jewish Scriptures in general. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “by the Jewish Scriptures” or “by the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 3 21 gvca figs-activepassive μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God witnesses through his law and the prophets how he makes people right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 3 22 pec5 grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, **but** indicates that what follows explains how a person receives “the righteousness of God” is. Alternate translation: “namely,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 3 22 pec5 grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, **but** indicates that what follows explains how a person receives “the righteousness of God” is. Alternate translation: “namely,” or “even” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 23 lym5 figs-metonymy ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 come short of the glory of God Here the **glory of God** is a metonym that refers to the image of God and his nature. Alternate translation: “have failed to be like God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 24 xcu6 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 they are freely justified by his grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus Here, **justified** refers to being made right with God. Alternate translation: “the have been made right with God as a free gift, because Christ Jesus redeemed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 24 ibi2 figs-activepassive δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God makes them right with himself as a free gift, because Christ Jesus sets them free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 0cf6ea40f2b4f7ed1421beaa3a829699baa04b46 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 12:55:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 363/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 8091f287b4..6be0ed05bf 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -555,6 +555,7 @@ ROM 3 21 tnf8 figs-personification μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ ν ROM 3 21 bgyx figs-synecdoche ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 Paul refers figuratively to **the Law and the Prophets**, two parts of the Jewish Scriptures, to mean the Jewish Scriptures in general. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “by the Jewish Scriptures” or “by the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 3 21 gvca figs-activepassive μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God witnesses through his law and the prophets how he makes people right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 22 pec5 grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, **but** indicates that what follows explains how a person receives “the righteousness of God” is. Alternate translation: “namely,” or “even” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 3 22 cvhy grammar-connect-words-phrases δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:21](../03/21.md). ROM 3 23 lym5 figs-metonymy ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 come short of the glory of God Here the **glory of God** is a metonym that refers to the image of God and his nature. Alternate translation: “have failed to be like God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 24 xcu6 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 they are freely justified by his grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus Here, **justified** refers to being made right with God. Alternate translation: “the have been made right with God as a free gift, because Christ Jesus redeemed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 24 ibi2 figs-activepassive δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God makes them right with himself as a free gift, because Christ Jesus sets them free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 269296cbbe005f921badb54af99af2512a6f9407 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 12:57:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 364/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 6be0ed05bf..55a2505329 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -556,6 +556,7 @@ ROM 3 21 bgyx figs-synecdoche ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προ ROM 3 21 gvca figs-activepassive μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God witnesses through his law and the prophets how he makes people right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 22 pec5 grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, **but** indicates that what follows explains how a person receives “the righteousness of God” is. Alternate translation: “namely,” or “even” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 22 cvhy grammar-connect-words-phrases δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:21](../03/21.md). +ROM 3 22 p9gk figs-ellipsis διὰ 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 23 lym5 figs-metonymy ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 come short of the glory of God Here the **glory of God** is a metonym that refers to the image of God and his nature. Alternate translation: “have failed to be like God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 24 xcu6 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 they are freely justified by his grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus Here, **justified** refers to being made right with God. Alternate translation: “the have been made right with God as a free gift, because Christ Jesus redeemed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 24 ibi2 figs-activepassive δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God makes them right with himself as a free gift, because Christ Jesus sets them free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From c828ed125c6f19ab8cadb23caed43837e7beaca8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 12:57:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 365/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 55a2505329..ca40241721 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ ROM 3 21 bgyx figs-synecdoche ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προ ROM 3 21 gvca figs-activepassive μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God witnesses through his law and the prophets how he makes people right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 22 pec5 grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, **but** indicates that what follows explains how a person receives “the righteousness of God” is. Alternate translation: “namely,” or “even” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 22 cvhy grammar-connect-words-phrases δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:21](../03/21.md). -ROM 3 22 p9gk figs-ellipsis διὰ 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 3 22 p9gk figs-ellipsis διὰ 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is through” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 23 lym5 figs-metonymy ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 come short of the glory of God Here the **glory of God** is a metonym that refers to the image of God and his nature. Alternate translation: “have failed to be like God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 24 xcu6 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 they are freely justified by his grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus Here, **justified** refers to being made right with God. Alternate translation: “the have been made right with God as a free gift, because Christ Jesus redeemed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 24 ibi2 figs-activepassive δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God makes them right with himself as a free gift, because Christ Jesus sets them free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 53288b9bbbd54c284ec75da09c3949abd3357162 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 13:09:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 366/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index ca40241721..79d0d98259 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -557,6 +557,7 @@ ROM 3 21 gvca figs-activepassive μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νό ROM 3 22 pec5 grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, **but** indicates that what follows explains how a person receives “the righteousness of God” is. Alternate translation: “namely,” or “even” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 22 cvhy grammar-connect-words-phrases δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:21](../03/21.md). ROM 3 22 p9gk figs-ellipsis διὰ 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is through” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 3 22 q4m1 figs-ellipsis διὰ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **faith** is related to **Jesus Christ**. See the discussion in the introduction of this book and chapter to help determine how you will translate this phrase. Here, **of Jesus Christ** could refer to: (1) If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “true” instead of the noun “truth.” Alternate translation: “by the true word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 23 lym5 figs-metonymy ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 come short of the glory of God Here the **glory of God** is a metonym that refers to the image of God and his nature. Alternate translation: “have failed to be like God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 24 xcu6 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 they are freely justified by his grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus Here, **justified** refers to being made right with God. Alternate translation: “the have been made right with God as a free gift, because Christ Jesus redeemed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 24 ibi2 figs-activepassive δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God makes them right with himself as a free gift, because Christ Jesus sets them free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 803ad95ec3242408c8e2db91476d231a83e973ed Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 13:14:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 367/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 79d0d98259..c6b097045a 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ ROM 3 21 gvca figs-activepassive μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νό ROM 3 22 pec5 grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, **but** indicates that what follows explains how a person receives “the righteousness of God” is. Alternate translation: “namely,” or “even” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 22 cvhy grammar-connect-words-phrases δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:21](../03/21.md). ROM 3 22 p9gk figs-ellipsis διὰ 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is through” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 3 22 q4m1 figs-ellipsis διὰ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **faith** is related to **Jesus Christ**. See the discussion in the introduction of this book and chapter to help determine how you will translate this phrase. Here, **of Jesus Christ** could refer to: (1) If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “true” instead of the noun “truth.” Alternate translation: “by the true word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 3 22 q4m1 figs-possession διὰ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **faith** is related to **Jesus Christ**. See the discussion in the introduction of this book and chapter to help determine how you will translate this phrase. Here, **faith of Jesus Christ** could refer to: (1) trust in Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “by trusting in Jesus Christ” or “by believing in Jesus Christ” (2) the faithfulness of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “through the faithfulness of Jesus Christ” or “through how faithful Jesus Christ was” (3) the Christian faith. Alternate translation: “through the Christian faith” or “the faith related to Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 23 lym5 figs-metonymy ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 come short of the glory of God Here the **glory of God** is a metonym that refers to the image of God and his nature. Alternate translation: “have failed to be like God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 24 xcu6 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 they are freely justified by his grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus Here, **justified** refers to being made right with God. Alternate translation: “the have been made right with God as a free gift, because Christ Jesus redeemed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 24 ibi2 figs-activepassive δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God makes them right with himself as a free gift, because Christ Jesus sets them free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From d2997367bb50e897ffa7511e8546d0b64537b01f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 13:15:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 368/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index c6b097045a..71c7b91008 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ ROM 3 21 gvca figs-activepassive μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νό ROM 3 22 pec5 grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, **but** indicates that what follows explains how a person receives “the righteousness of God” is. Alternate translation: “namely,” or “even” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 22 cvhy grammar-connect-words-phrases δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:21](../03/21.md). ROM 3 22 p9gk figs-ellipsis διὰ 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is through” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 3 22 q4m1 figs-possession διὰ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **faith** is related to **Jesus Christ**. See the discussion in the introduction of this book and chapter to help determine how you will translate this phrase. Here, **faith of Jesus Christ** could refer to: (1) trust in Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “by trusting in Jesus Christ” or “by believing in Jesus Christ” (2) the faithfulness of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “through the faithfulness of Jesus Christ” or “through how faithful Jesus Christ was” (3) the Christian faith. Alternate translation: “through the Christian faith” or “the faith related to Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 3 22 q4m1 figs-possession διὰ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **faith** is related to **Jesus Christ**. See the discussion in the introduction of this book and chapter to help determine how you will translate this phrase. Here, **faith of Jesus Christ** could refer to: (1) trust in Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “by trusting in Jesus Christ” or “by believing in Jesus Christ” (2) the faithfulness of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “through the faithfulness of Jesus Christ” or “through how faithful Jesus Christ is” (3) the Christian faith. Alternate translation: “through the Christian faith” or “the faith related to Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 23 lym5 figs-metonymy ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 come short of the glory of God Here the **glory of God** is a metonym that refers to the image of God and his nature. Alternate translation: “have failed to be like God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 24 xcu6 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 they are freely justified by his grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus Here, **justified** refers to being made right with God. Alternate translation: “the have been made right with God as a free gift, because Christ Jesus redeemed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 24 ibi2 figs-activepassive δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God makes them right with himself as a free gift, because Christ Jesus sets them free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 6818dde170967dda596c79230fefc5ca66837285 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 13:23:40 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 369/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 71c7b91008..8b58bb198d 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -558,6 +558,7 @@ ROM 3 22 pec5 grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, **but** indicates tha ROM 3 22 cvhy grammar-connect-words-phrases δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:21](../03/21.md). ROM 3 22 p9gk figs-ellipsis διὰ 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is through” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 22 q4m1 figs-possession διὰ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **faith** is related to **Jesus Christ**. See the discussion in the introduction of this book and chapter to help determine how you will translate this phrase. Here, **faith of Jesus Christ** could refer to: (1) trust in Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “by trusting in Jesus Christ” or “by believing in Jesus Christ” (2) the faithfulness of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “through the faithfulness of Jesus Christ” or “through how faithful Jesus Christ is” (3) the Christian faith. Alternate translation: “through the Christian faith” or “the faith related to Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 3 22 c4mg figs-nominaladj πάντας 1 Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “all people” or “all human beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 23 lym5 figs-metonymy ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 come short of the glory of God Here the **glory of God** is a metonym that refers to the image of God and his nature. Alternate translation: “have failed to be like God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 24 xcu6 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 they are freely justified by his grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus Here, **justified** refers to being made right with God. Alternate translation: “the have been made right with God as a free gift, because Christ Jesus redeemed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 24 ibi2 figs-activepassive δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God makes them right with himself as a free gift, because Christ Jesus sets them free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 921eb2cb6ae4f5ec6ac3892b2bc627619d3e3383 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 13:32:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 370/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 8b58bb198d..1fb2e83a23 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -558,7 +558,8 @@ ROM 3 22 pec5 grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, **but** indicates tha ROM 3 22 cvhy grammar-connect-words-phrases δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:21](../03/21.md). ROM 3 22 p9gk figs-ellipsis διὰ 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is through” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 22 q4m1 figs-possession διὰ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **faith** is related to **Jesus Christ**. See the discussion in the introduction of this book and chapter to help determine how you will translate this phrase. Here, **faith of Jesus Christ** could refer to: (1) trust in Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “by trusting in Jesus Christ” or “by believing in Jesus Christ” (2) the faithfulness of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “through the faithfulness of Jesus Christ” or “through how faithful Jesus Christ is” (3) the Christian faith. Alternate translation: “through the Christian faith” or “the faith related to Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 3 22 c4mg figs-nominaladj πάντας 1 Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “all people” or “all human beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ROM 3 22 c4mg figs-nominaladj πάντας τοὺς πιστεύοντας 1 Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “all people who continue to trust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ROM 3 22 o6qe figs-nominaladj 1 ROM 3 23 lym5 figs-metonymy ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 come short of the glory of God Here the **glory of God** is a metonym that refers to the image of God and his nature. Alternate translation: “have failed to be like God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 24 xcu6 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 they are freely justified by his grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus Here, **justified** refers to being made right with God. Alternate translation: “the have been made right with God as a free gift, because Christ Jesus redeemed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 24 ibi2 figs-activepassive δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God makes them right with himself as a free gift, because Christ Jesus sets them free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 12ccde3cc6923ffb12b5b557721ca3c871343d0e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 13:36:06 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 371/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 1fb2e83a23..f2d1631839 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ ROM 3 22 cvhy grammar-connect-words-phrases δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ 1 ROM 3 22 p9gk figs-ellipsis διὰ 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is through” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 22 q4m1 figs-possession διὰ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **faith** is related to **Jesus Christ**. See the discussion in the introduction of this book and chapter to help determine how you will translate this phrase. Here, **faith of Jesus Christ** could refer to: (1) trust in Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “by trusting in Jesus Christ” or “by believing in Jesus Christ” (2) the faithfulness of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “through the faithfulness of Jesus Christ” or “through how faithful Jesus Christ is” (3) the Christian faith. Alternate translation: “through the Christian faith” or “the faith related to Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 22 c4mg figs-nominaladj πάντας τοὺς πιστεύοντας 1 Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “all people who continue to trust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ROM 3 22 o6qe figs-nominaladj 1 +ROM 3 22 o6qe grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 Here, **for** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why **the righteousness of God** is **for all**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why something is true. Alternate translation: “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 23 lym5 figs-metonymy ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 come short of the glory of God Here the **glory of God** is a metonym that refers to the image of God and his nature. Alternate translation: “have failed to be like God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 24 xcu6 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 they are freely justified by his grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus Here, **justified** refers to being made right with God. Alternate translation: “the have been made right with God as a free gift, because Christ Jesus redeemed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 24 ibi2 figs-activepassive δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God makes them right with himself as a free gift, because Christ Jesus sets them free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 9996773163f9e8fccfa7b10aee0c81d47ce8738c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 13:41:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 372/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index f2d1631839..d2aeef178c 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -560,6 +560,7 @@ ROM 3 22 p9gk figs-ellipsis διὰ 1 A word is left out here in the original t ROM 3 22 q4m1 figs-possession διὰ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **faith** is related to **Jesus Christ**. See the discussion in the introduction of this book and chapter to help determine how you will translate this phrase. Here, **faith of Jesus Christ** could refer to: (1) trust in Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “by trusting in Jesus Christ” or “by believing in Jesus Christ” (2) the faithfulness of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “through the faithfulness of Jesus Christ” or “through how faithful Jesus Christ is” (3) the Christian faith. Alternate translation: “through the Christian faith” or “the faith related to Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 22 c4mg figs-nominaladj πάντας τοὺς πιστεύοντας 1 Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “all people who continue to trust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 22 o6qe grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 Here, **for** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why **the righteousness of God** is **for all**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why something is true. Alternate translation: “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 3 22 daa3 figs-abstractnouns οὐ…ἐστιν διαστολή 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **distinction**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “God does not discriminate” or “God is not partial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 23 lym5 figs-metonymy ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 come short of the glory of God Here the **glory of God** is a metonym that refers to the image of God and his nature. Alternate translation: “have failed to be like God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 24 xcu6 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 they are freely justified by his grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus Here, **justified** refers to being made right with God. Alternate translation: “the have been made right with God as a free gift, because Christ Jesus redeemed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 24 ibi2 figs-activepassive δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God makes them right with himself as a free gift, because Christ Jesus sets them free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 2718c1f2575cab1b80aac03326d5ee68c22527fd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 14:00:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 374/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index d2aeef178c..5c08983ab7 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -561,7 +561,8 @@ ROM 3 22 q4m1 figs-possession διὰ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστο ROM 3 22 c4mg figs-nominaladj πάντας τοὺς πιστεύοντας 1 Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “all people who continue to trust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 22 o6qe grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 Here, **for** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why **the righteousness of God** is **for all**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why something is true. Alternate translation: “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 22 daa3 figs-abstractnouns οὐ…ἐστιν διαστολή 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **distinction**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “God does not discriminate” or “God is not partial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 3 23 lym5 figs-metonymy ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 come short of the glory of God Here the **glory of God** is a metonym that refers to the image of God and his nature. Alternate translation: “have failed to be like God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 3 23 x1hu grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why “there is no distinction” (See [3:22](../03/22.md)). Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why something is true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 3 23 akn9 figs-nominaladj πάντες 1 See how you translated **all** in [3:22](../03/22.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])\n ROM 3 24 xcu6 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 they are freely justified by his grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus Here, **justified** refers to being made right with God. Alternate translation: “the have been made right with God as a free gift, because Christ Jesus redeemed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 24 ibi2 figs-activepassive δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God makes them right with himself as a free gift, because Christ Jesus sets them free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 24 bcc2 δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 they are freely justified This means that they are justified wdithout having to earn or merit being justified. God freely justifies them. Alternate translation: “they are made right with God without earning it” From 85b20d8115002aec42d4a9e45c3298c12651e16f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 14:02:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 375/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 5c08983ab7..cd06822f4e 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -555,7 +555,7 @@ ROM 3 21 tnf8 figs-personification μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ ν ROM 3 21 bgyx figs-synecdoche ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 Paul refers figuratively to **the Law and the Prophets**, two parts of the Jewish Scriptures, to mean the Jewish Scriptures in general. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “by the Jewish Scriptures” or “by the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 3 21 gvca figs-activepassive μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God witnesses through his law and the prophets how he makes people right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 22 pec5 grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, **but** indicates that what follows explains how a person receives “the righteousness of God” is. Alternate translation: “namely,” or “even” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 3 22 cvhy grammar-connect-words-phrases δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:21](../03/21.md). +ROM 3 22 cvhy figs-possession δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:21](../03/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 22 p9gk figs-ellipsis διὰ 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is through” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 22 q4m1 figs-possession διὰ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **faith** is related to **Jesus Christ**. See the discussion in the introduction of this book and chapter to help determine how you will translate this phrase. Here, **faith of Jesus Christ** could refer to: (1) trust in Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “by trusting in Jesus Christ” or “by believing in Jesus Christ” (2) the faithfulness of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “through the faithfulness of Jesus Christ” or “through how faithful Jesus Christ is” (3) the Christian faith. Alternate translation: “through the Christian faith” or “the faith related to Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 22 c4mg figs-nominaladj πάντας τοὺς πιστεύοντας 1 Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “all people who continue to trust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) From 7d1d1f5dcde71a5055821fbbc8d249e26754ebc7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 14:02:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 376/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index cd06822f4e..01474813dc 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ ROM 3 22 c4mg figs-nominaladj πάντας τοὺς πιστεύοντας 1 P ROM 3 22 o6qe grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 Here, **for** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why **the righteousness of God** is **for all**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why something is true. Alternate translation: “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 22 daa3 figs-abstractnouns οὐ…ἐστιν διαστολή 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **distinction**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “God does not discriminate” or “God is not partial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 23 x1hu grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why “there is no distinction” (See [3:22](../03/22.md)). Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why something is true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 3 23 akn9 figs-nominaladj πάντες 1 See how you translated **all** in [3:22](../03/22.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])\n +ROM 3 23 akn9 figs-nominaladj πάντες 1 See how you translated **all** in [3:22](../03/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])\n ROM 3 24 xcu6 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 they are freely justified by his grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus Here, **justified** refers to being made right with God. Alternate translation: “the have been made right with God as a free gift, because Christ Jesus redeemed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 24 ibi2 figs-activepassive δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God makes them right with himself as a free gift, because Christ Jesus sets them free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 24 bcc2 δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 they are freely justified This means that they are justified wdithout having to earn or merit being justified. God freely justifies them. Alternate translation: “they are made right with God without earning it” From 2838f15a6b8bd35f57676003ffa96f2079002636 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 14:11:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 377/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 01474813dc..82b541a670 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -563,6 +563,7 @@ ROM 3 22 o6qe grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 Here, **for** introduces a ROM 3 22 daa3 figs-abstractnouns οὐ…ἐστιν διαστολή 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **distinction**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “God does not discriminate” or “God is not partial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 23 x1hu grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why “there is no distinction” (See [3:22](../03/22.md)). Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why something is true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 23 akn9 figs-nominaladj πάντες 1 See how you translated **all** in [3:22](../03/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])\n +ROM 3 23 jbe9 figs-metaphor ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were something that misses a mark or does not reach its destination. He means that they lack or do not attain **the glory of God**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **fall short** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “lack God’s glory” or “need God’s glory” “do not attain to God’s glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 24 xcu6 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 they are freely justified by his grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus Here, **justified** refers to being made right with God. Alternate translation: “the have been made right with God as a free gift, because Christ Jesus redeemed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 24 ibi2 figs-activepassive δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God makes them right with himself as a free gift, because Christ Jesus sets them free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 24 bcc2 δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 they are freely justified This means that they are justified wdithout having to earn or merit being justified. God freely justifies them. Alternate translation: “they are made right with God without earning it” From 333303b9adf0ea1c9d75a511c74bce29c2d70f1f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 14:18:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 378/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 82b541a670..2d0995c92f 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -564,6 +564,8 @@ ROM 3 22 daa3 figs-abstractnouns οὐ…ἐστιν διαστολή 1 If your ROM 3 23 x1hu grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why “there is no distinction” (See [3:22](../03/22.md)). Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why something is true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 23 akn9 figs-nominaladj πάντες 1 See how you translated **all** in [3:22](../03/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])\n ROM 3 23 jbe9 figs-metaphor ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were something that misses a mark or does not reach its destination. He means that they lack or do not attain **the glory of God**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **fall short** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “lack God’s glory” or “need God’s glory” “do not attain to God’s glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 3 23 ywpg figs-abstractnouns τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of glorifying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 3 23 vwsf figs-possession τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **the glory of God** could refer to: (1) glorifying God. Alternate translation: “glorifying God” (2) the glorious life humans were meant to live. Alternate translation: “the glory God gave them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 24 xcu6 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 they are freely justified by his grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus Here, **justified** refers to being made right with God. Alternate translation: “the have been made right with God as a free gift, because Christ Jesus redeemed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 24 ibi2 figs-activepassive δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God makes them right with himself as a free gift, because Christ Jesus sets them free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 24 bcc2 δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 they are freely justified This means that they are justified wdithout having to earn or merit being justified. God freely justifies them. Alternate translation: “they are made right with God without earning it” From c2219bc513df130a2209846781630cbf4a72175d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 14:20:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 379/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 2d0995c92f..2a8135148d 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ ROM 3 23 x1hu grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **For** introduces a ROM 3 23 akn9 figs-nominaladj πάντες 1 See how you translated **all** in [3:22](../03/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])\n ROM 3 23 jbe9 figs-metaphor ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were something that misses a mark or does not reach its destination. He means that they lack or do not attain **the glory of God**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **fall short** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “lack God’s glory” or “need God’s glory” “do not attain to God’s glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 23 ywpg figs-abstractnouns τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of glorifying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 3 23 vwsf figs-possession τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **the glory of God** could refer to: (1) glorifying God. Alternate translation: “glorifying God” (2) the glorious life humans were meant to live. Alternate translation: “the glory God gave them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 3 23 vwsf figs-possession τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **the glory of God** could refer to: (1) glorifying God. Alternate translation: “glorifying God” (2) the glorious life humans were meant to live. Alternate translation: “the glory God gave them” or “the glory from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 24 xcu6 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 they are freely justified by his grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus Here, **justified** refers to being made right with God. Alternate translation: “the have been made right with God as a free gift, because Christ Jesus redeemed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 24 ibi2 figs-activepassive δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God makes them right with himself as a free gift, because Christ Jesus sets them free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 24 bcc2 δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 they are freely justified This means that they are justified wdithout having to earn or merit being justified. God freely justifies them. Alternate translation: “they are made right with God without earning it” From 7480efb2ca8514bb600efdb12aaff699f12a1d8d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 15:00:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 380/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 2a8135148d..78cca03e4e 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -566,8 +566,7 @@ ROM 3 23 akn9 figs-nominaladj πάντες 1 See how you translated **all** in ROM 3 23 jbe9 figs-metaphor ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were something that misses a mark or does not reach its destination. He means that they lack or do not attain **the glory of God**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **fall short** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “lack God’s glory” or “need God’s glory” “do not attain to God’s glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 23 ywpg figs-abstractnouns τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of glorifying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 23 vwsf figs-possession τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **the glory of God** could refer to: (1) glorifying God. Alternate translation: “glorifying God” (2) the glorious life humans were meant to live. Alternate translation: “the glory God gave them” or “the glory from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 3 24 xcu6 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 they are freely justified by his grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus Here, **justified** refers to being made right with God. Alternate translation: “the have been made right with God as a free gift, because Christ Jesus redeemed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 3 24 ibi2 figs-activepassive δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God makes them right with himself as a free gift, because Christ Jesus sets them free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 3 24 ibi2 figs-activepassive δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God freely justifies them” or “God makes them right with himself as a gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 24 bcc2 δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 they are freely justified This means that they are justified wdithout having to earn or merit being justified. God freely justifies them. Alternate translation: “they are made right with God without earning it” ROM 3 25 m159 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 in his blood Here, **his blood** is a metonym for the death of Jesus as a sacrifice for sins. Alternate translation: “in his death as a sacrifice for sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 25 ieq9 πάρεσιν 1 disregard This could mean: (1) God ignores their sin. (2) God forgives their sin. From 047193f0c430db6a1ab3f891e302d5fbf2c88632 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 15:08:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 381/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 78cca03e4e..1699ab3f70 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -567,6 +567,7 @@ ROM 3 23 jbe9 figs-metaphor ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ ROM 3 23 ywpg figs-abstractnouns τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of glorifying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 23 vwsf figs-possession τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **the glory of God** could refer to: (1) glorifying God. Alternate translation: “glorifying God” (2) the glorious life humans were meant to live. Alternate translation: “the glory God gave them” or “the glory from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 24 ibi2 figs-activepassive δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God freely justifies them” or “God makes them right with himself as a gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 3 24 evs8 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 Paul assumes that the reader or hearer knows that those who are **being freely justified** are “all” those who “have sinned” in [3:23](../03/23.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “all people become right with God ” or “all humanity is being justified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n ROM 3 24 bcc2 δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 they are freely justified This means that they are justified wdithout having to earn or merit being justified. God freely justifies them. Alternate translation: “they are made right with God without earning it” ROM 3 25 m159 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 in his blood Here, **his blood** is a metonym for the death of Jesus as a sacrifice for sins. Alternate translation: “in his death as a sacrifice for sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 25 ieq9 πάρεσιν 1 disregard This could mean: (1) God ignores their sin. (2) God forgives their sin. From 5eb4010b5493eaf39ae6f5d73e36119dcc319c8d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 15:10:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 382/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 1699ab3f70..2221e8a1d5 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -567,7 +567,7 @@ ROM 3 23 jbe9 figs-metaphor ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ ROM 3 23 ywpg figs-abstractnouns τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of glorifying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 23 vwsf figs-possession τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **the glory of God** could refer to: (1) glorifying God. Alternate translation: “glorifying God” (2) the glorious life humans were meant to live. Alternate translation: “the glory God gave them” or “the glory from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 24 ibi2 figs-activepassive δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God freely justifies them” or “God makes them right with himself as a gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 3 24 evs8 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 Paul assumes that the reader or hearer knows that those who are **being freely justified** are “all” those who “have sinned” in [3:23](../03/23.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “all people become right with God ” or “all humanity is being justified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n +ROM 3 24 evs8 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 Paul assumes that the reader or hearer knows that those who are **being freely justified** are “all” those who “have sinned” in [3:23](../03/23.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God makes all people right with himself as a gift” or “all humanity is being freely justified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n ROM 3 24 bcc2 δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 they are freely justified This means that they are justified wdithout having to earn or merit being justified. God freely justifies them. Alternate translation: “they are made right with God without earning it” ROM 3 25 m159 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 in his blood Here, **his blood** is a metonym for the death of Jesus as a sacrifice for sins. Alternate translation: “in his death as a sacrifice for sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 25 ieq9 πάρεσιν 1 disregard This could mean: (1) God ignores their sin. (2) God forgives their sin. From 4368f65543f74785adac4cb019672f98f94dc31b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 15:14:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 383/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 2221e8a1d5..7bd1f7f225 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -568,7 +568,7 @@ ROM 3 23 ywpg figs-abstractnouns τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your ROM 3 23 vwsf figs-possession τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **the glory of God** could refer to: (1) glorifying God. Alternate translation: “glorifying God” (2) the glorious life humans were meant to live. Alternate translation: “the glory God gave them” or “the glory from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 24 ibi2 figs-activepassive δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God freely justifies them” or “God makes them right with himself as a gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 24 evs8 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 Paul assumes that the reader or hearer knows that those who are **being freely justified** are “all” those who “have sinned” in [3:23](../03/23.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God makes all people right with himself as a gift” or “all humanity is being freely justified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n -ROM 3 24 bcc2 δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 they are freely justified This means that they are justified wdithout having to earn or merit being justified. God freely justifies them. Alternate translation: “they are made right with God without earning it” +ROM 3 24 atij figs-explicit τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of love, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how much you love all the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 25 m159 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 in his blood Here, **his blood** is a metonym for the death of Jesus as a sacrifice for sins. Alternate translation: “in his death as a sacrifice for sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 25 ieq9 πάρεσιν 1 disregard This could mean: (1) God ignores their sin. (2) God forgives their sin. ROM 3 26 lm1r πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ 1 This all happened for the demonstration of his righteousness at this present time “he did this to show how God makes people right with himself” From dd4c3837f5f903a968b57b426abce4e46bb38168 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 15:26:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 384/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 7bd1f7f225..fe07dedea3 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -568,7 +568,7 @@ ROM 3 23 ywpg figs-abstractnouns τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your ROM 3 23 vwsf figs-possession τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **the glory of God** could refer to: (1) glorifying God. Alternate translation: “glorifying God” (2) the glorious life humans were meant to live. Alternate translation: “the glory God gave them” or “the glory from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 24 ibi2 figs-activepassive δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God freely justifies them” or “God makes them right with himself as a gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 24 evs8 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 Paul assumes that the reader or hearer knows that those who are **being freely justified** are “all” those who “have sinned” in [3:23](../03/23.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God makes all people right with himself as a gift” or “all humanity is being freely justified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n -ROM 3 24 atij figs-explicit τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of love, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how much you love all the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 3 24 atij figs-abstractnouns τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **redemption**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “due to how kind he is, when Christ Jesus rescued them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 25 m159 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 in his blood Here, **his blood** is a metonym for the death of Jesus as a sacrifice for sins. Alternate translation: “in his death as a sacrifice for sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 25 ieq9 πάρεσιν 1 disregard This could mean: (1) God ignores their sin. (2) God forgives their sin. ROM 3 26 lm1r πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ 1 This all happened for the demonstration of his righteousness at this present time “he did this to show how God makes people right with himself” From a56dab4849c00d63f39db26bd3bb8aa12c0d20e7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 15:26:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 385/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index fe07dedea3..5f0c042810 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -568,7 +568,7 @@ ROM 3 23 ywpg figs-abstractnouns τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your ROM 3 23 vwsf figs-possession τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **the glory of God** could refer to: (1) glorifying God. Alternate translation: “glorifying God” (2) the glorious life humans were meant to live. Alternate translation: “the glory God gave them” or “the glory from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 24 ibi2 figs-activepassive δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God freely justifies them” or “God makes them right with himself as a gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 24 evs8 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 Paul assumes that the reader or hearer knows that those who are **being freely justified** are “all” those who “have sinned” in [3:23](../03/23.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God makes all people right with himself as a gift” or “all humanity is being freely justified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n -ROM 3 24 atij figs-abstractnouns τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **redemption**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “due to how kind he is, when Christ Jesus rescued them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 3 24 atij figs-abstractnouns τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **redemption**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “due to how kind he is, because Christ Jesus rescued them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 25 m159 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 in his blood Here, **his blood** is a metonym for the death of Jesus as a sacrifice for sins. Alternate translation: “in his death as a sacrifice for sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 25 ieq9 πάρεσιν 1 disregard This could mean: (1) God ignores their sin. (2) God forgives their sin. ROM 3 26 lm1r πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ 1 This all happened for the demonstration of his righteousness at this present time “he did this to show how God makes people right with himself” From d73d35e3518dfab4aea9c8775241230dd07a61c6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 15:30:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 386/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 5f0c042810..fbb11baebb 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -568,7 +568,7 @@ ROM 3 23 ywpg figs-abstractnouns τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your ROM 3 23 vwsf figs-possession τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **the glory of God** could refer to: (1) glorifying God. Alternate translation: “glorifying God” (2) the glorious life humans were meant to live. Alternate translation: “the glory God gave them” or “the glory from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 24 ibi2 figs-activepassive δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God freely justifies them” or “God makes them right with himself as a gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 24 evs8 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 Paul assumes that the reader or hearer knows that those who are **being freely justified** are “all” those who “have sinned” in [3:23](../03/23.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God makes all people right with himself as a gift” or “all humanity is being freely justified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n -ROM 3 24 atij figs-abstractnouns τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **redemption**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “due to how kind he is, because Christ Jesus rescued them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 3 24 atij figs-abstractnouns τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **redemption**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “because God is so kind, he sent Christ Jesus to rescue them” or “due to how kind he is, because Christ Jesus redeemed them” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 25 m159 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 in his blood Here, **his blood** is a metonym for the death of Jesus as a sacrifice for sins. Alternate translation: “in his death as a sacrifice for sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 25 ieq9 πάρεσιν 1 disregard This could mean: (1) God ignores their sin. (2) God forgives their sin. ROM 3 26 lm1r πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ 1 This all happened for the demonstration of his righteousness at this present time “he did this to show how God makes people right with himself” From 8b525b3bbf440b910fd6f4e45bb740fd505ccc32 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 15:30:54 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 387/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index fbb11baebb..571ee09e03 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -568,7 +568,7 @@ ROM 3 23 ywpg figs-abstractnouns τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your ROM 3 23 vwsf figs-possession τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **the glory of God** could refer to: (1) glorifying God. Alternate translation: “glorifying God” (2) the glorious life humans were meant to live. Alternate translation: “the glory God gave them” or “the glory from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 24 ibi2 figs-activepassive δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God freely justifies them” or “God makes them right with himself as a gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 24 evs8 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 Paul assumes that the reader or hearer knows that those who are **being freely justified** are “all” those who “have sinned” in [3:23](../03/23.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God makes all people right with himself as a gift” or “all humanity is being freely justified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n -ROM 3 24 atij figs-abstractnouns τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **redemption**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “because God is so kind, he sent Christ Jesus to rescue them” or “due to how kind he is, because Christ Jesus redeemed them” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 3 24 atij figs-abstractnouns τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **redemption**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “because God is so kind, who sent Christ Jesus to rescue them” or “due to how kind God is, because Christ Jesus redeemed them” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 25 m159 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 in his blood Here, **his blood** is a metonym for the death of Jesus as a sacrifice for sins. Alternate translation: “in his death as a sacrifice for sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 25 ieq9 πάρεσιν 1 disregard This could mean: (1) God ignores their sin. (2) God forgives their sin. ROM 3 26 lm1r πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ 1 This all happened for the demonstration of his righteousness at this present time “he did this to show how God makes people right with himself” From 8ef3551c34c85b231e22f954acc0c16dfb392ac1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 16:03:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 388/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 571ee09e03..834eb136c8 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ ROM 3 23 x1hu grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **For** introduces a ROM 3 23 akn9 figs-nominaladj πάντες 1 See how you translated **all** in [3:22](../03/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])\n ROM 3 23 jbe9 figs-metaphor ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were something that misses a mark or does not reach its destination. He means that they lack or do not attain **the glory of God**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **fall short** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “lack God’s glory” or “need God’s glory” “do not attain to God’s glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 23 ywpg figs-abstractnouns τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of glorifying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 3 23 vwsf figs-possession τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **the glory of God** could refer to: (1) glorifying God. Alternate translation: “glorifying God” (2) the glorious life humans were meant to live. Alternate translation: “the glory God gave them” or “the glory from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 3 23 vwsf figs-possession τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **the glory of God** could refer to: (1) the glorious life humans were meant to live. Alternate translation: “the glory God gave them” or “the glory from God” (2) glorifying God. Alternate translation: “glorifying God”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 24 ibi2 figs-activepassive δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God freely justifies them” or “God makes them right with himself as a gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 24 evs8 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 Paul assumes that the reader or hearer knows that those who are **being freely justified** are “all” those who “have sinned” in [3:23](../03/23.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God makes all people right with himself as a gift” or “all humanity is being freely justified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n ROM 3 24 atij figs-abstractnouns τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **redemption**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “because God is so kind, who sent Christ Jesus to rescue them” or “due to how kind God is, because Christ Jesus redeemed them” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 510d64e04ee4437993fce1229e262fecdde15659 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 16:08:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 389/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 834eb136c8..9a387cedda 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -569,6 +569,7 @@ ROM 3 23 vwsf figs-possession τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is us ROM 3 24 ibi2 figs-activepassive δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God freely justifies them” or “God makes them right with himself as a gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 24 evs8 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 Paul assumes that the reader or hearer knows that those who are **being freely justified** are “all” those who “have sinned” in [3:23](../03/23.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God makes all people right with himself as a gift” or “all humanity is being freely justified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n ROM 3 24 atij figs-abstractnouns τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **redemption**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “because God is so kind, who sent Christ Jesus to rescue them” or “due to how kind God is, because Christ Jesus redeemed them” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 3 24 mwbg figs-ellipsis τῆς 2 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 25 m159 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 in his blood Here, **his blood** is a metonym for the death of Jesus as a sacrifice for sins. Alternate translation: “in his death as a sacrifice for sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 25 ieq9 πάρεσιν 1 disregard This could mean: (1) God ignores their sin. (2) God forgives their sin. ROM 3 26 lm1r πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ 1 This all happened for the demonstration of his righteousness at this present time “he did this to show how God makes people right with himself” From 29ba520d8545c7cdde951452bfe21d71695f406b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 16:13:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 390/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 9a387cedda..eea5bba5ac 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -570,6 +570,7 @@ ROM 3 24 ibi2 figs-activepassive δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 If yo ROM 3 24 evs8 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 Paul assumes that the reader or hearer knows that those who are **being freely justified** are “all” those who “have sinned” in [3:23](../03/23.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God makes all people right with himself as a gift” or “all humanity is being freely justified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n ROM 3 24 atij figs-abstractnouns τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **redemption**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “because God is so kind, who sent Christ Jesus to rescue them” or “due to how kind God is, because Christ Jesus redeemed them” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 24 mwbg figs-ellipsis τῆς 2 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 3 24 lno6 figs-ellipsis ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, Paul speaks figuratively of **redemption** as if it were occupying space inside Jesus. Paul means that all humanity are redeemed in union with **Christ Jesus**. Here, it also highlights the communion that Thessalonian believers in Christ Jesus have with Judean believers in Christ Jesus through the Holy Trinity. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you can express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “who are united to Jesus Christ” or “who share life with Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 25 m159 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 in his blood Here, **his blood** is a metonym for the death of Jesus as a sacrifice for sins. Alternate translation: “in his death as a sacrifice for sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 25 ieq9 πάρεσιν 1 disregard This could mean: (1) God ignores their sin. (2) God forgives their sin. ROM 3 26 lm1r πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ 1 This all happened for the demonstration of his righteousness at this present time “he did this to show how God makes people right with himself” From bafd3007f03a55205a5b0dcd0c4e7f910a64f18b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 16:17:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 391/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index eea5bba5ac..1d90fffe16 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ ROM 3 24 ibi2 figs-activepassive δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 If yo ROM 3 24 evs8 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 Paul assumes that the reader or hearer knows that those who are **being freely justified** are “all” those who “have sinned” in [3:23](../03/23.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God makes all people right with himself as a gift” or “all humanity is being freely justified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n ROM 3 24 atij figs-abstractnouns τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **redemption**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “because God is so kind, who sent Christ Jesus to rescue them” or “due to how kind God is, because Christ Jesus redeemed them” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 24 mwbg figs-ellipsis τῆς 2 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 3 24 lno6 figs-ellipsis ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, Paul speaks figuratively of **redemption** as if it were occupying space inside Jesus. Paul means that all humanity are redeemed in union with **Christ Jesus**. Here, it also highlights the communion that Thessalonian believers in Christ Jesus have with Judean believers in Christ Jesus through the Holy Trinity. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you can express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “who are united to Jesus Christ” or “who share life with Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 3 24 lno6 figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, Paul speaks figuratively of **redemption** as if it were occupying space inside Jesus. Paul means that all humanity are redeemed by being united to **Christ Jesus**. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you can express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “in being united to Christ Jesus” or “through sharing life with Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 25 m159 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 in his blood Here, **his blood** is a metonym for the death of Jesus as a sacrifice for sins. Alternate translation: “in his death as a sacrifice for sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 25 ieq9 πάρεσιν 1 disregard This could mean: (1) God ignores their sin. (2) God forgives their sin. ROM 3 26 lm1r πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ 1 This all happened for the demonstration of his righteousness at this present time “he did this to show how God makes people right with himself” From 22f881cbadabe7dd156087f281ea72de54d3aca3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 16:20:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 392/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 1d90fffe16..54b2f710cc 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ ROM 3 24 ibi2 figs-activepassive δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 If yo ROM 3 24 evs8 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 Paul assumes that the reader or hearer knows that those who are **being freely justified** are “all” those who “have sinned” in [3:23](../03/23.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God makes all people right with himself as a gift” or “all humanity is being freely justified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n ROM 3 24 atij figs-abstractnouns τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **redemption**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “because God is so kind, who sent Christ Jesus to rescue them” or “due to how kind God is, because Christ Jesus redeemed them” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 24 mwbg figs-ellipsis τῆς 2 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 3 24 lno6 figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, Paul speaks figuratively of **redemption** as if it were occupying space inside Jesus. Paul means that all humanity are redeemed by being united to **Christ Jesus**. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you can express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “in being united to Christ Jesus” or “through sharing life with Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 3 24 lno6 figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, Paul speaks figuratively of **redemption** as if it were occupying space inside Jesus. Paul means that God redeemed all humanity by uniting it to **Christ Jesus**. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you can express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “in being united to Christ Jesus” or “through sharing life with Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 25 m159 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 in his blood Here, **his blood** is a metonym for the death of Jesus as a sacrifice for sins. Alternate translation: “in his death as a sacrifice for sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 25 ieq9 πάρεσιν 1 disregard This could mean: (1) God ignores their sin. (2) God forgives their sin. ROM 3 26 lm1r πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ 1 This all happened for the demonstration of his righteousness at this present time “he did this to show how God makes people right with himself” From a21455f365b1f273b5cff7ccbdf9be992a4db9e1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 16:25:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 393/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 54b2f710cc..d8704f7004 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ ROM 3 24 ibi2 figs-activepassive δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 If yo ROM 3 24 evs8 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 Paul assumes that the reader or hearer knows that those who are **being freely justified** are “all” those who “have sinned” in [3:23](../03/23.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God makes all people right with himself as a gift” or “all humanity is being freely justified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n ROM 3 24 atij figs-abstractnouns τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **redemption**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “because God is so kind, who sent Christ Jesus to rescue them” or “due to how kind God is, because Christ Jesus redeemed them” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 24 mwbg figs-ellipsis τῆς 2 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 3 24 lno6 figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, Paul speaks figuratively of **redemption** as if it were occupying space inside Jesus. Paul means that God redeemed all humanity by uniting it to **Christ Jesus**. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you can express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “in being united to Christ Jesus” or “through sharing life with Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 3 24 lno6 figs-metaphor τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, Paul speaks figuratively of **redemption** as if it were occupying space inside Jesus. Paul means that God redeemed all humanity by uniting it to **Christ Jesus**. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you can express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “that comes through union with Christ Jesus” or “that is through being united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 25 m159 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 in his blood Here, **his blood** is a metonym for the death of Jesus as a sacrifice for sins. Alternate translation: “in his death as a sacrifice for sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 25 ieq9 πάρεσιν 1 disregard This could mean: (1) God ignores their sin. (2) God forgives their sin. ROM 3 26 lm1r πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ 1 This all happened for the demonstration of his righteousness at this present time “he did this to show how God makes people right with himself” From 3e7ef73eb8f82529805888d947bc1dceebbcaef4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 16:47:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 394/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index d8704f7004..f68200d69c 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ ROM 3 24 evs8 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 Paul assum ROM 3 24 atij figs-abstractnouns τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **redemption**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “because God is so kind, who sent Christ Jesus to rescue them” or “due to how kind God is, because Christ Jesus redeemed them” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 24 mwbg figs-ellipsis τῆς 2 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 24 lno6 figs-metaphor τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, Paul speaks figuratively of **redemption** as if it were occupying space inside Jesus. Paul means that God redeemed all humanity by uniting it to **Christ Jesus**. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you can express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “that comes through union with Christ Jesus” or “that is through being united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 3 25 m159 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 in his blood Here, **his blood** is a metonym for the death of Jesus as a sacrifice for sins. Alternate translation: “in his death as a sacrifice for sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 3 25 m159 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 in his blood Paul is figuratively describing Christ’s death by association with **his blood**, which is related to his sacrificial death. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “something he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 25 ieq9 πάρεσιν 1 disregard This could mean: (1) God ignores their sin. (2) God forgives their sin. ROM 3 26 lm1r πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ 1 This all happened for the demonstration of his righteousness at this present time “he did this to show how God makes people right with himself” ROM 3 26 cg55 εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν δίκαιον καὶ δικαιοῦντα τὸν ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ 1 so that he could be just, and justify the one who has faith in Jesus “in order to show by this that he is both just and the one who declares everyone righteous who has faith in Jesus” From 06c6e0c9816118aca41f63285a24a35a359bd0d7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 17:16:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 395/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index f68200d69c..a503dccc01 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -571,7 +571,8 @@ ROM 3 24 evs8 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 Paul assum ROM 3 24 atij figs-abstractnouns τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **redemption**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “because God is so kind, who sent Christ Jesus to rescue them” or “due to how kind God is, because Christ Jesus redeemed them” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 24 mwbg figs-ellipsis τῆς 2 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 24 lno6 figs-metaphor τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, Paul speaks figuratively of **redemption** as if it were occupying space inside Jesus. Paul means that God redeemed all humanity by uniting it to **Christ Jesus**. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you can express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “that comes through union with Christ Jesus” or “that is through being united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 3 25 m159 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 in his blood Paul is figuratively describing Christ’s death by association with **his blood**, which is related to his sacrificial death. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “something he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 3 25 s7at writing-pronouns ὃν 1 The pronoun **whom** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus is whom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 3 25 m159 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 in his blood Paul is figuratively describing Christ’s death by association with **his blood**, which is related to his sacrificial death. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 25 ieq9 πάρεσιν 1 disregard This could mean: (1) God ignores their sin. (2) God forgives their sin. ROM 3 26 lm1r πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ 1 This all happened for the demonstration of his righteousness at this present time “he did this to show how God makes people right with himself” ROM 3 26 cg55 εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν δίκαιον καὶ δικαιοῦντα τὸν ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ 1 so that he could be just, and justify the one who has faith in Jesus “in order to show by this that he is both just and the one who declares everyone righteous who has faith in Jesus” From 9c45d8193e13b93ccd7095d5a00ac3d7c1e8c8e9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 17:21:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 396/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index a503dccc01..f270ed05da 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -571,6 +571,7 @@ ROM 3 24 evs8 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 Paul assum ROM 3 24 atij figs-abstractnouns τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **redemption**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “because God is so kind, who sent Christ Jesus to rescue them” or “due to how kind God is, because Christ Jesus redeemed them” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 24 mwbg figs-ellipsis τῆς 2 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 24 lno6 figs-metaphor τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, Paul speaks figuratively of **redemption** as if it were occupying space inside Jesus. Paul means that God redeemed all humanity by uniting it to **Christ Jesus**. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you can express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “that comes through union with Christ Jesus” or “that is through being united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 3 25 ci0v writing-pronouns ὃν προέθετο ὁ Θεὸς ἱλαστήριον 1 Paul speaks figuratively of Jesus as if he were an Old Testament sacrificial atonement offering. He means that Jesus death was a sacrifice for the sins of humanity. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **a propitiation** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “whom ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 25 s7at writing-pronouns ὃν 1 The pronoun **whom** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus is whom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 3 25 m159 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 in his blood Paul is figuratively describing Christ’s death by association with **his blood**, which is related to his sacrificial death. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 25 ieq9 πάρεσιν 1 disregard This could mean: (1) God ignores their sin. (2) God forgives their sin. From 83d6c1756e10bbed92913b707e4618c00575b756 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 17:23:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 397/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index f270ed05da..4182875ece 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ ROM 3 24 evs8 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 Paul assum ROM 3 24 atij figs-abstractnouns τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **redemption**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “because God is so kind, who sent Christ Jesus to rescue them” or “due to how kind God is, because Christ Jesus redeemed them” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 24 mwbg figs-ellipsis τῆς 2 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 24 lno6 figs-metaphor τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, Paul speaks figuratively of **redemption** as if it were occupying space inside Jesus. Paul means that God redeemed all humanity by uniting it to **Christ Jesus**. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you can express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “that comes through union with Christ Jesus” or “that is through being united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 3 25 ci0v writing-pronouns ὃν προέθετο ὁ Θεὸς ἱλαστήριον 1 Paul speaks figuratively of Jesus as if he were an Old Testament sacrificial atonement offering. He means that Jesus death was a sacrifice for the sins of humanity. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **a propitiation** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “whom ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 3 25 ci0v figs-metaphor ὃν προέθετο ὁ Θεὸς ἱλαστήριον 1 Paul speaks figuratively of Jesus as if he were an Old Testament sacrificial atonement offering. He means that Jesus death was a sacrifice for the sins of humanity. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **a propitiation** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “whom God offered to atone for the sins of humanity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 25 s7at writing-pronouns ὃν 1 The pronoun **whom** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus is whom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 3 25 m159 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 in his blood Paul is figuratively describing Christ’s death by association with **his blood**, which is related to his sacrificial death. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 25 ieq9 πάρεσιν 1 disregard This could mean: (1) God ignores their sin. (2) God forgives their sin. From 850a55839e310de3cb0b9493ca94e9a0d5cc25d6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 17:27:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 398/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 4182875ece..f3808374fb 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ ROM 3 24 evs8 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 Paul assum ROM 3 24 atij figs-abstractnouns τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **redemption**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “because God is so kind, who sent Christ Jesus to rescue them” or “due to how kind God is, because Christ Jesus redeemed them” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 24 mwbg figs-ellipsis τῆς 2 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 24 lno6 figs-metaphor τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, Paul speaks figuratively of **redemption** as if it were occupying space inside Jesus. Paul means that God redeemed all humanity by uniting it to **Christ Jesus**. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you can express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “that comes through union with Christ Jesus” or “that is through being united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 3 25 ci0v figs-metaphor ὃν προέθετο ὁ Θεὸς ἱλαστήριον 1 Paul speaks figuratively of Jesus as if he were an Old Testament sacrificial atonement offering. He means that Jesus death was a sacrifice for the sins of humanity. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **a propitiation** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “whom God offered to atone for the sins of humanity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 3 25 ci0v figs-metaphor ὃν προέθετο ὁ Θεὸς ἱλαστήριον 1 Paul speaks figuratively of Jesus as if he were an Old Testament sacrificial atonement offering. He means that Jesus death was a sacrifice for the sins of humanity. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **presented as a propitiation** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “whom God offered to atone for the sins of humanity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 25 s7at writing-pronouns ὃν 1 The pronoun **whom** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus is whom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 3 25 m159 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 in his blood Paul is figuratively describing Christ’s death by association with **his blood**, which is related to his sacrificial death. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 25 ieq9 πάρεσιν 1 disregard This could mean: (1) God ignores their sin. (2) God forgives their sin. From fb0a0b01af70173003aa0c7e16733757943fc7fd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 17:27:20 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 399/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index f3808374fb..3b35e27828 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ ROM 3 24 evs8 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 Paul assum ROM 3 24 atij figs-abstractnouns τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **redemption**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “because God is so kind, who sent Christ Jesus to rescue them” or “due to how kind God is, because Christ Jesus redeemed them” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 24 mwbg figs-ellipsis τῆς 2 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 24 lno6 figs-metaphor τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, Paul speaks figuratively of **redemption** as if it were occupying space inside Jesus. Paul means that God redeemed all humanity by uniting it to **Christ Jesus**. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you can express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “that comes through union with Christ Jesus” or “that is through being united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 3 25 ci0v figs-metaphor ὃν προέθετο ὁ Θεὸς ἱλαστήριον 1 Paul speaks figuratively of Jesus as if he were an Old Testament sacrificial atonement offering. He means that Jesus death was a sacrifice for the sins of humanity. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **presented as a propitiation** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “whom God offered to atone for the sins of humanity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 3 25 ci0v figs-metaphor ὃν προέθετο ὁ Θεὸς ἱλαστήριον 1 Paul speaks figuratively of Jesus as if he were an Old Testament sacrificial atonement offering. He means that Jesus’ death was a sacrifice for the sins of humanity. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **presented as a propitiation** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “whom God offered to atone for the sins of humanity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 25 s7at writing-pronouns ὃν 1 The pronoun **whom** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus is whom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 3 25 m159 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 in his blood Paul is figuratively describing Christ’s death by association with **his blood**, which is related to his sacrificial death. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 25 ieq9 πάρεσιν 1 disregard This could mean: (1) God ignores their sin. (2) God forgives their sin. From 4eacecb6615fd9daf58ab0e79b8196c458566857 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 17:51:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 400/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 3b35e27828..4eed474adb 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -574,6 +574,7 @@ ROM 3 24 lno6 figs-metaphor τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, Pa ROM 3 25 ci0v figs-metaphor ὃν προέθετο ὁ Θεὸς ἱλαστήριον 1 Paul speaks figuratively of Jesus as if he were an Old Testament sacrificial atonement offering. He means that Jesus’ death was a sacrifice for the sins of humanity. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **presented as a propitiation** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “whom God offered to atone for the sins of humanity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 25 s7at writing-pronouns ὃν 1 The pronoun **whom** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus is whom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 3 25 m159 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 in his blood Paul is figuratively describing Christ’s death by association with **his blood**, which is related to his sacrificial death. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 3 25 z3d0 figs-possession διὰ πίστεως ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **faith** is related to Jesus’ **blood** (See how you translated **through faith** in [3:22](../03/22.md)). Here, **through faith** could refer to: (1) trust in Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “by trusting in his blood” (2) the faithfulness of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “through the faithfulness of Jesus’ sacrificial death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 25 ieq9 πάρεσιν 1 disregard This could mean: (1) God ignores their sin. (2) God forgives their sin. ROM 3 26 lm1r πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ 1 This all happened for the demonstration of his righteousness at this present time “he did this to show how God makes people right with himself” ROM 3 26 cg55 εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν δίκαιον καὶ δικαιοῦντα τὸν ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ 1 so that he could be just, and justify the one who has faith in Jesus “in order to show by this that he is both just and the one who declares everyone righteous who has faith in Jesus” From c6909221a22240e46de06c7453df2913ec7973d3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 17:52:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 401/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 4eed474adb..f2b1296042 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -573,8 +573,8 @@ ROM 3 24 mwbg figs-ellipsis τῆς 2 A word is left out here in the original t ROM 3 24 lno6 figs-metaphor τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, Paul speaks figuratively of **redemption** as if it were occupying space inside Jesus. Paul means that God redeemed all humanity by uniting it to **Christ Jesus**. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you can express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “that comes through union with Christ Jesus” or “that is through being united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 25 ci0v figs-metaphor ὃν προέθετο ὁ Θεὸς ἱλαστήριον 1 Paul speaks figuratively of Jesus as if he were an Old Testament sacrificial atonement offering. He means that Jesus’ death was a sacrifice for the sins of humanity. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **presented as a propitiation** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “whom God offered to atone for the sins of humanity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 25 s7at writing-pronouns ὃν 1 The pronoun **whom** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus is whom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 3 25 z3d0 figs-possession διὰ πίστεως ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **faith** is related to Jesus’ **blood** (See how you translated **through faith** in [3:22](../03/22.md)). Here, **through faith** could refer to: (1) trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “by trusting in his blood” (2) the faithfulness of Jesus. Alternate translation: “through the faithfulness of Jesus’ sacrificial death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 25 m159 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 in his blood Paul is figuratively describing Christ’s death by association with **his blood**, which is related to his sacrificial death. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 3 25 z3d0 figs-possession διὰ πίστεως ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **faith** is related to Jesus’ **blood** (See how you translated **through faith** in [3:22](../03/22.md)). Here, **through faith** could refer to: (1) trust in Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “by trusting in his blood” (2) the faithfulness of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “through the faithfulness of Jesus’ sacrificial death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 25 ieq9 πάρεσιν 1 disregard This could mean: (1) God ignores their sin. (2) God forgives their sin. ROM 3 26 lm1r πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ 1 This all happened for the demonstration of his righteousness at this present time “he did this to show how God makes people right with himself” ROM 3 26 cg55 εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν δίκαιον καὶ δικαιοῦντα τὸν ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ 1 so that he could be just, and justify the one who has faith in Jesus “in order to show by this that he is both just and the one who declares everyone righteous who has faith in Jesus” From b96675b77fd550a2e1f239fbc432f7071e6e9b57 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 17:54:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 402/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index f2b1296042..c068dbfb90 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -574,6 +574,7 @@ ROM 3 24 lno6 figs-metaphor τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, Pa ROM 3 25 ci0v figs-metaphor ὃν προέθετο ὁ Θεὸς ἱλαστήριον 1 Paul speaks figuratively of Jesus as if he were an Old Testament sacrificial atonement offering. He means that Jesus’ death was a sacrifice for the sins of humanity. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **presented as a propitiation** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “whom God offered to atone for the sins of humanity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 25 s7at writing-pronouns ὃν 1 The pronoun **whom** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus is whom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 3 25 z3d0 figs-possession διὰ πίστεως ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **faith** is related to Jesus’ **blood** (See how you translated **through faith** in [3:22](../03/22.md)). Here, **through faith** could refer to: (1) trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “by trusting in his blood” (2) the faithfulness of Jesus. Alternate translation: “through the faithfulness of Jesus’ sacrificial death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 3 25 t2d8 figs-abstractnouns ἱλαστήριον 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **propitiation** or **justice**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “how much you love all the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 25 m159 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 in his blood Paul is figuratively describing Christ’s death by association with **his blood**, which is related to his sacrificial death. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 25 ieq9 πάρεσιν 1 disregard This could mean: (1) God ignores their sin. (2) God forgives their sin. ROM 3 26 lm1r πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ 1 This all happened for the demonstration of his righteousness at this present time “he did this to show how God makes people right with himself” From 3b11faf106aa42bc73776acc5fce8616fcbba8f2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 17:55:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 403/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index c068dbfb90..a8ebf19217 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -573,8 +573,8 @@ ROM 3 24 mwbg figs-ellipsis τῆς 2 A word is left out here in the original t ROM 3 24 lno6 figs-metaphor τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, Paul speaks figuratively of **redemption** as if it were occupying space inside Jesus. Paul means that God redeemed all humanity by uniting it to **Christ Jesus**. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you can express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “that comes through union with Christ Jesus” or “that is through being united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 25 ci0v figs-metaphor ὃν προέθετο ὁ Θεὸς ἱλαστήριον 1 Paul speaks figuratively of Jesus as if he were an Old Testament sacrificial atonement offering. He means that Jesus’ death was a sacrifice for the sins of humanity. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **presented as a propitiation** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “whom God offered to atone for the sins of humanity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 25 s7at writing-pronouns ὃν 1 The pronoun **whom** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus is whom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 3 25 t2d8 figs-abstractnouns ἱλαστήριον…τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **propitiation** or **righteousness**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “how much you love all the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 25 z3d0 figs-possession διὰ πίστεως ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **faith** is related to Jesus’ **blood** (See how you translated **through faith** in [3:22](../03/22.md)). Here, **through faith** could refer to: (1) trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “by trusting in his blood” (2) the faithfulness of Jesus. Alternate translation: “through the faithfulness of Jesus’ sacrificial death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 3 25 t2d8 figs-abstractnouns ἱλαστήριον 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **propitiation** or **justice**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “how much you love all the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 25 m159 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 in his blood Paul is figuratively describing Christ’s death by association with **his blood**, which is related to his sacrificial death. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 25 ieq9 πάρεσιν 1 disregard This could mean: (1) God ignores their sin. (2) God forgives their sin. ROM 3 26 lm1r πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ 1 This all happened for the demonstration of his righteousness at this present time “he did this to show how God makes people right with himself” From 17a6da23dab0e3d47f919d27cd9b5c321cd803d6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 17:56:47 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 404/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index a8ebf19217..db38306575 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ ROM 3 24 mwbg figs-ellipsis τῆς 2 A word is left out here in the original t ROM 3 24 lno6 figs-metaphor τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, Paul speaks figuratively of **redemption** as if it were occupying space inside Jesus. Paul means that God redeemed all humanity by uniting it to **Christ Jesus**. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you can express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “that comes through union with Christ Jesus” or “that is through being united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 25 ci0v figs-metaphor ὃν προέθετο ὁ Θεὸς ἱλαστήριον 1 Paul speaks figuratively of Jesus as if he were an Old Testament sacrificial atonement offering. He means that Jesus’ death was a sacrifice for the sins of humanity. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **presented as a propitiation** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “whom God offered to atone for the sins of humanity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 25 s7at writing-pronouns ὃν 1 The pronoun **whom** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus is whom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 3 25 t2d8 figs-abstractnouns ἱλαστήριον…τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **propitiation** or **righteousness**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “how much you love all the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 3 25 t2d8 figs-abstractnouns ἱλαστήριον…τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **propitiation** or **righteousness**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “to atone for humanity’s sins … how he makes people righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 25 z3d0 figs-possession διὰ πίστεως ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **faith** is related to Jesus’ **blood** (See how you translated **through faith** in [3:22](../03/22.md)). Here, **through faith** could refer to: (1) trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “by trusting in his blood” (2) the faithfulness of Jesus. Alternate translation: “through the faithfulness of Jesus’ sacrificial death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 25 m159 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 in his blood Paul is figuratively describing Christ’s death by association with **his blood**, which is related to his sacrificial death. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 25 ieq9 πάρεσιν 1 disregard This could mean: (1) God ignores their sin. (2) God forgives their sin. From 2b232ea604b6317f9bd400c7956a8a67e96ced08 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 18:00:25 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 405/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index db38306575..ad53a32e21 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -574,9 +574,9 @@ ROM 3 24 lno6 figs-metaphor τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, Pa ROM 3 25 ci0v figs-metaphor ὃν προέθετο ὁ Θεὸς ἱλαστήριον 1 Paul speaks figuratively of Jesus as if he were an Old Testament sacrificial atonement offering. He means that Jesus’ death was a sacrifice for the sins of humanity. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **presented as a propitiation** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “whom God offered to atone for the sins of humanity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 25 s7at writing-pronouns ὃν 1 The pronoun **whom** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus is whom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 3 25 t2d8 figs-abstractnouns ἱλαστήριον…τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **propitiation** or **righteousness**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “to atone for humanity’s sins … how he makes people righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 3 25 z3d0 figs-possession διὰ πίστεως ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **faith** is related to Jesus’ **blood** (See how you translated **through faith** in [3:22](../03/22.md)). Here, **through faith** could refer to: (1) trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “by trusting in his blood” (2) the faithfulness of Jesus. Alternate translation: “through the faithfulness of Jesus’ sacrificial death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 3 25 z3d0 figs-possession διὰ πίστεως ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **faith** is related to Jesus’ **blood** (See how you translated **through faith** in [3:22](../03/22.md)). Here, **through faith** could refer to: (1) trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “by trusting in his blood” (2) the faithfulness of Jesus. Alternate translation: “through Jesus’ faithful sacrificial death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 25 m159 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 in his blood Paul is figuratively describing Christ’s death by association with **his blood**, which is related to his sacrificial death. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 3 25 ieq9 πάρεσιν 1 disregard This could mean: (1) God ignores their sin. (2) God forgives their sin. +ROM 3 25 ieq9 grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς ἔνδειξιν 1 disregard This phrase is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God **presented** Jesus as **a propitiation**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order to exhibit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 3 26 lm1r πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ 1 This all happened for the demonstration of his righteousness at this present time “he did this to show how God makes people right with himself” ROM 3 26 cg55 εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν δίκαιον καὶ δικαιοῦντα τὸν ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ 1 so that he could be just, and justify the one who has faith in Jesus “in order to show by this that he is both just and the one who declares everyone righteous who has faith in Jesus” ROM 3 27 fjm4 figs-rquestion ποῦ οὖν ἡ καύχησις? 1 Where then is boasting? It is excluded Paul asks this question to show that there is no reason for people to boast about obeying the law. Alternate translation: “So there is no way that we can boast that God favors us because we obeyed those laws.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 2f67e7c926b55fb9768fe094b81e0fcac965ab25 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 18:04:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 406/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index ad53a32e21..d5a4df7314 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -577,6 +577,7 @@ ROM 3 25 t2d8 figs-abstractnouns ἱλαστήριον…τῆς δικαιοσ ROM 3 25 z3d0 figs-possession διὰ πίστεως ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **faith** is related to Jesus’ **blood** (See how you translated **through faith** in [3:22](../03/22.md)). Here, **through faith** could refer to: (1) trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “by trusting in his blood” (2) the faithfulness of Jesus. Alternate translation: “through Jesus’ faithful sacrificial death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 25 m159 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 in his blood Paul is figuratively describing Christ’s death by association with **his blood**, which is related to his sacrificial death. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 25 ieq9 grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς ἔνδειξιν 1 disregard This phrase is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God **presented** Jesus as **a propitiation**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order to exhibit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 3 25 ze9m grammar-connect-logic-goal τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form (See how you translated the similar phrase in [3:21–22](../03/21.md)). Here, **of his righteousness** could refer to: (1) how God makes people right with himself. Alternate translation: “how people become right with God” or “the righteousness from God” (2) what God’s righteousness is. Alternate translation: “God’s righteousness” (3) how righteous God is. Alternate translation: “how righteous God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 26 lm1r πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ 1 This all happened for the demonstration of his righteousness at this present time “he did this to show how God makes people right with himself” ROM 3 26 cg55 εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν δίκαιον καὶ δικαιοῦντα τὸν ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ 1 so that he could be just, and justify the one who has faith in Jesus “in order to show by this that he is both just and the one who declares everyone righteous who has faith in Jesus” ROM 3 27 fjm4 figs-rquestion ποῦ οὖν ἡ καύχησις? 1 Where then is boasting? It is excluded Paul asks this question to show that there is no reason for people to boast about obeying the law. Alternate translation: “So there is no way that we can boast that God favors us because we obeyed those laws.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 0b126d7508309f4696c0fb10c4ea4b97a4f2593e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 18:09:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 407/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index d5a4df7314..0e23fc7c7a 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -578,6 +578,7 @@ ROM 3 25 z3d0 figs-possession διὰ πίστεως ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ α ROM 3 25 m159 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 in his blood Paul is figuratively describing Christ’s death by association with **his blood**, which is related to his sacrificial death. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 25 ieq9 grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς ἔνδειξιν 1 disregard This phrase is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God **presented** Jesus as **a propitiation**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order to exhibit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 3 25 ze9m grammar-connect-logic-goal τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form (See how you translated the similar phrase in [3:21–22](../03/21.md)). Here, **of his righteousness** could refer to: (1) how God makes people right with himself. Alternate translation: “how people become right with God” or “the righteousness from God” (2) what God’s righteousness is. Alternate translation: “God’s righteousness” (3) how righteous God is. Alternate translation: “how righteous God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 3 25 siri figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὴν πάρεσιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **overlooking**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “because he overlooked” or “since he passed over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 26 lm1r πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ 1 This all happened for the demonstration of his righteousness at this present time “he did this to show how God makes people right with himself” ROM 3 26 cg55 εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν δίκαιον καὶ δικαιοῦντα τὸν ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ 1 so that he could be just, and justify the one who has faith in Jesus “in order to show by this that he is both just and the one who declares everyone righteous who has faith in Jesus” ROM 3 27 fjm4 figs-rquestion ποῦ οὖν ἡ καύχησις? 1 Where then is boasting? It is excluded Paul asks this question to show that there is no reason for people to boast about obeying the law. Alternate translation: “So there is no way that we can boast that God favors us because we obeyed those laws.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From e3e5dac8b60d249e10162d9e2a0ad1cf7f9f1245 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 18:13:34 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 408/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 0e23fc7c7a..bf52d1dd92 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -579,6 +579,7 @@ ROM 3 25 m159 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 in his bloo ROM 3 25 ieq9 grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς ἔνδειξιν 1 disregard This phrase is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God **presented** Jesus as **a propitiation**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order to exhibit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 3 25 ze9m grammar-connect-logic-goal τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form (See how you translated the similar phrase in [3:21–22](../03/21.md)). Here, **of his righteousness** could refer to: (1) how God makes people right with himself. Alternate translation: “how people become right with God” or “the righteousness from God” (2) what God’s righteousness is. Alternate translation: “God’s righteousness” (3) how righteous God is. Alternate translation: “how righteous God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 25 siri figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὴν πάρεσιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **overlooking**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “because he overlooked” or “since he passed over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 3 25 ydoj figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὴν πάρεσιν 1 Here **because** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why God eventually had to demonstrate **his righteousness**. Alternate translation: “because God overlooked” or “since God passed over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 26 lm1r πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ 1 This all happened for the demonstration of his righteousness at this present time “he did this to show how God makes people right with himself” ROM 3 26 cg55 εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν δίκαιον καὶ δικαιοῦντα τὸν ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ 1 so that he could be just, and justify the one who has faith in Jesus “in order to show by this that he is both just and the one who declares everyone righteous who has faith in Jesus” ROM 3 27 fjm4 figs-rquestion ποῦ οὖν ἡ καύχησις? 1 Where then is boasting? It is excluded Paul asks this question to show that there is no reason for people to boast about obeying the law. Alternate translation: “So there is no way that we can boast that God favors us because we obeyed those laws.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 97627eef81c3197cc320f5c3b9bc245ad6ae362c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 18:17:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 409/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index bf52d1dd92..d02d74eafd 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -578,8 +578,8 @@ ROM 3 25 z3d0 figs-possession διὰ πίστεως ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ α ROM 3 25 m159 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 in his blood Paul is figuratively describing Christ’s death by association with **his blood**, which is related to his sacrificial death. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 25 ieq9 grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς ἔνδειξιν 1 disregard This phrase is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God **presented** Jesus as **a propitiation**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order to exhibit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 3 25 ze9m grammar-connect-logic-goal τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form (See how you translated the similar phrase in [3:21–22](../03/21.md)). Here, **of his righteousness** could refer to: (1) how God makes people right with himself. Alternate translation: “how people become right with God” or “the righteousness from God” (2) what God’s righteousness is. Alternate translation: “God’s righteousness” (3) how righteous God is. Alternate translation: “how righteous God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 3 25 siri figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὴν πάρεσιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **overlooking**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “because he overlooked” or “since he passed over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 3 25 ydoj figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὴν πάρεσιν 1 Here **because** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why God eventually had to demonstrate **his righteousness**. Alternate translation: “because God overlooked” or “since God passed over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 3 25 siri figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὴν πάρεσιν τῶν προγεγονότων ἁμαρτημάτων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **overlooking**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “because he previously overlooked how people sinned” or “since he passed over the sins people had previously done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 3 25 ydoj figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὴν πάρεσιν 1 This is a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why God eventually had to demonstrate **his righteousness**. Alternate translation: “because formerly God overlooked humanity’s sins” or “since God passed over the previously committed sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 26 lm1r πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ 1 This all happened for the demonstration of his righteousness at this present time “he did this to show how God makes people right with himself” ROM 3 26 cg55 εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν δίκαιον καὶ δικαιοῦντα τὸν ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ 1 so that he could be just, and justify the one who has faith in Jesus “in order to show by this that he is both just and the one who declares everyone righteous who has faith in Jesus” ROM 3 27 fjm4 figs-rquestion ποῦ οὖν ἡ καύχησις? 1 Where then is boasting? It is excluded Paul asks this question to show that there is no reason for people to boast about obeying the law. Alternate translation: “So there is no way that we can boast that God favors us because we obeyed those laws.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 97420e86aee65547e98b48fb0d4a39bc2eacffbf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 18:17:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 410/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index d02d74eafd..257325eaa0 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ ROM 3 25 m159 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 in his bloo ROM 3 25 ieq9 grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς ἔνδειξιν 1 disregard This phrase is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God **presented** Jesus as **a propitiation**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order to exhibit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 3 25 ze9m grammar-connect-logic-goal τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form (See how you translated the similar phrase in [3:21–22](../03/21.md)). Here, **of his righteousness** could refer to: (1) how God makes people right with himself. Alternate translation: “how people become right with God” or “the righteousness from God” (2) what God’s righteousness is. Alternate translation: “God’s righteousness” (3) how righteous God is. Alternate translation: “how righteous God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 25 siri figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὴν πάρεσιν τῶν προγεγονότων ἁμαρτημάτων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **overlooking**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “because he previously overlooked how people sinned” or “since he passed over the sins people had previously done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 3 25 ydoj figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὴν πάρεσιν 1 This is a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why God eventually had to demonstrate **his righteousness**. Alternate translation: “because formerly God overlooked humanity’s sins” or “since God passed over the previously committed sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 3 25 ydoj grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τὴν πάρεσιν 1 This is a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why God eventually had to demonstrate **his righteousness**. Alternate translation: “because formerly God overlooked humanity’s sins” or “since God passed over the previously committed sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 26 lm1r πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ 1 This all happened for the demonstration of his righteousness at this present time “he did this to show how God makes people right with himself” ROM 3 26 cg55 εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν δίκαιον καὶ δικαιοῦντα τὸν ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ 1 so that he could be just, and justify the one who has faith in Jesus “in order to show by this that he is both just and the one who declares everyone righteous who has faith in Jesus” ROM 3 27 fjm4 figs-rquestion ποῦ οὖν ἡ καύχησις? 1 Where then is boasting? It is excluded Paul asks this question to show that there is no reason for people to boast about obeying the law. Alternate translation: “So there is no way that we can boast that God favors us because we obeyed those laws.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 4e225a86cf6470e3ee55a69ea24ce6b692f51152 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 18:18:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 411/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 257325eaa0..e33710675b 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -577,7 +577,7 @@ ROM 3 25 t2d8 figs-abstractnouns ἱλαστήριον…τῆς δικαιοσ ROM 3 25 z3d0 figs-possession διὰ πίστεως ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **faith** is related to Jesus’ **blood** (See how you translated **through faith** in [3:22](../03/22.md)). Here, **through faith** could refer to: (1) trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “by trusting in his blood” (2) the faithfulness of Jesus. Alternate translation: “through Jesus’ faithful sacrificial death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 25 m159 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 in his blood Paul is figuratively describing Christ’s death by association with **his blood**, which is related to his sacrificial death. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 25 ieq9 grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς ἔνδειξιν 1 disregard This phrase is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God **presented** Jesus as **a propitiation**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order to exhibit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 3 25 ze9m grammar-connect-logic-goal τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form (See how you translated the similar phrase in [3:21–22](../03/21.md)). Here, **of his righteousness** could refer to: (1) how God makes people right with himself. Alternate translation: “how people become right with God” or “the righteousness from God” (2) what God’s righteousness is. Alternate translation: “God’s righteousness” (3) how righteous God is. Alternate translation: “how righteous God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 3 25 ze9m figs-possession τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form (See how you translated the similar phrase in [3:21–22](../03/21.md)). Here, **of his righteousness** could refer to: (1) how God makes people right with himself. Alternate translation: “how people become right with God” or “the righteousness from God” (2) what God’s righteousness is. Alternate translation: “God’s righteousness” (3) how righteous God is. Alternate translation: “how righteous God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 25 siri figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὴν πάρεσιν τῶν προγεγονότων ἁμαρτημάτων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **overlooking**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “because he previously overlooked how people sinned” or “since he passed over the sins people had previously done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 25 ydoj grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τὴν πάρεσιν 1 This is a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why God eventually had to demonstrate **his righteousness**. Alternate translation: “because formerly God overlooked humanity’s sins” or “since God passed over the previously committed sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 26 lm1r πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ 1 This all happened for the demonstration of his righteousness at this present time “he did this to show how God makes people right with himself” From 2d5f412f1da28f2c8eb4f7f81b8f7e9a963c72b2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 18:42:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 412/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index e33710675b..f83ba5bf2e 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -580,8 +580,8 @@ ROM 3 25 ieq9 grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς ἔνδειξιν 1 disregard T ROM 3 25 ze9m figs-possession τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form (See how you translated the similar phrase in [3:21–22](../03/21.md)). Here, **of his righteousness** could refer to: (1) how God makes people right with himself. Alternate translation: “how people become right with God” or “the righteousness from God” (2) what God’s righteousness is. Alternate translation: “God’s righteousness” (3) how righteous God is. Alternate translation: “how righteous God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 25 siri figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὴν πάρεσιν τῶν προγεγονότων ἁμαρτημάτων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **overlooking**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “because he previously overlooked how people sinned” or “since he passed over the sins people had previously done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 25 ydoj grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τὴν πάρεσιν 1 This is a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why God eventually had to demonstrate **his righteousness**. Alternate translation: “because formerly God overlooked humanity’s sins” or “since God passed over the previously committed sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 3 26 lm1r πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ 1 This all happened for the demonstration of his righteousness at this present time “he did this to show how God makes people right with himself” -ROM 3 26 cg55 εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν δίκαιον καὶ δικαιοῦντα τὸν ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ 1 so that he could be just, and justify the one who has faith in Jesus “in order to show by this that he is both just and the one who declares everyone righteous who has faith in Jesus” +ROM 3 26 lm1r ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This all happened for the demonstration of his righteousness at this present time If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **t, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how much you love all the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 3 26 cg55 ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 so that he could be just, and justify the one who has faith in Jesus “in order to show by this that he is both just and the one who declares everyone righteous who has faith in Jesus” ROM 3 27 fjm4 figs-rquestion ποῦ οὖν ἡ καύχησις? 1 Where then is boasting? It is excluded Paul asks this question to show that there is no reason for people to boast about obeying the law. Alternate translation: “So there is no way that we can boast that God favors us because we obeyed those laws.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 27 eufl figs-activepassive ἐξεκλείσθη 1 You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “We have no reason to boast at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 27 v3ut figs-rquestion διὰ ποίου νόμου? τῶν ἔργων? 1 On what grounds? Of works? No, but on the grounds of faith Paul asks two rhetorical questions to emphasize that it is not the **law** that keeps us from boasting. You can translate this by combining the two questions into one. Alternate translation: “Should we exclude it because of our good works?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 28b10df2b9785e90d693f9c7c4123f8f6b791ba0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 18:47:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 413/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index f83ba5bf2e..c2e675f66b 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -580,8 +580,8 @@ ROM 3 25 ieq9 grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς ἔνδειξιν 1 disregard T ROM 3 25 ze9m figs-possession τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form (See how you translated the similar phrase in [3:21–22](../03/21.md)). Here, **of his righteousness** could refer to: (1) how God makes people right with himself. Alternate translation: “how people become right with God” or “the righteousness from God” (2) what God’s righteousness is. Alternate translation: “God’s righteousness” (3) how righteous God is. Alternate translation: “how righteous God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 25 siri figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὴν πάρεσιν τῶν προγεγονότων ἁμαρτημάτων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **overlooking**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “because he previously overlooked how people sinned” or “since he passed over the sins people had previously done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 25 ydoj grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τὴν πάρεσιν 1 This is a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why God eventually had to demonstrate **his righteousness**. Alternate translation: “because formerly God overlooked humanity’s sins” or “since God passed over the previously committed sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 3 26 lm1r ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This all happened for the demonstration of his righteousness at this present time If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **t, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how much you love all the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 3 26 cg55 ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 so that he could be just, and justify the one who has faith in Jesus “in order to show by this that he is both just and the one who declares everyone righteous who has faith in Jesus” +ROM 3 26 lm1r figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This all happened for the demonstration of his righteousness at this present time If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **tolerance**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “because God is so forbearing” or “since God is so lenient”” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 3 26 cg55 figs-possession ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 so that he could be just, and justify the one who has faith in Jesus Paul is using the possessive form to describe **God** who is characterized by **forbearance**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun “God.” Alternate translation: “since God is forbearing” or “because of God’s forbearance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 27 fjm4 figs-rquestion ποῦ οὖν ἡ καύχησις? 1 Where then is boasting? It is excluded Paul asks this question to show that there is no reason for people to boast about obeying the law. Alternate translation: “So there is no way that we can boast that God favors us because we obeyed those laws.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 27 eufl figs-activepassive ἐξεκλείσθη 1 You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “We have no reason to boast at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 27 v3ut figs-rquestion διὰ ποίου νόμου? τῶν ἔργων? 1 On what grounds? Of works? No, but on the grounds of faith Paul asks two rhetorical questions to emphasize that it is not the **law** that keeps us from boasting. You can translate this by combining the two questions into one. Alternate translation: “Should we exclude it because of our good works?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From a1ce24120c655840291150957d9f6860b04359a3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 18:53:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 414/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index c2e675f66b..93f0f28a07 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -582,6 +582,7 @@ ROM 3 25 siri figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὴν πάρεσιν τῶν προγ ROM 3 25 ydoj grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τὴν πάρεσιν 1 This is a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why God eventually had to demonstrate **his righteousness**. Alternate translation: “because formerly God overlooked humanity’s sins” or “since God passed over the previously committed sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 26 lm1r figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This all happened for the demonstration of his righteousness at this present time If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **tolerance**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “because God is so forbearing” or “since God is so lenient”” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 26 cg55 figs-possession ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 so that he could be just, and justify the one who has faith in Jesus Paul is using the possessive form to describe **God** who is characterized by **forbearance**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun “God.” Alternate translation: “since God is forbearing” or “because of God’s forbearance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 3 26 b1xa figs-possession πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:25](../03/25.md). ROM 3 27 fjm4 figs-rquestion ποῦ οὖν ἡ καύχησις? 1 Where then is boasting? It is excluded Paul asks this question to show that there is no reason for people to boast about obeying the law. Alternate translation: “So there is no way that we can boast that God favors us because we obeyed those laws.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 27 eufl figs-activepassive ἐξεκλείσθη 1 You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “We have no reason to boast at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 27 v3ut figs-rquestion διὰ ποίου νόμου? τῶν ἔργων? 1 On what grounds? Of works? No, but on the grounds of faith Paul asks two rhetorical questions to emphasize that it is not the **law** that keeps us from boasting. You can translate this by combining the two questions into one. Alternate translation: “Should we exclude it because of our good works?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From a74d2062ebb092b233c096cb6462f30f5a9bf8f4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 19:02:57 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 415/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 93f0f28a07..893db03abd 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -583,6 +583,8 @@ ROM 3 25 ydoj grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τὴν πάρεσιν 1 Thi ROM 3 26 lm1r figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This all happened for the demonstration of his righteousness at this present time If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **tolerance**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “because God is so forbearing” or “since God is so lenient”” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 26 cg55 figs-possession ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 so that he could be just, and justify the one who has faith in Jesus Paul is using the possessive form to describe **God** who is characterized by **forbearance**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun “God.” Alternate translation: “since God is forbearing” or “because of God’s forbearance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 26 b1xa figs-possession πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:25](../03/25.md). +ROM 3 26 v1c9 figs-idiom ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ 1 Here, the phrase **at the present time** is an idiom meaning “at this time in history” or “currently.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “at this time in history” or “currently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 3 26 jjwq figs-idiom εἰς τὸ 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God now demonstrates **his righteousness**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 3 27 fjm4 figs-rquestion ποῦ οὖν ἡ καύχησις? 1 Where then is boasting? It is excluded Paul asks this question to show that there is no reason for people to boast about obeying the law. Alternate translation: “So there is no way that we can boast that God favors us because we obeyed those laws.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 27 eufl figs-activepassive ἐξεκλείσθη 1 You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “We have no reason to boast at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 27 v3ut figs-rquestion διὰ ποίου νόμου? τῶν ἔργων? 1 On what grounds? Of works? No, but on the grounds of faith Paul asks two rhetorical questions to emphasize that it is not the **law** that keeps us from boasting. You can translate this by combining the two questions into one. Alternate translation: “Should we exclude it because of our good works?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From da31df970f639e8f5f14cb312c1770b8c8582930 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 19:28:34 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 416/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 893db03abd..7fd47f77b8 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -585,6 +585,7 @@ ROM 3 26 cg55 figs-possession ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 so th ROM 3 26 b1xa figs-possession πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:25](../03/25.md). ROM 3 26 v1c9 figs-idiom ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ 1 Here, the phrase **at the present time** is an idiom meaning “at this time in history” or “currently.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “at this time in history” or “currently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 26 jjwq figs-idiom εἰς τὸ 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God now demonstrates **his righteousness**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 3 26 ea49 figs-idiom τὸν\n\n 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of the one who is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 27 fjm4 figs-rquestion ποῦ οὖν ἡ καύχησις? 1 Where then is boasting? It is excluded Paul asks this question to show that there is no reason for people to boast about obeying the law. Alternate translation: “So there is no way that we can boast that God favors us because we obeyed those laws.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 27 eufl figs-activepassive ἐξεκλείσθη 1 You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “We have no reason to boast at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 27 v3ut figs-rquestion διὰ ποίου νόμου? τῶν ἔργων? 1 On what grounds? Of works? No, but on the grounds of faith Paul asks two rhetorical questions to emphasize that it is not the **law** that keeps us from boasting. You can translate this by combining the two questions into one. Alternate translation: “Should we exclude it because of our good works?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 348233e35d86cfabe4be2203c457f78a23857325 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 19:28:46 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 417/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 7fd47f77b8..84ad3daf5e 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ ROM 3 26 cg55 figs-possession ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 so th ROM 3 26 b1xa figs-possession πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:25](../03/25.md). ROM 3 26 v1c9 figs-idiom ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ 1 Here, the phrase **at the present time** is an idiom meaning “at this time in history” or “currently.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “at this time in history” or “currently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 26 jjwq figs-idiom εἰς τὸ 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God now demonstrates **his righteousness**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 3 26 ea49 figs-idiom τὸν\n\n 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of the one who is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 3 26 ea49 figs-ellipsis τὸν\n\n 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of the one who is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 27 fjm4 figs-rquestion ποῦ οὖν ἡ καύχησις? 1 Where then is boasting? It is excluded Paul asks this question to show that there is no reason for people to boast about obeying the law. Alternate translation: “So there is no way that we can boast that God favors us because we obeyed those laws.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 27 eufl figs-activepassive ἐξεκλείσθη 1 You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “We have no reason to boast at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 27 v3ut figs-rquestion διὰ ποίου νόμου? τῶν ἔργων? 1 On what grounds? Of works? No, but on the grounds of faith Paul asks two rhetorical questions to emphasize that it is not the **law** that keeps us from boasting. You can translate this by combining the two questions into one. Alternate translation: “Should we exclude it because of our good works?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From ffbdaa77ef4bf3a20825924cd73c15448cff4b5b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 20:22:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 418/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 84ad3daf5e..bc7a8c0b20 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -586,6 +586,7 @@ ROM 3 26 b1xa figs-possession πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικ ROM 3 26 v1c9 figs-idiom ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ 1 Here, the phrase **at the present time** is an idiom meaning “at this time in history” or “currently.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “at this time in history” or “currently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 26 jjwq figs-idiom εἰς τὸ 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God now demonstrates **his righteousness**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 3 26 ea49 figs-ellipsis τὸν\n\n 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of the one who is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 3 26 ab0w figs-ellipsis τὸν ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **faith** that is related to **Jesus**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “true” instead of the noun “truth.” Alternate translation: “by the true word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 27 fjm4 figs-rquestion ποῦ οὖν ἡ καύχησις? 1 Where then is boasting? It is excluded Paul asks this question to show that there is no reason for people to boast about obeying the law. Alternate translation: “So there is no way that we can boast that God favors us because we obeyed those laws.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 27 eufl figs-activepassive ἐξεκλείσθη 1 You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “We have no reason to boast at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 27 v3ut figs-rquestion διὰ ποίου νόμου? τῶν ἔργων? 1 On what grounds? Of works? No, but on the grounds of faith Paul asks two rhetorical questions to emphasize that it is not the **law** that keeps us from boasting. You can translate this by combining the two questions into one. Alternate translation: “Should we exclude it because of our good works?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 1d0073e44d55e8adf37153be5e8d274f85bc45dd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 20:26:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 419/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index bc7a8c0b20..773681414c 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ ROM 1 17 qr31 figs-possession δικαιοσύνη γὰρ Θεοῦ 1 Here Pau ROM 1 17 of98 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows is something else important about the “gospel” that the church at Rome should pay attention to. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that” or “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 1 17 gsl5 figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **righteousness** in another way. Alternate translation: “how God makes people right with himself” or “the way people become right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 17 ii3m writing-pronouns ἐν αὐτῷ 1 For in it The pronoun **it** refers to “the gospel” (See [1:16](../01/16.md)). Alternate translation: “the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 1 17 jl9i figs-abstractnouns ἐκ πίστεως εἰς πίστιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** in another way (See [1:5](../01/05.md). Here, Paul uses this phrase to emphasize how **the righteousness of God is revealed**. This phrase**from faith to faith** could refer to: (1) the Old Testament faith that leads to the New Testament faith. Alternate translation: “from the prophesied faith in the Messiah to the revealed faith in the Messiah” (2) God’s faithfulness that causes human faithfulness. Alternate translation: “God is trustworthy and causes people to trust in him” (3) human faith that leads to human faithfulness. Alternate translation: “by people who trust in God that leads to faithfulness to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 1 17 jl9i figs-abstractnouns ἐκ πίστεως εἰς πίστιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** in another way (See [1:5](../01/05.md). Here, Paul uses this phrase to emphasize how **the righteousness of God is revealed**. This phrase**from faith to faith** could refer to: (1) the Old Testament faith that leads to the New Testament faith. Alternate translation: “from the prophesied faith in the Messiah to the revealed faith in the Messiah” (2) God’s faithfulness that causes human faithfulness. Alternate translation: “that God is trustworthy and causes people to trust in him” (3) human faith that leads to human faithfulness. Alternate translation: “by people who trust in God that leads others to trust in God” or “by people who are faithful to God and lead others to become faithful to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 17 igg9 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it has been written In Paul’s culture, **just as it is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Habakkuk the prophet. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as Habakkuk the prophet says in the holy scriptures” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations) ROM 1 17 bgvh writing-quotations δὲ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to what Habakkuk the prophet previously says about the unrighteous person (See [Habakkuk 2:4](hab/02/04.md)). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 1 17 hbv6 figs-nominaladj ὁ…δίκαιος 1 The righteous will live by faith Paul is using the adjective **the righteous** as a noun in order to describe a type of person or group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the … person who is righteous” or “the … people who are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) From 48a585163d3dad4304ee33ad650a0a9fb31449f8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 20:32:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 420/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 773681414c..9b55b8dd85 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ ROM 3 26 b1xa figs-possession πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικ ROM 3 26 v1c9 figs-idiom ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ 1 Here, the phrase **at the present time** is an idiom meaning “at this time in history” or “currently.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “at this time in history” or “currently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 26 jjwq figs-idiom εἰς τὸ 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God now demonstrates **his righteousness**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 3 26 ea49 figs-ellipsis τὸν\n\n 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of the one who is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 3 26 ab0w figs-ellipsis τὸν ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **faith** that is related to **Jesus**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “true” instead of the noun “truth.” Alternate translation: “by the true word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 3 26 ab0w figs-possession τὸν ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **faith** that is related to **Jesus**. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here this phrase could refer to: (1) A person who trusts in Jesus. Alternate translation: “of the person who trusts in Jesus” (2) God’s faithfulness demonstrated in Jesus. Alternate translation (place a comma after **the one who makes righteous**): “he does this through the faithfulness of Jesus" or “God is the one who demonstrates his righteousness by how faithful Jesus was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 27 fjm4 figs-rquestion ποῦ οὖν ἡ καύχησις? 1 Where then is boasting? It is excluded Paul asks this question to show that there is no reason for people to boast about obeying the law. Alternate translation: “So there is no way that we can boast that God favors us because we obeyed those laws.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 27 eufl figs-activepassive ἐξεκλείσθη 1 You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “We have no reason to boast at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 27 v3ut figs-rquestion διὰ ποίου νόμου? τῶν ἔργων? 1 On what grounds? Of works? No, but on the grounds of faith Paul asks two rhetorical questions to emphasize that it is not the **law** that keeps us from boasting. You can translate this by combining the two questions into one. Alternate translation: “Should we exclude it because of our good works?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 7c18ce92c1edcecaa8c61fe91531dc81dd0efaa4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 20:33:25 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 421/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 9b55b8dd85..ea39f1a34a 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ ROM 3 26 b1xa figs-possession πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικ ROM 3 26 v1c9 figs-idiom ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ 1 Here, the phrase **at the present time** is an idiom meaning “at this time in history” or “currently.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “at this time in history” or “currently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 26 jjwq figs-idiom εἰς τὸ 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God now demonstrates **his righteousness**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 3 26 ea49 figs-ellipsis τὸν\n\n 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of the one who is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 3 26 ab0w figs-possession τὸν ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **faith** that is related to **Jesus**. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here this phrase could refer to: (1) A person who trusts in Jesus. Alternate translation: “of the person who trusts in Jesus” (2) God’s faithfulness demonstrated in Jesus. Alternate translation (place a comma after **the one who makes righteous**): “he does this through the faithfulness of Jesus" or “God is the one who demonstrates his righteousness by how faithful Jesus was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 3 26 ab0w figs-possession τὸν ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **faith** that is related to **Jesus**. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here this phrase could refer to: (1) A person who trusts in Jesus. Alternate translation: “of the person who trusts in Jesus” (2) God’s faithfulness demonstrated in Jesus. Alternate translation (place a comma after **the one who makes righteous**): “he does this through the faithfulness of Jesus” or “God is the one who demonstrates his righteousness by how faithful Jesus was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 27 fjm4 figs-rquestion ποῦ οὖν ἡ καύχησις? 1 Where then is boasting? It is excluded Paul asks this question to show that there is no reason for people to boast about obeying the law. Alternate translation: “So there is no way that we can boast that God favors us because we obeyed those laws.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 27 eufl figs-activepassive ἐξεκλείσθη 1 You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “We have no reason to boast at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 27 v3ut figs-rquestion διὰ ποίου νόμου? τῶν ἔργων? 1 On what grounds? Of works? No, but on the grounds of faith Paul asks two rhetorical questions to emphasize that it is not the **law** that keeps us from boasting. You can translate this by combining the two questions into one. Alternate translation: “Should we exclude it because of our good works?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 5eff18ddd8e7b7acbb209c8fb71ceecd9e2585f3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Richard Mahn Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 14:54:49 -0600 Subject: [PATCH 422/503] Fixes Mark 2:15 support reference --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 38acfc8bbf..949ca4d881 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ MRK 2 13 ma6f grammar-connect-time-background καὶ ἐξῆλθεν πάλι MRK 2 13 zecn figs-go πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτόν 1 Your language may say “went” rather than came in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “A large crowd went to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) MRK 2 14 sc4g translate-names Λευεὶν τὸν τοῦ Ἁλφαίου 1 Levi son of Alphaeus **Alphaeus** was the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 2 15 bwv2 ἦσαν γὰρ πολλοὶ, καὶ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ 1 for there were many and they were following him Alternate translation: “There were many tax collectors and sinful people who followed Jesus” -MRK 2 15 zqcu (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) καὶ πολλοὶ τελῶναι καὶ ἁμαρτωλοὶ συνανέκειντο τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 These two groups are used to express that Jesus and his students were eating with many people who the religious leaders looked down upon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) +MRK 2 15 zqcu figs-hendiadys καὶ πολλοὶ τελῶναι καὶ ἁμαρτωλοὶ συνανέκειντο τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 These two groups are used to express that Jesus and his students were eating with many people who the religious leaders looked down upon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) MRK 2 16 rwu1 figs-rquestion οἱ γραμματεῖς τῶν Φαρισαίων 1 This phrase tells the reader that these scribes were members of the group known as the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “The scribes, who were members of the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) MRK 2 16 b1bi figs-rquestion ὅτι μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίει? 1 Why is he eating with the tax collectors and sinners? The scribes and Pharisees asked this question to show they disapproved of Jesus’ hospitality to tax collectors and sinners. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He should not eat with sinners and tax collectors!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 2 17 ak1u writing-proverbs οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες 1 The ones being healthy do not have need of a physician, but the ones having sickness Jesus used this proverb about sick people and doctors to teach them that only people who know that they are sinful realize that they need Jesus. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]]) @@ -1378,4 +1378,4 @@ MRK 16 1 cw1b 0 Connecting Statement: On the first day of the week, women come MRK 16 1 p61n καὶ διαγενομένου τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 And the Sabbath having passed That is, after **the Sabbath**, the seventh day of the week, had ended and the first day of the week had begun. MRK 16 4 kld9 figs-activepassive ἀποκεκύλισται ὁ λίθος 1 the stone had been rolled away You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone had rolled away the stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 16 6 x9m8 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 He has been raised! The angel is emphatically stating that Jesus has risen from the dead. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “He arose!” or “God raised him from the dead!” or “He raised himself from the dead!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 9 10 to7w figs-metonymy 1 Mark is figuratively describing something Jesus would say by association with his mouth, which he would use to say something. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “something he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) \ No newline at end of file +MRK 9 10 to7w figs-metonymy 1 Mark is figuratively describing something Jesus would say by association with his mouth, which he would use to say something. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “something he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From c31ca580260410523624a27457908e1116a47a92 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 20:58:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 423/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index ea39f1a34a..fa774f6158 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -587,7 +587,7 @@ ROM 3 26 v1c9 figs-idiom ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ 1 Here, the phrase **a ROM 3 26 jjwq figs-idiom εἰς τὸ 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God now demonstrates **his righteousness**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 3 26 ea49 figs-ellipsis τὸν\n\n 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of the one who is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 26 ab0w figs-possession τὸν ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **faith** that is related to **Jesus**. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here this phrase could refer to: (1) A person who trusts in Jesus. Alternate translation: “of the person who trusts in Jesus” (2) God’s faithfulness demonstrated in Jesus. Alternate translation (place a comma after **the one who makes righteous**): “he does this through the faithfulness of Jesus” or “God is the one who demonstrates his righteousness by how faithful Jesus was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 3 27 fjm4 figs-rquestion ποῦ οὖν ἡ καύχησις? 1 Where then is boasting? It is excluded Paul asks this question to show that there is no reason for people to boast about obeying the law. Alternate translation: “So there is no way that we can boast that God favors us because we obeyed those laws.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 3 27 fjm4 figs-rquestion 0 Where then is boasting? It is excluded In [3:27–31](../03/27.md), Paul asks a series of rhetorical questions to emphasize that God makes people righteous through **a law of faith**. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 27 eufl figs-activepassive ἐξεκλείσθη 1 You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “We have no reason to boast at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 27 v3ut figs-rquestion διὰ ποίου νόμου? τῶν ἔργων? 1 On what grounds? Of works? No, but on the grounds of faith Paul asks two rhetorical questions to emphasize that it is not the **law** that keeps us from boasting. You can translate this by combining the two questions into one. Alternate translation: “Should we exclude it because of our good works?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 27 v3gd figs-ellipsis οὐχί, ἀλλὰ διὰ νόμου πίστεως 1 You can translate this by including the words that Paul implies. Alternate translation: “No, rather, we should exclude it because of faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) From 920bd42b413c0362d5610eafbd0cd919d4f51e7d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 21:05:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 424/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index fa774f6158..d57f871f2c 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -588,7 +588,8 @@ ROM 3 26 jjwq figs-idiom εἰς τὸ 1 This phrase introduces a purpose claus ROM 3 26 ea49 figs-ellipsis τὸν\n\n 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of the one who is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 26 ab0w figs-possession τὸν ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **faith** that is related to **Jesus**. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here this phrase could refer to: (1) A person who trusts in Jesus. Alternate translation: “of the person who trusts in Jesus” (2) God’s faithfulness demonstrated in Jesus. Alternate translation (place a comma after **the one who makes righteous**): “he does this through the faithfulness of Jesus” or “God is the one who demonstrates his righteousness by how faithful Jesus was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 27 fjm4 figs-rquestion 0 Where then is boasting? It is excluded In [3:27–31](../03/27.md), Paul asks a series of rhetorical questions to emphasize that God makes people righteous through **a law of faith**. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 3 27 eufl figs-activepassive ἐξεκλείσθη 1 You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “We have no reason to boast at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 3 27 jvnx figs-ellipsis ποῦ οὖν 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Where then is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 3 27 eufl figs-activepassive ἐξεκλείσθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “It becomes excluded” or “Excluded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 27 v3ut figs-rquestion διὰ ποίου νόμου? τῶν ἔργων? 1 On what grounds? Of works? No, but on the grounds of faith Paul asks two rhetorical questions to emphasize that it is not the **law** that keeps us from boasting. You can translate this by combining the two questions into one. Alternate translation: “Should we exclude it because of our good works?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 27 v3gd figs-ellipsis οὐχί, ἀλλὰ διὰ νόμου πίστεως 1 You can translate this by including the words that Paul implies. Alternate translation: “No, rather, we should exclude it because of faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 28 t8um figs-genericnoun ἄνθρωπον 1 a person is justified by faith Here, **a man** refers to any person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) From 1e5ca5b040c9a094269834d79b5c2b36a90d9ff8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 21:09:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 425/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index d57f871f2c..c86b9c2247 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -589,6 +589,7 @@ ROM 3 26 ea49 figs-ellipsis τὸν\n\n 1 A word is left out here in the origin ROM 3 26 ab0w figs-possession τὸν ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **faith** that is related to **Jesus**. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here this phrase could refer to: (1) A person who trusts in Jesus. Alternate translation: “of the person who trusts in Jesus” (2) God’s faithfulness demonstrated in Jesus. Alternate translation (place a comma after **the one who makes righteous**): “he does this through the faithfulness of Jesus” or “God is the one who demonstrates his righteousness by how faithful Jesus was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 27 fjm4 figs-rquestion 0 Where then is boasting? It is excluded In [3:27–31](../03/27.md), Paul asks a series of rhetorical questions to emphasize that God makes people righteous through **a law of faith**. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 27 jvnx figs-ellipsis ποῦ οὖν 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Where then is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 3 27 pub7 figs-abstractnouns ποῦ οὖν ἡ καύχησις 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **boasting**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “Who then can boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 27 eufl figs-activepassive ἐξεκλείσθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “It becomes excluded” or “Excluded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 27 v3ut figs-rquestion διὰ ποίου νόμου? τῶν ἔργων? 1 On what grounds? Of works? No, but on the grounds of faith Paul asks two rhetorical questions to emphasize that it is not the **law** that keeps us from boasting. You can translate this by combining the two questions into one. Alternate translation: “Should we exclude it because of our good works?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 27 v3gd figs-ellipsis οὐχί, ἀλλὰ διὰ νόμου πίστεως 1 You can translate this by including the words that Paul implies. Alternate translation: “No, rather, we should exclude it because of faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) From a598cf0761b72ac59699265ab07c043b51f25d4e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 21:13:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 426/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index c86b9c2247..43c44be799 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -588,10 +588,10 @@ ROM 3 26 jjwq figs-idiom εἰς τὸ 1 This phrase introduces a purpose claus ROM 3 26 ea49 figs-ellipsis τὸν\n\n 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of the one who is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 26 ab0w figs-possession τὸν ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **faith** that is related to **Jesus**. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here this phrase could refer to: (1) A person who trusts in Jesus. Alternate translation: “of the person who trusts in Jesus” (2) God’s faithfulness demonstrated in Jesus. Alternate translation (place a comma after **the one who makes righteous**): “he does this through the faithfulness of Jesus” or “God is the one who demonstrates his righteousness by how faithful Jesus was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 27 fjm4 figs-rquestion 0 Where then is boasting? It is excluded In [3:27–31](../03/27.md), Paul asks a series of rhetorical questions to emphasize that God makes people righteous through **a law of faith**. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 3 27 jvnx figs-ellipsis ποῦ οὖν 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Where then is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 27 pub7 figs-abstractnouns ποῦ οὖν ἡ καύχησις 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **boasting**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “Who then can boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 3 27 jvnx figs-ellipsis ποῦ οὖν 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Where then is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 27 eufl figs-activepassive ἐξεκλείσθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “It becomes excluded” or “Excluded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 3 27 v3ut figs-rquestion διὰ ποίου νόμου? τῶν ἔργων? 1 On what grounds? Of works? No, but on the grounds of faith Paul asks two rhetorical questions to emphasize that it is not the **law** that keeps us from boasting. You can translate this by combining the two questions into one. Alternate translation: “Should we exclude it because of our good works?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 3 27 v3ut figs-ellipsis διὰ ποίου νόμου? τῶν ἔργων? οὐχί, ἀλλὰ διὰ νόμου πίστεως 1 On what grounds? Of works? No, but on the grounds of faith Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “By what sort of a law is a person made righteous? Through the law of works? No! But a person is made righteous through a law of faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 27 v3gd figs-ellipsis οὐχί, ἀλλὰ διὰ νόμου πίστεως 1 You can translate this by including the words that Paul implies. Alternate translation: “No, rather, we should exclude it because of faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 28 t8um figs-genericnoun ἄνθρωπον 1 a person is justified by faith Here, **a man** refers to any person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) ROM 3 28 jb14 figs-abstractnouns δικαιοῦσθαι πίστει ἄνθρωπον 1 You can translate the abstract noun **faith** with the verb “believe.” Alternate translation: “a person is justified when they believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 4ae5d66d27e0d3eceabf0f4fa78f8d8b39d490e6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 21:19:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 427/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 43c44be799..5c4b77065b 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ ROM 3 27 pub7 figs-abstractnouns ποῦ οὖν ἡ καύχησις 1 If your ROM 3 27 jvnx figs-ellipsis ποῦ οὖν 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Where then is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 27 eufl figs-activepassive ἐξεκλείσθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “It becomes excluded” or “Excluded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 27 v3ut figs-ellipsis διὰ ποίου νόμου? τῶν ἔργων? οὐχί, ἀλλὰ διὰ νόμου πίστεως 1 On what grounds? Of works? No, but on the grounds of faith Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “By what sort of a law is a person made righteous? Through the law of works? No! But a person is made righteous through a law of faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 3 27 v3gd figs-ellipsis οὐχί, ἀλλὰ διὰ νόμου πίστεως 1 You can translate this by including the words that Paul implies. Alternate translation: “No, rather, we should exclude it because of faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 3 27 s66z figs-possession ποίου νόμου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **Through what** a **law** is characterized. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Alternate translation: “what law type” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 28 t8um figs-genericnoun ἄνθρωπον 1 a person is justified by faith Here, **a man** refers to any person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) ROM 3 28 jb14 figs-abstractnouns δικαιοῦσθαι πίστει ἄνθρωπον 1 You can translate the abstract noun **faith** with the verb “believe.” Alternate translation: “a person is justified when they believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 28 o95u figs-activepassive δικαιοῦσθαι πίστει ἄνθρωπον 1 You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “God justifies any person who believes in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 8591904d2baf5df4fdd90f2d8aeddd26f55ba0a0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 21:28:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 428/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 5c4b77065b..6b22c1a93c 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -593,6 +593,8 @@ ROM 3 27 jvnx figs-ellipsis ποῦ οὖν 1 A word is left out here in the o ROM 3 27 eufl figs-activepassive ἐξεκλείσθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “It becomes excluded” or “Excluded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 27 v3ut figs-ellipsis διὰ ποίου νόμου? τῶν ἔργων? οὐχί, ἀλλὰ διὰ νόμου πίστεως 1 On what grounds? Of works? No, but on the grounds of faith Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “By what sort of a law is a person made righteous? Through the law of works? No! But a person is made righteous through a law of faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 27 s66z figs-possession ποίου νόμου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **Through what** a **law** is characterized. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Alternate translation: “what law type” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 3 27 bgyy figs-possession τῶν ἔργων? οὐχί, ἀλλὰ διὰ νόμου πίστεως 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe one **law** that is characterized by **works** and another by **faith**. Use a natural way in your language to express these ideas. Alternate translation: “A law characterized by works? No! But through a law characterized by faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 3 27 mlcq figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of trusting in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 28 t8um figs-genericnoun ἄνθρωπον 1 a person is justified by faith Here, **a man** refers to any person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) ROM 3 28 jb14 figs-abstractnouns δικαιοῦσθαι πίστει ἄνθρωπον 1 You can translate the abstract noun **faith** with the verb “believe.” Alternate translation: “a person is justified when they believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 28 o95u figs-activepassive δικαιοῦσθαι πίστει ἄνθρωπον 1 You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “God justifies any person who believes in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 54d8c7541492ec4850682bb27f55acd55098cdac Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Sat, 30 Apr 2022 21:30:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 429/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 6b22c1a93c..19d72470b5 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -594,6 +594,7 @@ ROM 3 27 eufl figs-activepassive ἐξεκλείσθη 1 If your language does ROM 3 27 v3ut figs-ellipsis διὰ ποίου νόμου? τῶν ἔργων? οὐχί, ἀλλὰ διὰ νόμου πίστεως 1 On what grounds? Of works? No, but on the grounds of faith Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “By what sort of a law is a person made righteous? Through the law of works? No! But a person is made righteous through a law of faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 27 s66z figs-possession ποίου νόμου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **Through what** a **law** is characterized. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Alternate translation: “what law type” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 27 bgyy figs-possession τῶν ἔργων? οὐχί, ἀλλὰ διὰ νόμου πίστεως 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe one **law** that is characterized by **works** and another by **faith**. Use a natural way in your language to express these ideas. Alternate translation: “A law characterized by works? No! But through a law characterized by faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 3 27 tg79 figs-exclamations οὐχί 1 Here, **No** is an exclamation word that communicates a strong prohibition. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating a strong prohibition. Alternate translation: “No way” or “Absolutely not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 27 mlcq figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of trusting in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 28 t8um figs-genericnoun ἄνθρωπον 1 a person is justified by faith Here, **a man** refers to any person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) ROM 3 28 jb14 figs-abstractnouns δικαιοῦσθαι πίστει ἄνθρωπον 1 You can translate the abstract noun **faith** with the verb “believe.” Alternate translation: “a person is justified when they believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From a1d9bf9a5c0b4b5b3d833ddfef34e7e137e62c09 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 13:17:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 430/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 19d72470b5..9b845852ba 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ ROM 3 27 eufl figs-activepassive ἐξεκλείσθη 1 If your language does ROM 3 27 v3ut figs-ellipsis διὰ ποίου νόμου? τῶν ἔργων? οὐχί, ἀλλὰ διὰ νόμου πίστεως 1 On what grounds? Of works? No, but on the grounds of faith Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “By what sort of a law is a person made righteous? Through the law of works? No! But a person is made righteous through a law of faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 27 s66z figs-possession ποίου νόμου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **Through what** a **law** is characterized. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Alternate translation: “what law type” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 27 bgyy figs-possession τῶν ἔργων? οὐχί, ἀλλὰ διὰ νόμου πίστεως 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe one **law** that is characterized by **works** and another by **faith**. Use a natural way in your language to express these ideas. Alternate translation: “A law characterized by works? No! But through a law characterized by faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 3 27 tg79 figs-exclamations οὐχί 1 Here, **No** is an exclamation word that communicates a strong prohibition. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating a strong prohibition. Alternate translation: “No way” or “Absolutely not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) +ROM 3 27 tg79 figs-exclamations οὐχί 1 Here, **No** is an exclamation word that communicates a strong prohibition. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating a strong prohibition. Alternate translation: “No way!” or “Absolutely not!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 27 mlcq figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of trusting in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 28 t8um figs-genericnoun ἄνθρωπον 1 a person is justified by faith Here, **a man** refers to any person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) ROM 3 28 jb14 figs-abstractnouns δικαιοῦσθαι πίστει ἄνθρωπον 1 You can translate the abstract noun **faith** with the verb “believe.” Alternate translation: “a person is justified when they believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 3e018f349ebbde5219f59437720ad6b8a44b86a6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 13:17:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 431/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 9b845852ba..5849fd7426 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ ROM 3 27 eufl figs-activepassive ἐξεκλείσθη 1 If your language does ROM 3 27 v3ut figs-ellipsis διὰ ποίου νόμου? τῶν ἔργων? οὐχί, ἀλλὰ διὰ νόμου πίστεως 1 On what grounds? Of works? No, but on the grounds of faith Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “By what sort of a law is a person made righteous? Through the law of works? No! But a person is made righteous through a law of faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 27 s66z figs-possession ποίου νόμου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **Through what** a **law** is characterized. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Alternate translation: “what law type” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 27 bgyy figs-possession τῶν ἔργων? οὐχί, ἀλλὰ διὰ νόμου πίστεως 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe one **law** that is characterized by **works** and another by **faith**. Use a natural way in your language to express these ideas. Alternate translation: “A law characterized by works? No! But through a law characterized by faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 3 27 tg79 figs-exclamations οὐχί 1 Here, **No** is an exclamation word that communicates a strong prohibition. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating a strong prohibition. Alternate translation: “No way!” or “Absolutely not!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) +ROM 3 27 tg79 figs-exclamations οὐχί, 1 Here, **No** is an exclamation word that communicates a strong prohibition. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating a strong prohibition. Alternate translation: “No way!” or “Absolutely not!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 27 mlcq figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of trusting in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 28 t8um figs-genericnoun ἄνθρωπον 1 a person is justified by faith Here, **a man** refers to any person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) ROM 3 28 jb14 figs-abstractnouns δικαιοῦσθαι πίστει ἄνθρωπον 1 You can translate the abstract noun **faith** with the verb “believe.” Alternate translation: “a person is justified when they believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 90077636e82c2b43c7e91d3b635a3a8980c8276f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 13:23:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 432/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 5849fd7426..79c742b71d 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -593,7 +593,7 @@ ROM 3 27 jvnx figs-ellipsis ποῦ οὖν 1 A word is left out here in the o ROM 3 27 eufl figs-activepassive ἐξεκλείσθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “It becomes excluded” or “Excluded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 27 v3ut figs-ellipsis διὰ ποίου νόμου? τῶν ἔργων? οὐχί, ἀλλὰ διὰ νόμου πίστεως 1 On what grounds? Of works? No, but on the grounds of faith Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “By what sort of a law is a person made righteous? Through the law of works? No! But a person is made righteous through a law of faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 27 s66z figs-possession ποίου νόμου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **Through what** a **law** is characterized. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Alternate translation: “what law type” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 3 27 bgyy figs-possession τῶν ἔργων? οὐχί, ἀλλὰ διὰ νόμου πίστεως 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe one **law** that is characterized by **works** and another by **faith**. Use a natural way in your language to express these ideas. Alternate translation: “A law characterized by works? No! But through a law characterized by faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 3 27 bgyy figs-possession τῶν ἔργων? οὐχί, ἀλλὰ διὰ νόμου πίστεως 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe one **law** that is characterized by **works** and another by **faith**. You could express these ideas with a verbal form or another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “A law characterized by works? No! But through a law characterized by faith” or “Doing what the law requires? No! Instead, by doing what faith requires” or “By being instructed in the law?No! But by being instructed in the Faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 27 tg79 figs-exclamations οὐχί, 1 Here, **No** is an exclamation word that communicates a strong prohibition. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating a strong prohibition. Alternate translation: “No way!” or “Absolutely not!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 27 mlcq figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of trusting in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 28 t8um figs-genericnoun ἄνθρωπον 1 a person is justified by faith Here, **a man** refers to any person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) From 412b98c09e652671955eb6a662c9d1bd790381ad Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 13:26:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 433/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 79c742b71d..2eed92c8da 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ ROM 3 27 eufl figs-activepassive ἐξεκλείσθη 1 If your language does ROM 3 27 v3ut figs-ellipsis διὰ ποίου νόμου? τῶν ἔργων? οὐχί, ἀλλὰ διὰ νόμου πίστεως 1 On what grounds? Of works? No, but on the grounds of faith Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “By what sort of a law is a person made righteous? Through the law of works? No! But a person is made righteous through a law of faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 27 s66z figs-possession ποίου νόμου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **Through what** a **law** is characterized. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Alternate translation: “what law type” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 27 bgyy figs-possession τῶν ἔργων? οὐχί, ἀλλὰ διὰ νόμου πίστεως 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe one **law** that is characterized by **works** and another by **faith**. You could express these ideas with a verbal form or another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “A law characterized by works? No! But through a law characterized by faith” or “Doing what the law requires? No! Instead, by doing what faith requires” or “By being instructed in the law?No! But by being instructed in the Faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 3 27 tg79 figs-exclamations οὐχί, 1 Here, **No** is an exclamation word that communicates a strong prohibition. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating a strong prohibition. Alternate translation: “No way!” or “Absolutely not!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) +ROM 3 27 tg79 figs-exclamations οὐχί, 1 Here, **No! But** is an exclamation phrase that communicates a strong contrast. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “No way! But” or “Absolutely not! Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 27 mlcq figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of trusting in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 28 t8um figs-genericnoun ἄνθρωπον 1 a person is justified by faith Here, **a man** refers to any person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) ROM 3 28 jb14 figs-abstractnouns δικαιοῦσθαι πίστει ἄνθρωπον 1 You can translate the abstract noun **faith** with the verb “believe.” Alternate translation: “a person is justified when they believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 7d207996df62821c36cc4b9967aa230303ea2ca7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 13:34:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 434/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 2eed92c8da..1ddc02a41e 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -596,6 +596,7 @@ ROM 3 27 s66z figs-possession ποίου νόμου 1 Paul is using the possess ROM 3 27 bgyy figs-possession τῶν ἔργων? οὐχί, ἀλλὰ διὰ νόμου πίστεως 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe one **law** that is characterized by **works** and another by **faith**. You could express these ideas with a verbal form or another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “A law characterized by works? No! But through a law characterized by faith” or “Doing what the law requires? No! Instead, by doing what faith requires” or “By being instructed in the law?No! But by being instructed in the Faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 27 tg79 figs-exclamations οὐχί, 1 Here, **No! But** is an exclamation phrase that communicates a strong contrast. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “No way! But” or “Absolutely not! Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 27 mlcq figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of trusting in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 3 28 qe9p grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows explains what “the law of faith” means in [3:27](../03/27.md)).. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 28 t8um figs-genericnoun ἄνθρωπον 1 a person is justified by faith Here, **a man** refers to any person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) ROM 3 28 jb14 figs-abstractnouns δικαιοῦσθαι πίστει ἄνθρωπον 1 You can translate the abstract noun **faith** with the verb “believe.” Alternate translation: “a person is justified when they believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 28 o95u figs-activepassive δικαιοῦσθαι πίστει ἄνθρωπον 1 You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “God justifies any person who believes in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 3e7fa4f3f71e1944c5c2818bcedea9c66f8625b7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 13:41:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 435/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 1ddc02a41e..abcb4691ab 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -597,7 +597,8 @@ ROM 3 27 bgyy figs-possession τῶν ἔργων? οὐχί, ἀλλὰ διὰ ROM 3 27 tg79 figs-exclamations οὐχί, 1 Here, **No! But** is an exclamation phrase that communicates a strong contrast. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “No way! But” or “Absolutely not! Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 27 mlcq figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of trusting in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 28 qe9p grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows explains what “the law of faith” means in [3:27](../03/27.md)).. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 3 28 t8um figs-genericnoun ἄνθρωπον 1 a person is justified by faith Here, **a man** refers to any person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +ROM 3 28 jtqq grammar-connect-words-phrases λογιζόμεθα 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow Jews (See [3:19](../03/19.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we Jews consider” or “we Jews regard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 3 28 t8um figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον 1 a person is justified by faith Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in the generic sense of “humanity,” including both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])\n ROM 3 28 jb14 figs-abstractnouns δικαιοῦσθαι πίστει ἄνθρωπον 1 You can translate the abstract noun **faith** with the verb “believe.” Alternate translation: “a person is justified when they believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 28 o95u figs-activepassive δικαιοῦσθαι πίστει ἄνθρωπον 1 You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “God justifies any person who believes in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 28 ycx2 χωρὶς ἔργων νόμου 1 without works of the law “even if he has done no works of the law” From f7e4ec9114a6a0457297ea4ea8084e68803de1ff Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 13:48:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 436/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index abcb4691ab..80d1285953 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -598,7 +598,8 @@ ROM 3 27 tg79 figs-exclamations οὐχί, 1 Here, **No! But** is an exclamatio ROM 3 27 mlcq figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of trusting in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 28 qe9p grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows explains what “the law of faith” means in [3:27](../03/27.md)).. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 28 jtqq grammar-connect-words-phrases λογιζόμεθα 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow Jews (See [3:19](../03/19.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we Jews consider” or “we Jews regard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ROM 3 28 t8um figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον 1 a person is justified by faith Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in the generic sense of “humanity,” including both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])\n +ROM 3 28 t8um figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον 1 a person is justified by faith Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in the generic sense of “humanity,” including both men and women. Alternate translation: “humanity” or “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])\n +ROM 3 28 ph88 figs-activepassive δικαιοῦσθαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” makes **a man** righteous or **a man** does this action **by faith**. Alternate translation: “God makes a person righteous” or “a person justifies himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 28 jb14 figs-abstractnouns δικαιοῦσθαι πίστει ἄνθρωπον 1 You can translate the abstract noun **faith** with the verb “believe.” Alternate translation: “a person is justified when they believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 28 o95u figs-activepassive δικαιοῦσθαι πίστει ἄνθρωπον 1 You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “God justifies any person who believes in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 28 ycx2 χωρὶς ἔργων νόμου 1 without works of the law “even if he has done no works of the law” From 486226afc5c70b9867711f00ac5085b818f3965b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 13:51:40 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 437/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 80d1285953..6df98a711f 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ ROM 3 27 mlcq figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use ROM 3 28 qe9p grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows explains what “the law of faith” means in [3:27](../03/27.md)).. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 28 jtqq grammar-connect-words-phrases λογιζόμεθα 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow Jews (See [3:19](../03/19.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we Jews consider” or “we Jews regard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 28 t8um figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον 1 a person is justified by faith Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in the generic sense of “humanity,” including both men and women. Alternate translation: “humanity” or “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])\n -ROM 3 28 ph88 figs-activepassive δικαιοῦσθαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” makes **a man** righteous or **a man** does this action **by faith**. Alternate translation: “God makes a person righteous” or “a person justifies himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 3 28 ph88 figs-activepassive δικαιοῦσθαι…ἄνθρωπον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” does it (See [3:30](..03/30.md)). Alternate translation: “that God makes a person righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 28 jb14 figs-abstractnouns δικαιοῦσθαι πίστει ἄνθρωπον 1 You can translate the abstract noun **faith** with the verb “believe.” Alternate translation: “a person is justified when they believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 28 o95u figs-activepassive δικαιοῦσθαι πίστει ἄνθρωπον 1 You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “God justifies any person who believes in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 28 ycx2 χωρὶς ἔργων νόμου 1 without works of the law “even if he has done no works of the law” From 8b1a490fe281108f78bee8c5443f020ea3568c42 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 13:52:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 438/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 6df98a711f..89300bb801 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ ROM 3 27 mlcq figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use ROM 3 28 qe9p grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows explains what “the law of faith” means in [3:27](../03/27.md)).. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 28 jtqq grammar-connect-words-phrases λογιζόμεθα 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow Jews (See [3:19](../03/19.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we Jews consider” or “we Jews regard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 28 t8um figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον 1 a person is justified by faith Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in the generic sense of “humanity,” including both men and women. Alternate translation: “humanity” or “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])\n -ROM 3 28 ph88 figs-activepassive δικαιοῦσθαι…ἄνθρωπον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” does it (See [3:30](..03/30.md)). Alternate translation: “that God makes a person righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 3 28 ph88 figs-activepassive δικαιοῦσθαι…ἄνθρωπον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” does it (See [3:30](../03/30.md)). Alternate translation: “that God makes a person righteous” or “God continues to justify a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 28 jb14 figs-abstractnouns δικαιοῦσθαι πίστει ἄνθρωπον 1 You can translate the abstract noun **faith** with the verb “believe.” Alternate translation: “a person is justified when they believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 28 o95u figs-activepassive δικαιοῦσθαι πίστει ἄνθρωπον 1 You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “God justifies any person who believes in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 28 ycx2 χωρὶς ἔργων νόμου 1 without works of the law “even if he has done no works of the law” From cc6baaedb4a94a3b809531525049711049ebae20 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 14:17:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 439/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 89300bb801..c9b62ab96e 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -600,7 +600,7 @@ ROM 3 28 qe9p grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates t ROM 3 28 jtqq grammar-connect-words-phrases λογιζόμεθα 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow Jews (See [3:19](../03/19.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we Jews consider” or “we Jews regard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 28 t8um figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον 1 a person is justified by faith Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in the generic sense of “humanity,” including both men and women. Alternate translation: “humanity” or “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])\n ROM 3 28 ph88 figs-activepassive δικαιοῦσθαι…ἄνθρωπον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” does it (See [3:30](../03/30.md)). Alternate translation: “that God makes a person righteous” or “God continues to justify a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 3 28 jb14 figs-abstractnouns δικαιοῦσθαι πίστει ἄνθρωπον 1 You can translate the abstract noun **faith** with the verb “believe.” Alternate translation: “a person is justified when they believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 3 28 jb14 figs-abstractnouns πίστει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Here **by faith** could refer to: (1) trust in God or Christ. Alternate translation: “by trusting in God” or “by remaining faithful to Christ” (2) God’s or Christ’s faithfulness. Alternate translation: “by God’s faithfulness” or “by Christ’s faithfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 28 o95u figs-activepassive δικαιοῦσθαι πίστει ἄνθρωπον 1 You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “God justifies any person who believes in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 28 ycx2 χωρὶς ἔργων νόμου 1 without works of the law “even if he has done no works of the law” ROM 3 29 n7r5 figs-rquestion ἢ Ἰουδαίων ὁ Θεὸς μόνον? 1 Or is God the God of Jews only? Paul asks this question for emphasis. Alternate translation: “You who are Jews certainly should not think that you are the only ones whom God will accept!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From f87e5fb7ddd1b7ddb7150c8a72c37f58525f7f07 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 14:20:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 440/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index c9b62ab96e..c5f7731896 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -602,7 +602,7 @@ ROM 3 28 t8um figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον 1 a person is justified by ROM 3 28 ph88 figs-activepassive δικαιοῦσθαι…ἄνθρωπον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” does it (See [3:30](../03/30.md)). Alternate translation: “that God makes a person righteous” or “God continues to justify a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 28 jb14 figs-abstractnouns πίστει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Here **by faith** could refer to: (1) trust in God or Christ. Alternate translation: “by trusting in God” or “by remaining faithful to Christ” (2) God’s or Christ’s faithfulness. Alternate translation: “by God’s faithfulness” or “by Christ’s faithfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 28 o95u figs-activepassive δικαιοῦσθαι πίστει ἄνθρωπον 1 You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “God justifies any person who believes in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 3 28 ycx2 χωρὶς ἔργων νόμου 1 without works of the law “even if he has done no works of the law” +ROM 3 28 ycx2 χωρὶς ἔργων νόμου 1 without works of the law Paul is using the possessive form (See [3:21](../03/21.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **apart from the law** could refer to: (1) **apart from** doing what **the law** requires. Alternate translation: “without having to do what his law requires” (2) outside of what **the law** says. Alternate translation: “not related to what his law says” or “differently than what his law says” or “even if he has done no works of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 29 n7r5 figs-rquestion ἢ Ἰουδαίων ὁ Θεὸς μόνον? 1 Or is God the God of Jews only? Paul asks this question for emphasis. Alternate translation: “You who are Jews certainly should not think that you are the only ones whom God will accept!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 29 gdt4 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ καὶ ἐθνῶν? ναὶ, καὶ ἐθνῶν 1 Is he not also the God of Gentiles? Yes, of Gentiles also Paul asks this question to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “He will also accept non-Jews, that is, Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 30 gk5d figs-metonymy ὃς δικαιώσει περιτομὴν ἐκ πίστεως, καὶ ἀκροβυστίαν διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 he will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through faith Here, **the circumcision** is a metonym that refers to Jews and **the uncircumcision** is a metonym that refers to non-Jews. Alternate translation: “God will make both Jews and non-Jews right with himself through their faith in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 32647ff364773facd8db044b7a0572a8482a4a79 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 14:22:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 441/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 5 ++--- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index c5f7731896..a2199c199f 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ ROM 3 20 xgpp figs-abstractnouns ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 If you ROM 3 20 aety figs-possession ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **knowledge** that is characterized by **sin**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “sin’s” instead of the noun “sin” or a verbal form. Alternate translation: “is sin’s knowledge” or “we come to know that God requires that we do not sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 21 y3te figs-infostructure νυνὶ δὲ χωρὶς νόμου, δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ πεφανέρωται 1 now If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “But now, the righteousness of God has been made known apart from the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 3 21 fqz4 grammar-connect-logic-contrast νυνὶ δὲ 1 Connecting Statement: What follows the word **But now** here is in contrast to Paul’s discussion about **the law** in [2:1–3:20](../02/01.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -ROM 3 21 nlj0 figs-possession χωρὶς νόμου 1 Paul is using the possessive form. Here, **apart from the law** could refer to: (1) **apart from** doing what **the law** requires. Alternate translation: “without having to do what his law requires” (2) outside of what **the law** says. Alternate translation: “not related to what his law says” or “differently than what his law says” Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 3 21 nlj0 figs-possession χωρὶς νόμου 1 Paul is using the possessive form. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **apart from the law** could refer to: (1) **apart from** doing what **the law** requires. Alternate translation: “without having to do what his law requires” (2) outside of what **the law** says. Alternate translation: “not related to what his law says” or “differently than what his law says” or “even if he has done no works of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 21 e4qe figs-activepassive δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ πεφανέρωται 1 apart from the law the righteousness of God has been made known If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God reveals how to become right with him” or “God makes known the way he makes people right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 21 qkis figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how to become righteous with God” or “how righteous God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 21 w1qc figs-possession δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form. Here, **the righteousness of God** could refer to: (1) how God makes people right with himself. Alternate translation: “how people become right with God” or “the righteousness from God” (2) what God’s righteousness is. Alternate translation: “God’s righteousness” (3) how righteous God is. Alternate translation: “how righteous God is” See the discussion in the introduction of the chapter to help determine how you will translate this phrase. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) @@ -601,8 +601,7 @@ ROM 3 28 jtqq grammar-connect-words-phrases λογιζόμεθα 1 Here, **we** ROM 3 28 t8um figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον 1 a person is justified by faith Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in the generic sense of “humanity,” including both men and women. Alternate translation: “humanity” or “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])\n ROM 3 28 ph88 figs-activepassive δικαιοῦσθαι…ἄνθρωπον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” does it (See [3:30](../03/30.md)). Alternate translation: “that God makes a person righteous” or “God continues to justify a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 28 jb14 figs-abstractnouns πίστει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Here **by faith** could refer to: (1) trust in God or Christ. Alternate translation: “by trusting in God” or “by remaining faithful to Christ” (2) God’s or Christ’s faithfulness. Alternate translation: “by God’s faithfulness” or “by Christ’s faithfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 3 28 o95u figs-activepassive δικαιοῦσθαι πίστει ἄνθρωπον 1 You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “God justifies any person who believes in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 3 28 ycx2 χωρὶς ἔργων νόμου 1 without works of the law Paul is using the possessive form (See [3:21](../03/21.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **apart from the law** could refer to: (1) **apart from** doing what **the law** requires. Alternate translation: “without having to do what his law requires” (2) outside of what **the law** says. Alternate translation: “not related to what his law says” or “differently than what his law says” or “even if he has done no works of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 3 28 ycx2 figs-possession χωρὶς ἔργων νόμου 1 without works of the law Paul is using the possessive form (See [3:21](../03/21.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **apart from the law** could refer to: (1) **apart from** doing what **the law** requires. Alternate translation: “without having to do what his law requires” (2) outside of what **the law** says. Alternate translation: “not related to what his law says” or “differently than what his law says” or “even if he has done no works of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 29 n7r5 figs-rquestion ἢ Ἰουδαίων ὁ Θεὸς μόνον? 1 Or is God the God of Jews only? Paul asks this question for emphasis. Alternate translation: “You who are Jews certainly should not think that you are the only ones whom God will accept!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 29 gdt4 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ καὶ ἐθνῶν? ναὶ, καὶ ἐθνῶν 1 Is he not also the God of Gentiles? Yes, of Gentiles also Paul asks this question to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “He will also accept non-Jews, that is, Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 30 gk5d figs-metonymy ὃς δικαιώσει περιτομὴν ἐκ πίστεως, καὶ ἀκροβυστίαν διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 he will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through faith Here, **the circumcision** is a metonym that refers to Jews and **the uncircumcision** is a metonym that refers to non-Jews. Alternate translation: “God will make both Jews and non-Jews right with himself through their faith in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 8cd797bb7f33d915c11b1f5ee23e1eec5cc349c2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 14:23:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 442/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index a2199c199f..fa731d0a1f 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ ROM 3 28 jtqq grammar-connect-words-phrases λογιζόμεθα 1 Here, **we** ROM 3 28 t8um figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον 1 a person is justified by faith Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in the generic sense of “humanity,” including both men and women. Alternate translation: “humanity” or “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])\n ROM 3 28 ph88 figs-activepassive δικαιοῦσθαι…ἄνθρωπον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” does it (See [3:30](../03/30.md)). Alternate translation: “that God makes a person righteous” or “God continues to justify a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 28 jb14 figs-abstractnouns πίστει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Here **by faith** could refer to: (1) trust in God or Christ. Alternate translation: “by trusting in God” or “by remaining faithful to Christ” (2) God’s or Christ’s faithfulness. Alternate translation: “by God’s faithfulness” or “by Christ’s faithfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 3 28 ycx2 figs-possession χωρὶς ἔργων νόμου 1 without works of the law Paul is using the possessive form (See [3:21](../03/21.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **apart from the law** could refer to: (1) **apart from** doing what **the law** requires. Alternate translation: “without having to do what his law requires” (2) outside of what **the law** says. Alternate translation: “not related to what his law says” or “differently than what his law says” or “even if he has done no works of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 3 28 ycx2 figs-possession χωρὶς ἔργων νόμου 1 without works of the law Paul is using the possessive form (See [3:21](../03/21.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **apart from works of the law** could refer to: (1) **apart from** doing what **the law** requires. Alternate translation: “without having to do what his law requires” (2) outside of what **the law** says. Alternate translation: “not related to what his law says” or “differently than what his law says” or “even if he has done no works of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 29 n7r5 figs-rquestion ἢ Ἰουδαίων ὁ Θεὸς μόνον? 1 Or is God the God of Jews only? Paul asks this question for emphasis. Alternate translation: “You who are Jews certainly should not think that you are the only ones whom God will accept!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 29 gdt4 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ καὶ ἐθνῶν? ναὶ, καὶ ἐθνῶν 1 Is he not also the God of Gentiles? Yes, of Gentiles also Paul asks this question to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “He will also accept non-Jews, that is, Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 30 gk5d figs-metonymy ὃς δικαιώσει περιτομὴν ἐκ πίστεως, καὶ ἀκροβυστίαν διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 he will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through faith Here, **the circumcision** is a metonym that refers to Jews and **the uncircumcision** is a metonym that refers to non-Jews. Alternate translation: “God will make both Jews and non-Jews right with himself through their faith in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 43ed5c1d970efc775c2b070831a42b8d79d91890 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 14:32:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 443/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index fa731d0a1f..7fa079fad8 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ ROM 3 27 s66z figs-possession ποίου νόμου 1 Paul is using the possess ROM 3 27 bgyy figs-possession τῶν ἔργων? οὐχί, ἀλλὰ διὰ νόμου πίστεως 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe one **law** that is characterized by **works** and another by **faith**. You could express these ideas with a verbal form or another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “A law characterized by works? No! But through a law characterized by faith” or “Doing what the law requires? No! Instead, by doing what faith requires” or “By being instructed in the law?No! But by being instructed in the Faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 27 tg79 figs-exclamations οὐχί, 1 Here, **No! But** is an exclamation phrase that communicates a strong contrast. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “No way! But” or “Absolutely not! Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 27 mlcq figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of trusting in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 3 28 qe9p grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows explains what “the law of faith” means in [3:27](../03/27.md)).. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 3 28 qe9p grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows explains what “the law of faith” means in [3:27](../03/27.md)) and further answers Paul’s rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 28 jtqq grammar-connect-words-phrases λογιζόμεθα 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow Jews (See [3:19](../03/19.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we Jews consider” or “we Jews regard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 28 t8um figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον 1 a person is justified by faith Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in the generic sense of “humanity,” including both men and women. Alternate translation: “humanity” or “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])\n ROM 3 28 ph88 figs-activepassive δικαιοῦσθαι…ἄνθρωπον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” does it (See [3:30](../03/30.md)). Alternate translation: “that God makes a person righteous” or “God continues to justify a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 4540853e24e6f027808bf87339fa52ab7424cdb2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 14:34:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 444/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 7fa079fad8..c179236ab9 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -602,8 +602,7 @@ ROM 3 28 t8um figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον 1 a person is justified by ROM 3 28 ph88 figs-activepassive δικαιοῦσθαι…ἄνθρωπον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” does it (See [3:30](../03/30.md)). Alternate translation: “that God makes a person righteous” or “God continues to justify a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 28 jb14 figs-abstractnouns πίστει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Here **by faith** could refer to: (1) trust in God or Christ. Alternate translation: “by trusting in God” or “by remaining faithful to Christ” (2) God’s or Christ’s faithfulness. Alternate translation: “by God’s faithfulness” or “by Christ’s faithfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 28 ycx2 figs-possession χωρὶς ἔργων νόμου 1 without works of the law Paul is using the possessive form (See [3:21](../03/21.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **apart from works of the law** could refer to: (1) **apart from** doing what **the law** requires. Alternate translation: “without having to do what his law requires” (2) outside of what **the law** says. Alternate translation: “not related to what his law says” or “differently than what his law says” or “even if he has done no works of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 3 29 n7r5 figs-rquestion ἢ Ἰουδαίων ὁ Θεὸς μόνον? 1 Or is God the God of Jews only? Paul asks this question for emphasis. Alternate translation: “You who are Jews certainly should not think that you are the only ones whom God will accept!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 3 29 gdt4 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ καὶ ἐθνῶν? ναὶ, καὶ ἐθνῶν 1 Is he not also the God of Gentiles? Yes, of Gentiles also Paul asks this question to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “He will also accept non-Jews, that is, Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 3 29 c606 figs-possession 1 ROM 3 30 gk5d figs-metonymy ὃς δικαιώσει περιτομὴν ἐκ πίστεως, καὶ ἀκροβυστίαν διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 he will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through faith Here, **the circumcision** is a metonym that refers to Jews and **the uncircumcision** is a metonym that refers to non-Jews. Alternate translation: “God will make both Jews and non-Jews right with himself through their faith in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 31 wb6r figs-rquestion νόμον οὖν καταργοῦμεν διὰ τῆς πίστεως? 1 Do we then nullify the law through faith? Paul asks a question that one of his readers might have. Alternate translation: “Someone might say that we can ignore the law because we have faith.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 31 jdq1 figs-rquestion μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question. You may have a similar express in your language that you could use here. Alternate translation: “This is certainly not true” or “Certainly not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 250cd9a74d57f3de1aa28a369128b90ff7fe12e2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 14:35:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 445/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index c179236ab9..34bdfe3942 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -602,7 +602,7 @@ ROM 3 28 t8um figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον 1 a person is justified by ROM 3 28 ph88 figs-activepassive δικαιοῦσθαι…ἄνθρωπον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” does it (See [3:30](../03/30.md)). Alternate translation: “that God makes a person righteous” or “God continues to justify a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 28 jb14 figs-abstractnouns πίστει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Here **by faith** could refer to: (1) trust in God or Christ. Alternate translation: “by trusting in God” or “by remaining faithful to Christ” (2) God’s or Christ’s faithfulness. Alternate translation: “by God’s faithfulness” or “by Christ’s faithfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 28 ycx2 figs-possession χωρὶς ἔργων νόμου 1 without works of the law Paul is using the possessive form (See [3:21](../03/21.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **apart from works of the law** could refer to: (1) **apart from** doing what **the law** requires. Alternate translation: “without having to do what his law requires” (2) outside of what **the law** says. Alternate translation: “not related to what his law says” or “differently than what his law says” or “even if he has done no works of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 3 29 c606 figs-possession 1 +ROM 3 29 c606 figs-ellipsis ἢ Ἰουδαίων ὁ Θεὸς μόνον? οὐχὶ 1 ROM 3 30 gk5d figs-metonymy ὃς δικαιώσει περιτομὴν ἐκ πίστεως, καὶ ἀκροβυστίαν διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 he will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through faith Here, **the circumcision** is a metonym that refers to Jews and **the uncircumcision** is a metonym that refers to non-Jews. Alternate translation: “God will make both Jews and non-Jews right with himself through their faith in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 31 wb6r figs-rquestion νόμον οὖν καταργοῦμεν διὰ τῆς πίστεως? 1 Do we then nullify the law through faith? Paul asks a question that one of his readers might have. Alternate translation: “Someone might say that we can ignore the law because we have faith.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 31 jdq1 figs-rquestion μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question. You may have a similar express in your language that you could use here. Alternate translation: “This is certainly not true” or “Certainly not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 6c3d7fb9a486b0689fafc74eeefd4aab1ad53998 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 14:35:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 446/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 34bdfe3942..ee6e00b663 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -602,7 +602,7 @@ ROM 3 28 t8um figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον 1 a person is justified by ROM 3 28 ph88 figs-activepassive δικαιοῦσθαι…ἄνθρωπον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” does it (See [3:30](../03/30.md)). Alternate translation: “that God makes a person righteous” or “God continues to justify a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 28 jb14 figs-abstractnouns πίστει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Here **by faith** could refer to: (1) trust in God or Christ. Alternate translation: “by trusting in God” or “by remaining faithful to Christ” (2) God’s or Christ’s faithfulness. Alternate translation: “by God’s faithfulness” or “by Christ’s faithfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 28 ycx2 figs-possession χωρὶς ἔργων νόμου 1 without works of the law Paul is using the possessive form (See [3:21](../03/21.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **apart from works of the law** could refer to: (1) **apart from** doing what **the law** requires. Alternate translation: “without having to do what his law requires” (2) outside of what **the law** says. Alternate translation: “not related to what his law says” or “differently than what his law says” or “even if he has done no works of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 3 29 c606 figs-ellipsis ἢ Ἰουδαίων ὁ Θεὸς μόνον? οὐχὶ 1 +ROM 3 29 c606 figs-ellipsis ἢ Ἰουδαίων ὁ Θεὸς μόνον? οὐχὶ 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** and **is he** are added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 30 gk5d figs-metonymy ὃς δικαιώσει περιτομὴν ἐκ πίστεως, καὶ ἀκροβυστίαν διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 he will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through faith Here, **the circumcision** is a metonym that refers to Jews and **the uncircumcision** is a metonym that refers to non-Jews. Alternate translation: “God will make both Jews and non-Jews right with himself through their faith in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 31 wb6r figs-rquestion νόμον οὖν καταργοῦμεν διὰ τῆς πίστεως? 1 Do we then nullify the law through faith? Paul asks a question that one of his readers might have. Alternate translation: “Someone might say that we can ignore the law because we have faith.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 31 jdq1 figs-rquestion μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question. You may have a similar express in your language that you could use here. Alternate translation: “This is certainly not true” or “Certainly not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 35e81fd1ecf5a633c9c421b996b26db44f3bdf71 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Richard Mahn Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 08:38:15 -0600 Subject: [PATCH 447/503] Bumps date --- manifest.yaml | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/manifest.yaml b/manifest.yaml index 51b4af8b28..34f48e989f 100644 --- a/manifest.yaml +++ b/manifest.yaml @@ -369,12 +369,12 @@ dublin_core: description: "Open-licensed exegetical notes that provide historical, cultural, and linguistic information for translators. It provides translators and checkers with pertinent, just-in-time information to help them make the best possible translation decisions." format: 'text/tsv' identifier: 'tn' - issued: '2022-04-29' + issued: '2022-05-02' language: direction: 'ltr' identifier: 'en' title: 'English' - modified: '2022-04-29' + modified: '2022-05-02' publisher: 'unfoldingWord' relation: - 'en/ult?v=35' From ea9b45e94abb582bd4e3fe0bf3faa31ad45a8002 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 14:46:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 448/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index ee6e00b663..39c4967586 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -603,6 +603,8 @@ ROM 3 28 ph88 figs-activepassive δικαιοῦσθαι…ἄνθρωπον 1 ROM 3 28 jb14 figs-abstractnouns πίστει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Here **by faith** could refer to: (1) trust in God or Christ. Alternate translation: “by trusting in God” or “by remaining faithful to Christ” (2) God’s or Christ’s faithfulness. Alternate translation: “by God’s faithfulness” or “by Christ’s faithfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 28 ycx2 figs-possession χωρὶς ἔργων νόμου 1 without works of the law Paul is using the possessive form (See [3:21](../03/21.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **apart from works of the law** could refer to: (1) **apart from** doing what **the law** requires. Alternate translation: “without having to do what his law requires” (2) outside of what **the law** says. Alternate translation: “not related to what his law says” or “differently than what his law says” or “even if he has done no works of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 29 c606 figs-ellipsis ἢ Ἰουδαίων ὁ Θεὸς μόνον? οὐχὶ 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** and **is he** are added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 3 29 hdbq figs-exclamations οὐχὶ καὶ ἐθνῶν? 1 Here, **not** is an exclamation phrase that communicates a strong contrast. Use a natural way in your language for communicating an exclamatory question or another way in your language for communicating a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “Isn’t he also the God of the Gentiles?!” or “Of course he is also the God of the Gentiles, right?!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])\n +ROM 3 29 gp74 figs-exclamations ναὶ, καὶ ἐθνῶν 1 Here, **Yes**is an exclamation word that communicates enthusiasm. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating enthusiasm. Alternate translation (change the period to an exclamation point): “Yes, of Gentiles also!” or “Of course the Gentiles too!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 30 gk5d figs-metonymy ὃς δικαιώσει περιτομὴν ἐκ πίστεως, καὶ ἀκροβυστίαν διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 he will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through faith Here, **the circumcision** is a metonym that refers to Jews and **the uncircumcision** is a metonym that refers to non-Jews. Alternate translation: “God will make both Jews and non-Jews right with himself through their faith in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 31 wb6r figs-rquestion νόμον οὖν καταργοῦμεν διὰ τῆς πίστεως? 1 Do we then nullify the law through faith? Paul asks a question that one of his readers might have. Alternate translation: “Someone might say that we can ignore the law because we have faith.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 31 jdq1 figs-rquestion μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question. You may have a similar express in your language that you could use here. Alternate translation: “This is certainly not true” or “Certainly not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 90d8effe3f06ddd88526adc1d98980d3ae69a3e7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 15:19:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 449/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 39c4967586..57ddf07ded 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -605,7 +605,7 @@ ROM 3 28 ycx2 figs-possession χωρὶς ἔργων νόμου 1 without works ROM 3 29 c606 figs-ellipsis ἢ Ἰουδαίων ὁ Θεὸς μόνον? οὐχὶ 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** and **is he** are added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 29 hdbq figs-exclamations οὐχὶ καὶ ἐθνῶν? 1 Here, **not** is an exclamation phrase that communicates a strong contrast. Use a natural way in your language for communicating an exclamatory question or another way in your language for communicating a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “Isn’t he also the God of the Gentiles?!” or “Of course he is also the God of the Gentiles, right?!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])\n ROM 3 29 gp74 figs-exclamations ναὶ, καὶ ἐθνῶν 1 Here, **Yes**is an exclamation word that communicates enthusiasm. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating enthusiasm. Alternate translation (change the period to an exclamation point): “Yes, of Gentiles also!” or “Of course the Gentiles too!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) -ROM 3 30 gk5d figs-metonymy ὃς δικαιώσει περιτομὴν ἐκ πίστεως, καὶ ἀκροβυστίαν διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 he will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through faith Here, **the circumcision** is a metonym that refers to Jews and **the uncircumcision** is a metonym that refers to non-Jews. Alternate translation: “God will make both Jews and non-Jews right with himself through their faith in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 3 30 gk5d figs-metonymy ὃς δικαιώσει περιτομὴν ἐκ πίστεως, καὶ ἀκροβυστίαν διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 he will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through faith Paul is figuratively describing Jews by association with **circumcision**, which was. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “something he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 31 wb6r figs-rquestion νόμον οὖν καταργοῦμεν διὰ τῆς πίστεως? 1 Do we then nullify the law through faith? Paul asks a question that one of his readers might have. Alternate translation: “Someone might say that we can ignore the law because we have faith.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 31 jdq1 figs-rquestion μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question. You may have a similar express in your language that you could use here. Alternate translation: “This is certainly not true” or “Certainly not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 31 y6qx νόμον ἱστάνομεν 1 we uphold the law “we obey the law” From 6d1de83c157f921eca555345d83e7a41ef7b4f57 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 15:32:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 451/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 57ddf07ded..74b11a902f 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -605,7 +605,7 @@ ROM 3 28 ycx2 figs-possession χωρὶς ἔργων νόμου 1 without works ROM 3 29 c606 figs-ellipsis ἢ Ἰουδαίων ὁ Θεὸς μόνον? οὐχὶ 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** and **is he** are added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 29 hdbq figs-exclamations οὐχὶ καὶ ἐθνῶν? 1 Here, **not** is an exclamation phrase that communicates a strong contrast. Use a natural way in your language for communicating an exclamatory question or another way in your language for communicating a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “Isn’t he also the God of the Gentiles?!” or “Of course he is also the God of the Gentiles, right?!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])\n ROM 3 29 gp74 figs-exclamations ναὶ, καὶ ἐθνῶν 1 Here, **Yes**is an exclamation word that communicates enthusiasm. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating enthusiasm. Alternate translation (change the period to an exclamation point): “Yes, of Gentiles also!” or “Of course the Gentiles too!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) -ROM 3 30 gk5d figs-metonymy ὃς δικαιώσει περιτομὴν ἐκ πίστεως, καὶ ἀκροβυστίαν διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 he will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through faith Paul is figuratively describing Jews by association with **circumcision**, which was. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “something he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 3 30 gk5d figs-metonymy περιτομὴν…ἀκροβυστίαν 1 he will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through faith Paul is figuratively describing the Jews by association with **circumcision**, and the Gentiles by association with **uncircumcision**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the Jews … the Gentiles” or “the Jewish people … the non-Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 31 wb6r figs-rquestion νόμον οὖν καταργοῦμεν διὰ τῆς πίστεως? 1 Do we then nullify the law through faith? Paul asks a question that one of his readers might have. Alternate translation: “Someone might say that we can ignore the law because we have faith.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 31 jdq1 figs-rquestion μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question. You may have a similar express in your language that you could use here. Alternate translation: “This is certainly not true” or “Certainly not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 31 y6qx νόμον ἱστάνομεν 1 we uphold the law “we obey the law” From 8c72f8dbed84777cd08262ce03ca9680a6b7a7ae Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 15:35:54 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 452/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 74b11a902f..b10f1031d6 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -605,6 +605,7 @@ ROM 3 28 ycx2 figs-possession χωρὶς ἔργων νόμου 1 without works ROM 3 29 c606 figs-ellipsis ἢ Ἰουδαίων ὁ Θεὸς μόνον? οὐχὶ 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** and **is he** are added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 29 hdbq figs-exclamations οὐχὶ καὶ ἐθνῶν? 1 Here, **not** is an exclamation phrase that communicates a strong contrast. Use a natural way in your language for communicating an exclamatory question or another way in your language for communicating a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “Isn’t he also the God of the Gentiles?!” or “Of course he is also the God of the Gentiles, right?!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])\n ROM 3 29 gp74 figs-exclamations ναὶ, καὶ ἐθνῶν 1 Here, **Yes**is an exclamation word that communicates enthusiasm. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating enthusiasm. Alternate translation (change the period to an exclamation point): “Yes, of Gentiles also!” or “Of course the Gentiles too!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) +ROM 3 30 vur7 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἴπερ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since we know” or “Because it is true that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) ROM 3 30 gk5d figs-metonymy περιτομὴν…ἀκροβυστίαν 1 he will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through faith Paul is figuratively describing the Jews by association with **circumcision**, and the Gentiles by association with **uncircumcision**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the Jews … the Gentiles” or “the Jewish people … the non-Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 31 wb6r figs-rquestion νόμον οὖν καταργοῦμεν διὰ τῆς πίστεως? 1 Do we then nullify the law through faith? Paul asks a question that one of his readers might have. Alternate translation: “Someone might say that we can ignore the law because we have faith.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 31 jdq1 figs-rquestion μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question. You may have a similar express in your language that you could use here. Alternate translation: “This is certainly not true” or “Certainly not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 2075c2d794c06f467be840e671848b80de60565c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 15:40:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 453/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index b10f1031d6..c544c99442 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -606,6 +606,7 @@ ROM 3 29 c606 figs-ellipsis ἢ Ἰουδαίων ὁ Θεὸς μόνον? ο ROM 3 29 hdbq figs-exclamations οὐχὶ καὶ ἐθνῶν? 1 Here, **not** is an exclamation phrase that communicates a strong contrast. Use a natural way in your language for communicating an exclamatory question or another way in your language for communicating a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “Isn’t he also the God of the Gentiles?!” or “Of course he is also the God of the Gentiles, right?!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])\n ROM 3 29 gp74 figs-exclamations ναὶ, καὶ ἐθνῶν 1 Here, **Yes**is an exclamation word that communicates enthusiasm. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating enthusiasm. Alternate translation (change the period to an exclamation point): “Yes, of Gentiles also!” or “Of course the Gentiles too!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 30 vur7 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἴπερ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since we know” or “Because it is true that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) +ROM 3 30 ux30 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **God** as if he were a number. He means that there is **one** true **God**, who is the **God** of both Jews and Gentiles. If your readers would not understand what **God {is} one** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “no longer belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 30 gk5d figs-metonymy περιτομὴν…ἀκροβυστίαν 1 he will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through faith Paul is figuratively describing the Jews by association with **circumcision**, and the Gentiles by association with **uncircumcision**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the Jews … the Gentiles” or “the Jewish people … the non-Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 31 wb6r figs-rquestion νόμον οὖν καταργοῦμεν διὰ τῆς πίστεως? 1 Do we then nullify the law through faith? Paul asks a question that one of his readers might have. Alternate translation: “Someone might say that we can ignore the law because we have faith.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 31 jdq1 figs-rquestion μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question. You may have a similar express in your language that you could use here. Alternate translation: “This is certainly not true” or “Certainly not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From f99616ac4d5aeffb819b038dc57e3d9743b9d724 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 15:44:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 454/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index c544c99442..879bc741ae 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ ROM 3 29 c606 figs-ellipsis ἢ Ἰουδαίων ὁ Θεὸς μόνον? ο ROM 3 29 hdbq figs-exclamations οὐχὶ καὶ ἐθνῶν? 1 Here, **not** is an exclamation phrase that communicates a strong contrast. Use a natural way in your language for communicating an exclamatory question or another way in your language for communicating a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “Isn’t he also the God of the Gentiles?!” or “Of course he is also the God of the Gentiles, right?!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])\n ROM 3 29 gp74 figs-exclamations ναὶ, καὶ ἐθνῶν 1 Here, **Yes**is an exclamation word that communicates enthusiasm. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating enthusiasm. Alternate translation (change the period to an exclamation point): “Yes, of Gentiles also!” or “Of course the Gentiles too!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 30 vur7 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἴπερ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since we know” or “Because it is true that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) -ROM 3 30 ux30 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **God** as if he were a number. He means that there is **one** true **God**, who is the **God** of both Jews and Gentiles. If your readers would not understand what **God {is} one** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “no longer belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 3 30 ux30 figs-metaphor εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **God** as if he were a number. He means that there is **one** true **God**, who is the **God** of both Jews and Gentiles. If your readers would not understand what **God {is} one** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “there is only one God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 30 gk5d figs-metonymy περιτομὴν…ἀκροβυστίαν 1 he will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through faith Paul is figuratively describing the Jews by association with **circumcision**, and the Gentiles by association with **uncircumcision**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the Jews … the Gentiles” or “the Jewish people … the non-Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 31 wb6r figs-rquestion νόμον οὖν καταργοῦμεν διὰ τῆς πίστεως? 1 Do we then nullify the law through faith? Paul asks a question that one of his readers might have. Alternate translation: “Someone might say that we can ignore the law because we have faith.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 31 jdq1 figs-rquestion μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question. You may have a similar express in your language that you could use here. Alternate translation: “This is certainly not true” or “Certainly not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 85d0d23301b598f528a8c524e9083d6da81d91f4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 15:55:57 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 455/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 879bc741ae..a1d7d54239 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -606,7 +606,8 @@ ROM 3 29 c606 figs-ellipsis ἢ Ἰουδαίων ὁ Θεὸς μόνον? ο ROM 3 29 hdbq figs-exclamations οὐχὶ καὶ ἐθνῶν? 1 Here, **not** is an exclamation phrase that communicates a strong contrast. Use a natural way in your language for communicating an exclamatory question or another way in your language for communicating a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “Isn’t he also the God of the Gentiles?!” or “Of course he is also the God of the Gentiles, right?!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])\n ROM 3 29 gp74 figs-exclamations ναὶ, καὶ ἐθνῶν 1 Here, **Yes**is an exclamation word that communicates enthusiasm. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating enthusiasm. Alternate translation (change the period to an exclamation point): “Yes, of Gentiles also!” or “Of course the Gentiles too!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 30 vur7 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἴπερ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since we know” or “Because it is true that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) -ROM 3 30 ux30 figs-metaphor εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **God** as if he were a number. He means that there is **one** true **God**, who is the **God** of both Jews and Gentiles. If your readers would not understand what **God {is} one** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “there is only one God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 3 30 ux30 figs-metaphor εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **God** as if he were a number. He means that **God {is} one** in nature, and he is the **one** true **God** of both Jews and Gentiles. If your readers would not understand what **God {is} one** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “there is only one God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 3 30 dech figs-ellipsis 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 30 gk5d figs-metonymy περιτομὴν…ἀκροβυστίαν 1 he will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through faith Paul is figuratively describing the Jews by association with **circumcision**, and the Gentiles by association with **uncircumcision**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the Jews … the Gentiles” or “the Jewish people … the non-Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 31 wb6r figs-rquestion νόμον οὖν καταργοῦμεν διὰ τῆς πίστεως? 1 Do we then nullify the law through faith? Paul asks a question that one of his readers might have. Alternate translation: “Someone might say that we can ignore the law because we have faith.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 31 jdq1 figs-rquestion μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question. You may have a similar express in your language that you could use here. Alternate translation: “This is certainly not true” or “Certainly not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 0119e6ae3e6d97621c5ba2b916d1c0131f7fe607 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 15:57:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 456/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index a1d7d54239..269beec68d 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ ROM 3 29 hdbq figs-exclamations οὐχὶ καὶ ἐθνῶν? 1 Here, **not* ROM 3 29 gp74 figs-exclamations ναὶ, καὶ ἐθνῶν 1 Here, **Yes**is an exclamation word that communicates enthusiasm. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating enthusiasm. Alternate translation (change the period to an exclamation point): “Yes, of Gentiles also!” or “Of course the Gentiles too!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 30 vur7 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἴπερ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since we know” or “Because it is true that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) ROM 3 30 ux30 figs-metaphor εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **God** as if he were a number. He means that **God {is} one** in nature, and he is the **one** true **God** of both Jews and Gentiles. If your readers would not understand what **God {is} one** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “there is only one God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 3 30 dech figs-ellipsis 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 3 30 dech figs-ellipsis εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God is one” or “there is one God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 30 gk5d figs-metonymy περιτομὴν…ἀκροβυστίαν 1 he will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through faith Paul is figuratively describing the Jews by association with **circumcision**, and the Gentiles by association with **uncircumcision**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the Jews … the Gentiles” or “the Jewish people … the non-Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 31 wb6r figs-rquestion νόμον οὖν καταργοῦμεν διὰ τῆς πίστεως? 1 Do we then nullify the law through faith? Paul asks a question that one of his readers might have. Alternate translation: “Someone might say that we can ignore the law because we have faith.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 31 jdq1 figs-rquestion μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question. You may have a similar express in your language that you could use here. Alternate translation: “This is certainly not true” or “Certainly not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 95590231d7087af0f47da145ae8b0de46d21f169 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 15:58:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 457/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 269beec68d..71e1aa9ce8 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ ROM 3 29 c606 figs-ellipsis ἢ Ἰουδαίων ὁ Θεὸς μόνον? ο ROM 3 29 hdbq figs-exclamations οὐχὶ καὶ ἐθνῶν? 1 Here, **not** is an exclamation phrase that communicates a strong contrast. Use a natural way in your language for communicating an exclamatory question or another way in your language for communicating a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “Isn’t he also the God of the Gentiles?!” or “Of course he is also the God of the Gentiles, right?!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])\n ROM 3 29 gp74 figs-exclamations ναὶ, καὶ ἐθνῶν 1 Here, **Yes**is an exclamation word that communicates enthusiasm. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating enthusiasm. Alternate translation (change the period to an exclamation point): “Yes, of Gentiles also!” or “Of course the Gentiles too!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 30 vur7 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἴπερ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since we know” or “Because it is true that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) -ROM 3 30 ux30 figs-metaphor εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **God** as if he were a number. He means that **God {is} one** in nature, and he is the **one** true **God** of both Jews and Gentiles. If your readers would not understand what **God {is} one** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “there is only one God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 3 30 ux30 figs-metaphor εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **God** as if he were a number. He means that **God {is} one** in nature, and he is the **one** true **God** of both Jews and Gentiles. If your readers would not understand what **God {is} one** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “there is only one God” or “God is one in nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 30 dech figs-ellipsis εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God is one” or “there is one God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 30 gk5d figs-metonymy περιτομὴν…ἀκροβυστίαν 1 he will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through faith Paul is figuratively describing the Jews by association with **circumcision**, and the Gentiles by association with **uncircumcision**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the Jews … the Gentiles” or “the Jewish people … the non-Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 31 wb6r figs-rquestion νόμον οὖν καταργοῦμεν διὰ τῆς πίστεως? 1 Do we then nullify the law through faith? Paul asks a question that one of his readers might have. Alternate translation: “Someone might say that we can ignore the law because we have faith.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From cecade0d9a9e13d4fc8282bb2b37951a682ee148 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 16:02:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 458/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 71e1aa9ce8..f498de5909 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -608,6 +608,7 @@ ROM 3 29 gp74 figs-exclamations ναὶ, καὶ ἐθνῶν 1 Here, **Yes**is ROM 3 30 vur7 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἴπερ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since we know” or “Because it is true that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) ROM 3 30 ux30 figs-metaphor εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **God** as if he were a number. He means that **God {is} one** in nature, and he is the **one** true **God** of both Jews and Gentiles. If your readers would not understand what **God {is} one** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “there is only one God” or “God is one in nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 30 dech figs-ellipsis εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God is one” or “there is one God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 3 30 s9i4 figs-metonymy ἐκ πίστεως 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **faith** that is related to **Jesus** (See [3:26](../03/26.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **by faith** could refer to: (1) A person who trusts in Jesus. Alternate translation: “of the person who trusts in Jesus” (2) God’s faithfulness demonstrated in Jesus. Alternate translation (place a comma after **the one who makes righteous**): “he does this through the faithfulness of Jesus” or “God is the one who demonstrates his righteousness by how faithful Jesus was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 30 gk5d figs-metonymy περιτομὴν…ἀκροβυστίαν 1 he will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through faith Paul is figuratively describing the Jews by association with **circumcision**, and the Gentiles by association with **uncircumcision**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the Jews … the Gentiles” or “the Jewish people … the non-Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 31 wb6r figs-rquestion νόμον οὖν καταργοῦμεν διὰ τῆς πίστεως? 1 Do we then nullify the law through faith? Paul asks a question that one of his readers might have. Alternate translation: “Someone might say that we can ignore the law because we have faith.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 31 jdq1 figs-rquestion μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question. You may have a similar express in your language that you could use here. Alternate translation: “This is certainly not true” or “Certainly not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From c8e9f02e8306df8371ce964bf7f97f429613a799 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 16:05:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 459/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index f498de5909..c83aceee1a 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ ROM 3 26 b1xa figs-possession πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικ ROM 3 26 v1c9 figs-idiom ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ 1 Here, the phrase **at the present time** is an idiom meaning “at this time in history” or “currently.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “at this time in history” or “currently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 26 jjwq figs-idiom εἰς τὸ 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God now demonstrates **his righteousness**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 3 26 ea49 figs-ellipsis τὸν\n\n 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of the one who is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 3 26 ab0w figs-possession τὸν ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **faith** that is related to **Jesus**. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here this phrase could refer to: (1) A person who trusts in Jesus. Alternate translation: “of the person who trusts in Jesus” (2) God’s faithfulness demonstrated in Jesus. Alternate translation (place a comma after **the one who makes righteous**): “he does this through the faithfulness of Jesus” or “God is the one who demonstrates his righteousness by how faithful Jesus was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 3 26 ab0w figs-possession τὸν ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **faith** that is related to **Jesus**. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **of faith** could refer to: (1) A person who trusts in Jesus. Alternate translation: “of the person who trusts in Jesus” (2) God’s faithfulness demonstrated in Jesus. Alternate translation (place a comma after **the one who makes righteous**): “he does this through the faithfulness of Jesus” or “God is the one who demonstrates his righteousness by how faithful Jesus was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 27 fjm4 figs-rquestion 0 Where then is boasting? It is excluded In [3:27–31](../03/27.md), Paul asks a series of rhetorical questions to emphasize that God makes people righteous through **a law of faith**. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 27 pub7 figs-abstractnouns ποῦ οὖν ἡ καύχησις 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **boasting**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “Who then can boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 27 jvnx figs-ellipsis ποῦ οὖν 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Where then is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) From ccef29abc61c0d67108b0d62be6ce1817b6b42bd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 16:18:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 460/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index c83aceee1a..ae8861b1bb 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -608,7 +608,7 @@ ROM 3 29 gp74 figs-exclamations ναὶ, καὶ ἐθνῶν 1 Here, **Yes**is ROM 3 30 vur7 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἴπερ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since we know” or “Because it is true that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) ROM 3 30 ux30 figs-metaphor εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **God** as if he were a number. He means that **God {is} one** in nature, and he is the **one** true **God** of both Jews and Gentiles. If your readers would not understand what **God {is} one** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “there is only one God” or “God is one in nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 30 dech figs-ellipsis εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God is one” or “there is one God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 3 30 s9i4 figs-metonymy ἐκ πίστεως 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **faith** that is related to **Jesus** (See [3:26](../03/26.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **by faith** could refer to: (1) A person who trusts in Jesus. Alternate translation: “of the person who trusts in Jesus” (2) God’s faithfulness demonstrated in Jesus. Alternate translation (place a comma after **the one who makes righteous**): “he does this through the faithfulness of Jesus” or “God is the one who demonstrates his righteousness by how faithful Jesus was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 3 30 s9i4 figs-possession ἐκ πίστεως…διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **faith**(See how you translated this phrase in [3:26](../03/26.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) A person who trusts in God. Alternate translation: “from trusting in God … through trusting in God” (2) God’s faithfulness. Alternate translation: “because he is faithful … through his faithfulness” or “from his faithfulness … through this same faithfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 30 gk5d figs-metonymy περιτομὴν…ἀκροβυστίαν 1 he will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through faith Paul is figuratively describing the Jews by association with **circumcision**, and the Gentiles by association with **uncircumcision**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the Jews … the Gentiles” or “the Jewish people … the non-Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 31 wb6r figs-rquestion νόμον οὖν καταργοῦμεν διὰ τῆς πίστεως? 1 Do we then nullify the law through faith? Paul asks a question that one of his readers might have. Alternate translation: “Someone might say that we can ignore the law because we have faith.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 31 jdq1 figs-rquestion μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question. You may have a similar express in your language that you could use here. Alternate translation: “This is certainly not true” or “Certainly not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 4335104c23e0d406f689aa080496be661a77ba79 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 16:18:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 461/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index ae8861b1bb..56355f8314 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -608,7 +608,7 @@ ROM 3 29 gp74 figs-exclamations ναὶ, καὶ ἐθνῶν 1 Here, **Yes**is ROM 3 30 vur7 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἴπερ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since we know” or “Because it is true that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) ROM 3 30 ux30 figs-metaphor εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **God** as if he were a number. He means that **God {is} one** in nature, and he is the **one** true **God** of both Jews and Gentiles. If your readers would not understand what **God {is} one** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “there is only one God” or “God is one in nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 30 dech figs-ellipsis εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God is one” or “there is one God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 3 30 s9i4 figs-possession ἐκ πίστεως…διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **faith**(See how you translated this phrase in [3:26](../03/26.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) A person who trusts in God. Alternate translation: “from trusting in God … through trusting in God” (2) God’s faithfulness. Alternate translation: “because he is faithful … through his faithfulness” or “from his faithfulness … through this same faithfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 3 30 s9i4 figs-possession ἐκ πίστεως…διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **faith**(See how you translated this phrase in [3:26](../03/26.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) A person who trusts in God. Alternate translation: “from trusting in God … through trusting in God” (2) God’s faithfulness. Alternate translation: “because he is faithful … through his faithfulness” or “from his faithfulness … through the same faithfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 30 gk5d figs-metonymy περιτομὴν…ἀκροβυστίαν 1 he will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through faith Paul is figuratively describing the Jews by association with **circumcision**, and the Gentiles by association with **uncircumcision**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the Jews … the Gentiles” or “the Jewish people … the non-Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 31 wb6r figs-rquestion νόμον οὖν καταργοῦμεν διὰ τῆς πίστεως? 1 Do we then nullify the law through faith? Paul asks a question that one of his readers might have. Alternate translation: “Someone might say that we can ignore the law because we have faith.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 31 jdq1 figs-rquestion μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question. You may have a similar express in your language that you could use here. Alternate translation: “This is certainly not true” or “Certainly not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 88bb68e8d4e5f5cd865aa08920309bd4a6760f39 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 16:23:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 462/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 56355f8314..b80002c4d8 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -608,8 +608,9 @@ ROM 3 29 gp74 figs-exclamations ναὶ, καὶ ἐθνῶν 1 Here, **Yes**is ROM 3 30 vur7 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἴπερ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since we know” or “Because it is true that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) ROM 3 30 ux30 figs-metaphor εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **God** as if he were a number. He means that **God {is} one** in nature, and he is the **one** true **God** of both Jews and Gentiles. If your readers would not understand what **God {is} one** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “there is only one God” or “God is one in nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 30 dech figs-ellipsis εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God is one” or “there is one God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 3 30 s9i4 figs-possession ἐκ πίστεως…διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **faith**(See how you translated this phrase in [3:26](../03/26.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) A person who trusts in God. Alternate translation: “from trusting in God … through trusting in God” (2) God’s faithfulness. Alternate translation: “because he is faithful … through his faithfulness” or “from his faithfulness … through the same faithfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 30 gk5d figs-metonymy περιτομὴν…ἀκροβυστίαν 1 he will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through faith Paul is figuratively describing the Jews by association with **circumcision**, and the Gentiles by association with **uncircumcision**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the Jews … the Gentiles” or “the Jewish people … the non-Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 3 30 s9i4 figs-possession ἐκ πίστεως…διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **faith**(See how you translated this phrase in [3:26](../03/26.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) A person who trusts in God. Alternate translation: “from trusting in God … through trusting in God” (2) God’s faithfulness. Alternate translation: “because he is faithful … through his faithfulness” or “from his faithfulness … through the same faithfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 3 30 rjxp figs-parallelism ὃς δικαιώσει περιτομὴν ἐκ πίστεως, καὶ ἀκροβυστίαν διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show that **God** shows no partiality in making people from any nation right with himself **from faith**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “who makes both Jews and non-Jews right with himself by continuing to trust in him” or “who makes all types of people right with himself from continually trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 31 wb6r figs-rquestion νόμον οὖν καταργοῦμεν διὰ τῆς πίστεως? 1 Do we then nullify the law through faith? Paul asks a question that one of his readers might have. Alternate translation: “Someone might say that we can ignore the law because we have faith.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 31 jdq1 figs-rquestion μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question. You may have a similar express in your language that you could use here. Alternate translation: “This is certainly not true” or “Certainly not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 31 y6qx νόμον ἱστάνομεν 1 we uphold the law “we obey the law” From de55c3c376488da43c95efaf1af58191be0ac512 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 16:40:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 463/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 6 ++---- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index b80002c4d8..2489c2687f 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -608,12 +608,10 @@ ROM 3 29 gp74 figs-exclamations ναὶ, καὶ ἐθνῶν 1 Here, **Yes**is ROM 3 30 vur7 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἴπερ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since we know” or “Because it is true that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) ROM 3 30 ux30 figs-metaphor εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **God** as if he were a number. He means that **God {is} one** in nature, and he is the **one** true **God** of both Jews and Gentiles. If your readers would not understand what **God {is} one** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “there is only one God” or “God is one in nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 30 dech figs-ellipsis εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God is one” or “there is one God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 3 30 rjxp figs-parallelism ὃς δικαιώσει περιτομὴν ἐκ πίστεως, καὶ ἀκροβυστίαν διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show that **God** shows no partiality in making people from any nation right with himself **from faith**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “who makes both Jews and non-Jews right with himself by continuing to trust in him” or “who makes all types of people right with himself from continually trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 30 gk5d figs-metonymy περιτομὴν…ἀκροβυστίαν 1 he will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through faith Paul is figuratively describing the Jews by association with **circumcision**, and the Gentiles by association with **uncircumcision**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the Jews … the Gentiles” or “the Jewish people … the non-Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 30 s9i4 figs-possession ἐκ πίστεως…διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **faith**(See how you translated this phrase in [3:26](../03/26.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) A person who trusts in God. Alternate translation: “from trusting in God … through trusting in God” (2) God’s faithfulness. Alternate translation: “because he is faithful … through his faithfulness” or “from his faithfulness … through the same faithfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 3 30 rjxp figs-parallelism ὃς δικαιώσει περιτομὴν ἐκ πίστεως, καὶ ἀκροβυστίαν διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show that **God** shows no partiality in making people from any nation right with himself **from faith**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “who makes both Jews and non-Jews right with himself by continuing to trust in him” or “who makes all types of people right with himself from continually trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ROM 3 31 wb6r figs-rquestion νόμον οὖν καταργοῦμεν διὰ τῆς πίστεως? 1 Do we then nullify the law through faith? Paul asks a question that one of his readers might have. Alternate translation: “Someone might say that we can ignore the law because we have faith.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 3 31 jdq1 figs-rquestion μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question. You may have a similar express in your language that you could use here. Alternate translation: “This is certainly not true” or “Certainly not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 3 31 y6qx νόμον ἱστάνομεν 1 we uphold the law “we obey the law” +ROM 3 31 y6qx grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν καταργοῦμεν 1 we uphold the law Here, **then** indicates result. If it would be more natural in your language, you could place **then** at the beginning of the sentence to emphasize the idea of result or make the sentence into an emphatic statement like the UST. Alternate translation: “So then, do we nullify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 31 nzr7 figs-exclusive καταργοῦμεν 1 we uphold The pronoun **we** refers to Paul, other believers, and the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 4 intro f9jc 0 # Romans 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 7-8 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The purpose of the law of Moses

Paul builds upon material from chapter 3. He explains how Abraham, the father of Israel, was justified. Even Abraham could not be justified by what he did. Obeying the law of Moses does not make a person right with God. Obeying God’s commands is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

### Circumcision

Circumcision was important to the Israelites. It identified a person as a descendant of Abraham. It was also a sign of the covenant between Abraham and Yahweh. However, no person was justified only by being circumcised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

Paul uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) ROM 4 1 gw29 0 Connecting Statement: Paul confirms that even in the past believers were made right with God by faith and not by the law. From be601f9cd8f44733fd38cd19b84d0f2ff9776d4b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 16:47:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 464/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 2489c2687f..7832edde74 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ ROM 3 30 rjxp figs-parallelism ὃς δικαιώσει περιτομὴν ἐ ROM 3 30 gk5d figs-metonymy περιτομὴν…ἀκροβυστίαν 1 he will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through faith Paul is figuratively describing the Jews by association with **circumcision**, and the Gentiles by association with **uncircumcision**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the Jews … the Gentiles” or “the Jewish people … the non-Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 30 s9i4 figs-possession ἐκ πίστεως…διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **faith**(See how you translated this phrase in [3:26](../03/26.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) A person who trusts in God. Alternate translation: “from trusting in God … through trusting in God” (2) God’s faithfulness. Alternate translation: “because he is faithful … through his faithfulness” or “from his faithfulness … through the same faithfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 31 y6qx grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν καταργοῦμεν 1 we uphold the law Here, **then** indicates result. If it would be more natural in your language, you could place **then** at the beginning of the sentence to emphasize the idea of result or make the sentence into an emphatic statement like the UST. Alternate translation: “So then, do we nullify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 3 31 nzr7 figs-exclusive καταργοῦμεν 1 we uphold The pronoun **we** refers to Paul, other believers, and the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 3 31 nzr7 figs-exclusive καταργοῦμεν 1 we uphold Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow Jews (See [3:28](../03/28.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we Jews then nullify” or “So then, do we Jews abolish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 4 intro f9jc 0 # Romans 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 7-8 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The purpose of the law of Moses

Paul builds upon material from chapter 3. He explains how Abraham, the father of Israel, was justified. Even Abraham could not be justified by what he did. Obeying the law of Moses does not make a person right with God. Obeying God’s commands is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

### Circumcision

Circumcision was important to the Israelites. It identified a person as a descendant of Abraham. It was also a sign of the covenant between Abraham and Yahweh. However, no person was justified only by being circumcised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

Paul uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) ROM 4 1 gw29 0 Connecting Statement: Paul confirms that even in the past believers were made right with God by faith and not by the law. ROM 4 1 gwp3 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν, εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα? 1 What then will we say that Abraham, our forefather according to the flesh, found? Paul uses the question to catch the attention of the reader and to start talking about something new. Alternate translation: “This is what Abraham our physical ancestor found” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 9bde645c68df0d3a6f7abfecb54378b117822890 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 16:48:28 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 465/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 7832edde74..d57d3cee7f 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ ROM 3 27 bgyy figs-possession τῶν ἔργων? οὐχί, ἀλλὰ διὰ ROM 3 27 tg79 figs-exclamations οὐχί, 1 Here, **No! But** is an exclamation phrase that communicates a strong contrast. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “No way! But” or “Absolutely not! Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 27 mlcq figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of trusting in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 28 qe9p grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows explains what “the law of faith” means in [3:27](../03/27.md)) and further answers Paul’s rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 3 28 jtqq grammar-connect-words-phrases λογιζόμεθα 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow Jews (See [3:19](../03/19.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we Jews consider” or “we Jews regard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 3 28 jtqq grammar-connect-words-phrases λογιζόμεθα 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:19](../03/19.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we Jews consider” or “we Jews regard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 28 t8um figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον 1 a person is justified by faith Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in the generic sense of “humanity,” including both men and women. Alternate translation: “humanity” or “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])\n ROM 3 28 ph88 figs-activepassive δικαιοῦσθαι…ἄνθρωπον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” does it (See [3:30](../03/30.md)). Alternate translation: “that God makes a person righteous” or “God continues to justify a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 28 jb14 figs-abstractnouns πίστει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Here **by faith** could refer to: (1) trust in God or Christ. Alternate translation: “by trusting in God” or “by remaining faithful to Christ” (2) God’s or Christ’s faithfulness. Alternate translation: “by God’s faithfulness” or “by Christ’s faithfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From cd7beb8ad9c5e2d8cf731fef0b44479afa7ca2a5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 16:48:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 466/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index d57d3cee7f..71ff65983e 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ ROM 3 27 bgyy figs-possession τῶν ἔργων? οὐχί, ἀλλὰ διὰ ROM 3 27 tg79 figs-exclamations οὐχί, 1 Here, **No! But** is an exclamation phrase that communicates a strong contrast. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “No way! But” or “Absolutely not! Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 27 mlcq figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of trusting in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 28 qe9p grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows explains what “the law of faith” means in [3:27](../03/27.md)) and further answers Paul’s rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 3 28 jtqq grammar-connect-words-phrases λογιζόμεθα 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:19](../03/19.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we Jews consider” or “we Jews regard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 3 28 jtqq grammar-connect-words-phrases λογιζόμεθα 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:09](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we Jews consider” or “we Jews regard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 28 t8um figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον 1 a person is justified by faith Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in the generic sense of “humanity,” including both men and women. Alternate translation: “humanity” or “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])\n ROM 3 28 ph88 figs-activepassive δικαιοῦσθαι…ἄνθρωπον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” does it (See [3:30](../03/30.md)). Alternate translation: “that God makes a person righteous” or “God continues to justify a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 28 jb14 figs-abstractnouns πίστει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Here **by faith** could refer to: (1) trust in God or Christ. Alternate translation: “by trusting in God” or “by remaining faithful to Christ” (2) God’s or Christ’s faithfulness. Alternate translation: “by God’s faithfulness” or “by Christ’s faithfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From df22980d38a8e846fe61def381504475691df98a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 16:50:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 467/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 71ff65983e..44ff0be1ec 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ ROM 3 30 rjxp figs-parallelism ὃς δικαιώσει περιτομὴν ἐ ROM 3 30 gk5d figs-metonymy περιτομὴν…ἀκροβυστίαν 1 he will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through faith Paul is figuratively describing the Jews by association with **circumcision**, and the Gentiles by association with **uncircumcision**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the Jews … the Gentiles” or “the Jewish people … the non-Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 30 s9i4 figs-possession ἐκ πίστεως…διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **faith**(See how you translated this phrase in [3:26](../03/26.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) A person who trusts in God. Alternate translation: “from trusting in God … through trusting in God” (2) God’s faithfulness. Alternate translation: “because he is faithful … through his faithfulness” or “from his faithfulness … through the same faithfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 31 y6qx grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν καταργοῦμεν 1 we uphold the law Here, **then** indicates result. If it would be more natural in your language, you could place **then** at the beginning of the sentence to emphasize the idea of result or make the sentence into an emphatic statement like the UST. Alternate translation: “So then, do we nullify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 3 31 nzr7 figs-exclusive καταργοῦμεν 1 we uphold Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow Jews (See [3:28](../03/28.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we Jews then nullify” or “So then, do we Jews abolish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 3 31 nzr7 figs-exclusive καταργοῦμεν 1 we uphold Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:09](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Do we believing Jews then nullify” or “Do we believing Jews then abolish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 4 intro f9jc 0 # Romans 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 7-8 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The purpose of the law of Moses

Paul builds upon material from chapter 3. He explains how Abraham, the father of Israel, was justified. Even Abraham could not be justified by what he did. Obeying the law of Moses does not make a person right with God. Obeying God’s commands is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

### Circumcision

Circumcision was important to the Israelites. It identified a person as a descendant of Abraham. It was also a sign of the covenant between Abraham and Yahweh. However, no person was justified only by being circumcised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

Paul uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) ROM 4 1 gw29 0 Connecting Statement: Paul confirms that even in the past believers were made right with God by faith and not by the law. ROM 4 1 gwp3 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν, εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα? 1 What then will we say that Abraham, our forefather according to the flesh, found? Paul uses the question to catch the attention of the reader and to start talking about something new. Alternate translation: “This is what Abraham our physical ancestor found” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From cb3c55131361fe9d334339bff16ce26a6dfc5f3d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 16:50:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 468/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 44ff0be1ec..d1281534e2 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ ROM 3 27 bgyy figs-possession τῶν ἔργων? οὐχί, ἀλλὰ διὰ ROM 3 27 tg79 figs-exclamations οὐχί, 1 Here, **No! But** is an exclamation phrase that communicates a strong contrast. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “No way! But” or “Absolutely not! Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 27 mlcq figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of trusting in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 28 qe9p grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows explains what “the law of faith” means in [3:27](../03/27.md)) and further answers Paul’s rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 3 28 jtqq grammar-connect-words-phrases λογιζόμεθα 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:09](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we Jews consider” or “we Jews regard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 3 28 jtqq grammar-connect-words-phrases λογιζόμεθα 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:09](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we believing Jews consider” or “we believing Jews regard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 28 t8um figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον 1 a person is justified by faith Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in the generic sense of “humanity,” including both men and women. Alternate translation: “humanity” or “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])\n ROM 3 28 ph88 figs-activepassive δικαιοῦσθαι…ἄνθρωπον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” does it (See [3:30](../03/30.md)). Alternate translation: “that God makes a person righteous” or “God continues to justify a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 28 jb14 figs-abstractnouns πίστει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Here **by faith** could refer to: (1) trust in God or Christ. Alternate translation: “by trusting in God” or “by remaining faithful to Christ” (2) God’s or Christ’s faithfulness. Alternate translation: “by God’s faithfulness” or “by Christ’s faithfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From cd3c757aaebeb858f3d9fd57c2df61101f6425f9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 16:52:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 469/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index d1281534e2..2cc08ef04c 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -611,8 +611,9 @@ ROM 3 30 dech figs-ellipsis εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 A word is left out here in t ROM 3 30 rjxp figs-parallelism ὃς δικαιώσει περιτομὴν ἐκ πίστεως, καὶ ἀκροβυστίαν διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show that **God** shows no partiality in making people from any nation right with himself **from faith**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “who makes both Jews and non-Jews right with himself by continuing to trust in him” or “who makes all types of people right with himself from continually trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 30 gk5d figs-metonymy περιτομὴν…ἀκροβυστίαν 1 he will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through faith Paul is figuratively describing the Jews by association with **circumcision**, and the Gentiles by association with **uncircumcision**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the Jews … the Gentiles” or “the Jewish people … the non-Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 30 s9i4 figs-possession ἐκ πίστεως…διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **faith**(See how you translated this phrase in [3:26](../03/26.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) A person who trusts in God. Alternate translation: “from trusting in God … through trusting in God” (2) God’s faithfulness. Alternate translation: “because he is faithful … through his faithfulness” or “from his faithfulness … through the same faithfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 3 31 y6qx grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν καταργοῦμεν 1 we uphold the law Here, **then** indicates result. If it would be more natural in your language, you could place **then** at the beginning of the sentence to emphasize the idea of result or make the sentence into an emphatic statement like the UST. Alternate translation: “So then, do we nullify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 31 nzr7 figs-exclusive καταργοῦμεν 1 we uphold Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:09](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Do we believing Jews then nullify” or “Do we believing Jews then abolish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 3 31 y6qx grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν καταργοῦμεν 1 we uphold the law Here, **then** indicates result. If it would be more natural in your language, you could place **then** at the beginning of the sentence to emphasize the idea of result or make the sentence into an emphatic statement like the UST. Alternate translation: “So then, do we nullify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 3 31 aj6s figs-possession διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:30](../03/31.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])\n ROM 4 intro f9jc 0 # Romans 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 7-8 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The purpose of the law of Moses

Paul builds upon material from chapter 3. He explains how Abraham, the father of Israel, was justified. Even Abraham could not be justified by what he did. Obeying the law of Moses does not make a person right with God. Obeying God’s commands is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

### Circumcision

Circumcision was important to the Israelites. It identified a person as a descendant of Abraham. It was also a sign of the covenant between Abraham and Yahweh. However, no person was justified only by being circumcised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

Paul uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) ROM 4 1 gw29 0 Connecting Statement: Paul confirms that even in the past believers were made right with God by faith and not by the law. ROM 4 1 gwp3 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν, εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα? 1 What then will we say that Abraham, our forefather according to the flesh, found? Paul uses the question to catch the attention of the reader and to start talking about something new. Alternate translation: “This is what Abraham our physical ancestor found” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From d0e8a620fc76cb525e24a33e55f59ba77431caca Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 16:52:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 470/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 2cc08ef04c..d2dd582107 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ ROM 3 30 gk5d figs-metonymy περιτομὴν…ἀκροβυστίαν 1 he w ROM 3 30 s9i4 figs-possession ἐκ πίστεως…διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **faith**(See how you translated this phrase in [3:26](../03/26.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) A person who trusts in God. Alternate translation: “from trusting in God … through trusting in God” (2) God’s faithfulness. Alternate translation: “because he is faithful … through his faithfulness” or “from his faithfulness … through the same faithfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 31 nzr7 figs-exclusive καταργοῦμεν 1 we uphold Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:09](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Do we believing Jews then nullify” or “Do we believing Jews then abolish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 31 y6qx grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν καταργοῦμεν 1 we uphold the law Here, **then** indicates result. If it would be more natural in your language, you could place **then** at the beginning of the sentence to emphasize the idea of result or make the sentence into an emphatic statement like the UST. Alternate translation: “So then, do we nullify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 3 31 aj6s figs-possession διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:30](../03/31.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])\n +ROM 3 31 aj6s figs-possession διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:30](../03/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])\n ROM 4 intro f9jc 0 # Romans 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 7-8 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The purpose of the law of Moses

Paul builds upon material from chapter 3. He explains how Abraham, the father of Israel, was justified. Even Abraham could not be justified by what he did. Obeying the law of Moses does not make a person right with God. Obeying God’s commands is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

### Circumcision

Circumcision was important to the Israelites. It identified a person as a descendant of Abraham. It was also a sign of the covenant between Abraham and Yahweh. However, no person was justified only by being circumcised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

Paul uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) ROM 4 1 gw29 0 Connecting Statement: Paul confirms that even in the past believers were made right with God by faith and not by the law. ROM 4 1 gwp3 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν, εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα? 1 What then will we say that Abraham, our forefather according to the flesh, found? Paul uses the question to catch the attention of the reader and to start talking about something new. Alternate translation: “This is what Abraham our physical ancestor found” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 56081ffdf83e6ef9b99615d5b34a660049046024 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 16:54:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 471/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index d2dd582107..770e65c652 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -614,6 +614,7 @@ ROM 3 30 s9i4 figs-possession ἐκ πίστεως…διὰ τῆς πίστε ROM 3 31 nzr7 figs-exclusive καταργοῦμεν 1 we uphold Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:09](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Do we believing Jews then nullify” or “Do we believing Jews then abolish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 31 y6qx grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν καταργοῦμεν 1 we uphold the law Here, **then** indicates result. If it would be more natural in your language, you could place **then** at the beginning of the sentence to emphasize the idea of result or make the sentence into an emphatic statement like the UST. Alternate translation: “So then, do we nullify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 31 aj6s figs-possession διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:30](../03/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])\n +ROM 3 31 rhy5 figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 **May it never be** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong prohibition (See how you translated this phrase in [3:6](../03/06.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 4 intro f9jc 0 # Romans 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 7-8 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The purpose of the law of Moses

Paul builds upon material from chapter 3. He explains how Abraham, the father of Israel, was justified. Even Abraham could not be justified by what he did. Obeying the law of Moses does not make a person right with God. Obeying God’s commands is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

### Circumcision

Circumcision was important to the Israelites. It identified a person as a descendant of Abraham. It was also a sign of the covenant between Abraham and Yahweh. However, no person was justified only by being circumcised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

Paul uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) ROM 4 1 gw29 0 Connecting Statement: Paul confirms that even in the past believers were made right with God by faith and not by the law. ROM 4 1 gwp3 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν, εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα? 1 What then will we say that Abraham, our forefather according to the flesh, found? Paul uses the question to catch the attention of the reader and to start talking about something new. Alternate translation: “This is what Abraham our physical ancestor found” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From f56789814ff2ea23d5c8525f304943ed4e55f1d3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 16:58:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 472/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 770e65c652..96c0ede566 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -615,6 +615,7 @@ ROM 3 31 nzr7 figs-exclusive καταργοῦμεν 1 we uphold Here, **we** is ROM 3 31 y6qx grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν καταργοῦμεν 1 we uphold the law Here, **then** indicates result. If it would be more natural in your language, you could place **then** at the beginning of the sentence to emphasize the idea of result or make the sentence into an emphatic statement like the UST. Alternate translation: “So then, do we nullify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 31 aj6s figs-possession διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:30](../03/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])\n ROM 3 31 rhy5 figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 **May it never be** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong prohibition (See how you translated this phrase in [3:6](../03/06.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) +ROM 3 31 f8ft grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 What follows the word **Instead** here is in contrast to to the Jewish assumption that **law** and **faith** are contradictory. Instead, Paul asserts that **law** and **faith** are mutually compatible ideas. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “On the contrary” or “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 4 intro f9jc 0 # Romans 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 7-8 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The purpose of the law of Moses

Paul builds upon material from chapter 3. He explains how Abraham, the father of Israel, was justified. Even Abraham could not be justified by what he did. Obeying the law of Moses does not make a person right with God. Obeying God’s commands is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

### Circumcision

Circumcision was important to the Israelites. It identified a person as a descendant of Abraham. It was also a sign of the covenant between Abraham and Yahweh. However, no person was justified only by being circumcised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

Paul uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) ROM 4 1 gw29 0 Connecting Statement: Paul confirms that even in the past believers were made right with God by faith and not by the law. ROM 4 1 gwp3 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν, εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα? 1 What then will we say that Abraham, our forefather according to the flesh, found? Paul uses the question to catch the attention of the reader and to start talking about something new. Alternate translation: “This is what Abraham our physical ancestor found” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From e81bac74f93cef9e17865e953d177faf278cf580 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 16:58:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 473/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 96c0ede566..f97e49a985 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -615,7 +615,7 @@ ROM 3 31 nzr7 figs-exclusive καταργοῦμεν 1 we uphold Here, **we** is ROM 3 31 y6qx grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν καταργοῦμεν 1 we uphold the law Here, **then** indicates result. If it would be more natural in your language, you could place **then** at the beginning of the sentence to emphasize the idea of result or make the sentence into an emphatic statement like the UST. Alternate translation: “So then, do we nullify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 31 aj6s figs-possession διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:30](../03/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])\n ROM 3 31 rhy5 figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 **May it never be** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong prohibition (See how you translated this phrase in [3:6](../03/06.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) -ROM 3 31 f8ft grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 What follows the word **Instead** here is in contrast to to the Jewish assumption that **law** and **faith** are contradictory. Instead, Paul asserts that **law** and **faith** are mutually compatible ideas. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “On the contrary” or “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +ROM 3 31 f8ft grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 What follows the word **Instead** here is in contrast to to the Jewish assumption that **law** and **faith** are contradictory. Instead, Paul asserts that the ideas of **law** and **faith** actually reinforce one another. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “On the contrary” or “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 4 intro f9jc 0 # Romans 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 7-8 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The purpose of the law of Moses

Paul builds upon material from chapter 3. He explains how Abraham, the father of Israel, was justified. Even Abraham could not be justified by what he did. Obeying the law of Moses does not make a person right with God. Obeying God’s commands is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

### Circumcision

Circumcision was important to the Israelites. It identified a person as a descendant of Abraham. It was also a sign of the covenant between Abraham and Yahweh. However, no person was justified only by being circumcised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

Paul uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) ROM 4 1 gw29 0 Connecting Statement: Paul confirms that even in the past believers were made right with God by faith and not by the law. ROM 4 1 gwp3 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν, εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα? 1 What then will we say that Abraham, our forefather according to the flesh, found? Paul uses the question to catch the attention of the reader and to start talking about something new. Alternate translation: “This is what Abraham our physical ancestor found” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 6e8d2e633dbbeba679be925112d7d90142cbad8d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 17:04:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 474/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index f97e49a985..dfb91633e5 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -616,6 +616,7 @@ ROM 3 31 y6qx grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν καταργοῦμεν 1 we ROM 3 31 aj6s figs-possession διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:30](../03/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])\n ROM 3 31 rhy5 figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 **May it never be** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong prohibition (See how you translated this phrase in [3:6](../03/06.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 31 f8ft grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 What follows the word **Instead** here is in contrast to to the Jewish assumption that **law** and **faith** are contradictory. Instead, Paul asserts that the ideas of **law** and **faith** actually reinforce one another. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “On the contrary” or “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +ROM 3 31 c295 figs-metaphor νόμον ἱστάνομεν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **the law** as if it were something that could be held aloft. He means that believing Jews such as Paul teach that **faith** was always a necessary part of obeying **the law**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **uphold the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “we believing Jews confirm what the law says” or “we believing Jews consider that faith establishes the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 intro f9jc 0 # Romans 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 7-8 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The purpose of the law of Moses

Paul builds upon material from chapter 3. He explains how Abraham, the father of Israel, was justified. Even Abraham could not be justified by what he did. Obeying the law of Moses does not make a person right with God. Obeying God’s commands is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

### Circumcision

Circumcision was important to the Israelites. It identified a person as a descendant of Abraham. It was also a sign of the covenant between Abraham and Yahweh. However, no person was justified only by being circumcised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

Paul uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) ROM 4 1 gw29 0 Connecting Statement: Paul confirms that even in the past believers were made right with God by faith and not by the law. ROM 4 1 gwp3 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν, εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα? 1 What then will we say that Abraham, our forefather according to the flesh, found? Paul uses the question to catch the attention of the reader and to start talking about something new. Alternate translation: “This is what Abraham our physical ancestor found” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 1180490305cd216a66d2669f464820b6afa1e396 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 17:05:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 475/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index dfb91633e5..aca3dabe72 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -616,7 +616,7 @@ ROM 3 31 y6qx grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν καταργοῦμεν 1 we ROM 3 31 aj6s figs-possession διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:30](../03/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])\n ROM 3 31 rhy5 figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 **May it never be** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong prohibition (See how you translated this phrase in [3:6](../03/06.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 31 f8ft grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 What follows the word **Instead** here is in contrast to to the Jewish assumption that **law** and **faith** are contradictory. Instead, Paul asserts that the ideas of **law** and **faith** actually reinforce one another. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “On the contrary” or “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -ROM 3 31 c295 figs-metaphor νόμον ἱστάνομεν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **the law** as if it were something that could be held aloft. He means that believing Jews such as Paul teach that **faith** was always a necessary part of obeying **the law**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **uphold the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “we believing Jews confirm what the law says” or “we believing Jews consider that faith establishes the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 3 31 c295 figs-metaphor νόμον ἱστάνομεν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **the law** as if it were something that could be held aloft. He means that believing Jews such as Paul teach that **faith** was always a necessary part of obeying **the law**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **uphold the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “we believing Jews confirm what the law says” or “we believing Jews establish what the law actually teaches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 intro f9jc 0 # Romans 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 7-8 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The purpose of the law of Moses

Paul builds upon material from chapter 3. He explains how Abraham, the father of Israel, was justified. Even Abraham could not be justified by what he did. Obeying the law of Moses does not make a person right with God. Obeying God’s commands is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

### Circumcision

Circumcision was important to the Israelites. It identified a person as a descendant of Abraham. It was also a sign of the covenant between Abraham and Yahweh. However, no person was justified only by being circumcised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

Paul uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) ROM 4 1 gw29 0 Connecting Statement: Paul confirms that even in the past believers were made right with God by faith and not by the law. ROM 4 1 gwp3 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν, εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα? 1 What then will we say that Abraham, our forefather according to the flesh, found? Paul uses the question to catch the attention of the reader and to start talking about something new. Alternate translation: “This is what Abraham our physical ancestor found” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From e8f3916611666e66d1350a00d0ed6995e0193532 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 17:43:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 476/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index aca3dabe72..9920d5b02c 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -618,7 +618,7 @@ ROM 3 31 rhy5 figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 **May it never be** is a ROM 3 31 f8ft grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 What follows the word **Instead** here is in contrast to to the Jewish assumption that **law** and **faith** are contradictory. Instead, Paul asserts that the ideas of **law** and **faith** actually reinforce one another. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “On the contrary” or “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 3 31 c295 figs-metaphor νόμον ἱστάνομεν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **the law** as if it were something that could be held aloft. He means that believing Jews such as Paul teach that **faith** was always a necessary part of obeying **the law**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **uphold the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “we believing Jews confirm what the law says” or “we believing Jews establish what the law actually teaches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 intro f9jc 0 # Romans 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 7-8 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The purpose of the law of Moses

Paul builds upon material from chapter 3. He explains how Abraham, the father of Israel, was justified. Even Abraham could not be justified by what he did. Obeying the law of Moses does not make a person right with God. Obeying God’s commands is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

### Circumcision

Circumcision was important to the Israelites. It identified a person as a descendant of Abraham. It was also a sign of the covenant between Abraham and Yahweh. However, no person was justified only by being circumcised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

Paul uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) -ROM 4 1 gw29 0 Connecting Statement: Paul confirms that even in the past believers were made right with God by faith and not by the law. +ROM 4 1 gw29 τί οὖν 0 Connecting Statement: Paul confirms that even in the past believers were made right with God by faith and not by the law. ROM 4 1 gwp3 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν, εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα? 1 What then will we say that Abraham, our forefather according to the flesh, found? Paul uses the question to catch the attention of the reader and to start talking about something new. Alternate translation: “This is what Abraham our physical ancestor found” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 3 w9i5 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 For what does the scripture say Paul uses this question to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 3 r9te figs-personification τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 Paul speaks of the Scriptures as if they were alive and could talk. Alternate translation: “For we can read in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) From fc4992ca7863b002e5742f77272bfda69f016c6d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 17:44:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 477/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 9920d5b02c..a848b324e5 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ ROM 2 29 gcoq figs-metonymy γράμματι 1 Paul is figuratively describing ROM 2 29 dd3p figs-synecdoche γράμματι 1 in the Spirit, not in the letter Paul is figuratively describing **the law** by association with the letters that make up **the law**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the written law code” or “God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 29 qa6b figs-possession οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος οὐκ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 in the Spirit Paul is using the possessive form **of him** to describe from whom **the one who is inwardly a Jew** receives **praise**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “his” instead of the noun “him” or express this idea as a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “his praise is not from people but from God” or “God is who praises him not human beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 intro y2kb 0 # Romans 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 4 and 10-18 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

Chapter 3 answers the question, “What advantage does being a Jew have over being a Gentile?” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])

### “For all have sinned and come short of the glory of God”

Because God is holy, anyone with him in heaven must be perfect. Any sin at all will condemn a person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]])

### The purpose of the law of Moses

Obeying the law cannot make a person right with God. Obeying God’s law is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

Paul frequently uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]]) -ROM 3 1 v788 figs-rquestion τί οὖν 1 Connecting Statement: Paul is using a series rhetorical questions in [3:1–9](../03/01.md) to emphasize that “Jews and Greeks” are “under sin.” If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation as in the UST or communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+ROM 3 1 v788 figs-rquestion τί οὖν 1 Connecting Statement: Paul is using a series rhetorical questions in [3:1–9](../03/01.md) to emphasize that “Jews and Greeks” are “under sin.” If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation as in the UST or communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n ROM 3 1 vrm4 figs-parallelism τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show the similarity between **the Jew** and **the circumcision**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “How then is being a Jew or being circumcised beneficial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 1 bjfo figs-abstractnouns τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **advantage** or **benefit**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “How then does the Jew gain anything, or how does being circumcised profit anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 1 gcd6 figs-ellipsis τί…τίς 1 Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision? Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) @@ -618,7 +618,7 @@ ROM 3 31 rhy5 figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 **May it never be** is a ROM 3 31 f8ft grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 What follows the word **Instead** here is in contrast to to the Jewish assumption that **law** and **faith** are contradictory. Instead, Paul asserts that the ideas of **law** and **faith** actually reinforce one another. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “On the contrary” or “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 3 31 c295 figs-metaphor νόμον ἱστάνομεν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **the law** as if it were something that could be held aloft. He means that believing Jews such as Paul teach that **faith** was always a necessary part of obeying **the law**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **uphold the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “we believing Jews confirm what the law says” or “we believing Jews establish what the law actually teaches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 intro f9jc 0 # Romans 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 7-8 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The purpose of the law of Moses

Paul builds upon material from chapter 3. He explains how Abraham, the father of Israel, was justified. Even Abraham could not be justified by what he did. Obeying the law of Moses does not make a person right with God. Obeying God’s commands is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

### Circumcision

Circumcision was important to the Israelites. It identified a person as a descendant of Abraham. It was also a sign of the covenant between Abraham and Yahweh. However, no person was justified only by being circumcised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

Paul uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) -ROM 4 1 gw29 τί οὖν 0 Connecting Statement: Paul confirms that even in the past believers were made right with God by faith and not by the law. +ROM 4 1 gw29 τί οὖν 0 Connecting Statement: Here Paul begins his series of rhetorical questions by using the same phrase ** What then** that he began with in [3:1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 1 gwp3 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν, εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα? 1 What then will we say that Abraham, our forefather according to the flesh, found? Paul uses the question to catch the attention of the reader and to start talking about something new. Alternate translation: “This is what Abraham our physical ancestor found” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 3 w9i5 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 For what does the scripture say Paul uses this question to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 3 r9te figs-personification τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 Paul speaks of the Scriptures as if they were alive and could talk. Alternate translation: “For we can read in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) From 471dd5c70764a701a45acc48880e6e89854a14c7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 17:51:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 478/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index a848b324e5..83a7f71c83 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -618,7 +618,7 @@ ROM 3 31 rhy5 figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 **May it never be** is a ROM 3 31 f8ft grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 What follows the word **Instead** here is in contrast to to the Jewish assumption that **law** and **faith** are contradictory. Instead, Paul asserts that the ideas of **law** and **faith** actually reinforce one another. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “On the contrary” or “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 3 31 c295 figs-metaphor νόμον ἱστάνομεν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **the law** as if it were something that could be held aloft. He means that believing Jews such as Paul teach that **faith** was always a necessary part of obeying **the law**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **uphold the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “we believing Jews confirm what the law says” or “we believing Jews establish what the law actually teaches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 intro f9jc 0 # Romans 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 7-8 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The purpose of the law of Moses

Paul builds upon material from chapter 3. He explains how Abraham, the father of Israel, was justified. Even Abraham could not be justified by what he did. Obeying the law of Moses does not make a person right with God. Obeying God’s commands is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

### Circumcision

Circumcision was important to the Israelites. It identified a person as a descendant of Abraham. It was also a sign of the covenant between Abraham and Yahweh. However, no person was justified only by being circumcised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

Paul uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) -ROM 4 1 gw29 τί οὖν 0 Connecting Statement: Here Paul begins his series of rhetorical questions by using the same phrase ** What then** that he began with in [3:1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 4 1 gw29 figs-rquestion τί οὖν 0 Connecting Statement: Here, **What then** marks that Paul is beginning a series of rhetorical questions and answers in [4:1–12](../04/01.md) to emphasize that even **Abraham**, the ancestor of the Jewish people, was made right with God “through faith” (See [3:31](../03/31.md)). If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as statements in the UST or communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 1 gwp3 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν, εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα? 1 What then will we say that Abraham, our forefather according to the flesh, found? Paul uses the question to catch the attention of the reader and to start talking about something new. Alternate translation: “This is what Abraham our physical ancestor found” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 3 w9i5 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 For what does the scripture say Paul uses this question to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 3 r9te figs-personification τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 Paul speaks of the Scriptures as if they were alive and could talk. Alternate translation: “For we can read in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) From 9c24a1ab2a41aea3f7f150470067bab1639a8b0b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 17:51:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 479/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 83a7f71c83..2d1e29c355 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ ROM 2 29 gcoq figs-metonymy γράμματι 1 Paul is figuratively describing ROM 2 29 dd3p figs-synecdoche γράμματι 1 in the Spirit, not in the letter Paul is figuratively describing **the law** by association with the letters that make up **the law**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the written law code” or “God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 29 qa6b figs-possession οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος οὐκ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 in the Spirit Paul is using the possessive form **of him** to describe from whom **the one who is inwardly a Jew** receives **praise**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “his” instead of the noun “him” or express this idea as a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “his praise is not from people but from God” or “God is who praises him not human beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 intro y2kb 0 # Romans 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 4 and 10-18 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

Chapter 3 answers the question, “What advantage does being a Jew have over being a Gentile?” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])

### “For all have sinned and come short of the glory of God”

Because God is holy, anyone with him in heaven must be perfect. Any sin at all will condemn a person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]])

### The purpose of the law of Moses

Obeying the law cannot make a person right with God. Obeying God’s law is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

Paul frequently uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]]) -ROM 3 1 v788 figs-rquestion τί οὖν 1 Connecting Statement: Paul is using a series rhetorical questions in [3:1–9](../03/01.md) to emphasize that “Jews and Greeks” are “under sin.” If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation as in the UST or communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n +ROM 3 1 v788 figs-rquestion τί οὖν 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **What then {is}** marks the beginning of a series rhetorical questions and answers in [3:1–9](../03/01.md) to emphasize that “Jews and Greeks” are “under sin.” If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation as in the UST or communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n ROM 3 1 vrm4 figs-parallelism τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show the similarity between **the Jew** and **the circumcision**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “How then is being a Jew or being circumcised beneficial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 1 bjfo figs-abstractnouns τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **advantage** or **benefit**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “How then does the Jew gain anything, or how does being circumcised profit anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 1 gcd6 figs-ellipsis τί…τίς 1 Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision? Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) From ed45a60fdf9c1dc203a013fb9a1ac21122a61109 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 17:52:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 480/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 2d1e29c355..1d656f6155 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -618,7 +618,7 @@ ROM 3 31 rhy5 figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 **May it never be** is a ROM 3 31 f8ft grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 What follows the word **Instead** here is in contrast to to the Jewish assumption that **law** and **faith** are contradictory. Instead, Paul asserts that the ideas of **law** and **faith** actually reinforce one another. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “On the contrary” or “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 3 31 c295 figs-metaphor νόμον ἱστάνομεν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **the law** as if it were something that could be held aloft. He means that believing Jews such as Paul teach that **faith** was always a necessary part of obeying **the law**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **uphold the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “we believing Jews confirm what the law says” or “we believing Jews establish what the law actually teaches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 intro f9jc 0 # Romans 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 7-8 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The purpose of the law of Moses

Paul builds upon material from chapter 3. He explains how Abraham, the father of Israel, was justified. Even Abraham could not be justified by what he did. Obeying the law of Moses does not make a person right with God. Obeying God’s commands is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

### Circumcision

Circumcision was important to the Israelites. It identified a person as a descendant of Abraham. It was also a sign of the covenant between Abraham and Yahweh. However, no person was justified only by being circumcised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

Paul uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) -ROM 4 1 gw29 figs-rquestion τί οὖν 0 Connecting Statement: Here, **What then** marks that Paul is beginning a series of rhetorical questions and answers in [4:1–12](../04/01.md) to emphasize that even **Abraham**, the ancestor of the Jewish people, was made right with God “through faith” (See [3:31](../03/31.md)). If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as statements in the UST or communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 4 1 gw29 figs-rquestion τί οὖν 0 Connecting Statement: Here, **What then** marks the beginning a series of rhetorical questions and answers in [4:1–12](../04/01.md) to emphasize that even **Abraham**, the ancestor of the Jewish people, was made right with God “through faith” (See [3:31](../03/31.md)). If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as statements in the UST or communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 1 gwp3 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν, εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα? 1 What then will we say that Abraham, our forefather according to the flesh, found? Paul uses the question to catch the attention of the reader and to start talking about something new. Alternate translation: “This is what Abraham our physical ancestor found” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 3 w9i5 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 For what does the scripture say Paul uses this question to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 3 r9te figs-personification τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 Paul speaks of the Scriptures as if they were alive and could talk. Alternate translation: “For we can read in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) From bfcaf5058e5acd2e01a256cd0c8245293e270c4c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 17:52:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 481/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 1d656f6155..f0476fd415 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -618,7 +618,7 @@ ROM 3 31 rhy5 figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 **May it never be** is a ROM 3 31 f8ft grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 What follows the word **Instead** here is in contrast to to the Jewish assumption that **law** and **faith** are contradictory. Instead, Paul asserts that the ideas of **law** and **faith** actually reinforce one another. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “On the contrary” or “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 3 31 c295 figs-metaphor νόμον ἱστάνομεν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **the law** as if it were something that could be held aloft. He means that believing Jews such as Paul teach that **faith** was always a necessary part of obeying **the law**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **uphold the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “we believing Jews confirm what the law says” or “we believing Jews establish what the law actually teaches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 intro f9jc 0 # Romans 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 7-8 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The purpose of the law of Moses

Paul builds upon material from chapter 3. He explains how Abraham, the father of Israel, was justified. Even Abraham could not be justified by what he did. Obeying the law of Moses does not make a person right with God. Obeying God’s commands is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

### Circumcision

Circumcision was important to the Israelites. It identified a person as a descendant of Abraham. It was also a sign of the covenant between Abraham and Yahweh. However, no person was justified only by being circumcised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

Paul uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) -ROM 4 1 gw29 figs-rquestion τί οὖν 0 Connecting Statement: Here, **What then** marks the beginning a series of rhetorical questions and answers in [4:1–12](../04/01.md) to emphasize that even **Abraham**, the ancestor of the Jewish people, was made right with God “through faith” (See [3:31](../03/31.md)). If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as statements in the UST or communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 4 1 gw29 figs-rquestion τί οὖν 0 Connecting Statement: Here, **What then** marks the beginning a series of rhetorical questions and answers in [4:1–12](../04/01.md) to emphasize that even **Abraham**, the ancestor of the Jewish people, was made right with God “through faith” (See [3:31](../03/31.md)). If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Paul’s words as statements in the UST or communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 1 gwp3 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν, εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα? 1 What then will we say that Abraham, our forefather according to the flesh, found? Paul uses the question to catch the attention of the reader and to start talking about something new. Alternate translation: “This is what Abraham our physical ancestor found” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 3 w9i5 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 For what does the scripture say Paul uses this question to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 3 r9te figs-personification τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 Paul speaks of the Scriptures as if they were alive and could talk. Alternate translation: “For we can read in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) From 328305ae1cb48c9d4a38509918375bf2ae638271 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 17:52:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 482/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index f0476fd415..2d3c7470e2 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ ROM 2 29 gcoq figs-metonymy γράμματι 1 Paul is figuratively describing ROM 2 29 dd3p figs-synecdoche γράμματι 1 in the Spirit, not in the letter Paul is figuratively describing **the law** by association with the letters that make up **the law**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the written law code” or “God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 29 qa6b figs-possession οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος οὐκ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 in the Spirit Paul is using the possessive form **of him** to describe from whom **the one who is inwardly a Jew** receives **praise**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “his” instead of the noun “him” or express this idea as a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “his praise is not from people but from God” or “God is who praises him not human beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 intro y2kb 0 # Romans 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 4 and 10-18 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

Chapter 3 answers the question, “What advantage does being a Jew have over being a Gentile?” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])

### “For all have sinned and come short of the glory of God”

Because God is holy, anyone with him in heaven must be perfect. Any sin at all will condemn a person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]])

### The purpose of the law of Moses

Obeying the law cannot make a person right with God. Obeying God’s law is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

Paul frequently uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]]) -ROM 3 1 v788 figs-rquestion τί οὖν 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **What then {is}** marks the beginning of a series rhetorical questions and answers in [3:1–9](../03/01.md) to emphasize that “Jews and Greeks” are “under sin.” If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation as in the UST or communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n +ROM 3 1 v788 figs-rquestion τί οὖν 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **What then {is}** marks the beginning of a series rhetorical questions and answers in [3:1–9](../03/01.md) to emphasize that “Jews and Greeks” are “under sin.” If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Paul’s words as a statement or an exclamation as in the UST or communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n ROM 3 1 vrm4 figs-parallelism τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show the similarity between **the Jew** and **the circumcision**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “How then is being a Jew or being circumcised beneficial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 1 bjfo figs-abstractnouns τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **advantage** or **benefit**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “How then does the Jew gain anything, or how does being circumcised profit anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 1 gcd6 figs-ellipsis τί…τίς 1 Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision? Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) From 48d05d5507609aced580ecd1dcafea5c5b50202d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 17:53:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 483/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 2d3c7470e2..be680d5544 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -618,8 +618,8 @@ ROM 3 31 rhy5 figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 **May it never be** is a ROM 3 31 f8ft grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 What follows the word **Instead** here is in contrast to to the Jewish assumption that **law** and **faith** are contradictory. Instead, Paul asserts that the ideas of **law** and **faith** actually reinforce one another. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “On the contrary” or “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 3 31 c295 figs-metaphor νόμον ἱστάνομεν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **the law** as if it were something that could be held aloft. He means that believing Jews such as Paul teach that **faith** was always a necessary part of obeying **the law**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **uphold the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “we believing Jews confirm what the law says” or “we believing Jews establish what the law actually teaches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 intro f9jc 0 # Romans 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 7-8 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The purpose of the law of Moses

Paul builds upon material from chapter 3. He explains how Abraham, the father of Israel, was justified. Even Abraham could not be justified by what he did. Obeying the law of Moses does not make a person right with God. Obeying God’s commands is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

### Circumcision

Circumcision was important to the Israelites. It identified a person as a descendant of Abraham. It was also a sign of the covenant between Abraham and Yahweh. However, no person was justified only by being circumcised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

Paul uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) -ROM 4 1 gw29 figs-rquestion τί οὖν 0 Connecting Statement: Here, **What then** marks the beginning a series of rhetorical questions and answers in [4:1–12](../04/01.md) to emphasize that even **Abraham**, the ancestor of the Jewish people, was made right with God “through faith” (See [3:31](../03/31.md)). If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Paul’s words as statements in the UST or communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 4 1 gwp3 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν, εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα? 1 What then will we say that Abraham, our forefather according to the flesh, found? Paul uses the question to catch the attention of the reader and to start talking about something new. Alternate translation: “This is what Abraham our physical ancestor found” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 4 1 gw29 figs-rquestion τί οὖν 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **What then** marks the beginning a series of rhetorical questions and answers in [4:1–12](../04/01.md) to emphasize that even **Abraham**, the ancestor of the Jewish people, was made right with God “through faith” (See [3:31](../03/31.md)). If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Paul’s words as statements in the UST or communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 4 1 s4b5 figs-rquestion 1 ROM 4 3 w9i5 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 For what does the scripture say Paul uses this question to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 3 r9te figs-personification τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 Paul speaks of the Scriptures as if they were alive and could talk. Alternate translation: “For we can read in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considered Abraham as a righteous person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 8b33ecf14297404ab78ed74406f85f3e99728ac7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 17:53:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 484/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index be680d5544..4577ed0071 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -618,7 +618,7 @@ ROM 3 31 rhy5 figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 **May it never be** is a ROM 3 31 f8ft grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 What follows the word **Instead** here is in contrast to to the Jewish assumption that **law** and **faith** are contradictory. Instead, Paul asserts that the ideas of **law** and **faith** actually reinforce one another. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “On the contrary” or “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 3 31 c295 figs-metaphor νόμον ἱστάνομεν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **the law** as if it were something that could be held aloft. He means that believing Jews such as Paul teach that **faith** was always a necessary part of obeying **the law**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **uphold the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “we believing Jews confirm what the law says” or “we believing Jews establish what the law actually teaches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 intro f9jc 0 # Romans 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 7-8 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The purpose of the law of Moses

Paul builds upon material from chapter 3. He explains how Abraham, the father of Israel, was justified. Even Abraham could not be justified by what he did. Obeying the law of Moses does not make a person right with God. Obeying God’s commands is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

### Circumcision

Circumcision was important to the Israelites. It identified a person as a descendant of Abraham. It was also a sign of the covenant between Abraham and Yahweh. However, no person was justified only by being circumcised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

Paul uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) -ROM 4 1 gw29 figs-rquestion τί οὖν 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **What then** marks the beginning a series of rhetorical questions and answers in [4:1–12](../04/01.md) to emphasize that even **Abraham**, the ancestor of the Jewish people, was made right with God “through faith” (See [3:31](../03/31.md)). If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Paul’s words as statements in the UST or communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 4 1 gw29 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **What then will we say** marks the beginning a series of rhetorical questions and answers in [4:1–12](../04/01.md) to emphasize that even **Abraham**, the ancestor of the Jewish people, was made right with God “through faith” (See [3:31](../03/31.md)). If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Paul’s words as statements in the UST or communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 1 s4b5 figs-rquestion 1 ROM 4 3 w9i5 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 For what does the scripture say Paul uses this question to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 3 r9te figs-personification τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 Paul speaks of the Scriptures as if they were alive and could talk. Alternate translation: “For we can read in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) From 2e0ada3c927be70e3eb03d4aaa5f419da54ad5e6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 17:55:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 485/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 4577ed0071..d113bdb2ff 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ ROM 3 31 f8ft grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 What follows the word ROM 3 31 c295 figs-metaphor νόμον ἱστάνομεν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **the law** as if it were something that could be held aloft. He means that believing Jews such as Paul teach that **faith** was always a necessary part of obeying **the law**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **uphold the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “we believing Jews confirm what the law says” or “we believing Jews establish what the law actually teaches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 intro f9jc 0 # Romans 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 7-8 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The purpose of the law of Moses

Paul builds upon material from chapter 3. He explains how Abraham, the father of Israel, was justified. Even Abraham could not be justified by what he did. Obeying the law of Moses does not make a person right with God. Obeying God’s commands is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

### Circumcision

Circumcision was important to the Israelites. It identified a person as a descendant of Abraham. It was also a sign of the covenant between Abraham and Yahweh. However, no person was justified only by being circumcised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

Paul uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) ROM 4 1 gw29 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **What then will we say** marks the beginning a series of rhetorical questions and answers in [4:1–12](../04/01.md) to emphasize that even **Abraham**, the ancestor of the Jewish people, was made right with God “through faith” (See [3:31](../03/31.md)). If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Paul’s words as statements in the UST or communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 4 1 s4b5 figs-rquestion 1 +ROM 4 1 s4b5 figs-rquestion ἐροῦμεν 1 Here, Paul continues to use **we** exclusively to speak of mimself and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:31](../03/31.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Do we believing Jews then nullify” or “Do we believing Jews then abolish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 4 3 w9i5 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 For what does the scripture say Paul uses this question to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 3 r9te figs-personification τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 Paul speaks of the Scriptures as if they were alive and could talk. Alternate translation: “For we can read in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considered Abraham as a righteous person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 4974959e8c580c21a76a9ab6b70179cd82d2ef96 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 17:55:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 486/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index d113bdb2ff..ab488a3ef3 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ ROM 3 31 f8ft grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 What follows the word ROM 3 31 c295 figs-metaphor νόμον ἱστάνομεν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **the law** as if it were something that could be held aloft. He means that believing Jews such as Paul teach that **faith** was always a necessary part of obeying **the law**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **uphold the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “we believing Jews confirm what the law says” or “we believing Jews establish what the law actually teaches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 intro f9jc 0 # Romans 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 7-8 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The purpose of the law of Moses

Paul builds upon material from chapter 3. He explains how Abraham, the father of Israel, was justified. Even Abraham could not be justified by what he did. Obeying the law of Moses does not make a person right with God. Obeying God’s commands is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

### Circumcision

Circumcision was important to the Israelites. It identified a person as a descendant of Abraham. It was also a sign of the covenant between Abraham and Yahweh. However, no person was justified only by being circumcised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

Paul uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) ROM 4 1 gw29 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **What then will we say** marks the beginning a series of rhetorical questions and answers in [4:1–12](../04/01.md) to emphasize that even **Abraham**, the ancestor of the Jewish people, was made right with God “through faith” (See [3:31](../03/31.md)). If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Paul’s words as statements in the UST or communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 4 1 s4b5 figs-rquestion ἐροῦμεν 1 Here, Paul continues to use **we** exclusively to speak of mimself and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:31](../03/31.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Do we believing Jews then nullify” or “Do we believing Jews then abolish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 4 1 s4b5 figs-rquestion ἐροῦμεν 1 Here, Paul continues to use **we** exclusively to speak of mimself and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:09](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Do we believing Jews then nullify” or “Do we believing Jews then abolish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 4 3 w9i5 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 For what does the scripture say Paul uses this question to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 3 r9te figs-personification τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 Paul speaks of the Scriptures as if they were alive and could talk. Alternate translation: “For we can read in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considered Abraham as a righteous person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 705535f3d4f762fe0ed360aec359bffa243e736c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 17:56:25 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 487/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index ab488a3ef3..897843036d 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ ROM 3 31 f8ft grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 What follows the word ROM 3 31 c295 figs-metaphor νόμον ἱστάνομεν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **the law** as if it were something that could be held aloft. He means that believing Jews such as Paul teach that **faith** was always a necessary part of obeying **the law**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **uphold the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “we believing Jews confirm what the law says” or “we believing Jews establish what the law actually teaches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 intro f9jc 0 # Romans 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 7-8 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The purpose of the law of Moses

Paul builds upon material from chapter 3. He explains how Abraham, the father of Israel, was justified. Even Abraham could not be justified by what he did. Obeying the law of Moses does not make a person right with God. Obeying God’s commands is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

### Circumcision

Circumcision was important to the Israelites. It identified a person as a descendant of Abraham. It was also a sign of the covenant between Abraham and Yahweh. However, no person was justified only by being circumcised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

Paul uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) ROM 4 1 gw29 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **What then will we say** marks the beginning a series of rhetorical questions and answers in [4:1–12](../04/01.md) to emphasize that even **Abraham**, the ancestor of the Jewish people, was made right with God “through faith” (See [3:31](../03/31.md)). If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Paul’s words as statements in the UST or communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 4 1 s4b5 figs-rquestion ἐροῦμεν 1 Here, Paul continues to use **we** exclusively to speak of mimself and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:09](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Do we believing Jews then nullify” or “Do we believing Jews then abolish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 4 1 s4b5 figs-exclusive ἐροῦμεν 1 Here, Paul continues to use **we** exclusively to speak of himself and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:09](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “should we believing Jews say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 4 3 w9i5 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 For what does the scripture say Paul uses this question to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 3 r9te figs-personification τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 Paul speaks of the Scriptures as if they were alive and could talk. Alternate translation: “For we can read in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considered Abraham as a righteous person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 820ec48627c71ac25de691a01f54c3fe7b045f02 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 17:59:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 488/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 897843036d..7a1415b7f6 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -620,6 +620,7 @@ ROM 3 31 c295 figs-metaphor νόμον ἱστάνομεν 1 Paul speaks figura ROM 4 intro f9jc 0 # Romans 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 7-8 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The purpose of the law of Moses

Paul builds upon material from chapter 3. He explains how Abraham, the father of Israel, was justified. Even Abraham could not be justified by what he did. Obeying the law of Moses does not make a person right with God. Obeying God’s commands is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

### Circumcision

Circumcision was important to the Israelites. It identified a person as a descendant of Abraham. It was also a sign of the covenant between Abraham and Yahweh. However, no person was justified only by being circumcised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

Paul uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) ROM 4 1 gw29 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **What then will we say** marks the beginning a series of rhetorical questions and answers in [4:1–12](../04/01.md) to emphasize that even **Abraham**, the ancestor of the Jewish people, was made right with God “through faith” (See [3:31](../03/31.md)). If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Paul’s words as statements in the UST or communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 1 s4b5 figs-exclusive ἐροῦμεν 1 Here, Paul continues to use **we** exclusively to speak of himself and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:09](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “should we believing Jews say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 4 1 ot88 figs-infostructure εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “that Abraham has discovered, who is our forefather according to the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 4 3 w9i5 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 For what does the scripture say Paul uses this question to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 3 r9te figs-personification τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 Paul speaks of the Scriptures as if they were alive and could talk. Alternate translation: “For we can read in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considered Abraham as a righteous person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 942c3e937f805aefc4b458e44670236476cebedb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 18:15:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 489/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 7a1415b7f6..9c2b49e011 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -621,6 +621,7 @@ ROM 4 intro f9jc 0 # Romans 4 General Notes

## Structure and formattin ROM 4 1 gw29 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **What then will we say** marks the beginning a series of rhetorical questions and answers in [4:1–12](../04/01.md) to emphasize that even **Abraham**, the ancestor of the Jewish people, was made right with God “through faith” (See [3:31](../03/31.md)). If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Paul’s words as statements in the UST or communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 1 s4b5 figs-exclusive ἐροῦμεν 1 Here, Paul continues to use **we** exclusively to speak of himself and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:09](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “should we believing Jews say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 4 1 ot88 figs-infostructure εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “that Abraham has discovered, who is our forefather according to the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) +ROM 4 1 fk5t figs-infostructure κατὰ σάρκα 1 Here, the phrase **according to the flesh** is an idiom meaning “helped.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “he has come to help … his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 4 3 w9i5 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 For what does the scripture say Paul uses this question to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 3 r9te figs-personification τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 Paul speaks of the Scriptures as if they were alive and could talk. Alternate translation: “For we can read in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considered Abraham as a righteous person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From c95c1667d92e12d0dfb3f1c8864b0d1711782f0d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 18:18:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 490/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 9c2b49e011..6fcc7fbd27 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ ROM 4 intro f9jc 0 # Romans 4 General Notes

## Structure and formattin ROM 4 1 gw29 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **What then will we say** marks the beginning a series of rhetorical questions and answers in [4:1–12](../04/01.md) to emphasize that even **Abraham**, the ancestor of the Jewish people, was made right with God “through faith” (See [3:31](../03/31.md)). If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Paul’s words as statements in the UST or communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 1 s4b5 figs-exclusive ἐροῦμεν 1 Here, Paul continues to use **we** exclusively to speak of himself and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:09](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “should we believing Jews say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 4 1 ot88 figs-infostructure εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “that Abraham has discovered, who is our forefather according to the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -ROM 4 1 fk5t figs-infostructure κατὰ σάρκα 1 Here, the phrase **according to the flesh** is an idiom meaning “helped.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “he has come to help … his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 4 1 fk5t figs-idiom κατὰ σάρκα 1 Here, **according to the flesh** is an idiom meaning “related to physical descent” (See how you translated this in [1:3](../01/03.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “related to physical descent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 4 3 w9i5 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 For what does the scripture say Paul uses this question to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 3 r9te figs-personification τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 Paul speaks of the Scriptures as if they were alive and could talk. Alternate translation: “For we can read in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considered Abraham as a righteous person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 3696fbdea3e97e727463b17de335efbaf1bd1764 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 18:22:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 491/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 6fcc7fbd27..b3a90b39b4 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ ROM 4 intro f9jc 0 # Romans 4 General Notes

## Structure and formattin ROM 4 1 gw29 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **What then will we say** marks the beginning a series of rhetorical questions and answers in [4:1–12](../04/01.md) to emphasize that even **Abraham**, the ancestor of the Jewish people, was made right with God “through faith” (See [3:31](../03/31.md)). If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Paul’s words as statements in the UST or communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 1 s4b5 figs-exclusive ἐροῦμεν 1 Here, Paul continues to use **we** exclusively to speak of himself and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:09](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “should we believing Jews say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 4 1 ot88 figs-infostructure εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “that Abraham has discovered, who is our forefather according to the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -ROM 4 1 fk5t figs-idiom κατὰ σάρκα 1 Here, **according to the flesh** is an idiom meaning “related to physical descent” (See how you translated this in [1:3](../01/03.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “related to physical descent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 4 1 fk5t figs-idiom κατὰ σάρκα 1 Here, **our forefather according to the flesh** is an idiom meaning “related to physical descent” (See how you translated **according to the flesh** in [1:3](../01/03.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “related to physical descent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 4 3 w9i5 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 For what does the scripture say Paul uses this question to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 3 r9te figs-personification τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 Paul speaks of the Scriptures as if they were alive and could talk. Alternate translation: “For we can read in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considered Abraham as a righteous person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From bfa61f6f322da8d5856a9f4a1c29da1d1d5e5b40 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 18:22:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 492/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index b3a90b39b4..796fc8dd1a 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ ROM 4 intro f9jc 0 # Romans 4 General Notes

## Structure and formattin ROM 4 1 gw29 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **What then will we say** marks the beginning a series of rhetorical questions and answers in [4:1–12](../04/01.md) to emphasize that even **Abraham**, the ancestor of the Jewish people, was made right with God “through faith” (See [3:31](../03/31.md)). If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Paul’s words as statements in the UST or communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 1 s4b5 figs-exclusive ἐροῦμεν 1 Here, Paul continues to use **we** exclusively to speak of himself and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:09](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “should we believing Jews say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 4 1 ot88 figs-infostructure εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “that Abraham has discovered, who is our forefather according to the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -ROM 4 1 fk5t figs-idiom κατὰ σάρκα 1 Here, **our forefather according to the flesh** is an idiom meaning “related to physical descent” (See how you translated **according to the flesh** in [1:3](../01/03.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “related to physical descent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 4 1 fk5t figs-idiom κατὰ σάρκα 1 Here, **our forefather according to the flesh** is an idiom meaning “our ancestor related to physical descent” (See how you translated **according to the flesh** in [1:3](../01/03.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “related to physical descent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 4 3 w9i5 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 For what does the scripture say Paul uses this question to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 3 r9te figs-personification τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 Paul speaks of the Scriptures as if they were alive and could talk. Alternate translation: “For we can read in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considered Abraham as a righteous person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 7a55853c5591d4e2753bca065363427f72a795ab Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 18:23:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 493/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 796fc8dd1a..24b93eef3b 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ ROM 4 intro f9jc 0 # Romans 4 General Notes

## Structure and formattin ROM 4 1 gw29 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **What then will we say** marks the beginning a series of rhetorical questions and answers in [4:1–12](../04/01.md) to emphasize that even **Abraham**, the ancestor of the Jewish people, was made right with God “through faith” (See [3:31](../03/31.md)). If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Paul’s words as statements in the UST or communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 1 s4b5 figs-exclusive ἐροῦμεν 1 Here, Paul continues to use **we** exclusively to speak of himself and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:09](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “should we believing Jews say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 4 1 ot88 figs-infostructure εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “that Abraham has discovered, who is our forefather according to the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -ROM 4 1 fk5t figs-idiom κατὰ σάρκα 1 Here, **our forefather according to the flesh** is an idiom meaning “our ancestor related to physical descent” (See how you translated **according to the flesh** in [1:3](../01/03.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “related to physical descent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 4 1 fk5t figs-idiom κατὰ σάρκα 1 Here, **our forefather according to the flesh** is an idiom meaning “our Jewish ancestor.” (See how you translated **according to the flesh** in [1:3](../01/03.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “our Jewish ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 4 3 w9i5 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 For what does the scripture say Paul uses this question to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 3 r9te figs-personification τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 Paul speaks of the Scriptures as if they were alive and could talk. Alternate translation: “For we can read in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considered Abraham as a righteous person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 6cd209b1e59d8effaf8eb8a6b212a080f4784aea Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 18:23:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 494/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 24b93eef3b..88145828ef 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ ROM 4 intro f9jc 0 # Romans 4 General Notes

## Structure and formattin ROM 4 1 gw29 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **What then will we say** marks the beginning a series of rhetorical questions and answers in [4:1–12](../04/01.md) to emphasize that even **Abraham**, the ancestor of the Jewish people, was made right with God “through faith” (See [3:31](../03/31.md)). If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Paul’s words as statements in the UST or communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 1 s4b5 figs-exclusive ἐροῦμεν 1 Here, Paul continues to use **we** exclusively to speak of himself and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:09](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “should we believing Jews say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 4 1 ot88 figs-infostructure εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “that Abraham has discovered, who is our forefather according to the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -ROM 4 1 fk5t figs-idiom κατὰ σάρκα 1 Here, **our forefather according to the flesh** is an idiom meaning “our Jewish ancestor.” (See how you translated **according to the flesh** in [1:3](../01/03.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “our Jewish ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 4 1 fk5t figs-idiom τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα 1 Here, **our forefather according to the flesh** is an idiom meaning “our Jewish ancestor.” (See how you translated **according to the flesh** in [1:3](../01/03.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “our Jewish ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 4 3 w9i5 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 For what does the scripture say Paul uses this question to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 3 r9te figs-personification τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 Paul speaks of the Scriptures as if they were alive and could talk. Alternate translation: “For we can read in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considered Abraham as a righteous person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 6dda9203ca472caf1d06f907efadfcc3166fbd1e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 18:24:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 495/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 88145828ef..a7e46e36ae 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ ROM 4 intro f9jc 0 # Romans 4 General Notes

## Structure and formattin ROM 4 1 gw29 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **What then will we say** marks the beginning a series of rhetorical questions and answers in [4:1–12](../04/01.md) to emphasize that even **Abraham**, the ancestor of the Jewish people, was made right with God “through faith” (See [3:31](../03/31.md)). If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Paul’s words as statements in the UST or communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 1 s4b5 figs-exclusive ἐροῦμεν 1 Here, Paul continues to use **we** exclusively to speak of himself and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:09](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “should we believing Jews say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 4 1 ot88 figs-infostructure εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “that Abraham has discovered, who is our forefather according to the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -ROM 4 1 fk5t figs-idiom τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα 1 Here, **our forefather according to the flesh** is an idiom meaning “our Jewish ancestor.” (See how you translated **according to the flesh** in [1:3](../01/03.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “our Jewish ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 4 1 fk5t figs-idiom τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα 1 Here, **our forefather according to the flesh** is an idiom meaning “our first Jewish ancestor.” (See how you translated **according to the flesh** in [1:3](../01/03.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “our Jewish ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 4 3 w9i5 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 For what does the scripture say Paul uses this question to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 3 r9te figs-personification τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 Paul speaks of the Scriptures as if they were alive and could talk. Alternate translation: “For we can read in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considered Abraham as a righteous person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 5ded4250cefe70671822cf6c0e2584e7314d4703 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 18:24:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 496/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index a7e46e36ae..b265e612d1 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ ROM 4 intro f9jc 0 # Romans 4 General Notes

## Structure and formattin ROM 4 1 gw29 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **What then will we say** marks the beginning a series of rhetorical questions and answers in [4:1–12](../04/01.md) to emphasize that even **Abraham**, the ancestor of the Jewish people, was made right with God “through faith” (See [3:31](../03/31.md)). If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Paul’s words as statements in the UST or communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 1 s4b5 figs-exclusive ἐροῦμεν 1 Here, Paul continues to use **we** exclusively to speak of himself and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:09](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “should we believing Jews say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 4 1 ot88 figs-infostructure εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “that Abraham has discovered, who is our forefather according to the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -ROM 4 1 fk5t figs-idiom τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα 1 Here, **our forefather according to the flesh** is an idiom meaning “our first Jewish ancestor.” (See how you translated **according to the flesh** in [1:3](../01/03.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “our Jewish ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 4 1 fk5t figs-idiom τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα 1 Here, **our forefather according to the flesh** is an idiom meaning “our first Jewish ancestor.” (See how you translated **according to the flesh** in [1:3](../01/03.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “our first Jewish ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 4 3 w9i5 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 For what does the scripture say Paul uses this question to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 3 r9te figs-personification τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 Paul speaks of the Scriptures as if they were alive and could talk. Alternate translation: “For we can read in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considered Abraham as a righteous person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From e49c402325668435caa67bc01536afc4290ac1ff Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 18:30:54 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 497/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index b265e612d1..29a02a1afb 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -622,6 +622,7 @@ ROM 4 1 gw29 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν 1 Connecting Statement ROM 4 1 s4b5 figs-exclusive ἐροῦμεν 1 Here, Paul continues to use **we** exclusively to speak of himself and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:09](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “should we believing Jews say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 4 1 ot88 figs-infostructure εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “that Abraham has discovered, who is our forefather according to the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 4 1 fk5t figs-idiom τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα 1 Here, **our forefather according to the flesh** is an idiom meaning “our first Jewish ancestor.” (See how you translated **according to the flesh** in [1:3](../01/03.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “our first Jewish ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 4 2 ka9b figs-idiom 1 ROM 4 3 w9i5 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 For what does the scripture say Paul uses this question to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 3 r9te figs-personification τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 Paul speaks of the Scriptures as if they were alive and could talk. Alternate translation: “For we can read in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considered Abraham as a righteous person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From d7949132f9713ee80e09aa35500c7ce4711bc825 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 18:31:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 498/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 29a02a1afb..4418a047b6 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ ROM 4 1 gw29 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν 1 Connecting Statement ROM 4 1 s4b5 figs-exclusive ἐροῦμεν 1 Here, Paul continues to use **we** exclusively to speak of himself and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:09](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “should we believing Jews say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 4 1 ot88 figs-infostructure εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “that Abraham has discovered, who is our forefather according to the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 4 1 fk5t figs-idiom τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα 1 Here, **our forefather according to the flesh** is an idiom meaning “our first Jewish ancestor.” (See how you translated **according to the flesh** in [1:3](../01/03.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “our first Jewish ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 4 2 ka9b figs-idiom 1 +ROM 4 2 ka9b figs-idiom γὰρ 1 ROM 4 3 w9i5 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 For what does the scripture say Paul uses this question to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 3 r9te figs-personification τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 Paul speaks of the Scriptures as if they were alive and could talk. Alternate translation: “For we can read in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considered Abraham as a righteous person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From f9ac8e1025b3129aa0e66f25648501cbb81b5498 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 18:34:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 499/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 4418a047b6..ee0d966cce 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ ROM 4 1 gw29 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν 1 Connecting Statement ROM 4 1 s4b5 figs-exclusive ἐροῦμεν 1 Here, Paul continues to use **we** exclusively to speak of himself and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:09](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “should we believing Jews say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 4 1 ot88 figs-infostructure εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “that Abraham has discovered, who is our forefather according to the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 4 1 fk5t figs-idiom τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα 1 Here, **our forefather according to the flesh** is an idiom meaning “our first Jewish ancestor.” (See how you translated **according to the flesh** in [1:3](../01/03.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “our first Jewish ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 4 2 ka9b figs-idiom γὰρ 1 +ROM 4 2 ka9b grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows is meant to emphasis that that even Abraham was not made right with God **by works** of the law. Alternate translation: “Of course” or “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 4 3 w9i5 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 For what does the scripture say Paul uses this question to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 3 r9te figs-personification τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 Paul speaks of the Scriptures as if they were alive and could talk. Alternate translation: “For we can read in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considered Abraham as a righteous person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 241820b95954131f43549d9d11b6d1c2d58aae18 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 18:42:54 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 500/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index ee0d966cce..c9ad4ceee8 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -623,6 +623,7 @@ ROM 4 1 s4b5 figs-exclusive ἐροῦμεν 1 Here, Paul continues to use **we ROM 4 1 ot88 figs-infostructure εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “that Abraham has discovered, who is our forefather according to the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 4 1 fk5t figs-idiom τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα 1 Here, **our forefather according to the flesh** is an idiom meaning “our first Jewish ancestor.” (See how you translated **according to the flesh** in [1:3](../01/03.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “our first Jewish ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 4 2 ka9b grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows is meant to emphasis that that even Abraham was not made right with God **by works** of the law. Alternate translation: “Of course” or “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 4 2 sibe grammar-connect-words-phrases ἐξ ἔργων 1 Paul assumes that the Jewish believers he is addressing would understand that **of works** is equivalent to **by works of the law**. The difference is that Abraham lived before God gave his law to the Jewish people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make the connection explicit. Alternate translation: “by doing what God requires from his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 3 w9i5 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 For what does the scripture say Paul uses this question to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 3 r9te figs-personification τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 Paul speaks of the Scriptures as if they were alive and could talk. Alternate translation: “For we can read in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considered Abraham as a righteous person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From eae9ff2615d6823789c21c9beae554eae9d83ae3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 18:49:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 501/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index c9ad4ceee8..ee24494a99 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -623,7 +623,7 @@ ROM 4 1 s4b5 figs-exclusive ἐροῦμεν 1 Here, Paul continues to use **we ROM 4 1 ot88 figs-infostructure εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “that Abraham has discovered, who is our forefather according to the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 4 1 fk5t figs-idiom τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα 1 Here, **our forefather according to the flesh** is an idiom meaning “our first Jewish ancestor.” (See how you translated **according to the flesh** in [1:3](../01/03.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “our first Jewish ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 4 2 ka9b grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows is meant to emphasis that that even Abraham was not made right with God **by works** of the law. Alternate translation: “Of course” or “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 4 2 sibe grammar-connect-words-phrases ἐξ ἔργων 1 Paul assumes that the Jewish believers he is addressing would understand that **of works** is equivalent to **by works of the law**. The difference is that Abraham lived before God gave his law to the Jewish people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make the connection explicit. Alternate translation: “by doing what God requires from his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 4 2 sibe figs-explicit ἐξ ἔργων 1 Paul assumes that the Jewish believers he is addressing would understand that **of works** is equivalent to **by works of the law**. The difference is that Abraham lived before God gave his law to the Jewish people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make the connection explicit. Alternate translation: “by doing what God requires from his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 3 w9i5 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 For what does the scripture say Paul uses this question to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 3 r9te figs-personification τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 Paul speaks of the Scriptures as if they were alive and could talk. Alternate translation: “For we can read in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considered Abraham as a righteous person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From cbf6e09e4a65b9e992ec2f6551b35ade65a16d40 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 18:50:25 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 502/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index ee24494a99..f14f4ff919 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -623,7 +623,7 @@ ROM 4 1 s4b5 figs-exclusive ἐροῦμεν 1 Here, Paul continues to use **we ROM 4 1 ot88 figs-infostructure εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “that Abraham has discovered, who is our forefather according to the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 4 1 fk5t figs-idiom τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα 1 Here, **our forefather according to the flesh** is an idiom meaning “our first Jewish ancestor.” (See how you translated **according to the flesh** in [1:3](../01/03.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “our first Jewish ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 4 2 ka9b grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows is meant to emphasis that that even Abraham was not made right with God **by works** of the law. Alternate translation: “Of course” or “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 4 2 sibe figs-explicit ἐξ ἔργων 1 Paul assumes that the Jewish believers he is addressing would understand that **of works** is equivalent to **by works of the law**. The difference is that Abraham lived before God gave his law to the Jewish people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make the connection explicit. Alternate translation: “by doing what God requires from his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 4 2 sibe figs-explicit ἐξ ἔργων 1 Paul assumes that the Jewish believers he is addressing would understand that **of works** is equivalent to **by works of the law** (See [3:28](..03/28.md)). The difference is that Abraham lived before God gave his law to the Jewish people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make the connection explicit. Alternate translation: “by doing what God requires from his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 3 w9i5 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 For what does the scripture say Paul uses this question to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 3 r9te figs-personification τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 Paul speaks of the Scriptures as if they were alive and could talk. Alternate translation: “For we can read in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considered Abraham as a righteous person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From d7036fa35330cc5787aea8c4c964c6af2856bc8f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 18:58:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 503/503] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index f14f4ff919..98d6bd38c8 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -623,7 +623,8 @@ ROM 4 1 s4b5 figs-exclusive ἐροῦμεν 1 Here, Paul continues to use **we ROM 4 1 ot88 figs-infostructure εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “that Abraham has discovered, who is our forefather according to the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 4 1 fk5t figs-idiom τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα 1 Here, **our forefather according to the flesh** is an idiom meaning “our first Jewish ancestor.” (See how you translated **according to the flesh** in [1:3](../01/03.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “our first Jewish ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 4 2 ka9b grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows is meant to emphasis that that even Abraham was not made right with God **by works** of the law. Alternate translation: “Of course” or “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 4 2 sibe figs-explicit ἐξ ἔργων 1 Paul assumes that the Jewish believers he is addressing would understand that **of works** is equivalent to **by works of the law** (See [3:28](..03/28.md)). The difference is that Abraham lived before God gave his law to the Jewish people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make the connection explicit. Alternate translation: “by doing what God requires from his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 4 2 sibe figs-explicit ἐξ ἔργων 1 Paul assumes that the Jewish believers he is addressing would understand that the phrase **of works** is equivalent to the phrase **by works of the law** (See [3:28](..03/28.md)). The difference is that Abraham lived before God gave his law to the Jewish people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make the connection explicit. Alternate translation: “by doing what God requires from his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 4 2 wvmh figs-explicit 1 ROM 4 3 w9i5 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 For what does the scripture say Paul uses this question to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 3 r9te figs-personification τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 Paul speaks of the Scriptures as if they were alive and could talk. Alternate translation: “For we can read in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considered Abraham as a righteous person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])